Home

USER REFERENCE GUIDE

1. 170 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT ES Code Mame Quantity Weight Price Ea Total Status hat_hawallan Hawaiian Hat 1 1 000 10 00 10 00 Shipped 1234 shirt hawaiian Hawailan Shirt 1 1 000 20 00 20 00 Pending Code Name Quantity Weight Price Ea Total Status hat hawaiian Hawaiian Hat 1 1 000 10 00 10 00 RMA Issued 01015 20140810 00001 shirt hawaiian Hawaiian Shirt 1 1 000 0 00 20 00 Pending To Manage Return s After you have used the Create Return button to generate an RMA number for an item you can select that item and use the Manage Return s button to e Cancel an RMA or e Mark an RMA as received Edit an order Select an item with an RMA number and click Manage Return s 3 Inthe Manage Return s dialog box e To mark the item as received click the Received checkbox then click Save e Tocancel the RMA 5 Click the Cancel link 6 A message box will appear asking you to confirm Click OK 7 The RMA number will be deleted from the order The status of the order will go back to Shipped and the original tracking information will remain e Click the Close button in the Manage Return s dialog box to close the dialog box without making any changes 171 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Code Nam
2. Checking this box can be useful if you offer special pricing to selected customers using Price Groups It can also encourage shoppers to create an account which can make their future visits to your store more convenient User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Template Import Export Settings Using the admin interface you can export your store pages to an external HTML editor such as Dreamweaver You can use your external HTML editor to change the look and feel of your store pages and then re import them back into the admin interface Use the fields in this tab to select the folder on your server where your store pages will be exported to and imported from Note that importing pages back into your store will overwrite the existing page For example if you import an ABUS About Us page it will overwrite the existing ABUS page currently used in your store However if you accidentally overwrite one of your store pages you can restore a previous version Please see Versions and Recall 249 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Set the Import Export Folder Inthe Import Export Settings tab 1 1 Select either Data or Webroot from the Import Export folder 1 2 Enter the name ofa subfolder that you want to use for importing and exporting This folder will be created 1f it doesn t alread y exist 2 Click Update To Export Store Pa
3. td td class item total gt 469 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT STEE E expr l sSettings groups subtotal base price NE l settings qgroup subtotal lt span Sly le Lex_ decoracion I1gbe through gt amp mvt group formatted subtotal base price lt span gt Limot amp mvt group formatted subtotal lt td gt STE mvt foreach iterator option array group options gt tr class item options gt td class item name gt EE LE Sxpr UL SeLLLHOgSSODLIODSOpLlion 1d CMVETOPLIONZaLtr Codey AmnvitTODLLOUTODL code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL 1 settings option data gt SmvtSODLLOnsqtur codes AMvesopulon data mvu elselit expr NOT ISNULL l Settingssoptionsdata long SnmVETODLIOnTABLLE code mve optionidata Jong lt mvt else gt cmVyGELOPELOn Satur code lt mye eit gt mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display div class item discount gt mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt lt MvtiLT gt lt mvt foreach gt lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt lt td gt lt td class item price gt SUVEIIEL expr lisetitrogse optronsbase price gt amp mvt soptroni rormatted base price lt mvt else gt lt mvt 1t gt lt td gt lt td class item total gt lt Mve 11 expr l settinoscoption suDtotal base price OR l settings option sub
4. Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT amp mvt group formatted base price lt td gt lt td class item total gt SHVUTII expr l settingssgroupisubtotal base price NA 1 S ebttLags group Subtotal gt Sepan st yle texe decoreti na Lines through gt mvt group formatted subtotal base price lt span gt LIMFE amp mvutigroup rtormatted subtotal lt td gt CE mvt foreach iterator option array group options gt tr class item options gt td class item name gt lt MVESLLE expre lsettings option optrion 10 gt SHvESODLIODSQULE codes amp NEVLIODLLODSODU code lt mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data Mvts optionstatt code mvt option idata lt mtselselt expr NOT ISNULL Ll settings optionsidata long gt amp NVETODLELOnsaLULr coder mvcsoperonedate long lt mvt else gt amp mvt option attr code A MVes e lt mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display div class item discount gt mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt lt MVUESLLE gt mvtsforeach lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt lt td gt lt td class item price gt lt IVEJLE GSXpDr loSettinogsioptron base prooe amp nvt optronslomnaLtted Dase price mvt else c mvtisif lt td gt lt td cl
5. Pproducet 1nto En 505 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved User Reference Guide DRAFT Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT tont size 10px Godorc ToDo EE totalrin l tdgd shippaiunglax padding px 20px ps 20px vertical align dois Lon b welghir sno rial td shrippingTax th quantity td quantity th htotal tastotal EE ligne righe war ODDS th image td image width Tpx padding opz lOp Spx ups he de cla ae EE a weuchte s COP EE Spx US Sp sx Lisecode ta code wide 160 td custom field fone weight normal font size x small Ecl ams E Lon peweugiu normal font size x small joues pcs lio 506 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 VN F aile Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT td totalFinal text align rignt highlighted Background ER Ee EE EE E Ee Edit Page ORDER INVOICE gt Page gt Details Original File head title amp mvte page name title style type text css gt lt mvt item name inline css gt lt style gt lt head gt lt div gt lt div gt lt table Class product into gt SH qe th class code gt Code lt th gt lt th class occ Product as lt th class guantity Quantity ch gt lt thtelass total E EE mvt foreach iterator item array order items gt SE ellas iba cac gt td c
6. specific pages After you add an item to a page the item will show up as a Em User Interface Edit Page Pages tab Home gt User Interface gt Pages gt Edit Page About Us gt Page Edit Page About Us Page Items Details Header amp Footer Local Items show up as collapsible sections in Page tab of the Page that uses the item User Interface Pages Tab Adding Content to Your Store Pages There are two ways to add content to your store pages e Method 1 Edit the template code Goto User Interface Pages 184 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 A Alva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 2 Select a Page like BASK Basket Contents and click the Open Page icon 1 BASK Basket Contents O 3 The page opens in edit mode and the Page tab is selected by default Edit Page Basket Contents Details Code BASE Name Basket Contents Template ut item name html profile gt n lt head gt ztitle 4mvt store name Shopping Cart Contents lt title gt lt hase href amp mvt global basehref met item name head param css list i gt zmvt item name head param head tag i gt lt head gt shody class BASE lt div id site container gt lt div id mglobal he Cl an The code in the Template field controls almost everything on the store page Method 2 Add an Item to the page See To Add a Lo
7. Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Example 4 Display Discount in Basket only Basket Description User Reference Guide DRAFT Display Discount in Basket Shopping Basket Item Holiday Sale 5 00 Not Valid Before Not Valid After Basket field the Price Group name shows up by default along with the discount These two fields let you control how long your price group will be active Example 1 Neither field is used Mat valid Before 10 6204 4 12 00 00 AM Not valid After 10 5 2014 11 58 58 PM The price group will become active as soon as you create it It will never expire Example 2 Use Not Valid Before only Y Mot Valid Before 10 6 2014 12 00 00 AM Hot valid After 10 6 2014 11 58 58 PM The price group becomes active on the Not Valid Before date This price group will never expire Example 3 Use Not Valid After only Mot valid Before 10162014 12 00 00 AM d Not Valid After 11572014 12 58 58 AM The price group becomes active as soon as you create it The price group expires on the Not Valid After date Example 4 Use both fields 102 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT W Not Valid Before 10 6 2014 12 00 00 AM d Nat Valid After 11412044 12 58 58 AM The price group will become active on the Not Valid Before date The price group will expire on the Not Valid After date
8. To Replace an Error Message 1 Double click on an error message 2 Add your new message text to the replacement field Message Replacement X Error sl Invalid coupon code User Interface gt Style Resources Tab Use this tab to upload CSS files to your store After you ve uploaded a CSS file you can modify page template code to reference the file You can use CSS files with both the MMUI and CSSUI frameworks To Upload a CSS File Click Add Style Resource 2 Inthe CSS File column enter a name for your file 3 Use the Media field to set the CSS media type See http www w3schools com css css mediatypes as Click the Upload button EJ 5 Find the CSS file on your local machine 252 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Upload File Opera A mivamerchantdey comyrnmS admin cnv Upload File Overwrite File Choose File No file chosen Upload Cancel Look in Ei Desktop e b essui css Mu Recent Documents Desktop File name Files of type LA Files Cancel E Open as read only User Interface gt Meta Tag Settings Tab Use the Meta Tag Settings to embed descriptive words in your store pages Search engines like Google scan web pages for words that end users search on For example if you have a product page in your on line store with the word hat in it and a Google user
9. Use Customer s PayPal Shipping Address for Miva Merchant Orders Message Your PayPal email address The URL that Miva Merchant uses to make transaction requests This field is auto populated and you should ne ver need to change it Select the currency for payments that you receive Usually this matches the currency you have set for your store see Edit Store Settings Currency Formatting drop down list If you enable this option when the customer reaches the PayPal website they will be prompted to confirm the shipping address that they have on file with PayPal The most secure method you can use to guarantee the customer s shipping address is to enable this option and the next option Use Customer s PayPal Shipping Address You ve asked the customer to confirm their shipping address and you are guaranteeing that your on line store will ship to that address If you enable this option the address that the customer has on file with PayPal will be used as their shipping address See above The message that you enter in this field will appear in the OPAY Payment Information page in your on line store Merchants usually use this field to explain to the customer that when the customer clicks the Submit button in the Payment Information page they will be taken to the PayPal website to 393 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT com
10. div class information message gt mvt foreach iterator message array messages information messages amp mvt message lt mvt foreach gt lt div gt lt WMVESLE gt New File STEE expe L settings messages error message count lt div class error message gt lt IMV E LOreach LXbterator error arrtay messages error messages amp mvutierror lt mvt foreach gt lt div gt lt mvt if gt SCHRETT expr l settings messages information message count gt lt div class information message gt mvt foreach iterator message array messages information messages gt amp mvt message lt mvt foreach gt lt div gt SEH E CSSUI Edit Page OSEL gt Page gt Details Original File lt h1 gt Shipping Payment Selection lt h1 gt ROM Mle EOS OE E ROI tE ec ola ES Serias Sese emir Teo o ME item name ta 7 484 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 VN F aile Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT idem tomen telas e suus uns c EDI Ne ello TOMET gt lt ea div id basket contents class non editable gt lt mvt item name basket elm lt input type hidden name Screen value OPAY lt input type hidden name Action value SHIP PSHP CTAX gt lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte global Store Code gt New File lt h1 gt Shipping Payment Selectionc h1 i b
11. mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp uvt opLron attr codes mvtcsoption data amp mvt elself expr NOT ISNULL 1 settings option data long emVEZOPLLONtaler codes amp mvitsoptiontdata Long lt mvt else gt SNVLSOpbIonsattr code S M ECLI gt mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display br2 losemvtrdliscounb desorip s mvets discount ormatted discount lt i gt Zvtsifs lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt item gt lt ta gt lt td align left gt td td align right nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font lt MVE SL expr l setiingesoptilon base price 544 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT amp mvt option formatted base price NVLtielse lt Mv lt i gt lt mvt 1tem gt td td align right nowrap gt lt mvt tem name fonts param Dody ep SIVESLE GSxXDr Ul Serttinogsscoption ssubLoral Dase price OR L setCings Option subtotalL gt lt w iL expr lisettinogs optuion subtotal base price NE l settingst optionssubtotal strike amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt mvt if amp uvE OpLlonsitosmatted subtotal mvt else c mvt if gt lt mvte 1tem gt lt a gt Er lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator charge ar
12. 2 Inthe Products tab set Show Products to All Catalog Products Categories Attribute Templates Inventory dl Code Name fish shirt Fish T Shirt fish shirt medium blue Fish T Shirt size medium color blue fish shirt medium white Fish T Shirt size medium color white fish shirt small blue Fish T Shirt size small color blue fish shirt small white Fish T Shirt size small color white Active Wes No No No Notice that only the master product is marked as Active When a product is marked as active it means that you want Miva Merchant to display the product in your store If all of the variants were marked as active they would show up in your store as separate products 50 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Shuts Ltb m Basket sane pp shirt Mz m Blur Price 20 00 Quar ty i Basket nane User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Fish T Shirt Size C Small C Medium C Large Color Blue C White Code Zoo Shirt Quantity 1 Add To Basket Price 25 00 Shipping Weight 1 00 pounds Quantity in Basket None foo Shin Small Yita Price 20 00 Quantity in Basket none rum m Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products If only the master product is active customers browse to the master product and select size and color using a con
13. 449 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home 5 Edit Store Sample Store gt Store Details Edit Store Sample Store Store Details States Countries Identification Owner settings Maintenance Mode Order Minimums Canadian VAT GST GST 7 000 X Apply GST to Shipping 450 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Payment Information Bill To Name test test Email Address test test com Phone Humber 555 555 5555 Fax Humber Company Address test test test 11111 CA Item Metwork Hat network hat User Reference Guide DRAFT ship To Name test test Email Address test test com Phone Humber 555 555 5555 Fax Humber Company Address test test test 11111 CA Item Price Total Price 12 00 12 00 SADHNA Free Shipping 0 00 Your selection in the Sales Tax Calculation drop down list generates taxes that appear in the Payment Information screen during customer checkout GET Tax 0 84 PST Tax 0 00 Total 12 84 The table below shows the changes that occur depending on what value you select in the Sales Tax Calculation Selection drop down list Creates a New Section Under Edit Product gt Product Tab Called Example of What the Customer Sees in the Payment Information Screen Creates a New Tab or Sales Tax Calculation
14. Enter a symbol to go between the whole and decimal parts of the currency value For example 178 00 Conversion Rate to Euros Enter a multiplier to convert the currency to Euros Remember to update this conversion rate regularly so your pricing will remain accurate as currencies fluctuate Before Amount or After Amount Specify where the currency symbol should be located relative to the value in Euros Primary Currency Either the country s currency or Euros will be displayed in the store as the primary unit of currency with the other being secondary Select which to use at the primary currency in your store Enclose the Secondary Currency with Select or specify the symbols to surround the value of the secondary currency Generic Currency Formatting Use this option to customize all aspects of displaying your currency When you select this option a new tab Generic Currency Formatting is added at the top section of the Edit Store screen Click that link and 287 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT configure the following settings there Currency Symbol Select the list option and choose one of the symbols from the list or select Other and specify any symbol Positive Currency Format Specify where the currency symbol should be located relative to the value The position of the currency symbol indicated in the
15. Hawaiian Hat shirt haw Hawaian shirt In our example we set our pricing table to give volume discounts on quantity 5 10 and 15 In the Discounted Products dialog box we added a Hawaiian Hat We ll set the Pricing Method to Total Quantity e Ifthe customer buys 5 Hawaiian hats each hat is 5 off e Ifthe customer buys 10 Hawaiian hats each hat is 10 off e Ifthe customer buys 15 Hawaiian hats each hat is 15 off Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal See Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Weight Restrict to Basket Subtotal Restrict to Basket Quantity Restrict to Basket Weight Basket Description See Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Not Valid Before See Not Valid Before Not Valid After See Priority 4 When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers 118 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Create a Basket Discount Price Group Basket Discount is a simple price group similar to a store wide sale After you create the price group you can select Qualifying Products products that the customer must purchase to trigger the discount but the discount is applied to everything in the customer s basket Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2
16. Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Shipping Pack by Weight Tab Pack by Quantity Tab e The Shipping gt Pack by Weight tab will show up if you choose Pack by Weight in Shipping Settings tab Packaging Rules section Box Packing list box e The Shipping gt Pack by Quantity tab will show up if you choose Pack by Quantity in gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Packaging Rules section gt Box Packing list box You can only have one of these tabs active at a time They both contain one option Exclude Boxes Smaller The packaging rules allow the software to make its best guess about the than Product Dimensions box size s needed for an order This checkbox is a final test to make sure that the estimated box is always larger than the largest product that will ship in that box Shipping gt Base Weight Shipping Tab Use Base Weight Shipping to generate simple shipping charges based on the weight of the order See also e gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings section gt Weight Units drop down list to set the unit of weight used in your store To Enable Base Weight Shipping Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules 2 Inthe Available Modules section click on the Install button under Base Weight Shipping To Configure Base Weight Shipping 1 Inthe Base Weight Shipping tab click on Add Method 1 1 Enter a name for the shipping method This name will appear in yo
17. Original File SIDVLIOOB GSXpr l setti5ngsiSeo Serlingsisem alive sli T0 roOLer sitemap link mvt item name cssui links param sitemap Sitemap mvt item li mvt if cul div SOS meets elec Temp OE Ces Simeone CTS TE Soc me Ton etel eel OE on ee aie 4 href http www mivamerchant com Miva Merchant lt a gt lt div gt 456 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT New File smc 6xpr lsSsereings seo Settings st active Ll 1d Looter srtemap link emvti rtem nmame ossur links param sitemap Sitemap mvt item li mvt if lt ul gt lt i gt Sib ie iva am monete tele pia C cp o cu WIS SIM oleic rpej norollow hret htbbp wWwmivascom Mewvss a lt div gt CSSUI Edit Page ORDS gt Page gt Order Contents There are numerous changes sprinkled throughout this file If you have not made custom changes to this template you should regenerate the template code by clicking update while in point and click mode otherwise compare the differences between the new version and the version you have in your store New File script language JavaScript gt m eee function ReloadForm form field document location reload document getElementsByName OrderDetails Format value form field pj ee lt SCri pt lt table gt lt tr class heading gt lt td class order
18. Product Description Status reorder Optical Mouse User Reference Guide DRAFT Bill To Name Paul Edwards Email Address pedwardsi gqoagle com Phone Number Fax Humber Company Address 84 Chestnut Grave Birmingham AL 35228 LIS Quantity Price Ea Total shipped an 11 30 2011 Tracking 3 127 7 1 650388405577 1 20 00 420 00 Total 20 00 User Interface Image Types Tab Image Types are categories that you create for your images When you upload images to your store you can assign those images to the categories that you have created Using Image Types is optional and you can upload and display images in your store without them But Image Types are handy for several areas of store management e Youcan use Image Types with the Import features to quickly upload products with multiple images for each product See Add Images Import Feature e Youcan use Image Types to display a product picture in search results shopping basket related images and other store pages See Example Use an Image Type in the Search Page To Create Image Types Let s say that your main business is selling computers but you also sell some t shirts For every computer that you sell you have a picture of the front of the computer and another picture for the side For the t shirts that you sell you always have a picture of the front of the t shirt and another picture for the back You could create the following Image Types e Front
19. Slabel olass iLtallo tor Customer B1llidaressz Address 2 lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BllAddressz ide Customer B11l1Addressz value amp mvte globalsCustomer BillAddgressZ class textfield lt div gt lt div class amvter global BlllCiLty Row gt label class required for Customer BillCity gt City lt label gt input type text name Customer BillCity id Customer BillCity value amp mvte global Customer BillCity class textfield div smyril expr g oLtaLes Bbmnpty lt div class amvte global BillState Row gt label class required for Customer BillState gt State Province lt label gt input type text name Customer BillState ld Customer Pilistere value amvle global Customer BIillotuter class Lextrielg gt Sage mvt else div class amp mvte global BillState Row gt label class required LOr Customer B111Stateselect gt State Province lt dabel gt lt mvt item name states param Customer BillStateSelect gt lt div gt lt div class umvrerolobalB2illStabLe Bow o label class ortallo Lors Customer Bl llstate Ehre e State Province lt label gt input type text name Customer B11lState ide Customer bil lSctaece value smvtuesgLobels Customer Bilis tare Class Lexbilele gt lt div gt lt mvt 1f gt lt div eclass emvtesglobal B11121p Row label class required for Custom
20. When you sign up for a Chase account you are assigned to a platform which is like a data center Enter the platform that your Chase account is configured for Group Number A unique ID from Chase Enter the group number that was created when you set up your account Terminal ID Enter the Terminal ID that was created when you set up your Chase account A Terminal ID 1s subordinate to your Group ID and identifies a way of interacting with customers For example your Chase Group ID could identify your company If you have a brick and mortar store you might have three point of purchase card scanners each of which would have its own Terminal ID In this case the Terminal ID is for your Miva Merchant store Currency Select the currenc y for payments that you receive Usually this matches the currency you have set for your store see Edit Store gt Settings gt Currency Formatting drop down list CVV2 Message The text that you enter in this field will appear in your on line store during checkout when your customer enters their credit card information Merchants usually use this field to describe the purpose of the CV V2 field Transaction Type Automatic Capture If you select this option authorize and capture will occur when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store Authorize Only Capture Later Authorization occurs when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line st
21. dts2283 miamer 114 2014 5 26 47 PM Marketing gt Price Groups https dts2203 mivamer 1171 2014 3 43 49 Phi Main https dEs2 283 mises Bookmarks Bookmarks in the ad min interface are similar to bookmarks in your web browser To Add a Bookmark 1 Goto any screen in the ad min interface for example Catalog Products 2 Inthe screen that you want to bookmark click on the bookmark icon so that it drops down Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Wen History A Bookmarks Sample Store Q Search MIVA MERCHANT Home Catalog Products Catalog Products Categories Attribute Templates Inventory Advanced Search Search Products J Code Name hat haw Hawaiian Hat shirt haw Hawallan Shirt Current screen 1s Current screen 1s not book marked bookmarked 3 Now if you click on the Bookmarks button you ll see the screen that you added A Bookmarks i Catalog Products Bookmarks Manager To Remove a Bookmark There are two ways to delete a bookmark e Go toa screen that you bookmarked and click on the bookmark icon until it is shortened e Click onthe Bookmarks button and select Bookmarks Manager There are a number of things you can do in the Bookmarks Manager screen including edit a bookmark delete bookmarks export a list of bookmarks as a CSV etc Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc
22. lt mvt if gt lt div gt lt input type hidden name Customer Login value amp mvte global Customer login gt lt input type hidden name Customer PasswordEmail value amp mvte global Customer pw email gt lt div 1de ship to lt h2 class fields heading gt Snip TO lt span id shipping controls class controls lt Mvt 1t expr g Action AND g shipping to show gt lt input name shipping to show 1d shipping to show type checkbox value 1 class checkbox checked gt lt mvt else gt 523 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Snmpuc name shrzppuing to show 2ds shipping to show type checkbox value 1 class checkbox lt mvt if gt label for shipping to show gt same as billing lt label gt lt span gt lt n2 gt lt div id shippin ng tields gt lt div Gelsss amp mvterolobal shipbrrstName Row gt label class required tor Customer shipPirstName Flirzst Name lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipPirstName id Customer ShipFirstName value amp mvte global Customer ShipFirstName lasse pasrrrieldg Jf div div class amp mvte global ShipLastName Row Label oclass required tor Custcomer ShipbastName Last Name lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipLastName id Customer ShipLastName value
23. lt td gt lt td class order status gt amp mvt item order status lt td gt lt td class order quantity gt mvt item quantity lt td gt lt td class order price gt amp mvb rlbtemsformartted base price lt td gt lt td class order total gt mvtilr expr l serttings ritem suDtortal base price NE l settings item subtotal span style text decoration line through gt amp mvt item formatted subtotal base price lt span gt SEENEN amp mvt item formatted subtotal lt td gt S LI mvt foreach iterator option array item options gt tr class item options td colspane z STEE GOXDI CUI SOLLIROSTODLIOHTODpLLIONm Lad gt VE cope onsater codes mvtsoptions opt code lt mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp mvt option attr code amp mvtrioption data mvtielseif expr NOT ISNULL 1 SetLtings options data Lenertz SUvLSOpLDIODSabtr oode ss amp mvbioptrontidata long lt mvt else gt SUNvUSODLIONPQUELE code cm mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts mvt if expr l settings discount display 458 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT div class order discount gt mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt lt mvt if gt lt mvt foreach gt lt td gt bd pd td class order price gt lt MvE LE expr lisetuingss
24. lt input type text name Search id Search class textfield value amp mvte global Search lt mvt item name buttons param Search gt lt form gt lt div gt CSSUI CSS Original File basket contents item total G lle LES text align right tbasket contents basket charges charge description basket contents basket charges formatted chargel font style italic text align right white space nowrap New File basket contents item total width 10 text alignsrighLb miashkeb conbenbscustom isiclsf 486 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT font size x small tbasket contents basket charges charge description basket contents basket charges formatted chargel rFont stylecitalio text align right white space nowrap Edit Page EMAIL_BACKORDER_NOTICE gt Page Original File lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 colort 46707675 Dorder lox solid y07 0007 widths 690px SIEGE th Styvlee ront size Loox color 4 550390 padding 5px 20px Spx vertical align top width 60px text align left gt Code lt th gt lt th Sstyle font s1zes lopx color 5306390 padding Sox 209x 5px vertical align top text align left gt Product lt th gt th style font s1ze lopx color 5b6390 padding 5px 20px Spx vertical align top wi
25. lt tr gt th style font s1ze 16px color 95063907 padding Spx 20px Spx vertical align top width 60px text align left gt Code lt th gt Eh style tont srizet lope color 4 5bo529c0 padding Spx 20px 5px vertical align top text align left gt Product lt th gt th sStyle tont size l6px color 45bo39o0 padding 5px 20px Spx vertical align top width 60px text align ight Quantitys th sIr SEENEN ES e ER ee Ee et EE EE DH Ee EA EE E padding 910 39 pao senta laico Widths EE EE EE E EE EE DID ry rric cal align DEE text align left gt amp mvt item name lt td gt idot les oca diia O pap A verti calean Oop wida AGO testa ligne oa gt emne rene quan de Aa mwiistoredgch Iterator option array Titem options lt tr gt 498 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt td gt lt td gt td style padding Dox 20px 5px 20px vertical align top text align left gt lt INVESLE expr l setitingds roOpLLODS opLloN Ld amp mvtroptrionsatutr code amp mvLt opLrion opt code elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data gt amp mvt optlion attr code mvt option idata elseif expr NOT ISNULL lsSettingssoption dats Long amp mvbtroptionsattr code amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt emeti Option attr code lt MUESLLT gt lt td gt lt td gt lt
26. All Products 238 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT The Affiliate Login link in your on line store allows affiliates to login to their account or to create a new account Note that after an affiliate creates an account in your on line store you can edit that account in the admin interface Marketing Settings Affiliates Sign In Edit Affiliate Information far Bob Order History All Product Account Basket Search Checkout Edit Affiliate Information Logout After an affiliate logs in the Edit Bold Required Affiliate link appears at the top of the Italic Optional screen Login Bob Email Lost Passwords To btylergimiva_merchantcam Password Confirm Password Use the User Interface Settings Tab Affiliate Links section to edit the HTML of both links You can change the text of the link the background color add an image etc Affiliate Links Affiliate Login Link lt span class link pipe z span cmvt item name casui E Use these fields to edit the appearance of the affiliate links in your on line store E Affiliate Edit Link lt span class link pipe z span cmvt item name cssui link LI User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Buttons Customize the wording or look of buttons in your store such as the Add One To Basket or Search buttons When you finish making changes click
27. Edit Page Backorder Notice Page Items Details Code EMAIL BACKORDER_NOTICE Hame Backorder Notice Template pen 1 gt lt body gt lt div style font 12px1 46 Helvetica Trebuchet M i drial sa lt div style text align left width 690px padding Up lt div style width 300px float left gt lt Uncomment to add a logo to this ema lt h3 style ront size 1 1em font weight amp nrte store address zbr gt AIMFLEIStTOre r citys amp mvte rstore state Em E To Configure Template Based Emails to be Sent Automatically 1 Goto gt Order Fulfillment gt Template Based Emails tab 2 Click on the slider icon to enable the template based email Automatic Name Backorder Notice 3 Now double click on the template based email to open the Edit Email dialog box 4 Inthe Sending field select Automatic then click on one or more of the event trigger checkboxes Sending automatic vd In this example the customer will receive an E Order Placed email when an item is marked as back ordered in the admin interface edit order e Backordered 5 Save your changes in the Edit Email dialog box See also Example Different Combinations of the Sending and Visible For Fields 399 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Configure Template Based Emails to be Sent Manually Goto gt Order Fulfillme
28. In the Add Price Group dialog box In the Add Coupon dialog box Eligibility ERASE Eligibility FAA To Create Generated Coupon Codes Create a Price Group See The General Process of Creating a Price Group 2 Enable the coupon code field in your store See Make the coupon code field visible on one or more store pages 129 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 3 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Go to Marketing Coupons tab In the Coupons tab click Generate Complete the fields in the Generate Coupons dialog box Code This is the base code that you want your customers to enter when they redeem the coupon For example if you enter t shirt promo in this field and set the of Coupons field to 10 the system will create 10 coupons like this t shirt promoN43XBM2J t shirt promoC4G0U5JX t shirt promoBCI2EC9W etc Description The description you enter in this field will only appear in the admin interface Eligibility Who should get the discount e Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on e All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account e All Shoppers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount of Coupons Enter the number of coupon codes that you want the system to generate Not Valid Before
29. Quantitys th Sy ES mvt foreach iterator group array return groups gt lt r sty le backarounmd colors EE EJ ont wedgat lbolds gt sete Stiyile paddang sox 20px Sox Als vertical align cop width 60pxe text align Tete caoNwttdgroupscodess te lt td style padding Spx 20px Spx 20px vertical align top tert align left mvt rgroupinanme d lt tr Sty lLe paddumg s sox 20px Dp 0p vertical align top Miden 0p tekt aloan iq a n E aro cua tc d EE SS DEE EE EE EE GE lt td gt lt td gt lt td style padding 5px 20px Spx 20px vertical align top text align left gt EIERE HE eGexpr l sertrngeropLtlonDn opLlon 1d gt amp mvtrtoptionsaLtLtr codes amp mvt option opt code 497 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data gt mvt oprionsattr code amp mvt option data mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settingssoption data long amp mviroptronsattr Code amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt amp mvt option attr code EE E lt td gt lt td gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt table gt Edit Page EMAIL SHIPMENT SHIPPED gt Page Original File table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 676767 border 1px solid c7c8d7 width 690px gt
30. See Priority 4 When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers To Create a Buy X Get Y Price Group Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2 Click Add Price Group 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount e All Eligible Products An eligible product in this instance means e A product in the customer s basket e Whichalso appears in the discounted product list for this price group See Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers e and whichis eligible for a discount In many cases this option means apply the discount to an item in the customer s basket that 1s also on the list of Discounted Products However there are cases where a product in the customer s basket is on the Discounted Products list but 103 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT would
31. Since we set the exclusion to Exclude for Same Item Group none of those hats can get another discount The 5 hats were placed in a group to qualify for a discount As part of that item eroup they are disqualified from getting a discount from any other Price Group e Ifthe customer buys 5 hats the hats get a discount from Price Group 1 but not Price Group 2 Ifthe customer buys 7 hats the first 5 hats are put in an item group and get a discount from Price Group 1 Hats 6 and 7 are put into a different item group and get the discount from Price Group 2 If the customer buys 8 hats Hats 1 5 get the discount from Price Group 1 Hats 6 7 get the discount from Price Group 2 Hat 8 gets no discount It s in an item group by itself that doesn t qualify for any discount Exclude for Same Item Multiple discounts can be applied to the same basket but not for the same item 5 When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box click Save 6 Select Oualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers To Create an Add on Product Price Group In the Add on Product Price Group the add on product 1s automatically added to the customer s basket if the y put a qualifying product in their basket For example if the customer adds a Hawaiian shirt to their basket the qualifying product you can automatically put a Hawaiian hat in their basket the add on You can control the price of the add on product fre
32. The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount Pricing Method This field only has an effect if you are using more than one row in the pricing table Lets say you have three rows in your pricing table Quantity Type Amount 5 Percent E bp Percent fo IE Percent 15 Apply pricing table progressively If you select progressive and the customer purchases 15 items the customer will receive e A5 discount on the first 5 items e A 10 discount on items 6 10 e A15 discount on items 11 15 Apply pricing table Using Total Quantity If you select Total Quantity and the customer purchases 15 items the customer will get a 1596 discount off every item 116 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Progressive Mode This field only applies 1f you set the Pricing Method field to Progressive Look at the pricing table that we used for the Pricing Method field Quantity Type Amount 5 Percent E Im Percent fo IE Percent 15 We se
33. To Delete a Template Based Batch Report 1 2 3 Go to gt Utilities gt Template Based Batch Reports tab Select the report that you want to delete Click the Delete button to permanently delete the report Utilities gt Custom Fields Custom fields let you add your own fields to categories products customer records etc For example you can add a custom product field such as MSRP and display that field on a product page See page 4 14 for several examples To Enable Custom Fields I 2 3 4 Go to gt Utilities gt Add Remove Modules tab Select the Available Modules section Under Custom Fields click Install A new tab will appear gt Utilities gt Custom Fields To Create a New Custom Field I 2 3 4 Go to gt Utilities gt Custom Fields tab Click New Custom Field Fill out the fields in the Add Custom Field dialog box Click Add 408 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Add Custom Held Type Product Field Code Hame Field Type TextField v LarOUp lt Derautt gt y Additional Information Type Select the type of custom field that you want to create e Product Add custom fields to Product pages in your online store e Category Add custom fields to Category pages in your online store e Customer Add custom fields to the gt Store Settings gt Customer
34. Use Negotiated Rates Use Zebra Thermal Printing Ship From Default Delivery Confirmation Specify Declared Value Equal To Basket Subtotal label Your credit card information is not retained by Miva Merchant This 1s a read only field It displays a proprietary code created by UPS that corresponds to the type of account that you have The rate code will change if you re register the module UPS has three standard rates depending on how frequently you ship Daily Pickup Occasional Pickup and Suggested Retail Rate See Billing Method above However you can also contact UPS and get a better rate if you are an even more frequent shipper This is called a negotiated rate If you check this box your on line store will display your negotiated rate If you don t check this box your on line store will display the rate associated with whatever you selected in the UPS Account Type field Re registering the module also unchecks the Use Negotiated Rates checkbox PR8 Update 8 added the ability to print adhesive backed address labels using a Zebra or Zebra compatible printer A Zebra compatible printer can be used with Endicia FedEx UPS and Canada Post but currently not with the USPS module Requirements e Your browser must have Java enabled See http java com en do wnload help enable browser xml e You must have a Zebra or Zebra compatible printer that can print zpl e Your store must be running PR8 U
35. Weight Units field Example 1 Restrict to Qualifying Weight 10 0 00 The customer will receive the discount 1f the total weight of qualifying products in their basket is 10 pounds or more Example 2 Restrict ta Qualifying Weight 0 00 NI The customer will receive the discount if the total weight of qualifying products in their basket is 10 pounds or less Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Restrict to Basket Subtotal e The basket subtotal is the value of all merchandise in the basket but without tax shipping or other order related charges This option looks at everything in the customer s basket not just items in the qualifying products list The Restrict To Basket Subtotal fields let you decide what merchandise value has to be in the customer s basket to qualify for the discount Restrictto Basket subtotal 0 00 08 00 Value in basket must be at least this 1 But not more than this Example 1 Restrict to Basket Subtotal 100 10 00 The customer will receive the discount if their basket total 1s at least 100 Note that in our sample store we are using US dollars as the currency The currency setting in your store might be different and is set in gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab Settings Section Currency Formatting field Example 2 Restrict ta Basket Subtotal 0 00 00 The customer will receive t
36. e Encrypt existing payment information If you have existing orders with unencrypted payment information you have to encrypt the payment information on those orders e Delete payment information from orders PCI has several requirements for when you should delete payment information e tis never acceptable to keep unencrypted credit card numbers in your database even temporarily e You should not keep credit card data longer than you need to For example the PCI standards let you store credit card information to cover your return policy or if you sell custom products that may be paid for in installments However you should delete credit card information when you no longer need it to process or refund an order e Under no circumstances should you store payment information in your database for more than 1 year e You may never store the entire stripe data which includes the CVV code even if it s encrypted The Encryption Key Wizard You can do all of the tasks mentioned above with the Encryption Key Wizard The Encryption Key Wizard is a utility that is part of the Miva Merchant admin interface The main purpose of the Encryption Key Wizard is to e Enable order encryption in your store by creating an encryption key e Create new encryption keys PCI standards require you to create a new encryption key every 365 days e Remove payment information from orders Archiving Note that the screens in the Encryption Key Wizard wil
37. import xIs You may want to change the name to something more meaningful like add update products csv to avoid confusion 2 Add your data to the template NOTE regardless of which file format that you downloaded CSV or XLS after you add your data to the spreadsheet you must save it as a CSV or as a text file with your delimiter of choice 3 Select your Import options 3 2 2 3 3 Go to Data Management Import Settings tab Double click the template for the type of data you are going to import For example if you are uploading categories to your store double click on the Add Update Categories from CSV The Edit Import dialog box will open This dialog box controls the way that your data will be processed during import To learn more about the Edit Import dialog box see To Create and Save Import Options Make any changes then click Save 256 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Data Management Import Export Import Settings Database Tools Description Module Double click one of the templates Add Update Categories from CS Category Import Edit Import Description Add Update Categories from CSV Category Import Y Import Module Add New and Update Existing Categories Categories Custom Fields Retain Existing Data When Imported Data ls Empty Del
38. lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell gt lt MVES LE exXpe L sett n9stoptLi n subtotal Dase price OR L 8S6LLLIMOgSTODLLIODSSUDEtOLaL lt MVE lt LL eSxpr UllsettingscoptionesuDLtortal base price NE dl sertings 0ptio n subtotal gt strike amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt c mwtsrr euvLSopbronsrosmadtted subtotal lt mvt else gt lt mvt if gt lt td gt Ste lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt lt tr valign top gt td valign top align right class ordercell colspan 4 gt lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell nowrap i amp mvt charge descrip i td td valign top align right class ordercell nowrap amp mvt charge formatted disp amt lt td gt S qu mvt foreach tr valign top gt td valign top align right class ordercell colspan 4 gt lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell gt lt span class orderhead gt Total lt span gt lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell gt lt span class orderhead gt amp mvt order formatted total lt span gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt 549 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit
39. lt b gt Total lt b gt c mvisqtem td td align right valign top bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg nowrap gt lt mvt lt Ltem name fonts patam lhdr tont b amp mvt order formatted total lt b gt lt mvt 1item gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt Edit Page OCST gt Basket Contents New File mvt if expr l settings basket empty gt SNVLSILem name fonts param body ront Your shopping basket is currently empty lt br gt lt muvbsqten mvt exit S mvtilf table border 0 cellpadding 2 cellspacing 0 width 100 gt SE lt td align s Llett valigi middle Dgcolor imvbtsocolobrs lhdr Dg o SE EH name ronbs param lhdr Xontc lt b gt Code lt b gt lt MVES item lt td gt 538 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt td aligos leri l valign mrodle 5goolor amp mvticolors lhdr Dg gt smvtiltem ndme ronts param lhdr Lont gt lt b gt Product lt b gt lt j vos cem gt lt td gt lt td align left valign middle bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt SNvtiltem name tonts param lhdr font lt b gt Quantity lt b gt lt myto LEem gt td td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt Wmvtsrltem nane Tonts param lhdr font lt b gt Price Ea lt b gt lt mvL Ltem gt td td align r
40. selected selected gt Default lt option gt mvt else label for Per Page gt View lt label gt Wem lee Mee Gs Pace QOnelnsues tios S o Ol Some Lure Le lt MVESLLE Xpr g Per Page EQ I0 lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt lt mvt else gt lt div class product name gt lt a href a amp mvte product link gt amp mvt product name lt a gt lt div gt lt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold amp mvt product code span div lt div Clacso product price Preces qe Cla e bola cmv producer ord red price s Spam div mvt itf expr l settings product inv active gt mvt product inv long lt br gt lt mvt if gt lt div class product quantity gt Quantity in Basket New File lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt selec Meanie tome ue DIES onchange Ghis or rios tonal mvti ii expr ISNULL g amp Sort By OpLIOD Vvalue alsp Order selected selected gt Default lt option gt mvt else label for Per Page gt View lt label gt ee eG Neues E n Deos oncehamdgese uhrs tor Suomi ts SNVDIII expr g Per Page EQ 10 gt lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt lt mvt else gt 479 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt div class product name gt lt a href smvte product li
41. 0 00 0 00 0 no upper limit 0 00 9 00 0 no upper limit 0 0 0 no upper limit 0 00 10 00 0 no upper limit Display Discount in Basket _ Not Valid Before December 17 2014 at 12 00 00 AM PST Not Valid After Attribute Machine Fields Enabled Initial Attribute State Turns the attribute machine on or off The attribute machine must be enabled 1f you want to track inventory of product variants This field mostly determines if attribute related data like a price change when the customer selects an option is loaded when the product page 1s loaded Loading the attribute related data with the page preloading means it may take longer for the page to appear in the customer s browser If you dont preload the attribute related data the page will load faster but if the customer selects an attribute that requires a price change for example another call has to be 194 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant 9 Dependency Resolution made to get that information e Do Not Preload Choose this option if you want the page to load faster in the customer s browser Information required by attribute selection will be retrie ved in another call e Preload Drop Down Lists Do Not Contain Select One Choose this option if you want to load page and attribute related data at the same time If you are using drop down lists and you
42. 3 Under e Urchin click Install A new e Urchin Log tab will appear 4 Fill out the fields in the e Urchin Log tab e Log File the name of the log file you want to create e Log Remote Hostnames Enable this option if you want the log file to contain hostnames instead of IP addresses This feature will generate a DNS query for every IP address seen by e Urchin and will consume more machine resources e Log Format select one of the Urchin log file formats either elf or elf2 5 Click Update when you are done with your changes Miva Merchant Access Log This is a general purpose log file to help troubleshoot your store It can quickly capture a large amount of data and you should keep an eye on the size of the log file 403 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Enable the Miva Merchant Access Log Gotothe Logging Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Available Modules tab section 3 Under Miva Merchant Access Log click Install A new Miva Merchant Access Log tab will appear 4 Filoutthe field in the Miva Merchant Access Log tab e Log File the name of the log file you want to create 5 Click Update when you are done with your changes buySAFE 2 0 buyS AFE is a product that allows your customers to add insurance to their orders You should only enable the buyS AFE log if you are asked to do so by their support staff Ena
43. All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT For every inventory message you can have a short and long version of the message You can create default inventory messages at the store level or product specific inventory messa ges at the product level World s Best Oranges World s Best Oranges Price 25 00 Price 25 00 In Stock 50 available for immediate delivery Quantity in Basket none Quantity in Basket None In Stock Message Short The general process of using inventory messages 1s 1 Enable inventory tracking at both the store and product level or the store and attribute level for products with attributes See above You must use inventory tracking to use inventory messages Set inventory levels on your products tell the software how many you have ofeach product on hand See above Create default inventory messages Optional These are store wide default inventory messa ges that will apply to all of your products You can create store wide default inventory messages See Catalog Edit Product Inventory Tab Inventory Settings section Create product s pecific inventory messages Optional If you create inventory messages for a specific product they will take precedence over the default inventory messages To create product specific inventory messages see gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt Inventory tab Set the inventory message to be
44. Bill To Name A Smith Email Address test test com Phone Humber 555 555 5555 Address 101 Walnut Walnut Creek CA 12345 Ls Oty Weight tem Price Total Price 1 12 25 00 25 00 Total 25 00 Continue 329 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Shipping gt Canada Post Tab Use the Canada Post shipping module to ship products e From Canada to locations inside Canada e From Canada to any location in the world When you use this module the address that you ship from must be inside Canada You can use this module to get shipping rates and to print labels with postage Canada Post has two API s Sell On line and a SOAP API Miva Merchant communicates with Canada Post using the SOAP API Unlike some of the other shipping modules the Canada Post module does not have any settings at the product le vel Your Canada Post Account and Credentials 1 4 Before you can use the Canada Post module in your Miva Merchant store you must set up a Canada Post account at www canadapost ca Select English CANADA POSTES x POST CANADA About Us From anywhere to anyone Home Products A Services Rates amp Prices Tools Guides Support epost Shop In the upper right corner of the screen click Sign In Sign Up 330 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAF
45. Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Statistics Display Report Add Report Description O Report Module Statistics Display Date Range C LastDay y e From frozen Thru fazed Group By Hour y Display Statistics v Display on Main Screen Recalculate After Eo minutes Description Enter a string to describe the new report Report Module Essentially the report type Date Range Note used by this report Group By Not used in this report Display By default your admin site comes with both a Statistics report and a Best Sellers report Both of these reports use the Statistics Display module and both reports only show up in the admin main page Because these reports only show up on the admin main page you cannot have more than 1 Statistics and 1 Best Seller report at a time Recalculate After Automatically refresh the report data if 1t 1s being displayed in your admin main page 309 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Statistics Orders 17 Revenue 33234 Products Sold 17 Hits 525 Visits 28 Reset Statistics Last Reset on 08 10 2014 The Statistics Display report in your admin main page To Delete a Report Go to gt Reports 2 In the Reports tab double click on the report that you want to
46. DOOR 482 nS STET EN DUI Fage D Ho Muri MB Tc 483 CSSUI Edit Page OSEL gt Page gt Details 484 CSSUE Bau Pases SRCH gt Page gt DOS 485 TOU AT T 486 Edit Page EMAIL BACKORDER NOTICE gt Page esses eee eene nennen nnne enne ense ne senes ense ne senes nn tenete senses sensn enn 487 Edit Page EMAIL ORDERCONF CUSTOMER gt Page uessccscsssssesssrsssrsssrccsscssscsscssncssncssscessccesscescesacsseesssseetssetesanssanssesssasesees 489 Edit Page EMAIL ORDERCONF MERCHANT gt Page u cccscssssssssssssesccsscsssccsscsscssncssncsssccsscessccescessessecessssetsstssnssansseeesseseaees 49 Edit Page EMAIL RETURN RECEIVED gt Page E 494 Bait Pases EMAIL RMA ISSUED gt POr Eegen ees 496 Edit Page EMAIL SHIPMENT SHIPPED gt Page ia iia 498 Edit Page Pritable Invoice gt Page gt Content inline ces 500 Edit Pases ORDER INVOICE gt Page gt Details bt di its 507 Edu Page TEE 509 MMUI Edit Page BASK gt Page gt Details 511 Laii rage NI D gt Tage gt Denni c eee 511 MMUI Edi Pages DEST gt E 512 MMUT Edit Page ORDL gt Page gt Details 215 MMUI Edit Page OSE L gt Pase 2 8 E 516 WMO Edi Pages POUT gt raze gt Detalla lid reuerti ide dent 516 MMUT Edit Rage ACAD gt Customer Peis iu tecitieo A NE t 518 LdU Tave ACP E BUR EI C OPEN 523 Edi Page ABED gt V Er 528 Edi Page BASK gt
47. Expanded means that the entire image box 1s displayed Home Computer Components Computer Components Monitor LCD 23 inch Optical Mause Code 5522 Code 6523 Price 100 00 Price 20 00 auantity in Basket none iauantity in Basket none CE JI Buy Now Add To Basket JI Buy Now Line Item formatting looks like this Computer Components View 2 E Name Image Weight Price Description Graphic 0 50 50 00 computer_components Card 500 Manitar 30 0 100 00 Du LED 23 inch Select the fields that you want to display on the page 203 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Custom Fields Displayed Price Additional Price Display User Reference Guide DRAFT If you have created Custom Fields and you would like to reference a custom field in the template code Check the box next to a custom field 2 Click the Update button Click on the Advanced Mode link at the bottom of the page You can now reference the custom field in the product layout list template code By default discounts from price groups show up in pages that use the Basket Contents item but not in product or category pages The Displayed Price field give you control over what prices are shown in category pages e Retail Price in any category page show the price that you entered for the product when you created the product This option won t show any optio
48. HTML Profile Define the doctype for your on line store The doctype declaration ends up being included in the page source code for every page in your on line store The doctype tells the browser what kind of markup language the page uses so that the browser can correctly display the page Please note that this is the only place in your store where you should declare a doctype Including a doctype declaration in any other page will cause conflicts and errors User Interface Settings Tab Shopping Interface Settings If this checkbox is checked when a customer clicks the checkout button they will be prompted to either sign in or to create an account If this checkbox is not checked and the customer clicks the checkout button they go right to the checkout screen 248 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Basket Contents Shopping Basket Display Customer Login Before Checkout Item City Item Price Total Price 10 00 10 00 Enable the feature in the admin interface YS Hawaiian Hat hat hawaiian Total 10 00 Coupon A customer clicks the Checkout button in your store All Products Account Basket Search Checkout The customer is prompted to sign in or create an account Create New Account Sign In Email Address Password Forgot password
49. Holiday Discount to Description Payment Information Ship To Name a customer Address 1234 Chestnut St San Francisco CA 92777 Item Oty Item Price Total Price Hawaiian Hat 10 00 10 00 Shipping UPS Ground Holiday Discount 4 59 Sales Tax 0 00 Total 14 89 e Replace Description with lt gt The text that you enter in this field will replace the default shipping information in the Payment Information OPAY and Invoice INVC screens 112 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Display in Basket modify Applied Charge to Reflect Discount C Do Not Modify Description El Append to Description Replace Description with Discounted Shipping Payment Information Ship To Name a customer Address 1234 Chestnut St San Francisco CA 92777 US Item Oty Item Price Total Price Hawaiian Hat 10 00 10 00 Discounted Shipping 4 89 Sales Tax 0 00 Total 14 89 e Adda Charge Showing the Discount Amount If you enable this option the text that you enter shows up as a separate line in OPA Y and INVC to describe the shipping discount 113 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Display in Basket modify Applied Charge to Reflect Discount D Do Not Modify Description C Append to Description C Replace Descrip
50. Not Recommended User Reference Guide DRAFT Set this to match the character set that you want to use in your store Select Require Tax to specify that tax must be calculated for all orders placed in the store The resulting amount can be zero but the calculation must be performed When you install a module the module may add references to itself in template code You can also manually edit template code to reference installed modules When you uninstall a module some modules can remo ve both types of references the references that were added when the module was installed and other references to the module that were added manually If you enable this feature and then uninstall a module you are giving the module permission to automatically remove all references to itself in template code There are two problems with this e Nor all modules have the ability to perform this automated reference removal All Miva Merchant modules can do this and some but not all third party modules can e When the module deletes references that were added manually there may be unintended consequences for your page layout code For these reasons this feature is not enabled by default If you remove a module it is recommended that you manually inspect any template code that might have referenced that module and manually remove the references Store Settings Store Details Maintenance Mode Section Take your store off line to perform mai
51. Outside LIS Last Payment 25 00 Payment Date 1111112014 Zip Code Link URL httpziidts2283 mivamerchantdev corm mm Country United States 6 Manually send payment to the affiliate using any means that is convenient check PayPal etc To Manually Adjust an Affiliates Earnings See To Create an Affiliate Account in the Admin Interface 145 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Marketing gt Affiliate Payouts Tab The Payouts tab keeps a record of payments you have made to affiliates Records will only show up in this tab if you have created payouts and then marked them as either paid or void See To Pay an Affiliate Marketing Settings Marketing Settings Discounting Options These settings let you control what happens when a customer s order becomes disqualified for a discount because ofa return For example let s say you create a Price Group that offers free shipping for orders of 100 or more A customer buys 100 of merchandise and gets free shipping A few days later the customer returns one of the items Technically the order total is now under 100 which means they no longer qualify for free shipping Generally when a customer wants to return an item they would call you While the customer is on the phone you edit the order and issue an RMA for the item s See 7o Process Returns and Refunds for more det
52. Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Range Inclusive Handling Charge Amount Display subtotal is within a certain dollar range After you select this option enter dollar values in the Range Inclusive field For example if you want handling charges applied to orders under 25 00 Range Inclusive oo Je op e When Quantity of Items in Order Within Range Apply handling charges to orders that contain a certain number of items After you select this option enter a range of items in the Range Inclusive field For example if you want handling charges applied to orders that contain more than 10 items Range Inclusive ho Jong e When Shipping Weight of Order Within Range Apply handling charges when the total weight of an order falls in a certain range After you select this option enter a weight range in the Range Inclusive field The weight unit will be whate ver you have set in Edit Store Settings tab Weight Units For example if you have your weight units set to pounds and you enter a range of 0 10 the system understands that as 0 10 pounds see Apply Handling Charge Use Apply Handling Charge to decide when handling charges will apply Use the Handling Charge Amount field to determine how much the handling charge will be You can enter a handling charge as a fixed amount percent of shipping amount or percent of order total e Include in Sh
53. Shipping Endicia Shipping Labels Tab Enable the Endicia module if you want to print labels with USPS postage Without the Endicia module your USPS labels will essentially just be address labels and will not have postage on them To Enable the Endicia Module Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 2 Click Install under Endicia Shipping Labels 338 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Configure the Endicia Module Select the Endicia Shipping Label Settings tab 2 Configure the options shown below 3 Click Update Create Account Mode Endicia Account ID Endicia PassPhrase Change Passphrase Non ZPL Label Image lype Use Zebra Thermal Printing When Possible Available services Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved This link will only appear if you haven t created your account Clicking on the Sign Up link will take you to the Endicia website e Test Use this option to print sample labels e Production Use this option to print real labels that will be billed to your Endicia account Enter your Endicia account number Enter the passphrase that you created during account creation After you ve entered your account information a change passphrase link will appear PR8 Update 8 added the ability to print adhesive backed labels usi
54. The image will be displayed in the closeup bounding box at whatever size was uploaded 224 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A Kai va Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Resize to fit within bounding box An invisible bounding box is drawn in the Closeup page Images larger than the bounding box are scaled down Images smaller than the bounding box are untouched Thumbnails Enable additional thumbnails If you are using the Catalog gt Edit Product gt Images Tab this option will automatically display thumbnails for the images you have attached to the product If this option 1s not checked the thumbnails for your additional images will not appear and customers will have no way of viewing the additional images Related Product List Layout Section Item Code related_products This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page PROD gt Page tab gt Related Product List Layout Section This tab appears in the PROD page by default The fields on this tab are identical those in the Category Product List Layout The basic idea of related products 1s that when a customer clicks on a product in your store you show the customer one or more other products that they might be interested in purchasing You can add related products in the Catalog gt Edit Pro
55. align left valign top width 100 gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt amp mvt group name lt mvt cit expr l settings groupiupsold Special Offer e mvtslrs mvt foreach iterator discount array group discounts gt 543 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt if expr l settings discount display gt SDro rlsmvLsdiscouHLtedescrip e SmvtrolscountitormsLbed Ciscount lt 1 gt S MUESLE gt lt mvt foreach gt mvbtsTctenp lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt Ssmvt groupsquantitys lt mvt item gt epo td align right valign top nowrap gt Smvt lbem fame t nts param body Sont euvECgroupstormaHLtLed Dase price mvt item td td align right valign top nowrap gt mvtiltem name tonts param body Tonts smyril expr l sebLtingssgbPoup isubDLotal base price NB lsetitingsetgroupi suDLtotal strike amp mvt group formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt SINVLEII amp mvitigroupsrtormatted subtotal mvt item e ee KE tir mvt foreach iterator option array group options gt lt tr gt lt td align left gt td td align left gt mvt rtem name ronts param body font SIDVDIgG GXDI UL SGLLLIIgSTOPLIODSODLrion ET eUWLESODLIOHNSHLtLF codes SUVLIODLLIODnSODL code
56. deleted e Deleting the shopping baskets When you delete expired shopping baskets the items in those baskets go back to your inventory and are available to be purchased by other customers But see also gt Utilities gt Add Remove Modules tab gt Available Modules section gt Basket Inventory Miva Merchant can report how many items are currently in baskets To Delete Expired Shopping Baskets 1 Goto gt Data Management gt Database Tools Tab 2 Click Delete Shopping Baskets 3 Inthe Delete Shopping Baskets screen select e Perform Module Cleanup Tasks Some third party modules install and use their own tables in your store s database If a third party module has been configured with some kind of table cleanup code and you check this box and click the Delete button it will cause the table cleanup code in that module to run e Expired Shopping Baskets Only or All Shopping Baskets In general you should only delete expired shopping baskets An exception might be when you are certain the baskets aren t being used For example if your store is off line you might want to delete all baskets 4 Click the Delete button 282 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Data Management gt Database Tools Tab gt Pack Data Files Clicking this link or clicking the Launchpad button Pack Data automatically starts a script which optimizes the data
57. div gt S cae lt td class item quantity MVE group quantity lt td gt td class item price gt amp mvt group formatted base price td td class item total gt lt MvVEJLE eGxpr losettrnogsigroupsisuDtotal base price NE l settingsigroup subtotal span style text decoration line through amp mvt group formatted subtotal base price lt span gt lt mvt if gt mvt lt group tformatted subtotal lt td gt LI Er mvt foreach iterator option array group options gt tr class item options gt td class item name gt SHvEtilL expre l serttings optiontioption ad gt SHVLSODLIOHSSUGLE code SNVLIODLIODSODL code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data EmVLTOPLLOnsaltr codes amp mvbLtoption date lt mvwt elseit expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data long emvteioptionrartri codes mvetopelonsdeta L ng lt mvt else gt enmvEbTODpLLODnIMLUr code ehnvtilr lt mvt foreach 1terator discount array option discounts gt AT Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt if expr l settings discount display div class item discount amp mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt lt MYESLE gt mvt foreach lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt lt td gt lt td class item price gt SHVESII expr l settingssoptron bas
58. etc If you allow too many discounts to be combined it may be difficult to predict what the final price of a product will be in every case e Allow Combination You will allow the discount of this price eroup to be combined with the discount of another price group Exclude for Same Basket The discount created by this price eroup cannot be combined with the discount from another price group Exclude for Same Item Group An Item Group isn t something that you can select yourself It s basically one or more items in a customer s basket that the Miva Merchant software temporarily groups together as it tries to apply price group discounts Lets say you have two price groups e Price Group 1 Ifthe customer buys 5 hats they ll receive a 1096 discount on each hat Set the P riority to 100 apply this price group first Price Group 2 If the customer buys 1 hat they get the 2nd hat free Set the Priority to O apply this price group last Our customer buys 5 hats Miva Merchant looks at the customer s basket takes 5 hats and puts them in a group The item group of 5 hats meets the conditions to get a discount from Price Group 1 Now Miva Merchant tries to apply a discount for Price Group 2 But all 5 hats are part of an item group that was alread y 95 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT used to get a discount from Price Group 1
59. fonts param body font lt MVE SL expr2 lLl seLtingse option basSe prroe amp mvt option formatted base price lt mvt else gt e mvtecrs lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt td align right nowrap gt mvt item name tonts param body font HNviilrf expr l settings option sSubtotal base price OR l settings optlon subtotal HE EE gxpr l SsebtihnossopilionssuDLtoOLal base price NE losertingstopLLon suDtobtal strike amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt lt mvt 1t gt amp mvt option formatted subtotal lt mvt else gt lt 7 MyCe Leto lt myt item gt lt ta gt lt tr gt 537 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt lt tr gt lt td dligni rigut valign top colspan o gt td td align right valign top nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font i amp mvt charge descrip i nvt item td td align right valign top nowrap gt mvt ritem name tonts param body tont gt amp mvt charge formatted disp amt E ue e ee KE ti mvt foreach lt tr gt lt td align right valign top colspan 3 gt td td align right valign top bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt mvt rlbtem name ronts param lhdr toni gt
60. frer diw lt table id content container lt tr gt lt td id lefr navigation cmnvet item name cate lt td i0 main content gt lt div id page header mvt item Damme zxmmt irem name content 7 div id page foorer mvt item narme T Motes Versions Original sl Recall Clear History Whether it s done manually or automatically after you add an Item the Template code on the Page tab has to be edited There has to be a line of code in the Template field that invokes the Item In the example above a line has been added to the Template code that invokes the Content Item e Some Items can automatically modify the Template code on the Page tab As soon as you click the Add Item button in the step above the Item will automatically add a line to the template code on the Page tab that calls the Item e For other Items after you click the Add Item button you have to select the Page tab and manually add the code to call the Item The release notes or other documentation that comes with the Item will tell you whether the Item automatically modifies the Template code or whether it has to be done manually Editing Items There are two ways to edit items 187 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e The first method is only used if you want to see the list of pages that the Item is assigned to
61. gt mvit ltem name onts param body font amp mvt group name mvt if expr l settings group upsold Special Offer e mvtslrs mvt foreach iterator discount array group discounts gt 550 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt if expr l settings discount display gt SDEIOSLCSmvLIdrscoouHb descrip e mnvtidilscocouHntefotnabpced discount lt i gt S MUESLE gt lt mvt foreach gt cmuvbtseqtenm lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt Ssmvt groupsquantitys lt mvt item gt epo td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body Font euvECgroupstormaHLtLed Dase price mvt item td td align right valign top nowrap gt mvtiltem name tonts param body Tonts smyril expr l sertingssgbroup isubDLotal base price NE 1 settings group subtotal strike amp mvt group formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt lt S MVLSLE gt amp mvtirgroupstormetted subtotal mvt item e ee KE tir mvt foreach iterator option array group options gt lt tr gt lt td align left gt td td align left gt mvt ritem name fonts param body font SIDVIIG SXPL L Settings OpuLoOn Option zd GIVE OPE LOA atte Coder LMYLIOPLLON OPC codes mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settin
62. id Customer ballEmeid value mite global Customer BilllEmail oldss textrield gt lt div gt lt div oclass a mvite global BlillPhone Row gt label Class required tor Customer BIllPhone Phone Number lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BullPbrene id Customer BrLLPhone valuee amp mvterglobal Customer BIilLPhone class Cexci tela e div lt div class smvte global BillFkFax Row gt label class italic for Customer BillFax gt Fax Number lt label gt lt input type texL mame Customer Bullrax id Customer BuLllrax value amp mvte global Customer BillFax class textfield gt lt div gt 22 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT div class amp mvte global BillCompany Row label class italic for Customer BillCompany gt Company lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BillCompany id C stomer BillOompany value mvte global Customer BillCompany class textfield gt lt 7 div gt lt div oclass amp mvtes global BillAddressl Bow label class required for Customer BillAddress1 gt Address lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BillAddress1 Ld Customerz BillAddressl value smvteeglobalsiCusStomer B1llAdaressl class textfield lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global BillAddress2 Row gt
63. italic for Customer ShipFax Fax Number lt label gt lt input type text name Cu stomer ShrpPax 1d Customer Shiprax value amp mvte global Customer ShipFax class textfield dix div class amp mvte global ShipCompany Row label class italic for Customer ShipCompany gt Company lt label gt lt input type text name Customer S5hipCompany id Customer ShipCompany value amp mvte global Customer ShipCompany class textfield lt div gt div class amp mvte global ShipAddressl Row gt 519 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT label class required for Customer ShipAddress1 gt Address lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipAddressIl id Customer ShipAddress1 value amp mvte global Customer ShipAddress1 classe tesxtfield gt lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global ShipAddress2 Row gt Label class italic ior Customer ShipAdoress2 Address 2 lt label gt input type text name Customer ShipAddressz id Customer ShipAddress2 value amp mvte global Customer ShipAgodressz Glasss testrrield e lt div gt lt div class samvte global ShipCity Row gt lt label class required for Customer ShipCity gt City lt label gt lt input type text Mame Customer ShipCity id Customer ShipCity value amp mvte global Customer S
64. lanares variant weight C Pack variant parts and adjust part weights ta equal variant weight by spreading weight evenly across all parts Ge Pack variant parts and adjust part weights ta equal variant weight by spreading weight proportionally across all parts Iv Allow adjustments up Allow adjustments down Allow negative adjusted weights The Packaging Rules tab tries to predict how many boxes you will need for a given order so that you can estimate the shipping charges It s mainly useful for companies that sell a lot of products that are the same size or the same weight For example if you only sell DVDs you might know that you can put ten DVDs in your smallest box You could set Box Packing to Pack by Quantity and in the Box tab create a box that holds ten DVDs When your customer places an order Miva Merchant software figures out how many boxes are needed for the order along with the total weight and total cubic inches of boxes in the order If you are using the UPS Online Tools Module this information is submitted to the carrier and affects the rate quote for the order Although the settings 1n this tab create global defaults for your entire store the settings can be over ridden at the product level gt Catalog gt Products tab gt Edit Product gt Product tab gt Shipping Rules section Box Packing e Always Use the Fallback Package Dimensions This option assumes that every order you ship will fit into o
65. lio o olor oa padding ajos A ena Sada top ada op text ato ao Es O Unica eh aun Sey lestr ont oi ze M ops eodem 5E occae px AN A ren pie aio caigas op ata 0e tee alo messes rotal gt y res mvt foreach iterator item array order items gt lt te tyle eic omnia Se oo 2 hihi Eon Wedge old bas uy EE 20px P 210595 ver rl alo om eo dao p ree mmc kem T emye itemi eode td SEET ep UD Sp Op vertical align top text aligi lelt mE SEIS memes eds Coty le paddle Opa a po ue diced align top width pc text align rignt comu item eom td s esM EAM reir biais E AO 0059195299 7210 95 vertoe A o GE EE a Higher cr Sai EE ten oae Ve eo eere BO tee lee EO tu lt myt foreach wterator optrion avbray uwbtemn optevons See d AE Boris le pacos SI9P 21019559 p Ox vertical align Atop Ate t alaan det SmE ak expres Strings OPEL OP mon mel EE EE EMVE ODEON Ope code lt mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL Set E I Igsscopbsont dest NACO IE OM e SUE TEC Cle e Mt Option data lt mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL setting ope lon data omg SIME SOO Ol E STE Ein e ODIO Mt Options data long lt mvt else gt So oe OCS A EE ma lt td td Bal Suyle paddimg EE ap vertical allog O aci e Op ena laca Secr us eme qu expe Tlseprwengssoptbvon subtotat aye Op ton EIOS TE ESSO Eer da mal gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mti foreach 490 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Me
66. show checked true mvt elseif expr 1 settings customer primaddr EQ billing gt document getElementByla shipping to show checked true lt mvt if gt lt SCripe gt mvt if SOY D DE sroc amp mvbte globalsclrenitside urlij5tore Code tmvtasstore codes ri len ame 1099LleDetal_l S js amp Primaddr shipping amp Shipping D amp Billing O script Edit Page AFED gt Affiliate Fields Original File lt b gt Link URL lt b gt lt j vot cen lt td gt lt td align left valign top gt SNvt lten name rIonts paran body font res Lellevel a Brenetebiar e As cue Ee mvt item lt A gt LE gt mwt lf expr g ArtilrateOptionszlink image lt tr gt lt td align left valign top nowrap mvt item name fonts param body font lt b gt Image Link HTML lt b gt lt myt LEem gt lt td gt lt td align left valign top gt mvt item name fonts param body font gt a wick muerte du pen ome een o Ung ER 528 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT gt lt img ore Myte global L Arrate FPU leE mager Pati alt amp mvte global AffiliateOptions link text border 0 gt lt a gt lt br gt lt img sro smvtesglobalsArrilidteOptzarons link image alte amp mvtesglobalsAIrilnzateOptions link Lext border 0 gt lt Mvts LEsm gt lt td gt lt tr gt emvt e
67. td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt table gt New File lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 color 406760767 border lox solid c ced7 widths 690px gt SEI lt th style font size 16px color 45bo590 padding Spx 20px Spx vertical align top width 60px text align left Codec th Lh srtyle rtont srize l6px color 45b62390 padding Spx 20px Sox vertical align top text align left Prod uct th Lh sryle s rtont srze Lope color 45b6523907 padding 5px 20px 5px vertical align top width 60px text align rights Ogantitysc u h lt tr gt Ea Ne O enc sia ine me O o ari ssh lec ound color ee ont weg odas std style padding ops 20p px 209x vervical alrans Top widen Up text align lees gt amet qroupi code lt Ld gt lt td style padding px 20px px 2090 neta cede alonso text align Leib eme group nane tds tc Sy yb pad dl paa op 0p Ver tu cedes d qo Top width bO0px text align rignt comvEegtoubsreusmsttyrs pd SE ENEE EE EE E GE ee EE 499 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt td gt lt td gt lt td style padding 3px 20px px Z20px vertical align top text align lert SHEET SxprI UL ISOLLINngscopLlonecoptazon ad amp mvt option attr code amp mvt optilon opt code elseif expr NOT IS
68. the customer gets a discount on the 20 shirt 120 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Maximum Item Discount See Maximum Discount Quantity Quantity Maximum Cumulative Enter the maximum discount value the customer can receive For Discount example if you enter 10 in this field the customer s discount cant exceed 10 no matter how many products they purchase Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal See Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Weight Restrict to Basket Subtotal Restrict to Basket Quantity Restrict to Basket Weight Basket Description See Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Not Valid Before See Not Valid Before Not Valid After See Priority 4 When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers Marketing Coupons In Miva Merchant a coupon always has to be associated with a price group The price group determines the discount The coupon is just a way for customers to receive the discount For example you could create a price group that is a 2 for 1 sale If the customer buys quantity 1 of a product you ll give them another of the same item for free When you use a coupon your customers are offered a 2 for 1 sale and the way they get the discoun
69. this field will default to Select one You can change this field to anything that you want Package 1 of X This fields in this section display the box data that was sent to the carrier for rate information For example if you are using Pack by Weight you might have a box that can hold 10 pounds If the order weighs 20 pounds Miva Merchant knows to send weight and dimensions for two boxes to the carrier to get the shipping charges If the y are not already correct you should always set the weight and dimension fields in the Generate Shipping Label dialog box to the weight and dimensions of the box that is actually being used Action e Remove Use the Remove command if you aren t sure how to package all or part of the order or for example 1f one item is backordered and you want to ship the rest of the order You can leave an item out of any box and still create a label The label will reflect only those items that are in boxes e Move to New Package Use this command to place selected items in the order into separate boxes 4 After you click the Generate button in the Generate Shipping Label dialog box you ll return to the edit order screen The Generate Shipping Label link now says View Print Shipping Label If you click on this link a browser window will open with instructions on how to print your label and ship your package using the carrier that you selected Code llame Quantity Weight Price Ea Total Status hat_harvaian Ha
70. unlimited number of words in each type of field 3 Add the word list If you edit a product or a category and click on the Meta Tag Settings tab you ll see that the META tag you just created shows up In our example we created a META name called Keywords We can now add a list of words to the META tag Enter as many words as you want separated by commas 4 View the results Now go to your on line store and look at the product or category page that you just edited In most browsers you can right click on the page and choose View Source You can see that the your Meta Tag and the list contents are now embedded in the HTML of the product page 254 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Network Hat MSCE Netwark Hat Quantity 1 Add To Basket Price 12 00 iauantity in Basket None Source of http test coolcommerce netest_store cool_gearnetwork ha html Fie Edit view lt IDOCTYFE HTML rm The META tag and keywords that a lt head gt you created now appear in the title Test Store Network Hat lt title gt product page source hase hret t est coo lcor me B ne tram mo d a zxmeta name keywords content testi teste gt lt link types ext css rel 2 stylesheet href cass 0 0000003 cssui css media all gt zseript var MivavVM API ix524x653x64 x69 x 7Z x65 x633x
71. 14 37 LIPS Next Day Aing 22 40 Legacy Images Please see below Catalog Edit Product Images Tab Miva Merchant Images A Brief History PR7 In older releases of Miva Merchant before PR8 a product could have two images one thumbnail image and one full size image You generally used the thumbnail images in search and Category pages and displayed the full size image when a customer viewed a Product page PRS In PR8 Miva Merchant introduced Additional Images With Additional Images you could have multiple images for any product When the customer viewed a Product page they could look at multiple thumbnails click on any one of them to see an image that fit the product pane and even click on that image to see the full size or Lightbox image When Additional Images were introduced we started referring to the old one thumbnail one full size as Legacy product images 29 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Version 9 In Version 9 Additional Ima ges are just called Images The idea is that Additional Images are so much more useful than the old legacy stuff we hope people will use Additional Images by default Edit Product Surfer Shirt PRS Additional Images E EXTRAS LIMES HELF Product Additional Images Related Products Attributes Inventory Kit Builder Inventory Variants Categories Upsold Products Ship
72. 19 78 Card Type American Express sd estee Payment Type Autharize Met Card Number 399000000000 002 Method CC Expiration 01 2015 Card Type American Express AWS Code P Transaction Authorized Transaction ID Authorize Response Reason Text This transaction has been approved Authorization Code 000000 Authorization Date amp Time 10 25 2014 15 40 08 POT Authorize Edit an order Order encryption is not enabled Edit an order Order encryption is enabled e Only the payment information is encrypted not the entire order e Youcan view encrypted payment information in the clear as long as you have the Passphrase to decrypt the order It is impossible to decrypt the data without your Passphrase e Youcannot remove encryption from existing orders Although you can edit an order and temporarily view the payment information in the clear once you encrypt payment information in an order the encryption is permanent e Miva Merchant encryption works by having you create an encryption key The encryption key is a long alphanumeric string that the software uses as a seed for the encryption algorithm It s important that you have a copy of your encryption key stored somewhere securely If you forget what your encryption key is you wont be able to complete several tasks in Miva Merchant Only you will know your encryption key and if you lose it or forget it it can t be recovered even by Miva Merchant staff e The PCI standards
73. Advanced Search Search Praduct Attributes ES Generate Variants Add Template Add Option 5 Iz II Prompt Image Type Price Weight R Radio Buttons 3 When you have finished entering data in all of the fields click to save the option Code a required field that identifies the attribute or option in the admin interface You could enter Size or Color here Prompt the attribute or option name that customers will see when they visit your store It can be the same as the Code If you charge more for a particular option you may want to put the extra cost into the Prompt This may be less convenient for you but it makes it easier for the customer to understand that they are being charged more for that option Monogram Monogram 10 00 Image Attributes and options can have an associated image that will show up in the product page 43 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Type Select the type of control you want customers to see when the y select an option The choices are radio buttons drop down list checkbox text field text area and swatches Note In addition to selecting the type of option control your customers will see the Type drop down list can also be used to select an Attribute Template See Copy below Radio Buttons Drop down List Checkboxes Lightweight cotton t shirt Lightweight cotton t shirt Lightweight c
74. All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Store Search and Screen Search Version 9 has two new ways to find things in the admin interface Store Search and Screen Search Store Search Menu O J Bookmarks Sample Store e Search Miva Merchant Storewide search is always available in the Admin Bar The Miva Merchant admin interface is a huge program and finding the location of a specific feature can be a challenge In Version 9 Miva Merchant added a powerful search feature that makes life a lot easier The Search function in the admin interface works a lot like a Google search You can type almost anything in the Search box and the software will show you everything in the admin interface that matches your search e Youcan search for features whose name you remember but whose location you ve forgotten Where did they hide Attribute Templates G attribute templates Places Catalog Attribute Templates Click on the underlined words and the software takes you directly to that screen e Youcan search for features even if you can t remember the feature s name This is essentially a subject search How do I change a customer s password Type password in the Search field 14 password Notice that for this search the system created two tabs Places Places Pages which contains all screens that matched your search string and Customers Customer Passwords Pages whi
75. Attribute Template to a Product 3 3 Click the Add button 4 A new field called Reference Count appears This field displays the number of products that are using this attribute template Because this is a new template the reference count is zero A new tab called Attributes and Options also appears Edit Attribute Template Attribute Template For Shirts Template Attributes and Options Attribute Template Code Attribute Template For Attribute Template Prompt Attribute Template Far Shirts Reference Count 5 Click on the Attributes and Options tab In our example we ll create two attributes Size and Color If you aren t sure how to create attributes or if you want detailed information on all of the attribute fields please see Catalog gt Edit Product gt Attributes Tab 76 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Attribute Template Attribute Tlemplate_For_Shirts Template Attributes and Options Advanced Search Add Attribute Weight size size Radio Buttons Small Small Medium Medium Large Large Color Color Radio Buttons White White Blue Blue We created two attributes for our template Size and Color 6 When you have finished adding your attributes and options go back to gt Catalog gt Attribute Templates tab The template that you created will be listed in the Attributes Templates m
76. Basic Tower Kit mouse Optical Mouse Button Create a product for the kit and for everything that is going in the kit monitor Monitor LCD 20 including the CPUs graphics ccard nv1 EnvyTech Graphics Card keyboard Basic Keyboard motherboard 055 NW Tech Intel 754 case coolerator Coolerator Cool Tower 4 bay 3 After you create the kit product and all of the part products edit the kit product basic tower kit and select the Attributes tab 53 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 4 Inthe Attributes tab we ll create an Attribute called CPU with two options CPU 6400 and CPU 6800 This might seem a little weird because in the previous step we created products for cpu 6400 and cpu 6800 and now we re creating options with the same names but both steps are necessary Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Home Catalog gt Products gt Add Product Product Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Attributes Product Additional Images Related Products Attributes Advanced search Search Product Attributes El Se cpu DUU CPU 6500 Create options for the two CPUs 5 Select the Inventory Kit Builder tab You can see the attribute and the two options that we created Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Home gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product Basic Tower Kit gt Inventory Kit Builder Additional Related T Inventory Images Product
77. C Reset Edit Inventory Generate Variants Product Quantity Product CPU CPU 6400 Optical Mouse 2 Button Basic Keyboard Monitor LCD 20 EnvyTech Graphics Card M Tech Intel 754 Coolerator Cool Tower 4 bay CPL 6400 cpu 6800 CPU 6800 Mane Configured We added all the parts in the kit to the first option Notice that the product CPU 6400 has also been added to the option CPU 6400 55 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 7 After you have at least 1 kit configured you can click on the Edit Inventory button In this dialog box you can set the inventory for each part in the kit It s the same as editing each product individually but faster Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Home Products gt Edit Product Basic Tower Kit gt Inventory Kit Builder Additional Related TON Inventory ech ct EE Attributes E Jet a Reset Product Images Products ribu Kit Builder dies C Edit Inventory Generate Variants CPU CPU epu 6400 CPU 6400 Optical Mouse 2 Button Basic Keyboard Monitor LCD 20 EnvvTech Graphic4 Card M Tech Intel 754 Coolerator Cool Tawer 4 bay CPU 6400 de kb kA kA FA Edit Inventory Code Hame mouse optical 2 button Mouse Optical 2 button keyboard basic Bazic Keyboard monitor lcd 20 Monitor LCD 20 graphics _card_nv EnvyTech Graphics Card motherboard O
78. Char sss Checkout Return Screen PPRS Amazon Payments OCST AMAZONPAY OCST Amazon Payments OSEL ANAZONPAY OSEL Amazon Payments OPAY AMAZONPAY OPAY Framework images LJ Overwrite Images Image from graphics 00000003 black frant jpg Standard validatian Errarilnfarmational Messages cmp cssul messages Attribute Machine ccmp mv attributemachine Image Machine rcmp mv imagemachine Image Machine rcmp mv imagemachine Image Machine icmp mv imagemachine Image Machine rcmp mwv imazeen Image Macc Framework C55 Files LJ Overwrite CSS Files CSS File essmM0000001 cssul css 7 The Apply Framework screen appears At the bottom of the Apply Framework screen you may see two checkboxes O verwrite Images and O verwrite CSS Files You will only see these checkboxes if the Framework you are applying contains images or CSS files If you check the Overwrite Images checkbox images in your existing pages with the same names will be overwritten For example if you have an image in your existing pages named black front jpg and the same image name exists in your Framework pages the Framework image will overwrite the image in your existing pages The same thing will happen to CSS files if you check the Overwrite CSS Files checkbox If you do not check the O verwrite Image checkbox pages and images from the Framework will be copied to your store but images with the same name will be ignored For example if you
79. Click Add Price Group 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount Type Select Basket Discount Discount Enter a discount amount and then select either Fixed dollar amount or Percent discount Maximum Discount Amount Enter the maximum discount value the customer can receive For example if you enter 10 in this field the customer s discount can t exceed 10 no matter how many products they purchase Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal See Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Weight Restrict to Basket Subtotal Restrict to Basket Quantity Restrict to Basket Weight Basket Description See Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Not Valid Before See Not Valid Before Not Valid After 119 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Exclusions See Exclusions 4 When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog
80. Code best oranges Code best oranges Price 25 00 Price 12 50 Shipping Weight 12 00 pounds Shipping Weight 12 00 pounds 1 available for immediate delivery 1 available for immediate delivery Quantity in Basket None Quantity in Basket None Customer A is a member of the Customer B is a member of the Silver Club Price Group Gold Club Price Group Price Groups in Version 9 In Version 9 you have a lot more control over who gets the discount and what kind of discount you create 88 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Who gets the discount Specific Customers Customers with a coupon Eligibility Specific Customers All customers who are signed into their accounts All customers What kind of discount Retail no discount Legacy do you want to create Cost Retail Type Discount from Retail percent Cost Markup from Cost percent Discount from Retail Markup from Cost Add on product Buy X Get Y Fixed Discount Shipping Discount entire order Shipping Discount eligible products only Volume Pricing Basket Discount Product Discount The General Process of Creating a Price Group If you are creating a coupon there s a few extra steps but if you are only creating a price group this is what you have to do 1 Goto gt Marketing gt Price Groups tab 2 Inthe Price Groups tab click Add Price Group 3
81. DRAFT the data directory on your server If you aren t sure what the name and location of your data directory 1s the easiest thing to do is 1 Export a data file such as the attributes file The default name of the attrib utes file is provide xml 2 FTP to your server and search for the filename provide xml Export Attributes to XML File Goto gt Data Management gt Import Export tab 2 Click Export Attributes to XML File The Export Attributes to XML File screen will appear Export Attributes to XML File Destination oP Export settings Export Product Attributes to File Export Product Attributes in e Add Mode Replace All Mode provide xml Email File Ta Do Not Email your addressi test cam If File Exists Append To File Replace File 3 Export Product Attributes to File Enter a filename for the exported file The default filename is provide xml 4 Email File To e Do Not Email The file will be created on your server You can use FTP to transfer the file to your local machine e Enter an email address the file will be created and automatically emailed to you 5 If File Exists Choose whether you want to append or replace an existing file You should select Append to File with caution because it can result in duplicate data in the file 6 Export Product Attributes In e Add Mode if you select
82. EE EIERE User Reference Guide DRAFT Marg Tins qu Mateo ai eT margin D Publication Date 02 28 2015 ha A VN n a E aile d Aerchant O purple box Background Color ti ry wild float lees Inoue ur Opr 10209 GER Padding 0px clear both Sub box left Walk eine 052 Lloautt letrtt tert align edu dic pka block Sub box righrt ud e DC loa ies gt eest aligi Left display block Sub box lertu th sub box rzright th table table table padding rrght Spx vertical align top product rimto borden lps solid eJesar vct elles 0 product info th table product info td ole o Mo E EDD verticab aligme Top product iqdro Eh font Size op COLES Doo 502 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved User Reference Guide DRAFT Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Ltd totalbindl td shaippaingTax DEIA Ee A AD vertical align bottom lom we que morenas td shrtppinglTax amp Dquantlity tdsquantity th td texts lO asa emt EE bLh ccode tas code ward ne pss td totalFinal iios cu Crue us Lomb highlighted d Background e EJE one bold New File line height 1 margin 0 padding 0 border 0 outline 0 font size 100 vertical align baseline background ELE wil y Cop center repeat X text align center ones kz Ox des Helve
83. If you check this box the rate you get from FedEx will include adult signature required Because this is a global setting you should only check this here if every product that you sell includes alcohol If only some of your products include alcohol you should set this flag on a product level E gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt FedEx Web Services Options tab e Inside pickup You should check this box if you at least occasionally ship packages that are over 150 pounds If a shipment is over 150 pounds 151 plus a FedEx employee must enter your building to get the package This is a global setting and cannot be overridden at the product level but it will only be triggered if the shipping weight 1s over 150 pounds If triggered it will affect the rate e Inside Delivery You should check this box if you want packages weighing more than 150 pounds to be brought into the recipient s building This is a global setting that cannot be overridden at the product level but it will only be triggered if the shipping weight 1s over 150 pounds If triggered it will affect the rate e Non standard Container Select this option to indicate that your FedEx shipment is packaged in a non traditional or irregularly shaped container e g a pail A surcharge may apply Only check this box if all the products that you ship 350 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference
84. Inthe Add Price Group dialog box 3 Enter a name for the Price Group 3 2 Select the Eligibility Who should get the discount e Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount e Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on e All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account e All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount 89 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 3 Select the Type Miva Merchant lets you create many different types of discounts and each type of discount has its own set of options All of the options are explained later in this section e Legacy These are the discount options that were supported in builds before Version 9 Retail Cost Discount from Retail and Markup from Cost e Add on product e Buy X Get Y e Fixed Discount e Shipping Discount entire order e Shipping Discount eligible products only e Volume Pricing e Basket Discount e Product Discount 34 Fill out the fields in the price group The fields that show up in the Add Price Group dialog box will change depending on the type of price group you are creating Details on the every field in every type of price group are given later in this section Click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products
85. Invoice Order 1009 Date 09 18 2013 16 11 38 PDT Thank you for your order Please keep this invoice for your records Ship To Bill To Name Tom Thompsan Name Test Account Email Address test dcoolcommerce net Email Address test dcoolcommerce net Phone Number 800 000 0000 Phone Number Fax Number Fax Number Company Company Address New York NY 10016 Address New York NY 10016 us us item Qty Item Price Total Price producti p1 1 2 00 2 00 Shipping 5 00 Sales Tax 0 00 Total 7 00 In the last checkout screen the customer sees your standard invoice page INVC Payment gt Authorize Net Payment Services v3 1 Authorize Net has three payment methods e AIM Advanced Integration Method e CIM Customer Information Manager e SIM Server Integration Method Miva Merchant only supports AIM This is a traditional payment gateway and the one most commonly used by Miva Merchant store owners Authorize Net AIM does not provide merchant accounts directly but it can connect to almost any merchant account Login ID Enter the Login ID and Transaction Key that you created when you set up Transaction Key your AIM account The Login ID and Transaction Key are specific to your 361 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 Authorize Net URL MDS95 Hash Security Code Duplicate Window Duration CVV2 Message Charge Method
86. Miva Merchant XML Provisioning This is an XML file 9 File Delimiter You can set the field delimiter to a tab or any other character 10 Category Settings e Export Only Products In Category Select this option if you only want to export products in a single Category e Include Ignore Category List Choose whether you want the categories names to appear in the exported file 11 Click the Export button Export Shipment Information to Flat File 1 Goto gt Data Management gt Import Export tab 2 Click Export Shipment Information to Flat File The Export Shipment Information to Flat File screen will appear Export Shipment Information to Flat File Destination emma Configuration Export Shipments to File shipments csv File Delimiter Tab Email File To S Do Not Email Other dhayes 1UUGyahoo com d Export Field Names as Header If File Exists Replace File Append To File 3 Export Shipments To File Enter a filename for the exported file 267 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A AA 4 iva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Email File To e Do Not Email The file will be created on your server You can use FTP to transfer the file to your local machine e Enter an email address the file will be created and automatically emailed to you If File Exists Choose whether you want to append to or replace an existing file You should sel
87. Navigation Bar All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Cool Gear Computer Components Computer Kits Network Accessories Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQS All Products When you first click on the Navigation Bar tab you will see the point and click mode In this screen you can only change the names of the buttons Navigation Bar Select Store Select Stare Point and click mode in the Navigation Bar section Click on the Advanced Account Account Mode link to edit the template code Store Front Home Search Search Product List All Products Basket Contents Basket Checkout Checkout Motes Versions Original Recall Clear History Advanced Made But if you click on the Advanced Mode link at the bottom of the screen you can directly edit the HTML of the Navigation Bar 243 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Navigation Bar lt mwtiif expr l settings page code EQ OUS1 OR l settings page ceode EQ OUSM OF SeEttindgs page code EQ OSEL OF SeEttindgs page code EQ OPAY Ob Settindgs page code EQ OPRC of Settindgs page code EQ OIMF of Settings page code EQ OCST Ok Settings page code EQ ORDL GF l settings page code EQ IN gt lt li class navigation item on first child id nav checkout Motes Versions Original Recall Cl
88. Oty Hawaiian Hat 1 10 00 10 00 Item Price Total Price Total 10 00 Ship Via UPS Ground 9 78 v PayWith Check d page INVC Invoice Order 1024 Date 10 12 2014 15 15 11 Thank you for your order Ship To First Name a Last Name customer Item Oty Hawaiian Hat 1 10 00 10 00 Item Price Total Price Total 10 00 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT About this Guide This book is a reference guide to the Miva Merchant admin interface Although this book is organized as a reference it contains topic overviews and lots of examples and step by step procedures The table of contents in this book has the same order as the Menu button in the admin interface se Menu Home E Home Main Landing Page MT ElCatalog L2 Catalog ElCustomers AlMarketing Cust 2 Customers E rder Processing E Marketing Aluser Interface HData Management 5 Order Processing HStore Settings User interf ce Order of topics in this book G Data Management store Settings The Menu button in the Miva Merchant admin interface General Information About Version 9 Version 9 has a lot of new features that make it much easier to use than previous versions If you have used previous versions of Miva Merchant e Allof the features and functions that you know are still in the program However e The location of many features have changed The good
89. PST Payee Count 1 Total Payout 25 00 Created By techwriter void Processed Yes Reason fF Processed Date 111112014 voided By Processed Time 15 42 08 PST Processed By tech Current Date 1111 2014 Current Time 15 42 08 PST 5 Confirm that the affiliates are marked as paid 5 l Goto Marketing Affiliate tab 5 2 Edit the Affiliate that you just created a payout for Marketing Price Groups Coupons Upsale Affiliates Password Email Site Name an_ affiliate test test com 5 3 Select the Earnings tab The payout that we just created now shows up 144 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Affiliate an affiliate Identification Info Commission Earnings Time IP Address Type Order ID Order Amt Earned Void D n nip dels ET E 111 2014 16 38 46 25 0000 5 4 Your affiliate can also see a record of the payment by logging into your on line store All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Affiliate Edit Edit Affiliate Information Bold Required itale Optional Login ap affiliate Email Lost Passwords To test test com Affiliate Information Site Mame Site URL Contact Commissions Name Application Status Approved E SS S P o LIO Commission No Commission specified Address please contactthe store administrator City Current Earnings 0 00 State Province
90. Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT ADO Ei Status 404 Not Found EDIT HERE The HTTP Header tab lets you control the HTTP header and header content that accompanies a web page sent from a web server to a web browser This feature can be used for many purposes but a common use is to control the HTTP status code for a page Every page that is sent froma web server to a browser also gets a status code for that page see http Aen wikipedia org wiki List of HTTP status codes For example if a web page cannot be found the server sends a status code of 404 and the status code 1s shown in the browser window In older Miva Merchant builds 1f a customer bookmarked a product page and then that product was deleted when the customer went back to the page they would see a Miva Merchant database error instead of a web server status code To correct this problem later builds of Miva Merchant included a Not Found page NTFD If a store page cannot be found the user is automatically redirected to the Not Found page However search engines like Google were indexing the Not Found page Some Miva Merchant customers didn t want that because the Not Found page doesn t really contain content that should end up in a search result list One way that you can use the HTTP Headers tab is to control the HTTP status that is sent with the page from the web server to the web browser For example if you wanted search
91. Section cccccccsscccsssccsssccesscesessccssscessseesessesssseessessssaeeseseecssueeseeeseaeecssueesseaseesaeessaees 323 Shipping gt Settings Tab gt Price Table Based Shipping Options Section eese eee nennen nnns 327 SHIPPING gt PACK BY WEIGHT TAB PACK BY QUANTITY IAp 328 SHIPPING gt BASE WEIGHT SHIPPING TAB ociosas edades tasado 328 To Enable Base EE 328 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT TO Conjieure Base T Wer ni iia 328 SHIPPING gt CANADA DOS TAB tata E 330 Your Canada Post Account and Credentials eee eee eese eese stent nnse nn nro Ra non senes etes sens terns eee enne en nennen 330 To Enable the Canada Post Module in Miva Merche ais 392 To Configure the Canada Post Module in Miva Merchant eese esses eee eene eene nennen nan nn sentes nnne rns sensns nnns 392 SHIPPING gt FLAT RATE SnppImNGIap suste ttrt t tets st ttes setete Sest tees EErEE ESEE ess sree es etessen eeesseeeesne 334 TO Enable rlar role SID UNO aar I T A A EE E A E A T E 334 Tou omie ure Tiar Rae SUP eco near cn dus enne ieu mes eer le bici tipica eso 334 SHIPPING gt MINIMUM OR WEIGHT SHIDDINGIaAp 335 To Enable Minimum Or Weight SAID tt 335 To X onftieure EE 335 SHIPPING gt U S P S ONLINE RATE CALCULATION DOMESTIC amp INTBRNATIONALIIAR 336 Support for the Shipping Settings gt Packaging Rules Tab 336 T
92. Shipping gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Installed Modules section 3 Click on the Remove button for the shipping module that you want to remove Payment Use the Payment Settings section to configure the payment options that you want to offer customers during checkout You must enable at least one payment option or there will be no way for customers to purchase items in your store Free items that you offer are an exception See Skip Shipping Payment Selection for Free Orders To see all of the payment methods that you have access to in your store 351 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Goto gt Payment gt Add Remove Modules tab gt Available Modules section Payment Settings 4 e bros Ta Available Modules intuit Merchant Services Check Payment viet sinne I Ver slom Py ovtier Miva Mal 1 Provtler M MI X Remove Installed Modules PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pre PayPal Payments Advanced and or Payfiow Gateway vi siom Y 0001 Vim sime Lo Pyevhiet Miva Merc hand Provider M X Remove X Remove Obsolete Payment Options Over time some payment options are dropped from Miva Merchant e Ifthe vendor such as Amazon still has the payment option but Miva Merchant has a new interface to it the old payment option is marked as Legacy You can continue to use legacy payment options but they w
93. THE MANAGE ORDERS SCHREEN 435 eee die ai RU C QDUo P E E AE E E A E EE EE EE E E E E E 435 TO VIEW ENCRYPTED CREDIT CARD INFORMATION 437 MiS 0729122 A Te UO On S TOE ERRORI io 457 JUI EE 457 teca RU ME T R H 457 APPENDIX 2 COMMON FIELDS IN THE ADMIN INTERFACE ecce eere e eee see ene sess sense ease sense sese easse ease easese 439 APPENDIX 3 COMPARING WEIGHT BAS ED S HIPPING MODULES esee eee e eene teen e ease osea seas ta sess e eas eaaseas 441 APPENDIX 4 HOSTING YOUR S TORE E 441 GENERAL REQUIREMENT S AND PROCESS FOR HOSTING YOUR STORE 442 APPENDIX 5 DEFAULT HTIP HT IPS PAGES cocina a ec a 442 A A 442 o EC E In 442 APPENDIX 6 ZPE PRINTER CONFIGURATION ciiisean adara a adaa eaa aiaa 444 Ee gt ee EEN RR E 444 APPENDIX 7 INVENTOR Y MANAGEMEN KE 444 INVENTORY TRACKING pos 445 To Enable Inventory Tracking for Products with Attributes eese eee eese eese eene nnns cnn n nn nn n nan nn sensn nnns 445 To Enable Inventory Tracking for Products with No Attributes eese seen eene eene nennen nnne enne enne nns 447 BASKET INVENTOR Vta 447 INVENTORES Sia 447 APPENDIXS THE SALES TAX CALCULATION FIELD concisa di 449 SECTIONS TEMPLATE CHANGES idisse diea csa A dc 453 TEMPLATE CHANGES FOR TINTIN VR 453 CSSUI Edit Page PROD gt Page gt Attribute Machine 453 CSSUE Edit Fage PAIR gt Page Attribute E 454 CS
94. TO Ue Avala EE 86 IESUS HILTLCMm 88 MARKETING PRICE CIROUP S io 88 PUG COLDS A d FO ENT 5S Price Groups in Version H 8 The General Processor Creatine a Price Group E 89 Price Groups Can ANET EGO OUVOE piensi eeo a aieiaa ee nia aean r r aa ee I aSa eaS 92 1225216 71 85 77 E H 92 MARKETING ER em t 121 To Ereatea Coupon with a omele c 122 Eligibility in Price Groups and Eligibility in Coupon 126 La Create Generated BEST m 129 hup I do picos a UP YD T 132 To Create an Upsold PrOdU m 132 CITI E E 136 Pages Related to Upsale Products aer ELA I UE REN EE RH ARE Y dico MGR dE RE Reed Eege 138 MARKETING gt AFELIATES TAB ina dea ies 140 Afiliate ER 140 To Create an Affiliate ACCOUL E 141 INDE ED 142 LN RcE Y 142 To Manually Adjust an Affiliates Earnings eese sees sees nennen nennen nennen nnne nnne nensi rennen nn nan ases eines nennen ese n eins inns sena 145 MARKETING gt AFFILIATE PAYOUTS TAB eese nennen nennen enters sese nenne seen tisse eee tsr sese nete asset tees sette nan seen etes
95. User Reference Guide DRAFT mear expr leo et tI go Oop La EE fecht emee O e MOMs MOMS Ices SUUS Ee sane td gt lt mvt foreach gt lt Mvies Tor cach lt er et yle T pac ckground color ceu m lt wo collcpan os roty les padding opa zp oma 2201 59 vertical align pottom butext di sguesdqudgiiey gt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt Sie ehiargqecde ster ide br gt lt mvyt foreach gt lt h octy le tone size ops Color ta 6c mcs am a quoc d lt td s ty EE Dp Ux o px e Dx ver iCall dba cues bottom text align right gt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt SE lle ote pie ordinance ceo elisa eile lote lt mvt foreach gt el EE EE EE piu collem abo Jer margin 0 amp mvt order formatted total lt h2 gt ua gt table lt div gt lt div gt lt body gt lt html gt New File lt div style clear both gt lt div gt lt dl gt lt mvt item name toe order contents gt lt div gt lt div gt lt body gt 493 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt html gt Edit Page EMAIL RETURN RECEIVED gt Page Original File lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 colors 4360707067 border lox solid 07 0807 width 690px gt SLE rh Stvle ronmtesrize Lopx Color 906390 padd
96. When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers To Create a Shipping Discount Eligible Products Only Price Group The fields for this price group are identical to those for Shipping Discount Entire Order The only difference is that instead of giving the customer a shipping discount on everything in their basket you only give them a discount on eligible items in their basket Basket items are eligible for a shipping discount if they meet the following conditions e The item must be on your list of discounted items After you create this price group you select a list of discounted items Only these items are eligible for the discount e The discounted item can t be disqualified by another price group See Priority for an example of how price groups can affect each other Goto Marketing Price Groups tab Click Add Price Group 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box See To Create a Shipping Discount Entire Order Price Group 115 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 4 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers To Create a Volume Pricing Price Group Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2 Click Add Price Group 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box
97. a page that can be found by search engines like Google This tab 1s optional and will embed words in the category page that you are creating For information about how meta tags work and are used in Miva Merchant please see User Interface gt Meta Tag Settings Tab 6 When you have finished filling out the fields in the various Category tabs click the button Notice that there is a new tab Products Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home gt Catalog Categories Edit Category Hats Products Edit Category Hats Category Products Assigned hat hawallan Hawaiian Hat shirt hawailan Hawaiian pit e Youcanassign products to the category by clicking on the Assigned icon next to the product so that the icon turns blue e Youcan also assign a product to a category by editing the product and selecting the Categories tab e Youcanalso assign products to categories during import Catalog Attribute Templates Tab Attribute templates allow you to create an attribute once and apply it to many products instead of recreating the same attribute over and over For example let s say that you sell a hundred different t shirts and all of them are available in small medium and large Assuming that you aren t going to import your product data you could Create the first t shirt product 2 Create an attribute Size with option
98. adding swatch images to the color options click the Update button The swatches now appear in the product page All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Cyber Shirt NES Bm Clicking on a swatch is the same as selecting Size smal a choice from the Color Blue f Color listbox Quantity 1 46 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Generate Variants Button Use the Generate Variants button to create product variants Before you use this button you must create Attributes and options See Catalog gt Edit Product gt Attributes Tab Once you have created your attributes and options they will appear in the Inventory Variants tab Edit Product Fish T Shirt Product Images Related Products Attributes Inventory Kit Builder CD Advanced Search ak Ze Jl A Generate variants Image Type Price Cost Weight Add Template Add Attribute Radio Buttons Generate Product Variants The current combination af inventory attributes will generate 4 product variants Any existing product variants will he discarded One variant will be created far each unique combination af attributes An inventory product will be created far each variant The automatically created products will have praduct cades generated fram the code ofthis product and the options assigned to the variant If a pro
99. amp mvt global sessionurl Screen PROD amp Store Code amp mvta global Store Code amp Produc t Code amp mvta item code amp mvt item code a lt x mvyt item gt td td valign top align left valign middle width 100 gt mvtsitem name ronts param body toni gt amp mvt item name mvt if expr l settings item upsold Special Offer SE Ek e lt mvyt item gt lt td gt mvt if expr l settings item upsold lt td align right valign middle nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font amp mvt item quantity mvbt iten uds lt mvt else gt lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl gt lt input type hidden name Screen value BASK gt 531 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt input type hidden name Action value 0QNTY gt input type hidden name Store Code valle Mvtes global store Code T gt input type hidden name Basket Line value amp mvte item line id td align left valign middle nowrap gt Smvtiltem name Lonts param bDody font lt input type text name Quantity value amp mvte item quantity size 4 gt mvt item name buttons param Update lt mv LEem gt lt td gt lt form gt lt mvt if gt lt td align right valign middle nowrap gt MVE Len name ronto pabam Dooy font m
100. amp mvte global Customer ShipLastName class textriield 7 gt lt div gt div class amp mvte global ShipEmail Row lt label elass regurredq Ltor Cuscomer Smrpemall mmall Address lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipEmail 1d Customer ShipEmaril value amp mvte global sCustomer ShipEmail class textiield f gt lt div gt lt div oclass smvrtecglobal b5hnirpbhone Bow label class required for Customer S5hipPhone Phone Number lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipPhone 1d Customer ShipPhone valus mvyte global Customer Shipehone olass rtextriield F lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global ShipFax Row gt label class italic for Customer ShipFax gt Fax Number lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipFax id Customer ShipFax value amp mvte global Customer ShipFax class textfield div div class amp mvte global ShipCompany Row label class italic for Customer ShipCompany gt Company lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipCompany id Customer ShipCompany value amp mvte global Customer ShipCompany class textfield div div class amp mvte global ShipAddressl Row label class required for Customer ShipAddress1 gt Address lt label gt 524 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Us
101. ase etta sse nn 146 MARKETING CAN IN 146 Marketing gt Settings gt Discounting Options eese seen enne nennenttne nnns senes ese rs sitet sites non nn seen asse reset inse eines enn seen nnns 146 Marketing gt Settings gt Upsale Option 147 Marketing gt Semnbs JA miadte TE 147 Marketing gt Settings gt Affiliate Lost Password Email eee sese essent nennen nennt nennen ernst nnne neni nnns 149 Marketing gt Settings gt Affiliate Email Notification EE 150 ORDER Pu BIOL Lo Pn 151 10 PROCESS INET URNS P IBID 151 ORDER PROCESSING ORDERS ortodoncia reina 153 Working with Orders in the Main Orders cren 153 Working With Ordersan the E 163 271221 c 163 TOMEN AAA ia 163 E E EE EEN ORDER PROCESSING gt SHIPMENT S RENTE 179 A O io E A 180 E A T uS 180 USER INTERFACE ronen a N EE A EOE E AE ENE 182 T ds PIRE ee ER H A EEEN EEE EA EO on 182 EE EELER 182 GLOBAL ITEMS AND PAGE SPECIFIC LOCAL ITEMS sonia ice 183 USER INTERFACO gt PACES TAB astas 184 Adding Content to Your Store POS iacuit deseris acted a ia 164 USER INTERFATA S NEUE di NR m 185 EE Ee 185 POOT iS iio 187 Method 1 Edit the Item Assign the Item to Multiple Pages eese eene nennen enne nnns enne nennen nennen n
102. automatically captured after authorization If you select this option the customer s entire credit card number is attached to the order If you do not select this option only the last four digits of the customer s credit card number are attached to the order You can view the credit card information by editing the order The payment methods that you choose here will show up in the payments drop down list during checkout This option only affects you when you are manually creating an order 37 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 Administrative Interface User Reference Guide DRAFT through the Miva Merchant admin interface If you enable this option you must enter a CV V2 number in the Authorize dialog box when you create or edit the order If you do not enable this option the Authorize dialog box will still have a CVV2 field but you can ignore it Payment Intuit Merchant Services Intuit Merchant Services previously known as Quick Book Merchant Services is a real time gateway similar to Authorize Net You must have a merchant account set up with Intuit before you can use Intuit Merchant Services in your store Intuit API Endpoint URL Connection Ticket Apply for an IPS merchant account or generate a connection ticket CVV2 Message Transaction Type Store Entire CC Number This field is pre set with the path to the Intuit
103. box click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers To Create a Product Discount Price Group Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2 Click Add Price Group ES 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount Tye Select Product Discount Discount Enter a discount amount and then select either Fixed dollar amount or Percent discount Apply Discount To After you create this price group you e Select Qualifying Products These are products that the customer must purchase to trigger the discount Selecting Qualifying Products is optional for this type of price group Select Discounted Products These are the products that will receive the discount You must select at least one product to receive the discount from this price group Let s say that you selected two products to receive a discount a 10 hat and a 20 shirt The customer buys one of each e Ifyou set this field to Lowest the customer gets a discount on the 10 hat If you set this field to Highest
104. can only be printed on Zebra compatible printers Any other printer will only print random characters because it won t be able to print the zpl formatted data To Void a Shipping Label After you have followed the steps to generate a shipping label you can void that label Voiding a label has the follo wing effect e Your account will not be charged for the postage e The label is invalidated and cannot be used 177 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e The status of the order will be set to Unshipped e Any tracking information associated with order will be lost You must void all the labels in a shipment but if an order contains multiple shipments you can void the labels in one shipment but not the other One order can contain multiple shipments One shipment can consist of multiple packages Order 1007 Check Payment Order Emails Order Fulfillment Modules Elle Vito Bill Tar Payment ese 1 Legacy Capture 75 00 George Arlington George Arlington Authorized 75 00 4890 Fanton Way 4030 Fanton Way Captured 75 00 Huntsville AL 35895 Huntsville AL 35895 Erde 0 00 Ls US Net Captured 75 00 Payment Type Check Check A 5 oe Authorize Capture Refund old Delete Cantel Split Create Shipment Enter Tracking Number Back Order Create Return Receive Return z Add Item s E Code Name Qua
105. charges to the order For example you could use the Add Attribute button to add a one off charge to an order such as a customer s special request 164 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 5 1 Add text to the descriptive fields The first two fields onthe Add Attribute line are for descriptions You can enter any text in these fields that you want In our example we show that this is a custom charge in the first field and give details about the charge in the second field Add Item s Code Name Quantity Weight Price Ea Taxable motherboarc Motherboard Ag 2 7 00 250 00 v Custom Order Add 4 GB of DDR3 memory Dn Add Attribute Descriptive fields 5 2 Enter a weight and price for the special charges 5 3 Click Add Attribute then click Add 6 Back in the edit Order screen our new item and the custom order charge have been added IT Code Hame Quantity Weight Price Ea Total Status motherboard a212 Motherboard 4212 1 7 000 250 00 350 00 Fending Custom Order Add 4 GB af DDR3 memory 1 000 100 00 Sub Total 350 00 Total 350 00 To Delete ltems from an Order l Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 2 Edit an order 3 In the edit Orders screen click the checkbox next to an item then click Delete or Cancel e The Delete button removes the item from the order The item is no longer displayed e T
106. delete The Edit Report dialog box will open 3 Click the Delete button Shipping Shipping Shipping Method Rules Tab This tab lists all of the shipping methods that you have enabled You can click on a method to set various options for that method 310 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Home Shipping Settings shipping Method Rules Shipping Settings Shipping Method Rules Method LU S P S Priority Maile Internati UPS Next Day Aine PI Base Boxes Settings Advanced Search Fr Edit Priorities Filter by Shipping Module Priority Display As zDefault zDefault Shipping Method Rules Module Shipping Method Priority Display As Rate Adjustment Restrict to Order Subtotal p 00 0 00 1 sS P S Online Rate Calculation Domestic amp International LI S PS Priority Maili amp International Large Flat Rate Box empty use default Mone 0 00 0 no upper limit Restrict to Item Quantity fo fo 0 no upper limit Restrict to Total Weight 0 00 AU UD Geographic Restrictions Module Shipping Method Priority 0 no upper limit Restrict to These States Weight Shipping Rate Adjustment Restrict ta These Countries Aland Islands User Reference Guide DRAFT Quantity The shipping module that contains the current method The name ofthe shipping method Set
107. does not support in context checkout 383 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Categories Long Pasta User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Basket Contents Shopping Basket P A S 2 Short Pasta Egg Pasta Follow Us Remove Flora Velo Original FW1 4 100 00 100 00 Size Large Total 100 00 Fast Secure Checkout with PayPal 1A PayPal CREDIT Estimate Shippina e customer goes to the Basket Contents page BASK and clicks the Pay Pal Credit Button 384 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Test Store Your order summary Descriptions Amount 5100 00 Item number FV1 Item price 5100 00 Quantity 1 Item total 100 00 Total 100 00 USD Site Feedback User Reference Guide DRAFT Choose a way to pay Log in to PayPal to use Bill Me Late PayPal Email buyer072013 Dmivamerchant PayPal password Forgot email or password Use Bill Me Later and create a PayPal account Pay with my debit or credit card Cancel and return to Test Store User Agreement and Privacy Policy The customer leaves your store and goes to a PayPal page If the customer already has PayPal Credit set up in their Pay Pal account as in this case they are asked to enter their credentials If the customer does not ha
108. e Side e Back 228 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT When you upload your images you assign each image to one ofthe Image Types that you created front side or back There are two places where you can create Image Types at the product main screen or when you are editing a product in the Catalog gt Edit Product gt Images Tab It doesn t matter which one you use 1 Inthe Products main page select the Image Type tab 2 In the Image Type tab click on the Add Type s button The Add Image Type dialog box appears 2 1 Enter a short code to uniquely identify the Image Type and a longer Description In our example we ll enter Front as both the code and the description You may want to keep your categories fairly generic so that you can use them for a wide variety of different products 2 2 Click the Add button You can now use your Image Types in several ways e When you manually upload product images you can assign those images to an Image Type e When you import product information your Image Types will appear as columns in the spreadsheet You can now import multiple images for each product e If you assign an image to an Image Type you can have that image show up in the following pages e BASK Basket Contents gt Basket Contents tab gt Product Images checkboxes e CTGY Category Display gt Category Product List Layout tab g
109. engines to continue indexing the Not Found page 1 Goto gt User Interface gt Edit Page NTFD gt Page tab gt HTTP Headers tab 2 Click onthe Add button Enter Status as the Header and 200 as the Value When the webserver sends the Not Found page to the customer s browser the page will be sent with a status of 200 OK Search engines like Google will index the Not Found page because they will assume that it is a valid page If you set the value of the HTTP Status to 404 which it is by default search engines will not index the page By default the HTTP Headers tab only appears in the NTFD Not Found page but you can add the http_headers item to any page Order Contents e tem Code order contents e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see User Interface Edit Page INVC Page tab Order Contents Section Controls the format of order items on pages like INVC 219 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Template lt table gt lt tr class hbasket heading lt td class item name Itemz td lt td class item quantity gt Oary lt td gt 4 All Products Account Basket Search Invoice Order 41039 Date 12 04 2012 15 28 08 PST ship To Bill To Name Bill Smith Name Bill Smith Email Address bsmithm
110. expr l settings product weight NE 0 gt div class product weight gt Shipping Weight lt span class bold gt mvt product weight lt span gt amp mvt store wtunits lt div gt lt mvt if gt div class product details 2 lt div class product description gt amp mvt product descrip lt div gt lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl Screen BASK gt lt div id swatches class swatches gt lt div gt lt div class clear gt lt div gt CSSUI Edit Page INVC gt Page gt Order Contents There are numerous changes sprinkled throughout this file If you have not made custom changes to this template you should regenerate the template code by clicking update while in point and click mode otherwise compare the differences between the new version and the version you have in your store New File lt table gt lt tr class basket heading gt 463 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT td class item name gt Item lt td gt td class item quantity gt Oty lt td gt td class item price gt Item Price lt td gt lt td class item total gt Total Price lt td gt dq mvt foreach iterator item array order groups gt SE E mvtilf expr l settings item option count mvt assign name l settings rowspan value l settings item option count 1 lt mvt else gt mvt assign
111. for the exported file If File Exists Choose whether you want to append to or replace an existing file You should select Append to File with caution because it can result in duplicate data in the file 5 Email File To e Do Not Email The file will be created on your server You can use FTP to transfer the file to your local machine e Enter an email address the file will be created and automatically emailed to you 6 Products to Export You can choose to export information about all of the products in your store or a range of products The range fields let you break your product list into sections if you think you have too many products to fit comfortably into a single flat file e To find out how many products you have Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 266 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 6 1 Goto Catalog Products 6 2 Click the Show button and select All 6 3 Click Select Multiple Records then click CSV This downloads a simple CSV containing all of your products You can quickly see how many you have in your store Export Fields Select the fields to include in the export file 8 File Format e Product Import This is the default import process Choose this format if you are using the import process introduced in PR8 e Legacy Import Products From Flat File Choose this format if you are using the import process that existed before PR8 e
112. for you After you enable inventory tracking you set the initial level of your stock Ifa customer adds an item to their basket the inventory count for that item automatically drops by Ifthe customer purchases the item the inventory count will sta y reduced by 1 If the customer removes the item from their basket or abandons their basket the inventory count for the item increases by 1 You can enable inventory tracking for products with or without Attributes See also gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings section gt Basket Timeout field This vase has no attributes It s not available in any other sizes colors or anything else We ll enable inventory tracking on the product and set the initial inventory to 100 When a customer buys a vase the inventory count automatically drops to 99 Our t shirt has two attributes size and color It s available in small medium and large sizes and blue and white colors We enable inventory tracking on both attributes and then set the initial inventory for each variant version of the shirt If we tell the system we have 100 of each variant and a customer buys a shirt in small blue the inventory count for small blue drops to 99 and the inventory count for all the other variants stays at 100 the same thing that would happen in a brick and mortar store To Enable Inventory Tracking for Products with Attributes Enable inventory tracking at the store level 1 1 Go
113. gated 413 IoAsuenu Custom leld 10 0 OYOUD zii oerte eade Due te See a eae 413 Example Adding and Using a Custom Category Field 414 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Example Adding and Using a Custom Product Field e a iiA E atten santa estesa aa 416 Example Adding a Custom Field with Image Upload 416 Example Custom Basket Fields eee eese esee esee en enn enin nenne nhn sereni senis sene assis siens enean eterne essen enn etes senes sse nn nn 421 SECTION A ud id DA DCB sins M 426 APPENDIX 1 BEST PRACTICES FOR MANAGING CREDIT CARD DATA eese eere eere eee ee eo ee en e eene etos toe ee etas 426 THE Ee CA a E KIRICH EE BLA Nub 426 ABOUT ENCRYPPING PAYMENT INFORMATION desee opEtke tva saree CE E N 02b EEE x a ira ca 428 ABOUT DELETING PAYMENT INFORMATION 428 ENABLING ENCRYPTION IN YOUR STORE ciar a 429 DN GS 429 To Enable Encrvption EE 429 TO DELETE AN ENCRYPTION KEY E 432 PROCESSING EXISTING ORDERS WITH THE ENCRYPTION KEY WIZARD 432 To Process Existing Orders with the Encryption Key Wizard s eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee sees eene nennen nenne nennen nennt ne nennen nsns 433 REGULAR ARCHIVING IN
114. gt edit a Category gt Custom Fields tab 4 When you edit a category now you ll see that there is a new tab called Custom Fields In this new tab is the custom category field that you created 414 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT l After you create a custom field of type Edit Category Hats Category you ll see a new tab Custom Fields when you edita category The new tab shows the custom field that you created Display False For our example we ll set the value of this field to False Category Custom Fields Products 5 Add category tree template code In our example we ll use the custom field to control whether a category is displayed in the category tree If the value of the custom field is true the category will be displayed in the on line store 5 1 Goto gt User Interface gt Settings tab gt Category Tree Template tab 5 2 Add the field In the Custom Fields section click on the field named Display then click the Select button To reduce overhead in the admin interface only custom fields that have been selected can be referenced in the template code 5 3 Edit the template code In the category tree template code we ll add code to scan the value of the Display field for each category Categories where the Display field contains the string true will be shown in the category tree Category
115. gt edit a product gt Custom Fields tab When you edit a product now you ll see that there is a new tab called Custom Fields In this new tab is the custom product field that you created 416 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product Seashell Necklace gt Custom Fields Edit Product Seashell Necklace Images Related Products Attributes 25 00 Product MSRP User Reference Guide DRAFT The custom field that we created MSRP now show s up when we edita product We ll set the value of this field to 25 00 4 Add the custom field to the product page There are many different things you could do with a custom product field As a simple example we ll have our custom field show up in product pages in our on line store 4 Goto gt User Interface gt Pages tab gt edit page PROD gt Page tab gt Product Display Layout section 4 2 Click on the custom field MSRP in our example then click the Select button To reduce overhead in the admin interface only custom fields that have been selected can be referenced in the template code Product Display Layout Product Fields Iv Product Namel Product Code Product SkU M Price I Weight M Description Custom Fields META Keywords Mint Tower Case Processor Bus Product Footer Product Header Standard Tower Case El Total lmimanta
116. gt Add Remove Modules tab 405 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 2 3 4 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Select the Available Modules section Under Template Based Batch Reports click Install You can now run the default reports To Run the Default Reports e Ww NO e LA N e Printable Invoice Go to gt Order Processing gt Orders tab Select a batch or select one or more orders Click the Batch Report button Shipment Picklist Go to gt Order Processing gt Shipments tab Select a batch or select one or more shipments Click the Batch Report button To Edit a Template Based Batch Report You should already have followed the steps to enable the default reports There are two ways to edit the default reports Shipment Picklist and Printable Invoice e I 2 3 Method 1 Utilities Screen Go to gt Utilities gt Template Based Batch Reports tab Select one of the template based batch reports Click the Edit Template button Utility Settings Template Based Batch Reports Custom Fields o crm 8 Order Printable Invoice ahipment shipment Ficklist 406 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Method 2 Pages Screen Go to gt User Interface gt Pages tab 2 Edit one of the pages that is associated with a default report e ORDER INV
117. gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td align right gt mvt item name fonts param body font mvt item name buttons param Continue lt myt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt form gt lt tr gt lt td align left valign bottom gt mvt item name hdft param footer ebd s lt table gt lt mvt item name hdft param global footer gt lt J mvt item html New File mvt item name html profile 513 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k a Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT head title amp mvt store name Checkout Customer Information lt title gt base href amp mvt global basehref gt mvt item name head param head tag lt head gt lt mvt item name body gt lt mvt item name hdft param global header gt lt table border 0 cellpadding 0 cellspacing 0 width 100 gt lt tr gt lt td align left valign bottom gt lt mvt item name navbar gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td align left valign bottom gt lt mvt item name hdft param header gt lt td gt lt tr gt r sta align Lerk valign top width 100 SS Sie NEIN PROMOS K mvt item name messages lt mutedtem mvt item name basket lt DT gt lt br REO uaa form method POSI action amp mvt global sSecure sessionurl gt mvt if expr l settings basket tota
118. have an image in your existing pages named black front jpg and the same ima ge name exists 236 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT in your Framework pages the Framework image will be ignored and the one in your store will be kept 8 Click Apply The pages that were in the Framework file have now been copied to your store User Interface Settings Tab User Interface Settings Tab Misc Color Section Specify the colors to be used in selected areas of your store You can enter the color in each field as a hexadecimal value such as ffffff for white or by clicking on the color picker icon UI Note that the fields in this tab do not work with CSSUI only with the older MMUI Similar changes to a CSSUI store are made in the cssui css file When you make a change to a color it s a good idea to view your on line store and verify that the results are what you expected You might also want to view your on line store with a few different browsers or browser versions Category Tree Background By default this area is the vertical band along the left hand side of the store screen For a CSSUI store see also User Interface Settings Tab Category Tree Template aidn in Order History INL Category Tree Color Category Tree List Header Background The List Header Back ground appears on any page in your MMUI on line store tha
119. head tag e znmt item name attributemachine param head gt xmvt item name product display imagemachine param hesdc lt head gt lt body Class t Copy all of this code 2 2 Select the Items tab This screen shows you all of the items that can be added to this page A gray icon means the item is not currently assigned in use by the page The blue icon means the item is currently assigned to the page Item not assigned C admin order Administrative Order Fields Item assigned MO attributemact Attribute Machine 2 3 Click onthe Assigned heading until it has a minus sign next to it That will sort the item list and put all of the items in use at the top of the screen 2 4 Make a note of all of the items currently in use by the page You can do this by making one or more screen caps or you can select all of the items in use and then click the button to export the list as a text file 2 5 Goto gt User Interface gt Pages tab and click the Add Page button 2 0 Inour example we ll use PROD T SHIRT as both the new page Code and Name Paste the template code that you copied from the original PROD 20 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Price Cost Zh User Reference Guide DRAFT page into the Template field of the new page then click the Add button An Items tab will appear Click on the Items tab Open the screen capture that you
120. if any If you are finished editing charges click Save NY OQ Nn F If you want to enter an additional charge for example special handling click the Add Charge button Generate Shipping Label You can create shipping labels when e At least one item in the order has a picking number 173 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e You have configured at least one shipping module which supports label generation To Generate a Shipping Label Editanorder If you ve met all of the criteria listed above you will see a Generate Shipping Label link Click on that link to open the Generate Shipping Label dialog box ship To Bill To a customer a customer 09 25 2014 Legacy Capture 10 00 a_customerntest cor a_customeridtest corn Authorized 10 00 555 555 5555 555 555 5555 Captured 10 00 1234 Chestnut St 1234 Chestnut St Refunded 0 00 San Francisco CA 82777 San Francisco CA 82777 Net Captured 10 00 LIS LS Payment Type Check Check 1234 Authorize Code Hame Quantity Weight Price Ea hat_harwaillan Hawaiian Hat 1 1 00 10 00 ele dA i E Generate Shipping Label sub Total 0 22 Shipping LIPS Ground 9 78 Total 10 00 Delete This Order ApplyRemoaowve Coupons ApplwRemowe Discounts a E E E E 2 Inthe Generate Shipping Label dialog box select a Shipping Method In most cases the shipping method will be se
121. interface or by logging into your CyberSource account Same as above but for soft declines that occurred because the customer did not enter a CVV2 number or the CV V2 number that they entered did not match the recorded CVV2 number for the card If you select this option the customer s entire credit card number is attached to the order If you do not select this option only the last four digits of the customer s credit card number are attached to the order You can view the credit card information by editing the order The payment methods that you choose here will show up in the payments drop down list during checkout This option only affects you when you are manually creating an order through the Miva Merchant admin interface If you enable this option you must enter a CV V2 number in the Authorize dialog box when you create or edit the order If you do not enable this option the Authorize dialog box will still have a CVV2 field but you can ignore it 370 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Payment First Data Global Gateway First Data is a gateway product similar to Authorize Net In general to use the First Data Global Gateway you must also have a merchant account with them API Endpoint URL API Username API Password API Certificate API Private Key API Private Key Password CVV2 Message Transa
122. is a product You can also see that there 1s a column in the spreadsheet for 36 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT every Image Type that you ve created You can use the Image Type columns to add images for every product but there s two things to remember e If youcreated two Image Types you can only have a max of two images per product If you want to import more images per product you have to create more Image Types for example FRONT _ 01 FRONT 02 etc e The file path for images in the spreadsheet is a path to the image on the store server not your local machine IMAGE TYPE BACK IMAGE TYPE FRONT graphics d DD DOE shirt white back mg graphics UUUUUU01A shirt white front jpa 5 After you ve added all your product data to the spreadsheet go back to the Miva Merchant admin interface and select Data Management Import Settings then edit Add Update Products from CSV Data Management Home gt Data Management gt Import Settings Import Export Import Settings Database Tools C Reset Advanced Search Add Update Categories from CSV Category Import Add Update Customers fram CSV Customer Import Add Update Product Variants from CSW Variant Import 4dd Update Products from CSV Product Import Edit Import Description Add Update Products from CSW Import Module Product Impart
123. item name head param head tag lt head gt lt mvt item name body gt mvt item name hdft param global header table border 0 cellpadding 0 cellspacing 0 width 100 lt tr gt lt td align left valign bottom gt lt mvt item name navbar gt lt P TA gt lt tr lt tr gt lt td align left valign bottom gt lt mvt item name hdft param header gt lt LA tre lt iorm SE POST aerLon emverglobal secure sessionurlg mvt if expr l settings basket total GT 0 gt lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OUSL gt 212 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT SUWLIelSelr expr gootorecreg trship gt lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OSEL gt lt mvt else gt lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR SHIP CTAX AUTH gt lt input type hidden name Screen value INVC gt amvbtrrfs input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code lt tr gt lt td align left valign top width 1005 gt Dr prs e Thome c Meg aa O TS OE Mom mvt item name messages lt mvt item gt vrs ea mames asker gt gua ET NVC vem nane rszonts param Dody font mvt item name customer gt lt mvt item gt lt td
124. j CS lt mvt foreach gt MVE to reach rte rator pare array Group paris SI td class code gt Part amp mvt part code td lt td olass produot imvti partinames tgd td class each 5 amp mvt part quantity td td class total amp mvt part total quantity lt td gt eI MMUI Edit Page BASK gt Page gt Details Original File lt tr gt lt td align left valign top width 100 5 gt Spr mvt item name basket lt td gt lt tr gt New File lt tr gt lt td align left valign top width 100 gt E lt mvt item name messages gt mvt item name basket gt lt td gt lt tr gt Edit Page NTFD gt Page gt Details Original File AO 511 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Pee Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT SCHER GE expr ISNULL gError Messages The item you requested is not available at this time lt mvt else gt Sello clero ries ages mvt if New File Nmvtill expr ISNULL g 5Lrror Messages gt The item you requested is not available at this time lt mvt else gt smyte dlobal Error Messages lt mvt if gt MMUI Edit Page OCST gt Page gt Details Original File mvt item name html profile gt head title amp mvt store name Checkout Customer Information lt title gt base href amp mvt global basehref gt mvt
125. level setting will be used Available Tokens The list of tokens that you can use in your store inventory messages Catalog Categories Tab Use the Catalog Categories screen to create categories that organize your products into logical groups and to add products to specific categories You can also do both of these activities from the Catalog Edit Product Categories Tab Technically you don t have to assign a product to a category Customers would still be able to find the product by clicking on All Products or by searching for a general term like hat However putting your products in categories makes it easier for customers to browse your store and find the products that they want Categories in your on line store are like departments in a brick and mortar store e Youcancreate as many categories as you wish e Categories can contain sub categories which can contain sub sub categories etc e The same product can be assigned to as many categories as you wish Home Catalog Categories Catalog Products Categories Attribute Ternplates Inventory Advanced Search Add Category Name shirts Hats Pants 68 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Add a Category Sort the Categories as they appear in the admin interface EC 1 Edit the Display Order Change the way that categories are shown in yo
126. listed choices by a square placeholder symbol can go before or after the number with or without a space between the symbol and the number Negative Currency Format Specify the appearance of negative currency values The position of the currency symbol is represented by a square placeholder symbol Formats are similar to those for positive values but with the addition of parentheses and or a negative symbol Digit Grouping Symbol Enter the symbol that will appear between groups of digits in large numbers For instance the digit grouping symbol here is a comma 4 356 500 00 Number of Digits in Group Select the number of digits to go between each grouping symbol In the example above there are 3 digits between each comma Decimal Symbol Enter a symbol to go between the whole and decimal parts of the currency value A period is used in this example 99 95 Number of Digits after Decimal Select the number of digits to be displayed after the decimal symbol In both of the above examples the number of digits after the decimal 1s 2 US Currency Formatting Formats the currency as standard US currency with a dollar sign commas at thousands and two decimal places for cents No currency link 1s displayed at the top of the form 288 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Character Set Require Tax Allow Modules Used by Store Morph Items to be Uninstalled
127. mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator charge array basket charges gt lt Li gt lt td align right valign middle colspan 3 gt td td align right valign middle nowrap gt mvtizrten name ronts param body Lont gt i amp mvt charge descrip i ems TES M gt td td align right valign middle nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt amp mvt charge formatted disp amt mvt ritenm lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt LI lt td gt lt td gt lt td align right valign middle colspan 3 gt lt td gt lt td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt lt MvE EE name tones parans Lider Tone lt b gt Total lt b gt lt mvt item gt td td align right valign middle bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param lhdr font lt b gt mvt basket formatted total lt b gt lt x myt iten lt td gt lt Cr gt lt table gt 533 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page CTGY gt Product List Layout Original File mvt if expr NOT ISNULL 1 settings product thumbnail gt lt a href amvt global sSessilonurl 5creen PhODeStore Code amp mvtasstorescode eProduct Code amp nmvcarproducuiocouUe 4taLtegory Code 4mvLba category code gt lt img s
128. name l settings rowspan value 1 E Greet ee td class 1tem name gt div class special offer gt lt mvt if expr l settings item upsold Special Offer lt mvt if gt lt div gt div class item name gt amp mvt item name lt span class item code gt amp mvt item code mvt foreach iterator discount array item discounts gt mvt if expr l1 settings discount display gt div class item discount amp mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt mvtslt mvt foreach lt span gt lt div gt lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt amp mvt item quantity Sud td class item price gt amp mvtiltem lormatted base price 7 td td class item total gt lt MvEs LL expr l settinge ltem subtoLtal pase price NE l settings item subtotal lt span style text decoration line through amp mvt item formatted subtotal base price lt span gt lt mvt if gt amp mvt item formatted subtotal lt a gt SE mvt foreach iterator option array item options gt tr class item options gt td class item name gt smyt 1 expre l settings optionsoption 1d gt 464 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT SuvLt opLLOn abtr codes amp mvt opitiontopt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp mvt opLtion attr co
129. new Miva Merchant order number is matched with a new Authorize Net order number Please note that this option can cause errors if you are using a third party module that takes any action with the order number A third party module has no way of knowing that the order number has changed and can take actions using an order number that Miva Merchant has deleted This is not a problem for modules created by Miva Merchant since those modules will be aware that the order number has changed If you do not enable this option and the customer s credit card fails to authorize e The customer stays at the Payment Information screen OPA Y Any 363 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Available Payment Methods Require CVV2 in Administrative Interface User Reference Guide DRAFT failure message that was generated by the gateway is displayed on this screen e The order number remains the same The customer can re submit their order immediately Electronic Debit This is an eCheck product from Authorize Net that allows your customer to pay by entering their checking account information in your on line store As the merchant you pay a monthly fee to Authorize Net for the eCheck service and a flat fee per transaction There is no discount fee a transaction fee that is a percent of the order total for an eCheck When the customer reaches the Shipping Payment Selecti
130. new version of a file 1 Make any change to the file You may also want to use the Notes field to describe the changes you are making for example New Logo 2 Click the Update button Your new version will be listed in the Versions drop down list If you have created multiple versions of a file you can use the Recall button to select a Version Select the version of the file you want to use from the Versions drop down list 2 Click the Recall button 3 Click the Update button Click the Clear History button to delete all versions of the file except the original Use the Color Selector control to insert hexadecimal color references into your file Click the mouse cursor anywhere in the template text where you want to insert a hex color reference Click on the Color Selector 1con In the Color Selector dialog box click the mouse on the color that you want then click Insert A hexadecimal reference to the color that you selected will be inserted into the text of your template Custom fields show up in many screens of the Miva Merchant admin interface 430 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT You can see custom fields usually on template pages when you edit your store edit pages products categories etc Custom fields include e META Tags e Category Headers and Category Footers e Image Types e Shipping option
131. paces sbo amp mvbvproduce tormabted base price b gt br SHVcIIT Gxpr lsserlrings procucltiiny active gt aver EE Long lt br gt Edit Page User Interface Settings gt Global Header amp Footer Original File lt Header Update gt lt FOOLer Uposte lt Template gt lt CDATA lt br gt lt br gt lt center gt lt small gt Ecommerce Shopping Cart Software by lt a target blank href http www mivamerchant com gt Miva Merchant lt a gt lt small gt lt center gt gt lt Template gt lt Notes gt Set Current Time lt Notes gt lt Footer Update gt lt Module gt New File lt Header Update gt lt Footer Upaate gt lt Template gt lt CDATA lt br gt lt br gt lt center gt lt small gt Ecommerce Shopping Cart Software by lt a target blank rel notollow href http www miva com gt Miva lt a gt lt small gt lt center gt gt lt Template gt lt Notes gt Set Current Time lt Notes gt lt Footer Update gt lt Module gt Edit Page INVC gt Order Contents New File lt table border 0 cellpadding 2 cellspacing 0 width 100 SL SEO allgne Lert valigi middle Dgcolor amp mnvtoolorsslhdr Dg 535 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k a mvt item name fonts param lhdr font lt b gt Code lt b gt lt Mwvts cen td td align left valign middle bgcolor mvt colors 1lhdr bg gt
132. page with real time pricing information If you go to User Interface Pages Edit Page PROD Product Display Layout section gt Advanced Mode There is an HTML element in the default template span id price value gt If you want the attribute machine to update the product price based on the attributes that the customer selects the Price Element field must match that div See Pricing Elements and Pricing Displays If the product 1s receiving some kind of discount the attribute machine can display prices like this 10 00 7 00 e The 10 00 is the Additional Price Element It s the original price of the product before any discounts are applied You might want to show this price to customers so that they can see in the product page that they are getting a discount e The 7 00 is the Price Element It s the price of the product after discounts are applied If you go to User Interface Pages Edit Page PROD Product Display Layout section gt Advanced Mode There is an HTML element in the default template span id price value additional If you want the attribute machine to update the Additional Price Element based on the attributes that the customer selects the Additional Price Element field must match that element See Pricing Elements and Pricing Displays If the product 1s receiving some kind of discount the attribute machine can display prices like this 10 00 7 00 3 00 e The 10 00 i
133. products based on Availability Groups you have created Note that you can also edit and create customer accounts in the admin interface See Customers 241 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT oo gt Sign In Order History Customer Login Link Customers can click on this link to login to their account or to create an account All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Cool Gear Computer Components Computer Kits Network Accessories Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products After customers login the link changes to the Customer Account Link Customers can click on this link to go to their account info or order history Customer Account Link Welcome back Bill Tyler Order History All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Cool Gear Computer My Account EEN Components e Edit Account Info Computer Kits aes H Customer Order History Network Accessories Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy PAGS All Products User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Navigation Bar Allows you to customize the navigation bar in your on line store 242 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Sign In Order History The
134. range You select the list of qualifying products after you create the price group For example the customer might have 10 items in their basket with a total value of 100 But if only 3 of those items were on your list of qualifying products and the value of those 3 items is 25 it might not be enough to qualify for the discount This field also uses the basket subtotal which 1s the value of merchandise in the basket but without tax shipping or other order related charges Example 1 Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal 50 UU The customer will receive the discount if the total value of qualifying products in their basket is at least 50 Note that in our sample store we are using US dollars as the currency The currency setting in your store might be different and is set in gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings Section gt Currency Formatting field Example 2 Restrictto Gualifying Subtotal 50 The customer will receive the discount if the value of qualifying products in their basket is 50 or less The customer must have a certain number of qualifying products in their basket to get the discount You select the list of qualifying products after you create the price group For example the customer might have 10 items in their 97 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Restrict to Qualifying Weight User Reference Guide DRAF
135. reorder gt lt td gt lt td class order description gt Product Description lt td gt lt td class order status gt Status lt td gt lt td class order quantity gt Quantity lt td gt lt td class order price gt Price Ea lt td gt lt td class order total gt Total lt td gt Dp mvt foreach iterator item array order groups SEES SNVUISIT expr lilssttiDQgsselLenmsOptoion count gt mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 settings item option count 1 lt mvt else gt mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 mvt if 457 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT td class order reorder rowspan amp mvt rowspan gt mvt if expr l settings item reorder EQ 1 gt Se Target Blank hrter amp mvtrglobal sessionurl e65Lore Code amp mvtarstore code SScreen BASKGSACLIOHn ADPRS Product Code amp mvta item code amp Quantity 1 gt reorder lt a gt lt mvt else gt Wwvits uEe lt td gt lt td class order description gt amp mvt item name mvt if expr 1 settings item upsold gt Special Oftter lt mvts1t gt lt mvt foreach iterator discount array item discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display div class order discount gt mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt lt WMUELLE gt lt mvt foreach gt
136. sales tax e Sales tax just on order e Sales tax on order and shipping Go to the gt Store Settings gt State Based Sales Tax tab In this screen you can control what states sales taxes should apply and whether the state sales tax should only be applied to the order or to the order and to shipping If you want state sales tax to be applied to the handling charge you can do one of two things e Tax shipping and handling together 1 Go to the gt Store Settings gt State Based Sales Tax tab Make sure that you have states that apply sales tax and that Tax Shipping is selected 32 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O NN e QN aa d W User Reference Guide DRAFT Go back to the gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Handling Charge section Set Display to Include in Shipping Rate The handling charge is now included with the shipping charge and the total shipping charge will be taxed Tax handling separately Go to the Store Settings State Based Sales Tax tab Make sure that you have states that apply sales tax You may or may not want to tax shipping Go back to the gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Handling Charge section Set Display to Separate Line Item Make sure that Separate Line Item is Tax Exempt is unchecked The handling charge now appears as a separate line item and will be subject to state sales tax If you do not want state sales tax to be applied to the handlin
137. screen Ds item s on the expanded chart Display Display on Main Screen Recalculate After En minutes Description Enter a name to describe the new report Report Module Essentially the report type Date Range Time period co vered by the report Group By Not used by this report type Category Enter a product category to limit the report to only products in that category Leave the field blank to include all categories 1n the report To increase the flexibility of your reports you could create an inactive category assign any products to it that you wish since a product can belong to multiple categories and then use that category for reporting purposes Product Enter a product to limit the report to only that product Leave the field blank to include all products in the report 303 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Metric Address Country State Group By Display Recalculate After User Reference Guide DRAFT Select to have the report display gross revenue or units sold Choose to base the report on the customer billing address or shipping address Choose to have the report display data from all countries or from a single country Choose to have the report display data from all states or from a single state Collate the report data by Country State City or Zip Code See below for an example Item s on the main
138. screen Item s on the expanded chart This field works in conjunction with the Group By field For example Set Group By to State 2 Set Main Screen to 5 3 Set Expanded Chart to 10 4 The pie chart on the home page will show the top 5 states where you ve received orders If you click on the pie chart on the home page you ll see an expanded version of the pie chart which will show you the top 10 states you ve sold to Automatically refresh the report data 1f 1t 1s being displayed in your admin home page in 1i op Bins rip IB ies 7 i O Vr 44 E tin nin I TEN Ps 4 EN I 414 3 XN i 1A n Ji ta Zei Group by Zip Code Group by State 304 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Product Sales Report Add Report Description fF Report Module Product Sales Report ee From iu2z 2014 Thru hara Hour Compare Using Gross Revenue y Cutie n gt Price Group Po Category LOOK up O product s on the main screen Date Range Display f O product s on the expanded chart f O product s in exported data Display on Main Screen Recalculate After En minutes Description Enter a name to describe the new report Report Module Essentially the report type Date Range Time period co vered by the report Group By Choose a group by increment of hour day we
139. search Checkout Home Not Found Computer Not Found Computer Kits 7 Shipping could nat be calculated for your basket This may be due Network Accessories to a network or configuration error ar the contents af your basket may nat he able to be shipped in a single shipment If you check this box all orders where the order total is 0 00 will receive free shipping This field cannot be over ridden at the product level In Miva Merchant builds before PR8 update 4 this feature was handled through the Edit Store gt Settings tab gt Require Shipping for Free Orders checkbox If shipping cannot be calculated this is the text that will appear in the Ship Via drop down list of the Shipping Selections screen See Use Fallback Shipping Method If shipping cannot be calculated this is the price that will appear in the S hip Via drop down list of the Shipping Selections screen See Use Fallback Shipping Method Shipping Settings Tab Handling Charge Section Use this section to control when handling charges are applied to orders Note that these settings are global to all products in your store and cannot be over ridden at the product le vel Apply Handling e Charge e Never No order in your store will ever have a handling charge Always Handling charges will be applied to every order When Order Subtotal Within Range Apply a handling charge when the order 319 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved
140. set the Display As text to Standard Shipping Allows you to adjust the shipping rate after it is returned from the carrier s estimating software but before it is shown to your customer For example you could take the quoted rate from the carrier and add to it to cover your packaging or handling costs You could adjust the carrier shipping quote down if you wanted to offer your customers a discount on shipping The customer won t see or know about any adjustment that you make e None The customer will be shown the rate that came back from the carrier e Fixed Select Fixed and enter a dollar value in the next field The rate that comes back from the carrier will be increased or reduced by the amount that you enter Fixed 1 00 For example if youenter 1 00 in this field and the rate quote from the carrier 312 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Restrictions Exclusions was 5 00 the customer will see a shipping charge of 6 00 for this shipping method You can adjust the rate downward by entering a negative number in the field 1 00 e Percent Select Percent and enter a percentage in the next field The rate that comes back from the carrier will be increased or reduced by the percent that you enter Percent 5 00 For example if you enter 5 00 in this field and the rate quote from the carrier was 10 00 the custo
141. tab gt Upload Settings section 1 2 In the Upload Settings section add PDF to the Image Extension Types field 418 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Upload Settings Image Extension Types ait jpa jpeg jpe xbm pnc JPEG Image Guality leo ab 2 Create a custom field group called Manuals 3 Create a custom field called User Manual 01 with a Field Type of Upload Image Add Custom Field Type Product Field Code user manual D Hame User Manual Do Field Type Image Upload Group Manuals Additional Information Ee 4 Edita product 4 There 1s now a tab called Manuals created by our custom field group 4 2 The Manuals tab contains our custom field User Manual 01 419 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Catalog Products gt Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Manuals Edit Product Basic lower Kit Product Images Related Products Attributes co i Z5 UPLOAD User Manual 01 EISE Inventory Variants Categories Lipsold Products Inventory Price Table Shipping Charges Weight Table Shipping Charges Custom Fields Manuals q 5 Inthe Manuals tab click on the Upload button to upload your document to your server If you wanted to attach a PDF to a large number of produc
142. table above 1s a Variant variation ofthe same basic product The purpose of Attributes and Variants is to make it easier for you to create and maintain your on line inventory You could create each of the above t shirts as separate product but an easier way is to Enterthe basic t shirt once called the master product 2 Create Attributes for Size and Color 3 Let the system generate all of the possible combinations See Generate Variants button You can then edit the list of variants to remove the ones that you don t carry and change other information such as pricing A variant is just a product that you have on hand and sell If you sell a Zoo T Shirt in two sizes and two colors you stock and sell four variations of the same basic shirt The master product variant idea is a way that Miva Merchant helps you organize your on line store Your inventory remains the same either way MECA EA EE E EA EA CA i mp Shet ES OR Code Zoe Sie Zoo Jun Smat Glue Frite 120 40 Price 20 00 Epping g et 140 paunds Ltb m Basket nane Quardty in Basket nona Quartty in Basket fone CEZIJ ey LX LLL Create one master Zoo Shirt product Add attributes for size and color Zoo Shit Medium Blut Zoo Shirt Medium Vis 3 Use Miva Merchant to generate the Price 70 00 Price 70 00 Quardty in Basket nano Quanth m Basket nane variants The customer sees one Zoo Shirt in your store and selects the size and color that they want If you add
143. the Activate Affiliate Program checkbox 2 Inthe Affiliate Login screen AFCL the affiliate enters their login name and clicks the Forgot Password link 3 Miva Merchant will automatically send an email containing the affiliate s password Use the Lost Password Email tab to create the email that your affiliate receives The affiliate s password is appended to the body of the message 149 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Signin Affiliate Login Order History All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Fruit and Baskets Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs All Products Sitemap Signin Affiliate Login Order History All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home 3 Affiliate Login The Affiliate Login page AF CL Create New Affiliate Account Sign In Login bob Password Forgot password Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs All Products Sitemap Marketing gt Settings gt Affiliate Email Notification Potential affiliates can create affiliates accounts through your on line store see To Create an Affiliate Account The account is usually created with a status of Pending When the account is created the potential affiliate receives an email Use the Affiliate Email Notification Tab to create the email that they receive
144. the Following Emailisy kg Backorder Notice Customer Created Override From FO Override Reply To FO Override To Fill out at least this field venida da IT then click Update Override BCC oT Override Subject FO While Editing an Order Make sure that you ve followed the steps to configure the email to be sent manually Go to gt Order Processing gt Orders tab Edit an order In the Edit Order screen click on the Order Emails link In the Order Emails dialog box click the checkbox next to the email that you want to send and click Send nA BW N e 401 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Order 1048 2 10 2015 4 19 55 PM Order Emails Order Fulfillment Madules Order Emails send the Following Email s Order Confirmation Customer Order Confirmation Merchant M Backorder Notice Override From Override Reply To Override To Override CE Override BCC Override Subject Cancel To Create a New Template Based Email 1 2 3 4 5 Go to gt Order Fulfillment gt Template Based Emails tab Click New Template Based Email Fill out the fields in the Add Email dialog box See To Edit Email Properties When you are done click Add To edit the body of your new template based email see To Edit Email Template Code Order Fulfillment gt Add Remove Modules To Add Order Fulfillmen
145. type submit value go gt lt noscript gt mvt if expr NOT ISNULL l settings product thumbnail a href amp mvt global sessionurl ooreen PRODsStore Code amp mvta globpal 5tore Code Produc t CodesamvLa products code amp Category Code 4mvta globalsCategory Code gt lt img src amp mvte product thumbnail border 0 gt lt a gt mvt else SE lt mvt item gt lt ed gt td align right valign middle bgcolor amp mvt product bgcolor nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font Sep cuero repite lt MvE LtEsm gt lt td gt New File lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt lt select name Sort By onchange LRBIS roOrm submiLtQ 7 gt e o BTE eo tS exe uam bye opu eus MEE disp order selected selected gt Default lt option gt lt mvt else gt lt option value disp order gt Default lt option gt lt Me ii UIE pego ccm O e ells y lt option value bestsellers selected selected gt Best Selling option lt mvt else gt 558 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M Wa Ivi enm h df O Prices option User Reference Guide DRAFT lt option value bestsellers gt Best Selling lt option gt lt MVE E Ml Sa O E Ame e ule Ge ie epson gt ptes EE lt mvt else gt option value price asc gt Lowest Price lt option gt mp sae STUD IAG e ef e E WNC ei pate Ss ol eicio SOOT O
146. upsale items the screen looks like this see User Interface gt Pages gt OUS M All Products Baskel Special Offers Offers valid far this order only You may select one or more ofthe following Buy Code Product Regularly Special Save 5523 Optical Mouse 20 00 15 00 4 00 hat hawaian Hawaiian Hat Red 10 00 6 00 2 00 Home About Us Contact Us shipping Returns Privacy Policy FSG All Producta Sitemap Changing the Upsale Options Go to gt Marketing gt Settings tab gt Upsale Options section There are several variables that limit upsale offers to customers during checkout The Display criteria let you decide when a customer qualifies for an upsale offering For example when you create an upsale product you can set the Display setting so that the customer only qualifies for the upsale product if their order total is over 100 00 In the Upsale Options section the Upsold Products to Show variable lets you control how many upsale products you want to display on the customer s checkout screen For example the customer may meet your Display criteria for 10 upsale products but you can set the Show variable so that they never see more than 3 upsale products during checkout In the Upsale Options section the Max Number of Upsold Products to Select variable lets you control how many of the upsale products the customer is allowed to purchase For example as a thank you during checkout you might
147. usually at your invoice screen INVC Google Wallet Checkout by Amazon and PayPal Payments Standard are examples of third party checkout systems 353 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT When the customer is redirected to the third party site analytic software running in your store such as Google Analytics cannot track the customer In some cases the customer will cancel the transaction while at the third party site and not return to your store immediately Third party checkout systems don t require a merchant account but you usually need a seller s account with that company Payment Module Amazon Payments Amazon Simple Pay Discontinued Authorize Net Payment Services v3 1 CHASE Paymentech Orbital Gateway Check Payment Checkout by Amazon Discontinued COD Credit Card Payment with Simple Validation CyberSource First Data Global Gateway Google Wallet Discontinued Intuit Merchant Services PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro PayPal Payments Advanced and or Payflow Gateway PayPal Payments Standard Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Off line Payment Real time Gateway LL JL JL LL Mo o po JL LL JL Third party Checkout y ll MEN 354 Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Payment Amazon Payme
148. ve modified the Page tab template code to include a Select One option your Select One option will not be displayed e Preload Drop Down Lists Contains Select One You only need to select this option if e You want to preload page and attribute related data e Youare using drop down lists e You ve modified the Page tab template code to include a Select One option e You want your Select One option to appear as the default choice Dependency Resolution controls how attribute drop down lists are populated based on the current selection or a preset selection To use this field you must be tracking inventory at both the store level see Track Inventory This field doesnt have much effect unless you are using drop down lists as your option display type For drop down lists Dependency Resolution changes the contents of one list depending on what you selected in another list For example if you select medium in the Size list you might only see Black and White in the Color list because those are the only colors available in medium f you are using radio buttons to display options the behavior will be the same no matter what you select for Dependency Resolution Every product option will be displayed but products that you dont carry or which are out of stock will be greyed out Size Small C Medium C Large White white Blue Dependency Re solution For radio buttons all options changes the contents of drop are
149. yahoo com Email Address bsmith yahoo com Phone Humber 555 555 5555 Phone Humber 555 555 5555 Sample text Item Ty Item Price Total Price World s Best Apples best apples 25 00 25 00 Estimated Shipping 0 00 Sales Tax 1 25 Total 126 25 About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Order History List Layout Section e tem Code orderhistory list e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see User Interface Edit Page ORDH Page tab Order Contents Section The fields and template code in the Order History List Layout section control the logic and content in the Order History screen in your on line store To view the Order History screen in your on line store Atthe top of the screen in your on line store click on the Order History link Signin Affiliate Login Order History 220 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 2 In the Lookup Order History screen ORHL enter a customer s billing email and zip code then click the Lookup button Home o Lookup Order History Lookup by Email Zip Code Billing Email Billing zip Code Lookup 3 The order history screen for that customer will appear Order History List Layout Product Fields inyoice IV Order Date Produ
150. you can purchase a third party module To Add State Sales Tax to Orders 1 In the Tax Based On drop down list you can choose to apply the sales tax for the customer s shipping state or the customer s billing state In many cases the customer s shipping and billing state will be the same Click the Add Rate button 3 Inthe State drop down list select a state such as California Enter the sales tax you want to charge for that state 202 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 5 Check the Tax Shipping checkbox if you want sales tax to be calculated based on Order Total Shipping Costs If you only want to apply sales tax to the order total leave the Tax Shipping checkbox unchecked 6 Click the Update button When a customer places an order from California the sales tax you created for that state will automatically be applied to the order and will appear in the Payment Information screen and on the invoice Store Settings States Use this screen to select the list of states that are available in your on line store The list of states affects any screen in your store where you are displaying an address account creation checkout etc Note that unlike countries there is no master list of states under gt Domain Settings gt Countries tab that affects all of your stores The list of states that you present to customers must be config
151. you how to search for orders that are older than a given date and archive all of them l Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 2 Inthe Orders tab select Date Range Exact Dates and enter From and To dates covering one year 435 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Order Processing Orders Shipments Date Range Exact Dates From 111 2014 12 00 00 AM To 12 31 2014 12 00 00 AM X Low Create Batch Batch Report Archive Order Status Billing First Name 1000 Processing 9 20 2014 3 03 1001 Processing 9202014 3 15 Select all of the orders then click the Archive button 3 Select all of the orders then click Archive 4 A message box will appear asking you to confirm the deletion of payment information Click OK 5 Payment information has been removed from the orders that you selected 10 26 2014 Authorization Capture 19 70 Authorized 19 78 10 26 2014 Authorization Capture 19 78 al Caplured 19 70 Refunded 0 00 Authorized 14 78 Net Captured 19 78 Captured 19 78 Payment Type Authorize Met Refunded 0 00 de ae Net Captured 19 78 Card Type American Express a TET Payment Type Authorize Net Card Number x oooooooond 002 Method CC Expiration 01 2015 Card Type American Express AWS Code P Transaction Authorized Transaction ID 0 Authorize Response Reason Text Thi
152. your on line store Home Computer components Monitor LED 23 inch 11 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 2 Admin Breadcrumbs introduced in Version 9 help store employees navigate the admin interface As you visit different screens in the admin interface you will always see a breadcrumb trail at the top ofthe screen You can click on a link in a breadcrumb to go directly to that screen Attribute Templates TRUXOFT M1M Secure PGP E mail Merchant Smart Breadcrumbs must be enabled Please see User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Smart Breadcrumbs Admin Breadcrumbs are always on Ellipsis Dots on Tabs If you see ellipsis dots on a tab it means that the browser window isn t wide enough to show all of the tabs Click on the ellipsis dots to see what additional tabs are available User Interface Pages Items Image Types Frameworks Settings Error Messages CD Stile Resources META Tag Settings n Edit and Quick Edit Everything in the admin interface can be considered a record A product is a record A customer account is a record etc There are many types of records in the admin interface and most of them can be edited For example you can edit a product and change the retail price of that product 12 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Ref
153. your pages are configured when Miva Merchant is initially installed Page names shown in bold use SSL by default Page names shown in italics do not use SSL by default Page names shown in bold and italic use SSL only if the referring page uses SSL For example if a customer is on a secure page in your on line store such as IN VC and goes a page shown in bold italic pages such as NTFD the Not Found page would use HTTPS If the customer was on a non secure page in your on line store and went to NTFD the Not Found page would use HTTP The referrer page must be in your on line store If the referrer page was outside of your store say a Google result list it would have no effect on the security of your store pages Page Code Page Name 442 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 ORDA Order History List 443 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved User Reference Guide DRAFT Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Appendix 6 ZPL Printer Configuration MacOS Configuration If you are using a MacOS with the ZPL printer you must setup a raw printer queue before you can print 1 Make sure that the ZPL printer is connected to your computer and is powered on 2 Opena terminal window and run You will see the port that is being used by your ZPL printer Please make a note of this port 3 Open a browser window on you
154. 04 2011 00 00 00 PDT Drag the handle to change the report dates that are displayed 03 29 2011 23 59 59 PDT O 03 06 2011 00 00 00 POT thru 13 06 2011 23 59 59 PDT Y Gross Sales 140 00 Y Total Units 7 Number of Orders 2 Y Average Order Total 70 00 v Sales Tax 0 00 Shipping Charges 0 00 Uncheck information that you don t want displayed To Edit a Report 1 Go to gt Reports In the Reports tab click Ne w Report The Add Report dialog box will appear The fields that show up in the Add Report dialog box will change depending on what you select in the Report Module field Fields marked in bold are required By default Miva Merchant comes with four reporting modules Geographic Sales Product Sales Sales Statistics Displa y But more modules may appear if you have purchased third party software 302 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Geographic Sales Report Add Report Description Fields used by the Geographic Sales Report Report Module Geographic Sales Report UM fields are abate Date Range C Last Day E e From f 0 27 2014 Thru 0 27 2014 Group By Hour d Category LOOK UF Product PO Bs cad Metric Gross Revenue Address Billing Country lt include all Countries el State Include all States Group by Country temis on the main
155. 057 11 1 2014 5 42 51 PM Authorize Wet Payment Services v3 1 Order Emails Custom Fields This link won t show up Doe POM ent Modules until you ve created at least one custom field 5 Click on the Custom Fields link A Custom Fields dialog box will open and show all of your Order type custom fields 6 Move the mouse over a custom field name The text that you entered in the Additional Information field will appear as ho ver text order field test o1 Additional Information text Cancel 410 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant O To Delete a Custom Field Goto gt Utilities gt Custom Fields tab 2 Inthe Custom Fields tab select a custom field 3 Click Delete Custom Field s ail Utilities gt Custom Field Groups Custom Field Groups make it easier to organize and view your custom fields Utility Settings Template Based Batch Reports Custom Fields Custom Field Groups Advanced Search Y Code Name Group Field Type Type back IO ports expansion slots processor hus tower case mini tower case standard Back IO Parts Expansion Slots Processor BUS Mini Tower Case atandard Tow zDefault z Default zDefault z Default zDefault Text Field Text Field Text Field Text Field Text Field Fraduct Fraduct Fraduct Fraduct Product We ve cr
156. 11 DELETE FRAMEWORK SELECT FRAMEWORK up with this default muc cc ES MMLII Framework Erre The default Miva css fw Miva Merchant CSS Framework Merchant CSS Dr 27 2011 d DELETE FRAMEWORK SELECT FRAMEWORK Framework These Frameworks contain legacy store pages If you are creating a new store we recommend that you create the store using CSSUI and then your Framework options would look like this SAWE FRAMEWORK Default cssul default fw Default CSSUI Framework Framework for 07 18 2011 DELETE FRAMEWORK SELECT FRAMEWORK the CSS User Interface Notes e If your store uses MMUI then you cannot copy an MMUI Framework to a store that uses CSSUI or vice versa e There is no undo after you have applied pasted the pages from a Framework file into your store The safest thing to do is to create a backup Framework file containing all pages before you apply any new pages See To Apply a Framework File to Your Store e Youcannot edit a Framework file If you create a Framework that doesnt have the pages that you want you must delete it and create a new one e Modules cannot be installed or copied from one store to another using a Framework file For example if you want to clone a store that has custom modules you would use a Framework file to copy pages from the first store to the second and then install the custom modules into the second store If you are copying pages from a store that has custom modules the second st
157. 12 00 1s the larger ofthe two so the customer is charged 12 00 shipping Shipping U S P S Online Rate Calculation Domestic amp International Tab You can use this module to get rates for U S P S shipping and to print address labels but you cannot use this module to print U S P S postage If you want to print address labels with U S P S postage you have two choices e Use the U S P S Online Rate Calculation module to get shipping rates Use the Endicia module to print address labels with U S P S postage This is the easiest method and the one that most merchants choose e Use the U S P S Online Rate Calculation module to get shipping rates and to print address labels Use an external method such as a postage meter or stamps to add U S P S postage Support for the Shipping Settings Packaging Rules Tab e In Miva Merchant releases before PR8 Update 9 the U S P S Online Rate Calculation module did not use any information from the Shipping Settings Tab Packaging Rules Section pack by weight or quantity preference box dimensions etc In these releases Miva Merchant gets the shipping rate by sending U S P S the source zip code destination zip code order weight and shipping method e In relase PR8 Update 9 and later the U S P S Online Rate Calculation module can use all of the features from the Shipping gt Settings Tab gt Packaging Rules Section Before you can use the U S P S Online Rate Calculation
158. 15 00 Price 25 00 Quantity in Basket none Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket i Buy Now Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Catalog Edit Product Inventory Kit Builder Tab Use the Inventory Kit Builder tab to create a kit if your kit has Attributes and options If your kit has no options that the customer can select use the Catalog Edit Product Inventory Variants Tab In this section we ll use an example where the customer can purchase a kit of computer parts The basic kit consists of 52 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Mouse e Keyboard e Monitor e Graphics card e Motherboard e Case But the user has the option of choosing a CPU e CPU 6400 e CPU 6800 To build a kit with the Inventory Kit Builder Tab Goto Catalog Products 2 Create a product for the kit and for every part that will go into the kit In this example we want to track inventory for every part in the kit so we need a product entry for each part and a product entry for the kit itself If you had an option such as monogramming or gift boxing that didn t need inventory tracking you would not need to create a product entry for those Catalog Home gt Catalog gt Products Products Categories Attribute Templates Advanced Search Search Products ES L basic tower kit
159. 150 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A AA va Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Note that you must check the Activate New Affiliates Email checkbox to enable the email Order Processing There are a lot of things you can do with orders such as cancel items split and mark items as being on back order but the main steps are I Create an order Normally the customer creates an order while they are shopping in your store but you can manually create orders in the ad min interface ideal for phone orders or other manually placed orders Authorize pay ment Authorizing a payment means that the customer has enough purchasing power on their credit or debit card for the order The money isn t transferred yet but a hold is placed on the authorized amount for anywhere from 3 to 30 days depending on your merchant account pro vider Capture Pay ment Capturing payment triggers a settlement at your merchant bank Essentially it means that the money is transferred from the customer s account to your account Create the Shipment Creating a shipment generates a picking number This is the step when you put the order items in one or more boxes Enter tracking numbers In this step you mark the item as shipped and optionally enter a tracking number This step is done for you automatically if you use Miva Merchant s built in UPS FedEx USPS Endicia or Canada Post shipping module
160. 1v gt lt div class checkout button gt lt input type button value Checkout onclick window location mvte global secure sesSsionurl Screen OINF amp Store Code amp mvta store code class button gt lt div gt CSSUI Edit Page NTFD gt Page gt Details Original File hl Not Found lt hl gt SUE SE eee SIN ep meses a The item you requested is not available at this time lt mvt else gt ces lona lero Mess aos 7 Mie LIES lt p gt lt a href amp mvt global sessionurl Screen SFNT amp Store Code amp mvta store code gt Home lt a gt lt p gt New File hl1 Not Found lt h1 gt Su duc MS Sa Mies sees a The item you requested is not available at this time lt mvt else gt Io ee Cl eee sc ha SA a ities ese no Mes Sa amp mvt error lt J moti foreach s amas mE S lt p gt lt a href amp mvt global sessionurl Screen SFNT amp Store Code amp mvta store code Home a p 481 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT CSSUI Edit Page OCST gt Page gt Details Original File lt hl gt Order Details lt hl1 gt ir Oen Soles EE EE lt mt rt expre settings basket rota lL rg lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OUSL NCC EE Seem ers Store IS TET input type hidden name Action value ORDR
161. 48 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT FedEx Account Number Meter Number Generate New Meter Number Rate Type Currency Type Delivery Signature Option Enter the number you were given when you created your FedEx account If you enter a FedEx account number and click Update the screen will be updated with a meter number But if FedEx has given you a meter number you can enter it here This link only appears after you have entered a valid FedEx account number and clicked the Update button In general you would never need to use this link unless instructed by Miva Merchant or FedEx Affects the rates that are displayed to customers Note that this is not necessarily the rate that you the shipper will pay For example you could display FedEx list rates to customers but your account rates might be lower e Account Customers will see the rates that are associated with your FedEx account e List Customers will see the FedEx standard retail shipping rates The currency that you are using for the declared value usually the order total This is a global setting but it can be over ridden e Atthe product level Catalog Products Edit Product FedEx Web Services e When you are printing a label gt Order Processing gt Edit Order gt Generate Shipping Label gt Signature drop down list Some signature
162. 5 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Contents SECTION 1 ADMIN GUIDE REFERENCE ssp 1 ABOUT VIVA MERCHANT NEE 1 CUSTOMER WORKFLOW IN YOUR STORE ciniisrarn n si ata 2 ABOUT THIS GUIDE citan idad S AE ria a E 4 GENERALINFORMATION ABOUT VERS KN 4 NC AER BAR das 4 DUI 782100007 OO ee o PUE canes 5 Verston 9 Tabs GI SCO OUS 5 E A 7 ee 8 Store Search and Screen SCG T R 10 OTHER NEW FEATURES OFTHE VERSION 9 INTERPACE 11 COCOS at ENEE 11 A Ee 12 Ia qv TAB EA iia id 12 HOMIE MIATN LANDING PA GE sosinirpp n di 14 PP E E 15 EE 15 Manod Ee 16 AMEN C 16 CATALOG S PRODUCES TAB ii o DEN EM IN 16 e UIS MM a o H 17 TOCA INE PIU m re 17 Catalog gt Edil Product gt Images Tab iii 29 Catalo gt Edit Froduct gt kelaled Products TOD E EENE S A Ea a aS R e Dena 38 Catalog gt Edit Product gt Attributes TOD iii 40 Catalog Edu Product gt Inventory Kit Dulder Tab ada 32 Catalog gt Edit Product Jnyentory Vartants RE 56 Catalog g
163. 5 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mi va Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e You must select this checkbox if you are going to generate Variants See the section Add Variant s Button e To use inventory at the attribute level you do not need to enable inventory tracking at the product level gt Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory tab gt Track Product checkbox but you must enable inventory tracking at the store level See Track Inventory You may also want to enable Track Out of Stock Level and Hide Out of Stock Product to pre vent customers from ordering out of stock items See Appendix 7 Inventory Management Catalog Home gt Cataloc Inventory Products Categories Attribute Templates Inventory Enabling tracking at the eis ai store level M Track Inventory In Stock Message Short In Stack Adding Swatches to a Product Page Swatches are small pictures that represent an option For example if you sell a t shirt with color options of red blue and green you can create pictures of the fabric samples and add them to the t shirt product page Fabric samples are only one example You can use swatches whenever you would like to have a visual representation of a product option You can only use swatches 1f you have created Attributes for your product The images that you use for swatches should be about 42 x 42 pixels Note that 42 x 42 pixels is the default image size for S watch
164. 5 5555 Fax Humber Company Address 121 vv 81st Mew York PN 03128 LIS Item Price Total Price 25 00 25 00 Estimated Shipping SO OC Sales Tax 000 Total 35 00 Payment gt Credit Card Payment with Simple Validation Like a check or COD this module is an off line payment method It allows you to capture the customer s credit card information so that you can process 1t later For example 1f you have a brick and mortar store you might already have a method for manually processing credit cards This module performs a very limited set of validations on a credit card number e When your customer enters their credit card number it is checked against the mod 10 algorithm see http en wikipedia org wiki Luhn algorithm The mod 10 algorithm only verifies that the credit card has a valid possible number It cannot determine if the card was stolen or if the number was illegally generated by a criminal using widely available software e For each credit card that you accept with this module you can set one or more prefixes and one or more allowable lengths For example by default every American Express card must begin with the numbers 34 or 37 and must be exactly 15 characters long To Add a Card 1 In the Credit Card Payment With Simple Validation tab click Add Credit Card Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 368 Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 User Refer
165. 55 M Tech Intell 754 case_coolerator Coolerator Cool Tower 4 bay cpu DALL CPU 6400 8 Wellrepeat the steps above to create our second kit Both kits are identical except that one kit comes with the 6400 CPU and the other comes with the 6500 CPU Now click on the Generate Variants button The Generate Variants button in the Inventory Kit Builder tab does not create any new products It just associates the kit product in the database with all of the parts in the kit In the Auto Generate Product Variants dialog box select one of the following options e Variant Price is set by the Master Product and its Attributes the price of the kit is set by the kit product and the price that you entered for the attributes 1f any If you choose this option the product page will only show the price of the Master Product the kit product The customer wont see the combined price of the kit product with options until they view their basket 56 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Variant Price is the sum of its Parts the price of the kit product and the price of attributes are ignored The prices for all parts in the kit are added together to set the kit price Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Products gt Edit Product Basic Tower Kit gt Inventory Kit Builder Home Catalog Additional Related Inventory Images Products Attributes wt Bui
166. 74 What you entered in the META name What you entered in the Prompt field in the field in the META Tag Settings screen META Tag Settings screen Data Management Data Management Import Export Tab The General Process of Importing You can import different types of data into your store but the general process is always the same 1 Download a data file template The template file contains column headings for the data you are going to import see below 1 1 Goto gt Data Mana gement gt Import Settings tab 255 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 1 2 Select a template single click For example if you want to import a group of categories into your Miva Merchant store select Add Update Categories from CSV then click on the CSV Template or XLS Template button Data Management Import Export Import Settings Database Tools P cp CS Template Cp XLS Template Description Module Select a template then Add Update Categories tram Cav Category Import click one of the template download buttons Add Update Customers from Coy Customer Import Both files are essentially the same The CSV template is a text file The XLS template is an XML file Both files are designed to be opened in a spreadsheet program META KEYYWORDS META D When you download a template it will be saved to your computer as import csv or
167. 84 Store Settings gt Store Details gt Settings Section ereis annida a EEA a EEEE OETA EARS iS 284 Store Settings gt Store Details gt Maintenance Mode Section eese sees esee nennen nennen nennen tens en nnne nennen nnns 289 Store Settings gt Store Details gt Order Minimums Aechion esee enn non nn nnnn nn enne enne nnns nenas nennen nnns 291 Store Settings gt Store Details gt State Tax Options Section esses seen eee nnns eerte nennen seen nsn nn sienne 292 STORE SETTINGS gt gt TATu re ere ene ree oe COLE eee 203 STORE SETTINGS gt COUNT RIES ietesosececenncekeeeubtesvt iia 293 STORE SETTINGS gt BC NA TECH 293 To Change the Customer Field Aernge 295 STORE SETTINGS USER GROUPS nata 296 TOCADO a E AEE E N casio da 298 STORE SETTINGS gt ENCRYPTION KEN 299 STORE SETTINGS gt STATE BASED SALES TA Co ii 299 To Ada SiateSales E EE arias A asistidas 300 REPOR Tin na da 300 TOR A REPO EE 301 TO EDITARON 302 EE 303 Eeer 305 GEES 307 A o MULUS UMEN D DI SU DN DIM T M SIUE 309 LO DELETE REPORT reirte cadete cano arto 310 SPP LE 310 SHIPPING gt SHIPPING METHOD RULES IAp tanes EANO srra Ea NE Ean Ner tEa narai norena aae aa saratana anane 310 Example Creating aT ree SPONE ODIO TE E 314 AUTE BONOS T D TT 315 SHIPPING SETTINGS TA E 317 Shipping gt Settings Tab gt Shipping Rules Aection 317 Shipping gt Settings Tab gt Handling Charge Section 319 Shipping gt Settings Tab gt Packaging Rules
168. API You will probably ne ver need to change it The Connection Ticked is a credential that you get when you set up your Intuit merchant account It looks something like this SGM FUR 26 f6LzmXod3wdT_5MSeFCShH If you do not already have an Intuit merchant account you can click on this link to visit the page to apply for one You must have a merchant account set up with Intuit before you can use Intuit Merchant Services in your store The text that you enter in this field will appear in your on line store during checkout when your customer enters their credit card information Merchants usually use this field to describe the purpose of the CV V2 field Authorize Only Capture Later Authorization occurs when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store To capture funds you must edit the order in Miva Merchant ad min and click on the Capture button Automatic Capture Authorization and Capture happen right away Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order For example Setthe Charge Method to Sale Automatic Capture 2 Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog box select a payment type associated with PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK In the Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture button is greyed out and the funds were automatically captured after authorization If you select this option the c
169. ATING BELOW THAT YODO AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT YOU HAVE ENTERED INTO A LEGALLY BINDING AGREEMENT WITH UPS MAREET DRIVER INC UPS j Fririt I AGREE TO ACCESS THE UPS SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE BOUND BY EACH OF THE TERMS AMD CONDITIONS SET FORTH ABOVE Previous ext 2 5 The contact information screen will appear Enter information in at least the bold required fields and click Next If you have a UPS account number you can enter it in this screen but you can complete the registration process without it and enter it later The phone number that you enter here should not have spaces or dashes 345 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MIVA MERCHANT Festart Close Contact Name FO Title FO Company Name oT Street Address FO city 2 6 Inthe next screen click Finish to complete the registration To Configure the UPS Online Tools Module After you register the UPS Online Tools Module you can click on the UPS Online Tools tab and select the UPS services that you want Before PR8 Update 7 you could only print UPS shipping labels if you had a credit card and an account with UPS In the current UPS Online Tools Module you can create shipping labels with just a credit card It is no longer necessary to have a UPS account Mode You can use the UPS Onl
170. Authorize Create Shipment Lack Order Add Itemis Name Quantity Weight PricefEa Total Status hat hawaiian Hawaiian Hat 1 1 000 10 00 10 00 Pending shirt hawaiian Back Order You can mark an entire order or individual items in an order as back ordered as soon as the order has been created If you mark an item in an order as back ordered the pick number for that item will no longer appear in the Enter Tracking Number s dialog box Hawaiian Shirt 161 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 1 1 000 0 00 0 00 Pending Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Mark an Entire Order as Back Ordered Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 2 Select an order and click the Back Order button 3 Inthe Back Order dialog box you can optionally enter a date when you expect the order items to be in stock 4 Click the Back Order button Note that you cannot mark an order as back ordered if you have already created a pick number for the entire order To Mark Part of an Order as Back Ordered Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 2 Edit an order 3 In the edit order screen click the checkbox next to the item you want to back order and click the Back Order button 4 Inthe Back Order dialog box you can optionally enter a date when you expect the order items to be in stock 5 Click the Back Order button Archive Use the archiving feature to de
171. BASE CONC A 530 Ldt OCC VG FOCI Tasty ich cats dpi 534 Edit Page User Interface Settings gt Global Header de Footer esee eee eene eterne enne nnns 535 Edit Page INVE S Order E 535 Ldi Tage OCS T ben COn EN ii iio A 538 Edit Page OCS T ERI DEI 541 LUT O AT gt BOSCOSA AAA 543 Iac ORDS gt Order CONTE m 546 Edit Page URSI ESTRENO D D T 550 Edit Pase PAIR gt Attribute Machine tdi its 553 DUTIES EUN ad E TD 554 Edit Pases PROD gt Attribute Machete 355 Edit Page PROD gt Product Display Ly OU uade ii 556 Edi Page PROD gt Related Products La OU gio 337 7 Edit Page SRCH gt Search Results Layout iei iscssens stes ese se nee k Va aee Ea ERAS SEEN RSEN RR OBEN diisikan e DEN eR TOM Ra dC dadanasin 556 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Section 1 Admin Guide Reference About Miva Merchant Miva Merchant is a store builder program It has two main parts e Software that you use to create an on line store The Miva Merchant admin interface includes everything you need to create and run your business over the internet manage inventory describe your products with text and pictures checkout payment processing shipping and invoices etc e A hosting service which is
172. Categories Custom Fields Delimiter Fields Data Management Import Settings Database Tools Add Update Categories fram CS Add Update E dit Import User Reference Guide DRAFT Every type of import has options you can set Double click on a template to open the Edit Import dialog box Category Import Add Update Categories from CS Category Import T Add New and Update Existing Categories Retain Existing Data When Imported Data ls Empty Comma File Contains a Header Row Determine Automatically Using Header Row Manually Assign Create custom import options In addition to editing the default import options you can create and save your own For example sometimes when you import products you might want to only add new products other times you might want to only update existing products Instead of editing the default import options for products you can create two customized product imports one for adding new products and one for updating existing products 269 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Data Management Import Export Import Settings Database Tools Description Module Add New Products Only Product Import You can create and save your own customized import options Update Existing Products Only Product Import Notes Add Update Product Variants from CSV If yo
173. Checkout Home o Affiliate Login Create New Affiliate Account Sign In Login Password Forgot password Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Sitemap Sign In Affiliate Login Order History All Products Basket Search Checkout Home Affiliate Create Affiliate Account Registration Bold Required Italic Optional Login Email Lost Passwords To Password Confirm Attribute Machine Section e tem Code attribute machine e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see User Interface Edit Page PROD Page tab Attribute Machine section 191 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT The Attribute Machine section appears in the PROD page by default It uses JavaScript code to tie a master product to product Variants e Track inventory and update the prices on variants e Hide out of stock products For example let s say you have a t shirt product with an attributes for Size Size XSmall 10 00 edad 20 00 nu When a customer is looking at the product page for the t shirt they can select different sizes The attribute machine makes it possible to update the product page in real time with the price and inventory message that matches the
174. Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page OPAY gt Basket Contents New File mvt if expr l settings basket empty gt lt mvt Ltem name fonts param body font Your shopping basket is currently empty lt br gt mvt item mvt exlt gt Tmvtiirs table border 0 cellpadding 2 cellspacing 0 width 100 SLE Std aligne left valign middle bgcolor amp muvti colorsslbhdr bg mvt rtem name Lonte param lhdr font lt b gt Code lt b gt mwvbsTrTtenb y bdo td align left valign middle bgcolor amp mvt icolors lhdr bg mvt ltem nadme fonts param lhdr font lt b gt Produet lt b gt lt MvEs TES M gt td td align left valign middle bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt SHNVCILBem name Ltones param Lhder tont gt lt b gt Quantity lt b gt lt myt item gt td td align right valign middle bgcolor smvt colors lhdr bg gt mvt ltem name tonts param lLhdr font lt b gt Price Ea lt b gt mvt item td td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt SHVDIIten name Lones paran lhdr font lt b gt Total lt b gt lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator group array basket groups gt SLES lt td align left valign top nowrap gt SEN tem name tonts param body font amp mvt group code mvt item td td valign top
175. Discounted Products and Customers 5 1 Inthe Price Groups tab select the price group that you just created When you select your Price Group a row of buttons will appear The buttons that you see depend on the settings that you selected in the Price Group These buttons become visible when you select at least one Price Group The buttons that you see will vary depending on how you configured the Price Group Marketing Price Groups Coupons Upsale Affiliates Affiliate Payouts Settings Gualifving Products Discounted Products Customers Priority Name Type Eligibility 100 Holiday Sale Fixed Discount Specific Customers 5 2 Qualifying Products The customer must have at least one of these products in their basket to qualify for the price group discount 5 2 1 Click on the Qualifying Products button 90 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Qualifying Products for Holiday Sale Adwanced Search You may want to set m a Show Records to H Wa All Assigned Code Name hat haw Hawaiian Hat shirt haw Hawaiian Shirt The customer must necklace Seashell Necklace have atleast one of the qualifying products in their basket to get the discount 5 2 2 Assign one or more products to this price group then click Close 5 3 Discounted Products Select one or more products to be discounted by the price gr
176. E lt input type hidden name Screen value OCST gt lt input type hidden name Action value LOGN gt New File lt tr gt lt td colspan 2 lt Lorm method post action mvtzqlobalisecure sessionurl autocomplete off gt SN UE Ee f NO oec UC SO e Oe weder cS Ode Y lt input type hidden name Screen value OCST gt lt input type hidden name Action value LOGN gt 515 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MMUI Edit Page OSEL gt Page gt Details Original File lt tr gt lt td align left valign top width 100 EOI MSDS SOS Ea AS E oo Seu Sist EE lt mvt item name tax lt br gt lt mvt item name customer gt lt br mvt item name basket lt br gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OPAY gt lt input type hidden name Action value SHIP PSHP CTAX gt input type hidden name Store Code Vvalne emvtesgloDal otore Code gt New File lt tr gt lt td align left valign top width 100 5 gt lt br gt mvt item name customer gt lt br gt mvt item name basket gt lt br gt uon Need pos alert OM lie c OD ee Mike cccaoNMPI mvt item name tax gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OPAY gt lt input type hidden name Action value SHIP PSHP CTAX gt lt input type hidden name Sto
177. Element field will display whatever you put in the Cost field when you created the product Code SHIRT10 Choose Retail Price Both the Displayed Price 10 80 7 00 Price 7 00 after discount and eight T Additional Price 10 00 before discount None are shown The Additional Price shows the product Cost e Base Price includes any legacy price group discounts but does not reflect sales coupons or discounts applied in the basket If you select Base Price the Additional Price Element field will reflect discounts from legacy price groups but not discounts from the new non legacy price groups that were introduced in Version 9 See Price Groups in Version 9 Code SHIRT10 Choose Base Price Both the Displayed Price 8 06 7 00 Price 7 00 after discount and ipping Weight T Additional Price 8 00 before discount Quantity in Basket None are shown The Additional Price reflects discounts from legacy price groups but not from non legacy price groups Let s say you have a t shirt that normally sells for 10 00 There is a price group that gives customers 30 off If you check this box the system will show customers the dollar value of what they ve saved But please see Pricing Elements and Pricing Displays Code SHIRT10 savings of 3 00 shipping Weight 1 00 pounds Quantity in Basket None If you go to User Interface Pages Edit Page PROD Product Display Layout section Advanced M
178. FT The first price group 1s oftype Product Discount e We llset the price group to give the customer 5 off for a mens golf shirt e The Maximum Discount Quantity 1s set to 1 which means the customer can only get a discount on one item no matter how many they buy e We llset the Exclusions to Exclude for Same Item which means the customer can t combine multiple discounts on the same item e Priority is to 100 The second price group is of type Fixed Discount e Wellset up the price group to give the customer 20 off for a men s golf shirt e The Maximum Discount Quantity is set to 1 e The Exclusion is set to Exclude for Same Item e The Priority is set to O The customer adds a man s golf shirt to their basket That triggers our first price group Product Discount because we set the Priority to 100 and the customer gets 5 off the normal price This shirt doesn t trigger our second price group because we set Exclusions to Exclude for Same Item so they can t get multiple discounts on the same shirt The customer adds a second men s golf shirt to their basket This shirt doesn t get the discount from our first price group because we set Max Discount Quantity to 1 which means that discount can only be used once per basket The 2nd shirt does qualify for a discount from our second price group The customer adds a third men s golf shirt to their basket This shirt gets no discount Both of our price group
179. Fields tab e Order Add custom fields to the gt Order Processing gt edit order screen Code The code uniquely identifies your custom field in the database Name The field name is displayed in the admin interface Field Type Use the field type to select a control or interface for the custom field Most of these types are familiar and self explanatory You can create custom fields with text areas radio buttons checkboxes etc The one exception is a field type of Image Upload which is a bit different from the others See Example Adding a Custom Field with Image Upload e Text Field e Text Area e Radio Button e Drop Down List e Checkbox 409 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e mage Upload Group Custom field groups let you organize your custom fields See Utilities gt Custom Field Groups The Group drop down list will show all of the custom field groups that you have created Additional Add hover text to custom fields that appear in the admin interface You Information might use Additional Information to tell admin users what kind of information the y should put in the custom field or how the custom field is used Example 1 Create a custom field of type Order 2 Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 3 Edit an order 4 In the edit order screen there will be a new link at the top Custom Fields Order 1
180. File Browse or Drag a File Here To Upload and Begin Importing Data Import AddUpdate Products from CM Module Product Import File Upload Look in 3 Desktop My Recent Documents E p et d Date Time Desktop File name import sls Files of type Al Files Cancel Open as read only E The system will process your data file as soon as you select it The system will log various messages such as the number of records that were processed created or skipped along with success or failure messages to the Import dialog box When your data file has been processed all of your products and product images have been added to your store and can be seen by customers Catalog Edit Product Related Products Tab When a customer clicks on a product in your on line store you can also display a customized list of other related products 38 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Related products only appear on a product page PROD Related products are not displayed when a customer runs a product search SRCH or in the All Products screen PLST e The formatting of related products is controlled in gt User Interface gt Edit PROD gt Page tab gt Related Product List Layout section To Display One or More Related Products Edit a product and select the Related Products tab The Related Products tab will show e
181. Guide DRAFT meet this description otherwise you should enable this at the product level gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt FedEx Web Services Options tab e Dry Ice Flag This flag must be checked if every product that you ship includes dry ice If only some of your products contain dry ice you should enable this option at the product level Menu gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt FedEx Web Services Options tab The rate that you get from FedEx will automatically include the dry ice surcharge Some FedEx services will not be available if you are shipping with dry ice For more information see http www fedex com us service euide our services danegerous goods hazmat inde x html q group to ggle cl amp qid S hip Dangerous Goods e Dry Ice Weight The amount of dry ice included in the order at packing time Must be in kilograms Available Select the FedEx shipping options that customers will see during checkout Note that Services shipping methods can also be selected at the product level See gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt FedEx Web Services Options tab and when you Generate a Shipping Label Shipping gt Add Remove Modules To Add Shipping Modules 1 Goto the gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Available Modules section 3 Click on the Install button for the shipping module that you want to add To Remove Shipping Modules 1 Go to the gt
182. HANT Festart Close Encryption Key Prompt Encryption Key created on 11 12 2013 Passphrase Not shown Previous ext Click Next to confirm creation of the key MIVA MERCHANT Pestart Close Encryption Key Created Close Click Close Your key has been created Encryption is now enabled in your store Home Edit Store Sample Store Encryption Keys Edit Store Sample Store Store Customer User Encryption Details States Countries Fields Groups Keys Advanced search Search Encryption Keys Encryption Prompt Created On Reference Count Current Encryption Key created on 10 25 2014 101252014 8 0 7 TES The Reference Count column tells you how many orders have been encrypted with a key 431 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k T MI va Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Delete an Encryption Key You cannot delete an encryption key if it there are any orders with credit card information that were encrypted with that key It s easy to find out if any orders are encrypted with the current key I 2 7 Go to Store Settings Encryption Keys tab In the Encryption Keys tab look at the Reference Count column This is the number of orders that have been encrypted with the current key Click on the encryption key to edit it 4 Encryption Key created on 10 25 2014 In the Edit Encryption Key screen select the Orders
183. History Sorry Test Stare is closed far maintenance We will re open soon Thanks Computer Components Computer Kits Network Accessories The store maintenance message 6 The Available Tokens show the list of tokens that you can add to your Warning Message or Maintenance Message 7 Click the Update button to apply your changes To Bring Your Store Back Online l Goto Store Settings Store Details tab Maintenance Mode section 2 Inthe Maintenance Mode section click the Store Online radio button then click Update Store Settings Store Details Order Minimums Section It is sometimes not worthwhile to sell small quantities or items or to process low value orders You can set a minimum on orders in your store If a shopper attempts to check out when their order has not met the minimum they will see a message that you ve created You might want to mention your policy in your store especially 1f the minimums are relatively high so shoppers can plan their purchases accordingly rather than being surprised when they are ready to checkout Specifying Required Minimums Specify the Minimum Quantity and or Minimum Price that will be accepted as an order You can use only one either one or both Minimum Quantity Only If you specify only a Minimum Quantity of 3 items then any order with 3 or more items will be accepted 291 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva
184. In Stock Graphics Cards Guantity in Basket None Monitors Guantib 1 Add To Basket Tower Hits Case Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory Variants Tab Edit Default Variant Button e Use the Edit Default Variant button to create a kit that has no Attributes or options This means you have a kit that is pre packaged and the customer can t change or customize it in any way e Use the Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory Kit Builder Tab if your kit has attributes and options If you sell something like computer equipment keyboard mouse graphics card etc you might sell each item individually but you can also combine a number of items to sell as a kit or bundle 1 Inour example we are going to sell a desktop computer kit that includes a keyboard mouse monitor motherboard and case We ve already entered each product into the system and created a Basic Tower Kit product 58 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Catalog Home gt Catalog gt Products Products Categories Attribute Templates Advanced Search Search Products 3 basic_tower_kit Basic Tower Kit mouse Optical Mouse 2 Button keyboard Basic Keyboard monitor Monitor LED 20 graphics ccard nwi EnvyTech Graphics Card motherboard 055 NV Tech Intel 754 case coolerator Coolerator Cool Tower 4 bay cpu 6400 CPU 6400 cpu 6800 CPU 6800 User Reference Guide DRAFT Create
185. Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT label class italic for Customer BillCompany gt Company lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BillCompany id Customer BillCompany value amp mvte global Customer BillCompany class textiield gt lt div gt lt div elass amp mvtesglobal BillAddressl Bow label class required for Customer BillAddress1 gt Address lt label gt lt input Lbype Ltext mame Customer BrillAddressl nLde Customer BillAddressl valuee amp mwvteeglobalsCusStomer BillAddressl class textfield gt div lt div class emvtesglobals BrillAddress2 Row gt lt label olass rralrco ror Oustouer BillAOOTteb5ss2 Address 2 lt label gt lt input type text name Customer B1uLlAaddressz ade Gustomer BillAddressz value amp mvtesglobalsCustomer BillAdUress2 class textfield gt lt div gt SEN class emvte oalobalsB1L1City Row gt label class required for Customer BillCity gt City lt label gt lt input type text mame Customer BillCrity id Customer BillCity value amp mvte global Customer BillCity class textfield gt div smy ii Oxpr g otabtes Empty gt lt div Olass smvLtesglobal Bl lSteabe RON gt lt label class required for Customer BillState gt State Province lt label gt lt input Lype Ltexb name Custoner BillsState ide Ccustomer Bil
186. Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Exclusians Allow Free Shipping Excluded By LI SP S Express Mal Excluded By LI S P S Parcel Post Escluded Ep LI S P S Priority Mailt The grayed out boxes mean that UPS 1s not going to allow in this example rates for UPS Standard service to be displayed in the same screen with shipping methods from USPS When the customer reaches the Shipping Payment Selection screen they would see a Ship Via drop down list that looks like this Ship Via Free Shipping OU OU m Free Shipping 40 010 US PAS Express Maik 512 70 US FS Parcel Poste 57 04 L S PG Priority Mail 54 85 Notice that UPS Standard does not appear as a shipping option e Youcan also use the exclusions drop down list to deliberately remove a shipping method based on the presence of another method For example if you want only one type of UPS air method to be present at a time you can set it to exclude other UPS air methods e Allow Do not set any exclusions e Excludes if the current shipping method is available do not allow the specified shipping method to be offered For example if you are editing the UPS Ground shipping method and you set Encludes UPS Next Day Air Then whenever UPS Ground is a valid shipping method UPS Next Day Air will not be offered as a shipping method e Excluded By If another select
187. Item Price Total Price Network Hat network hat 1 12 00 12 00 Total 12 00 Bold Required italic Optional ship To Bil To I same as shipping First Name First Name Last Hame Last Name Email Address Email Address Phone Number Phone Number Fax Number Fax Number Company Company Address Address Address 2 Address 2 City City State Province Outside US El State Province Outside US Ej Other State Province Other State Province Zip Postal Code Zip Postal Code Country United States Bil Country Select Omg E 294 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Change the Customer Field Settings Use Settings Below Billing Information Optional a Shipping Information First Name C Ce C Last Mame Ce C Email Address C e Phone Number C Ce C Fax Number C C e Billing Information Field list Company C C Ce Address C Ce C Address C C Ce City C fe C State Province C Ce C Zip Postal Code C v C Country C Ce C Setthe Primary Address to either Shipping or Billing For example if you set the Primary Address to Shipping several things happen e Notice now that the Shipping Information field is grayed out and set to Use Settings Below Use the field list to select which shipping fields you want to be hidden required or optional e The Billing Information field can now be set to e Hidden Custom
188. Long or Short on various store pages Each of the tabs below has a drop down list control that allows you to choose a long or short inventory message for that page e Category pages CTGY gt Category Product List Layout gt Inventory Level Message field Customers see this page in your store when they click on a Category e Product List PLST gt Product List Layout Tab gt Inventory Level Message field This is the page that is displayed in your store when customers click on the All Products button e Product pages product has attributes PROD gt Attribute Machine gt Inventory Message field This page is displayed in your store when customers click on a product e Product pages product does not have attributes PROD gt Product Display Layout gt Inventory Level Message field This page is displayed in your store when customers click on a product 448 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Product pages related product list PROD gt Related Product List Layout Tab gt Inventory Level Message field This page is displayed in your store when customers click on a product and you have added related products in the Edit Product Related Products Tab e Search Search Results Layout Tab gt Inventory Level Message field This is the page that is displayed when customers enter text in the search text box and click the Search button Me
189. Manta diia 400 To Create a New Template Based Email eese sees eene nennen nora nono nn nano nn non senes senes nnnnn nn inser ense n ees s ern s senes 402 ORDER FULFILLMENT gt ADD REMOVE MODULtES 402 Fo TIE Order Pus Ment Modules datada 402 To Remove Order Fulfillment Module e 403 OGG ius 403 I Bison Ee 403 Ni Por e 403 MIVA MERCHANT ACF SS E e EE 403 To Enable the Miva Merchant Access og 404 PE STE EE 404 TO Enable ihe Duy ALFE LOR 404 SXSTEMCEXTENSIONSETTINQGS uiaiia lider ici 404 PAYPAL EXPRESS CHECKOUT AND OR PAYMENTS PRO 404 PAYPAL PAYMENTS ADVANCED AND OR PAYFLOW DAT EWAN 404 Ia doro rior we 405 UND RIDE VI DNA 405 UTILETLES E 405 UTILITIES gt TEMPLATE BASED BATCH REPORT Susi i 405 MBA A 405 TO Rwin Daul Repoti 406 To Edit a Template Based Batch Rey a 406 To Create a New Template Based Barch Report disse 407 To Delete a Template Based Batch Repoti ni i 408 UTETES C T SOV PEDO Srita 408 Ena SUOMI TCS P T 408 To Creme a New CUSTODIA a as odo errr ern terete rere er 408 A MAA e o o A 411 UTILITIES gt CUSTOM FIELD GROUPS E 411 To Createa BUSTO E R eei
190. Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Minimum Price Only If you specify only a Minimum Price of 5 00 then any order where the items total 5 00 or more before shipping and tax will be accepted Minimum Quantity or Price If you specify a Minimum Quantity of 3 items and a Minimum Price of 5 00 but do not select Must Meet Both Minimums then any order with 3 or more items or where the items total 5 00 or more before shipping and tax will be accepted Minimum Quantity and Price If you specify e A Minimum Quantity of 3 items e A Minimum Price of 5 00 e Must Meet Both Minimums then any order having 3 or more items where the items total 5 00 or more before shipping and tax will be accepted If the order total was 100 00 but only included 2 items it would not be accepted Minimum Not Met Message Enter a message here either in plain text or with HTML formatting that explains your store policy on order minimums and advises the shopper on how to proceed They will see the message when they click Checkout You may want to reassure them that they can return to shopping and can continue to add items to their existing basket Store Settings Store Details State Tax Options Section Use this tab to automatically add sales tax to orders based on the customer s state Please note that by default Miva Merchant can only apply a sales tax rate to an entire state If you need to apply sales tax in a more sophisticated way
191. Method Selection e Reflect Discount in Shipping Method List If you leave this box unchecked the shipping discount that you created in the price group is not displayed in the Shipping Payment Selection checkout screen Example 1 Reflect Discount is unchecked Reflect Discaunt in Shipping Methad List In our price group we set a 5 discount on UPS Next Day Air and we left Reflect Discount unchecked The Shipping Payment Selection checkout screen does not show the shipping discount in our example 30 25 is the full price Ship Via UFS Nest Day Ain 30 25 Y But the discount will show up in the next checkout screen Payment Information 30 25 5 28 74 SAB LIPS Next Cay A REL 525 74 Example 2 Reflect Discount is checked d Reflect Discount in Shipping Method List In our price group we set a 5 discount on UPS Next Day Air and we checked Reflect Discount The discount on shipping now shows up in the Shipping Payment Selection checkout screen 109 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Ship Via UFS Next Dav Aipg g28 74 Y and the Payment Information checkout screen sa hninping OH Next Day 4 INE 525 74 Do Not Modify Shipping Method Name Make no changes to the shipping method name in the Shipping Payment Selection screen gt Ship Via list box Append lt gt to Shipping Method Name If you set a discou
192. Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT AttributeMachine prototype Generate Swatch function product code attribute option d var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the swatch images var img doocument curegtemlementt img js img src option image swatch appendChild span swatch appendChild img return swatch scrip Edit Page PROD gt Product Display Layout Original File Code lt b gt amp mvt product code lt b gt lt br gt Price lt b gt lt span id price value gt mvt product formatted price lt span gt lt b gt lt br gt mvt if expr l settings product weight NE 0 gt Shipping Weight lt b gt amp mvt product weight lt b gt amp mvt store wtunits br New File Code lt b gt amp mvt product code lt b gt lt br gt Price lt strike gt lt span d price volue eddrtironael span strike Sbosspan 1d price vyaliie gt ivi product ora Dese price spans bom lt div Iid products coles y mvt if expr l settings product weight NE 0 gt Shipping Weight lt b gt amp mvt product weight lt b gt amp mvt store wtunits br 556 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 A Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page PROD gt Related Products Layout Original File mvt if expr NOT ISNULL l settings pr
193. Miva Mercnant 9 USER REFERENCE GUIDE O Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc MivaS Miva Merchant and Miva Central are registered trademarks of Miva Inc UPS THE UPS SHIELD TRADEMARK THE UPS REA DY MARK THE UPS DEVELOPER KIT MARK AND THE COLOR BROWN ARE TRADEMARKS OF UNITED PARCEL SERVICE OF AMERICA INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Intuit the Intuit logo Quicken QuickBooks TurboTax Lacerte ProSeries and QuickBase among others are registered trademarks and or registered service marks of Intuit Inc or one of its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries All rights reserved The information and intellectual property contained herein is confidential between Miva Inc and the client and remains the exclusive property of Miva Inc If you find any problems in the documentation please report them to us in writing Miva Inc does not guarantee that this document is error free No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Miva Inc This document and all materials products and postings are made available on an as is and as available basis without an y representation or warranty of any kind express orimp lied or any guaranty or assurance the document will be available for use or that all products features functions or operations will be avai
194. Module you have to create a U S P S Web Tools account To Create a U S P S Web Tools Account 1 Goto https secure shippingapis com registration and complete the U S P S Web Tools registration form 2 After you complete the registration form you should see a confirmation screen like this 336 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT UNITED STATES POSTAL SERVICE Confirmation Thank you for registering to use USPS Web Tools You will receive an email within 24 hours containing your unique Web Tools User ID and instructions for next steps Once you receive your User ID you can begin your Web Tools API integration Please note that additional permission is required for our Address Information APIs If you wish to use these tools please register your Web Tools User ID at http www usps com webtools webtoolsapirequestform htm If you do not receive your email within 24 hours of registration please contact our Internet Customer Care Center at uspstechsupport esecurecare net Return to USPS Web Tools You will also receive a confirmation email from U S P S with e A username and password e Contact information for the Internet Contact Care Center uspstechsupportO esecurecare net 1 800 344 7779 This contact information could change so please check the confirmation email that you receive Contact U S P S to modify you
195. N EI On nes sage sou div class information message gt SWE Shee Se a oe eren eae SMS Seo esse ttp OTT ue EE cmv message lt Mvt Loreach gt Sa Mia Eonia occu O ias e cc cce Clive o el OMS Eccc mu ia Mvevii expre slosetbrndgssbescebrreotal Gr 0 gt lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OUSL gt Mime Ste o heme Bee METEO di lt input type hidden mame 2etion walue ORDR gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OSEL gt lt mvt else gt lt input type hidden name Action valwe ORDR SHIP CTAX AUTH gt lt input type hidden name Screen value INVC gt SO m NES lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code gt lt div 1d customer f1ields classse edrtable mvt itenm neme customer gt lt div gt div class continue button gt lt mvt item name buttons param Continue ey dics lt form gt CSSUI Edit Page OPAY gt Page gt Details Original File A 483 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT SENSIT expr c llcetLinos messages error message counb div class error message gt SUVISIOLIeaocH qterator exror array messdagestertor messages gt SMyL lt error lt mvt foreach gt lt div gt cavLteir MNNLIIIT expr l settings messages information message counb
196. NULL lSerttrngs optronsdsta SUVLEIODELONnISLLUP code SnVUTIODLLODIdaLa elseif expr NOT ISNULL lo petpiHngs opLtionsdata Long amp nvtropLtlon stutf coge amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt amp mvt option attr code lt mvt if gt lt td gt ctos td SUD lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt table gt Edit Page Pritable Invoice gt Page gt Content inline_css Original File line height 1 Margin 05 padding 0 border 0 outline 0 font size 100 vertical align baseline backgqround ttrt url top center repeat x text align center Tonto P pe i246 Helvetica Trebuchet MS Arial sans serif Color ooo 500 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A vu 447 n PV Iv ech EZ las clear th Order title title lerchant O border collapse collapse border spacing 0 colto sero bd Ss Colors DOS 9c fonbt 58l12e6e 24p0x LONnt sizerylopx font size l lem eleac Dota h backoround co Lon el esa sod ope emos herght lipx border 0px dicplay block posaron relative font weight bold text align lert widna DIS padding 20px page break after always box left widi o 000 float left display block Dosx ricoht atado float right text align right display block 501 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved
197. Not Valid After These two fields let you decide how long the coupon code will be active Please see Not Valid Before for examples Max Use Total The total number of times you will allow this coupon code to be entered If you enter 1 in this field The coupon code can only be used once Max Use Per Shopper The total number of times you will allow any customer to use this coupon code If you enter 1 in this field each customer can only use this coupon code one time Select Customers If you selected Specific Customers in the Eligibility field the Select Customers button will be active Click on this button to open the Select Customers dialog box and select the customer accounts that you want to offer the coupon to 130 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant User Reference Guide DRAFT Select Customers Advanced Search Search Customers Le Login Password Recovery Email Ship First Name a customer a rustameratest cam b customer B customenatest com c customer r customerncitest com 7 Inthe Generate Coupon dialog box click Generate 8 Inthe Coupons tab you ll see that the system has generated the number of coupon codes that you requested Home Marketing Coupons Marketing Price Groups Coupons Lpsale Affiliates Affiliate Payouts Settings Advanced Search Search Coupons Generate Code Customers Not Valid Before Not Valid After t s
198. OICE Printable Invoice e SHIPMENT PICKLIST User Interface Pages Items image lypes Frameworks settings e Code Name ORDER INVOICE Printable Invoice PRPO Privacy Policy To Create a New Template Based Batch Report You should already have followed the steps to enable the default reports Creating a new template based batch report is a two step process First you create an empty report which is easy then you add the template code that will cause the report to gather and process the information that you want This may require a significant knowled ge of Miva Merchant template code l Goto gt Utilities gt Template Based Batch Reports tab 2 Inthe Template Based Batch Reports tab click the Add Report button 3 Inthe Add Batch Report dialog box enter a e Type Select either Order or Shipping e If you select Order your report will appear under gt Order Processing gt Orders tab gt Select an order gt click Batch Report button e Ifyou select Shipping your report will show up in the batch report dialog box under gt Order Processing gt Shipments tab gt Select an order gt click Batch Report button e Code The code uniquely identifies the report in the database e Name The name of the report will appear in the admin interface 4 Click the Add button 407 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 WI perl va Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT
199. Page Checkout Customer Information Details Basket Contents Custom Fields META Description META Keywords select gt Product Footer Product Header z Deselect Image None Line Item Discounts Group Discounted Line Items by Product Attributes v d Display Line Item Discount Details Additional Price Display Mane Retail Price Base Price includes any legacy price group discounts but does nat reflect sales caupans or discounts applied in the basket Display Line Items for Applied Coupons d Allow Coupons to be Applied Coupons 2 Create the Price Group 2 L 2 2 2 9 2 4 2 9 Go to Marketing Price Groups tab Click Add Price Group ES Set the Eligibility to Coupon Only But see also Eligibility in Price Groups and Eligibility in Coupons When you are creating a coupon you can create a Price Group of any type In our example we ll create a Price Group of Type Legacy since that s the simplest In our example we ll set the Exclusions to Exclude for Same Basket to prevent our coupon discount from being combined with any other discount 124 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Add Price Group Coupon Price Group 50 Percent Off Name Coupon Price Group 50 Percent Off Eligibility Coupon Only Y Type Legacy Pricing Retail Cost 2 Discountfrorm Retail 50 00 D Markup from Cast 0 00 ob Mot Val
200. Page OSEL gt Basket Contents New File mvt if expr l settings basket empty gt lt mvt Ltem name fonts param body font Your shopping basket is currently empty lt br gt mvt item mvt exlt gt Tmvtiirs table border 0 cellpadding 2 cellspacing 0 width 100 gt SLE Std aligne left valign middle bgcolor amp muvti colorsslbhdr bg mvt rtem name Lonte param lhdr font lt b gt Code lt b gt mwvbsTrTtenb y bdo lt td align left valign middle Dgocolor amp mvt colors lhdre bg gt mvt item name fonts param lhdr font lt b gt Produet lt b gt lt MvEs TES M gt td td align left valign middle bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt SHNVCILBem name Ltones param Lhder tont gt lt b gt Quantity lt b gt lt myt item gt td td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt mvtiltem mame fonts param lhdr font lt b gt Price Ea lt b gt lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt SHVDIIten name ronts paran lhdr font lt b gt Total lt b gt lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach iterator group array basket groups gt SLES lt td align left valign top nowrap gt SEN tem name tonts param body font amp mvt group code mvt item lt td gt lt td valign top align left valign top width 100
201. Processing Legacy Order Processing Batches Legacy Order Processing Store Encryption 5 Select the Batches tab 6 Inthe Batches tab check the box next to the Batch that you want to delete then click Update Legacy Order Processing Orders Batches Store Encryption Search so Ors Batch Name Batch Date Number of Orders 1127 2014 15 47 00 1 RUM REFORT PROCESS ORDERS 11 08 2014 17 47 31 0 RUM REFORT PROCESS ORDERS Capturing Payment in Batch 1 Before you can capture payment for a Batch each order in the Batch must have had the payment Authorized If necessary you can do this by clicking on each order in the Batch In the Order dialog box click on the Authorize button 2 Use the instructions above to view the orders in a Batch 3 Select one or more orders in the Batch 4 Click the Capture Payment button Note that you can follow essentially the same steps as above to e Create a shipment for a batch of orders e Back order one or more orders in a batch e Archive the orders in a batch 158 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Create Shipment for a Batch or to Archive the orders in a Batch Batch Report The name Batch Report is a bit misleading because you dont need to create a batch to use this feature The Batch Report is an order report The Batch Report button becomes active wh
202. Product Display Layout section Advanced Mode There is a HTML div element in the default template code which controls the display of your inventory information div id inventory message gt The contents of the Inventory Element field must match that div id Choose whether you want to display short inventory messages or long inventory messages for products that have Attributes To set the message length for products that do not have attributes see Inventory Level Message in the Product Display Layout section There are three inventory messages that can show up in a product page in stock low stock and out of stock For each message you can create a long version and a short version depending on how much information you want to give the customer You can create default versions of these messages e See Catalog gt Inventory gt Inventory Settings Section And you can customize the inventory messages at a product level e See Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory Tab If you set this field to short the short version of your inventory message will be displayed and long will display the long version of your inventory messa ges 196 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Price Element Additional Price Element Discount Element User Reference Guide DRAFT The Price Element field allows the attribute machine to update the product
203. Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Configure PayPal Express CHEO m Gre cide pii tiic itai doi DU nol eque Mos 05d Had eeu RA E A T 373 To Configure PayPal Express Checkout with API Credentials eese eene eene tenere nnne nennen nennen 374 To Configure PayPal Payments Dro IJA Payment Settings gt PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials Tab 375 Payment Settings gt PayPal Express Checkout Tab 376 PayPal Express In context Checkout eese esee esee en nennt nn RR nn RR serine seres etin s siens enisi tais s sess enin s es eis sinas nennen 379 EPEC OVS 0077 7 E 383 PaymentsSetimes gt PayPal Payments Tro 11D e a 390 PAYMENT gt PAYPAL PAYMENTS ADVANCED AND OR PAYFLOW GAT DWAN 390 PAYMENT gt PAYPAL PAYMENTS STANDARD taa tia 393 PAYMENT gt ADD REMOVE MODULES aia 394 To Add Payment Module 394 Lo Remove Payment Mode a E AN 394 ORDER TFULFILEMENE W 394 ORDER FULFILLMENT gt TEMPLATE BASED EMA Ss 394 To Edit a Template Based Email 395 To Bd WD TN m E E 395 VE PL DN DN DEO MR M 396 To Configure Template Based Emails to be Sent Automatically eese esee eene nennen nennen nsns 399 To Configure Template Based Emails to be Sent Manually eese eee eee nen nennt nennen nennen nns 400 lo Se a a Template Based Email
204. Reply To Override To Override CU Override BCC Override Subject Customers gt Customer Settings User Reference Guide DRAFT Template Based Emails This email has configured to be available when you edita customer account record To Set Password Security for Customer Accounts Follow the steps below to set password security for customer accounts in your on line store If you want to set password security for the admin interface see gt Domain Settings gt Domain Details tab gt Password Settings section I 2 3 4 Go to Customers Customer Settings tab Set the Minimum Password Length Select an option for Password Complexity Set a time in minutes for the Password Reset Link Expiration Before PR8 Update 7 the Lost Password Email contained the customer s password in clear unencrypted text As of PR8 Update 7 the Lost Password Email contains a link that customers can click on The link takes the customers to a web page where they can reset their password The reset link only remains valid for the time that you enter in this field If the customer clicks on the link after it has expired they will see an error message The customer should go back to your on line store and click the Forgot Password link to generate another email Choose whether you want to require customers to reauthenticate enter their current password when they select a new pass word Click the Update button 82 Copyrig
205. SECO Pr 225 AUI mi A e O EE OR A 225 UPS Branding and Disclosures Aechion 226 EE Eeer 22 USER INTERFACE gt IMAGE TYPES RE 228 TO redie Image TYPES ME a 228 USER INTERFACE gt FRAMEWORKS TAB uan iia 231 OGG EE Eeer 232 To Save a Framework File to Your Local Machine eee e ee eee eee esee e tense teneant tinet tas tasse sas e tia setas setas sepas snae 233 To Apply a Framework File to Your Atore EEN 239 USER DE SIE EU odo de ING TAD E 237 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Misc Color Section cccccccssccssssccsssccesscesssecessseesseeceseecssssessessseseessseecesuseseaeessseesssueessesesesseeessaees 237 C 9 01 2271007 MERE E 297 laa tE 29 7 MID AMETMATE DOOR o FOUT 238 User Imerace gt BCLS Lab gt TON m H 238 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Affiliate Links Section esee sees eene eene nennen ernst senes nnne senes non rra enn s nnns 238 User interface gt Settings Tab gt BUTTON Si A dia 239 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Category Tree Template eese sees eene eene enne nennen nennen nennt nn sse n nnn 240 Category Tree Header 7 Category Tree FOOL ET ss aciei ai ign SUE KH Ou Edu nd eU SANE MAG UM 241 User Interface Settings Tab gt Customer E 241 User Interface gt Settines Tab gt Navigation BOE editus scat ir 242 User Inte
206. SNVEIItenm name fontes paran lhdr font lt b gt Product lt b gt mvt item td td align left valign middle bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt lt mvt Ltem name fonts param lIhdr fonu gt lt b gt Quantity lt b gt mvt item Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT td td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt MVE Len name ronts param lhdr font lt b gt Price Ea lt b gt mvt item td td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt lt mvt riten ndme ionLs param lhdr ront lt b gt Total lt b gt mvt item e dee KE EL gt mvt foreach iterator item array order groups SLE td align left valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt amp mvt item code mvt item td td align left valign top width 100 gt lt mvt tem mneame tonets param body font amp mvt item name mvt if expr l settings item upsold Special Offer Amuvbtrit mvt foreach iterator discount array item discounts mvt if expr l settings discount display sbro r 5mvtidisScOUunLidesocripye AmvETIOLSCOUDLITOEIDAGLLOd discOUuNLje u cub lt mvt foreach gt lt MVE LESM gt td td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt amp mvt item quantity mvtsaq ben td td align right valign top nowrap gt l
207. SUE Edit Page OCSI gt Pace gt Customer LAS A Re 455 CSSUI User Interface gt Settings gt Global Header 456 CSSUE User Interface gt Settings Global FO ado 456 CSSUL Edit Pase ORDS gt Pase gt Order CONOS A aia 457 CSSUI Edit Page SRCH gt Page gt Search Results Loavonut nono nn nono nnnnn nn nentes nnns nan nn nennen ens 460 CSSUI Edit Page PROD gt Page gt Related Product List Layout eese eee eene ener nennen nnne nns 461 CSSUL Edit Page PROD Page gt Product Display Layla 462 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT COSUL Edit Pace INVG Page gt Order Conten S serseri bo Dt zu LM eras dde 463 CSSUL Edit Page CTGY gt Pape gt Category Product List Layos 466 CSSUI Edit Page BASK gt Page gt Basket Content 466 COSUEL Edit Pace OCS Page Dasket Conta tt 471 CSSUI Edit Page OSEL gt Page gt Basket Contents eis entesstec iii 474 CSSUI Edit Page OPAY gt Page gt Basket Contents eese nennen ennetetn snnt sene ne nenne nennen ense nennen nnne nens nnns 476 CSSUE Edit Pace PLST 5 Page gt Product Lita a 479 En ST EI EN Edi Fage BASK gt Pace gt Delai M 480 CSSUI Edit Page NTFD gt Page gt Details esses eese eene nennen nne n rnnt non n anno n nn nnn nn non nn nan nn nan nn nn n nn nan nn cnn nsn nns 481 COSUE Edu apes Pase gt
208. Search page Sign In Order History shirt All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Computer Search Results Components Computer Kits Search Again shirt Network Accessories Because we assigned this picture to the Image Type of Front it will now show up in searches Cyber Shirt Code cyber shirt Frice 15 00 Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket 230 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT User Interface gt Frameworks Tab Frameworks are used to copy pages into a store A Framework is a package file like a zip file that contains one or more store pages The general process for using Framework files 1s Create the Framework file 2 Add one or more pages to it 3 Upload the Framework file to the server 4 Paste the pages in the Framework file into the store You can use Framework files to copy pages from one store to another but you can also buy third party Framework files containing custom pages and paste those pages into your store If you have an older Miva Merchant store it was probably created with MMUI which was the original Miva Merchant look and feel It may have been upgraded with the Miva Merchant CSS Framework which added CSS and other features Your Frameworks screen might look like this SAVE FRAMEWORK Design your store default fw Default MMUI Framework fram the ground 0727 20
209. Section in Store Settings Selection Called Canadian VAT Store Settings Store Canadian VAT Details tab Canadian VAT GST Goal Tax Fotal Includes Zb FAT European VAT Store Settings VAT Rates tab Store Settings VAT Countries tab Store Settings Store Details tab VAT Options section 45 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant MivaMerchatQ Ueer Reference Guide DRAFT User Reference Guide DRAFT Shopper Selected Store Settings gt Store Customers select one of the Sales Tax Details tab gt Shopper tax rates that you create when Selected Sales Tax they are at the Order Details Prompt screen Select One Tax rate 1 Tax rate 2 Tax rate 3 State Based Sales Store Settings gt Store Tax Details tab gt State Based Sales Tax Sales Tax 278 Sales Tax 215 Generic VAT Store Settings Store Details tab VAT Options 452 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Section 3 Template Changes Template Changes for Miva Merchant 9 The following is a list of all changes from PR8 Update 12 to Miva Merchant 9 with regards to the template code css files Please note some template code changed drastically and as such only the new template code has been included In these cases if you have not made any custom changes to your template you should
210. Sort By drop down list is Default To see what the default order 1s for one of your categories 1 Goto gt Catalog gt Cate gories 2 Inthe Categories screen edit a Category 3 Select the Products tab 4 Click the Show Records button and select Show Assigned Show All Show Assigned Show Unassigned 5 Click Edit Display Order If you have at least two products in that category you will see something like this 206 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Category Shirts Category Products Adwanced Search Order Assigned code cybershirt Cyber Shirt zoo shirt 00 Shirt Whatever order the products have in the Products tab is how they will appear in your store if the sort order is set to default Note that selecting a sort order other than default can slow the display of pages in your on line store Product Columns Set the number of product columns to display when the customer is viewing a category page A two column display looks like this Hame Computer Components Computer Components Monitor LCD 23 inch Optical Mause Code 5522 Code 6523 Price 100 00 Price 20 00 auantity in Basket none iauantity in Basket none CEE JI Buy Now Add To Basket JI Buy Now Pagination If you select Do not paginate products all products in the category that the customer has selected will appe
211. Stock Message Long Out of Stock Message Short Out of Stock Message Long Limited Stock Message Available Tokens The list of tokens that you can use in your store inventory messages Catalog Inventory Email Notification Tab Use the Email Notification tab to send automated emails to you employees when inventory on any item is low or out of stock To use email notification you must e Enable inventory tracking at the store level See Track Inventory e Enable inventory tracking at the product level e See Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory Tab if the product does not have attributes e See Catalog gt Edit Product gt Attributes Tab if the product does have attributes Automated emails are triggered by out of stock low stock levels at both the store level and the product level For example e Ifyou set your store wide default for low stock to be 3 you will receive a low stock email when the inventory level of any product in your store drops to 3 e If you set a product specific low stock level to 5 you will receive a low stock email for that product when the inventory for that item drops to 5 even though the store wide default 1s 3 See Appendix 7 Inventory Management Customers Customers Customers Tab Use the Customers screen to create accounts for customers in your on line store If you want to create accounts in the ad min interface for your emplo yees see rem Users Note that customers can also
212. T FIND A DIRECT MAIL PROVIDER FIND A DEPOSIT LOCATION CONTACT US FRANCAIS SIGN IN SIGN UP CANADA gt POSTES POST CANADA HOME BUSIMESS SOLUTIONS MAILING amp SHIPPING SHOP SUPPORT y TOOLS Search y 5 Inthe My Business Profile screen you will be asked to select a site Make sure you select Canada Post then click Sign Up My Business Profile Welcome to your one stop shop for fast easy and secure management of all your Canada Post business transactions Scheduled maintenance We perform weekly maintenance trom Saturday at 8 p m to Sunday at 7 a m EST Please note that some features may not be available during these hours Username Remember username Forgot your username Password p Forgot your password Choose a site Canada Post Online Business Centre Dont have a username 6 After youcreate your account you will have several important Canada Post credentials You can view these credentials by selecting the Support link 33 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT FIND A DIRECT MAIL PROVIDER FIND A DEPOSIT LOCATION CONTACT US SIGN OUT w CANADA gt POSTES POST CANADA HOME BUSINESS SOLUTIONS MAILING amp SHIPPING SHOP SUPPORT TOOLS O Welcome NICK OLSON 8888200000 viva INC MyProfile Sign Out My Support My Orders Fx Developer Program C1 You
213. T basket but if only 3 of those items are on your list of qualifying products it might not be enough for the customer to receive the discount The customer can have any combination of your qualifying items in their basket including multiples of the same item For example if you want the customer to have 5 qualifying items in their basket and the customer has 5 of the same item they would still get the discount Example 1 Restrict to Qualifying Quantity 5 B The customer will receive the discount if they have 5 or more qualifying products in their basket Example 2 Restrict to Qualifying Quantity 0 Na The customer will receive the discount if they have 5 or fewer qualifying products in their basket The customer will receive the discount if the total weight of qualifying products in their basket falls within a certain range You select the qualifying products after you create the price eroup Only the weight of qualifying products is considered by this field For example the customer may have 10 items in their basket with a total weight of 25 pounds However only 2 of those items are on your list of qualifying products and those 2 items weigh a total of 10 pounds which may not be enough to quality for the discount Note that in our sample store we are using pounds as the unit of weight The unit of weight in your store might be different and 1s set in Store Settings Store Details tab Settings Section
214. To same as shipping First Name Preston First Name Preston Last Name Bates Last Name Bates Email Address buyer072013 mivamerchant c Email Address buyer072013 mivamerchant c Phone Number 619 555 1212 Phone Number 619 555 1212 City SanDiego City San Diego State Province California 14 State Province California Zip Postal Code 92102 tsti i it S Zip Postal Code 92102 Country United States Country United States The customer returns to the Order Details screen OCST in your store The Ship To information that the customer selected from their Pay Pal account is populated into this screen an can be edited The customer clicks the Continue button when they are done 387 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home ue Search shipping Payment Selection ship To Bill To Name Preston Bates Name Preston Bates Email Address buyer07201 38mivamerchant com Email Address buyer07 201 32mivamerchant com Phone Number 613 555 1212 Phone Number 613 555 1212 Address 210 Sale St Address 210 Sale St San Diego CA 92102 San Diego CA 92102 Edit Address Gegen Flora Velo Original FV1 100 00 100 00 Size Large 100 00 Ship Via FedEx 2Day amp 1 T T4 Continue Pay With PayPal The payment information that the customer selected from their Pay Pal account is populated into the S
215. Tree Template Template lt img src amp mvte cattree category image al 4 zmvt else imtercattree Category name z mvtiif lt a gt lt div gt Z mt foreach lt div gt Custom Fields Category Footer Category Header Category Title Image Select gt Category Tree Image SS Display z Deselect META Description META Keywords il 5 4 The new code we ll add to the template field is lt mvt 1f expr NOT ISNULEAL settings cattree Ccategory customtield valuesscustomrfieldsimsrp 415 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Custom Field Name amp mvte cattree category customfield names customfields msrp lt br gt Custom Field Value amp mvtescadtitree Ccategory customtield values customireldsimsSrp mvt if 6 When you ve finished making your changes to the Category Tree Template tab click the Update button Example Adding and Using a Custom Product Field This example shows how to create a custom product field and one example of how such a field can be used 1 Goto gt Utilities gt Custom Fields tab 2 Create a custom field of type Product We ll call ours MSRP Add Custom Field Type ProductField Code msrp Hame MSRP Field Type Text Field y Group Default Additional Information 3 Edit the value of the custom field 3 1 Goto gt Catalog gt Products tab
216. Use Zebra Thermal Printing Ship From Ship ment Defaults Describes how you are gomg to get your package to FedEx The option that you select will change the shipping cost that is shown to the customer This is a global setting but you can over ride it when you print a label EN gt Order Processing gt Edit Order gt Generate Shipping Label gt Signature drop down list Drop at BSC means you will leave the package at a Business Shipping Center like a Kinko s FedEx Drop at station means that you will leave the package at a FedEx world wide service center A SmartPost hub is a processing center for SmartPost mail see http Aen wikipedia org wiki FedEx_SmartPost If you are using SmartPost FedEx will give you a hub id to enter here PR8 Update 8 added the ability to print adhesive backed address labels using a Zebra or Zebra compatible printer A Zebra compatible printer can be used with Endicia FedEx UPS and Canada Post but currently not with the USPS module Requirements e Your browser must have Java enabled See http java com en do wnload help enable browser xml e You must have a Zebra or Zebra compatible printer that can print zpl e Your store must be running PR8 Update 8 or later This address and the customer s ship to address are used to calculate shipping charges This address will appear on your shipping labels e Alcohol Flag The alcohol flag must be checked if the order contains alcohol
217. User Reference Guide DRAFT Im port Choose File Mo file chosen Browse or Drag a File Here To Upload and Begin Importing Data Import Add Update Categories fram CM Module Category Import Records Processed 30 Records Created 30 Records Updated Recorda Skipped U Select a File to Begin Importing Data Date Time Line Log Message 9 30 2014 16 15 11 Import of impart czv complete The General Process of Exporting Miva Merchant lets you export several different types of data to a file Attributes Affiliates Customers Categories Orders Products Shipment Information Exporting data from your Miva Merchant store lets you modify that data much more quickly than you could through the ad min interface For example if you wanted to change all of the prices in your store it would be much faster to export the Product information edit the prices in a spreadsheet and then re import the product data Another reason people commonly export data is to use the information in some external program for example if you needed to enter your affiliate payouts in a tax program File Locations When you export data to a file you can either have it mailed to you or leave the file on the server The exception 1s the affiliates export file which doesn t support email The exported files will always be in 259 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide
218. User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant store and are different from the credentials that you use to login to Authorize Net To find your Authorize Net Login ID and Transaction Key 1 Log into your Merchant Interface at https account authorize net 2 Click Settings in the main left side menu 3 Click API Login ID and Transaction Key 4 Under Create New Transaction Key enter your Secret Answer Note When you get a new Transaction Key you can choose to disable the old Transaction Key by clicking on the Disable Old Transaction Key s box You may want to do this if you suspect your old Transaction Key is being used fraudulently If you check this box the old Transaction Key expires immediately If you do not check this box the old Transaction Key will automatically expire in 24 hours 5 Click Submit The URL that Miva Merchant uses to submit requests This field 1s auto populated You should only change it if you are given a new URL by Miva Merchant or Authorize Net The hash is an additional security feature from Authorize Net Enable the hash feature in your Authorize Net account and enter the hash string they give you here When a customer begins a credit card transaction the hash string is set from your on line store to Authorize Net as an extra credential See https support authorize net authkb 1ndex page content amp 1d A588 Measured in seconds When your on line store sends a request authorize void capture ref
219. User Reference Guide DRAFT Partially S hipped At least one item in the order has been marked as shipped Cancelled The entire order has been marked as Cancelled although the order still remains in the system Back Ordered At least one item in the order was marked as back ordered RMA Issued At least one item in the ordered was marked with Create Return Returned At least one item in the ordered was marked with Manage Return s Batches A Batch is a collection of orders grouped together and given a name Batches are really just another way for you to filter orders First you create a Batch then you use the filter list box to view the orders in that Batch e Youcancreate and delete Batches but you cannot edit a Batch e Anorder can only be in one Batch e To remove orders from a Batch you have to transfer them to another Batch e After you create a Batch you can view the orders in the batch capture funds or run a report on the Batch To Create a Batch Goto Order Processing Orders tab 2 Inthe Orders tab select several orders and click the Create Batch button 3 Inthe Create Batch dialog box enter a name optional for the batch and click Create Batch When you create your Batch the system will automatically prefix your Batch name with a timestamp 156 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Order Processing g
220. User Reference Guide DRAFT Shipping gt UPS Online Tools Tab Please note that real time rates from carriers such as UPS are approximate based on the information that is available when the customer places the order The actual amount to ship an order can change based on box size shipping options number of boxes etc that could change after the order is placed for example if the order was later edited To Enable UPS Online Tools Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 2 Click Install under UPS Online Tools To Register the UPS Online Tools Module You must register the UPS Online Tools module after you enable it Normally you only do this once but if you remove the module in the Add Remove Modules tab and then re install it you ll have to go through registration again Enable the UPS Online Tools 2 Register the UPS Online Tools Module Click on the UPS Online Tools tab 2 1 Inthe first install screen you can choose to install the UPS Online Tools Module in Production or Test modes In Production mode you can get real time shipping rates and print real shipping labels that will be billed to your UPS account In Test mode you can get real time rates and print free test labels that cannot be used for shipping 2 2 Select the installation mode then click on Click here to start the wizard Shipping Settings E K a Modul Flat Rate sHIDDI UPS Ready odule
221. When the customer chooses a shipping method in the Shipping Payment Selection screen the text that we entered in the Replace field shows up for UPS Ground Ship V a Canada Post Expedited Parcel LISA 20 71 Canada Post Expedited Parcel USA 20 71 LPS Next Day Aing 30 25 UPS 2nd Day Aing 18 55 Standard Shipping 4 7 8 UPS 3 Day Select 12 43 You should only use this field when you are discounting one shipping method at a time in the price group The text that you enter in this field will replace every shipping method that you discounted in the price group Here we accidentally discounted two shipping methods in the price group Ship Via Canada Post Expedited Parcel USA 20 71 Y Canada Post Expedited Parcel USA 420 71 UPS Next Day Aing 30 25 UPS 2nd Day Aing 18 55 Standard Shipping 4 78 Standard Shipping 12 43 Display in Basket Modify Applied Charge to Reflect Discount e Do Not Modify Description Text in the checkout screens will not be modified to reflect the shipping discount Append lt gt to Description The text that you enter in this field will be appended to the shipping information in the Payment Information OPAY and Invoice IN VC screens 111 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Displayin Basket modify Applied Charge to Reflect Discount C Do Not Modify Description Abpend
222. a case like this it does matter what you choose for Apply Discount To e Higher The customer gets the 20 shirt for free and pays 18 for both shirts Lower The customer gets the 18 shirt for free and pays 20 for both shirts Maximum Discount Quantity This is the maximum number of items that you will allow to be discounted by this price group per order Let s use a Buy 1 Get 1 Free price group Ifthe customer buys one item on the Discounted Products list they will get the 2nd item free Lets say the customer buys 4 of the same item from the Discounted Product list e Set the Max Discount Quantity to 1 e tem 1 Full price e tem2 Free e tem3 Full price 106 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e tem4 Full price This item and any other items the customer buys from the Discounted Product list are full price because we set Max Discount Quantity to 1 so the discount can only be applied once e Set the Max Discount Quantity to 2 e tem 1 Full price Item 2 Free e tem3 Full price e tem4 Free The 2nd and Ath items are free because we are allowing a max of two items to receive the discount The customer will pay full price if they buy any more of this item If you set the Max Discount Quantity to 0 the Buy 1 Get 1 Free offer would be applied an unlimited number of times to the same
223. a Merchant Engine v5 20 Database API mysql Whats New Quicklinks HCE Catalog Customers aE Shipping Marketing C3 Payment Processing Interface Management d A About Miva Merchant Support Fulfillment Extensions Support Tickets EH The fastest and easiest way to get a problems solved Domain Modules Request View Store settings support da 3 Inthe Request Support window enter your email address and a description of the problem then click Submit Ticket Method 2 Menu Button Select gt Request Support 2 In the Request Support window enter your email address and a description of the problem then click Submit Ticket Catalog The Catalog area groups together most of the features related to your inventory Catalog gt Products Tab Create edit and delete products 16 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Delete a Product 1 Click anywhere on the Product line until you see a blue box with a checkmark TRUEOFT MM Monitor LED 22 i 2 Click the Trash icon Il To Create a New Product 1 Click the Add Product button 2 The Add Product screen appears 3 Filloutthe fields in the Add Product screen then click e f you want to add the new Product and go back to the Product main screen or e If you want to add the new Product and stay at the Add Product screen a
224. a Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt img srces amp muvte sglobal AlriliateOptions link uimage alt amp mvterglobalsALILlliateOptions link text border 0 gt lt x myt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt SNVLTelLlSeII expr 9 Attilidatcoprerons liak texto lt tr gt lt td align left valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt b gt Link Text lt b gt mvt item lt td gt lt td align left valign top gt mvt ltem name fonts param body font input type text size 40 readonly value lt a href amp mvte global Domain mm url Screen SFNT amp Affiliate amp mvta global Affiliate code amp mvbterglobalcArPtILrsteOptronsc link text lt ar gt lt mvyt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt Edit Page BASK gt Basket Content New File mvt if expr l settings basket empty mvt item name fonts param body font Your shopping basket is currently empty lt br gt lt mvt item gt mvtiexlit gt lt MVESLE gt lt table border 0 cellpadding 2 cellspacing 0 width 100 SLES lt td allgn e lert valign middle bpgcolor amp mvt colorsslhdr bg gt lt td gt lt ta align lert valign middle Dgocolor amp mvtscolors lbdr bg gt mvt item name fonts param lhdr font gt lt b gt Code lt b gt lt MES LEem gt lt sre lt td aligns Iei valliogn middle bgcolor amp mvticolorsslbdt bogs gt mvt ltem n
225. a Velo Original Fv1 100 00 100 00 Size Large Shipping FedEx 2Day Sales Tax Total The customer sees your invoice screen INVC 389 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Payment Settings gt PayPal Payments Pro Tab Send Order Details Transaction Mode Available Payment Methods Require CVV2 in Administrative Interface Order Description If you select this option all items quantities and item prices in the order are sent to PayPal If you do not select this option only the order total is sent to PayPal Immediate Sale Select this option to have authorization and capture occur immediately Note that this field is greyed out and selected by default if you selected E mail address to receive PayPal Payment radio button in the PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials tab Authorization with Delayed Capture If you select this option authorization will happen immediately but the funds will not be captured until you manually edit the order in the Miva Merchant admin and click the Capture button Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order For example Setthe Transaction Mode to Immediate Sale 2 Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog box select a payment type associated wi
226. a product for the kit and for everything that is going in the kit Edit the Basic Tower Kit product and select the Inventory Variants tab Click on the Edit Default Variant button Use the Edit Variant dialog box to add individual parts to the kit As you type the code of a product into the Edit Variant dialog box the system will list all of the product codes it finds that match what you have entered 59 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Product Basic lower Kit Related Inventory Inventory Product Images Products Attributes Kit Builder Variants cp Edit Default Variant cd Variant s Delete Selected Edit Inventory nm Product 2 Edit Variant Price Cost Weight fe Controlled by Master Product Specific Values Cost 0 00 Sum of Parts Code motherboard motherboard Motherboard_055 Name Cancel The Quantity text box controls how many of that part are included in the kit In our example the desktop tower kit includes only 1 mouse but you could change this to 2 and each kit would be sold with 2 mice 60 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Price Cost Weight Controlled by Master Product The price cost weight of the entire kit will be whatever you entere
227. abel gt input type text name Customer ShipState 1d Customer shipstate value amp mvteiglobal Customer ShipState class texttield gt lt div gt mvt if div class amp mvte global ShipZip Row label class required for Customer ShipZip gt Zip Postal Code lt label gt input type text mame Customer ship41p 1d Customer ShipZ241p value mvte global Customer ShipZip class textfield gt lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global ShipCountry Row gt lt label class required for Customer ShipCountry gt Country lt label gt lt mvt item name countries param Customer ShipCountry gt lt div gt lt dis 5323 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt div gt lt div 1d bill to gt lt h2 class fields heading gt Bill Tos lt span Lg oLLHUILNg Controale clase controls gt lt MvEs lt expr g ACtIOn AND g Dilling to show input name billing to show id billing to show type checkbox value 1 class checkbox checked gt lt mvt else gt lt input name billing to show id billing to show type checkbox value 1 class checkbox lt mvt if gt label for billing to show gt same as shipping lt label gt lt span gt 7h25 lt div C laa snare las lt div class amp mvte global BillFirstName Row gt label class required Iior OusLome
228. aches your low stock le vel You can use the low stock level to create a kind of reserve for your inventory 1f you want to make sure that you always have a few items on hand For example let s say you have quantity 5 of an item on hand and you set the low stock levelto 3 If you use the default In Stock Message Long Joinv_instock available for immediate delivery customers will see the message World s Best Oranges Price 25 00 2 available for immediate delivery Guantity in Basket None Because the inv_instock token 1s calculated as current stock low stock level Tracking out of stock has several effects Youcan set up automatic emails so that you are notified when inventory reaches your out of stock level You can use the out of stock level to create a kind of reserve for your inventory if you want to make sure that you always have a few items on hand For example let s say you have quantity 5 of an item on hand and you set the out of stock level to 3 When your inventory level reaches quantity 3 on an item customers will see 79 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT the out of stock message If you have Hide Out of Stock Products enabled the product will not be displayed in your on line store In Stock Message Short See Inventory Messages In Stock Message Long Low Stock Message Short Low
229. add some sample text and then click Update 9 The text that you added now shows up in your ABUS on line store page 213 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout E 5 About Us This was added in aur custam content section Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Content inline css Section e tem Code inline css e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page SFNT gt Page tab gt Content inline css Section The inline css section appears by default in the SHIPMENT PICKLIST ORDER INVOICE AND SENT pages In the ORDER INVOICE page it is used to control content and formatting of your printable invoice To see what your printable invoice currently looks like l Goto Order Processing Orders Tab 2 Select an order and click the Batch Report button 3 Inthe Run Batch Report dialog box select Printable Invoice and click Run Report 214 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home gt Order Processing gt Orders KE Order Processing Orders Shipments Create Batch Batch Report Archive Thu Order St
230. ails Adjustments to the discount based on the settings in this tab will show up in the Edit Order screen Recalculate Discounts For These fields let you control when discounts are adjusted as the result of Returns a return e Never the discount is never revoked or recalculated regardless of changes to the order by RMA e When Authorized Adjustments to the discount will be recalculated as soon as you click the Authorize button in the Edit Order screen e When Received Adjustments to the discount will be recalculated as soon as you click Received in the Edit Order screen Order Total Handling These fields let you control how discounts are adjusted as the result of a return e Allow Recalculation of Discounts to Increase Order Total If you select this option it will be possible for the customer to owe you money because a discount was disqualified as the result of a return e Prevent Increase in Order Total with Adjustment Item If you select this option the customer s order total will never increase even if a returned item disqualifies them for the discount e Adjustment Item Code Adjustment Item Name The text that you enter in these fields will appear as explanations for the discounting adjustments in the Edit Order screen 146 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Marketing gt Settings gt Upsale Options See Changing the Up
231. ain screen To Apply an Attribute Template to a Product This section assumes that you have alread y created an attribute template Edit a product and select the Attributes tab 2 In the Attributes tab click the Add Template button TI Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Add Attribute Template Template Attribute Template For Shirts e o IM 2 1 In the Add Attribute Template dialog box select a template from the list box that you ve already created 2 2 Click on either the Copy button or the Link button e If youclick onthe Copy button the system essentially creates a copy of the template and applies 1t to your product If you change the attribute template later on those changes are not applied to attribute template used by the product For example if at some time in the future you edit the template and add another attribute called Material the Material attribute won t show up for this product e Ifyouclick onthe Link button the system links your product to the original attribute template If you edit the attribute template later on those changes will be applied to this product because the product is linked to the original template Catalog Inventory Tab Use the Inventory tab to Enable Track Inventory at the store level which activates the basic system for inventory tracking If you want to track inventory o
232. ale product are required the customer will be taken to page UATR Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home o Upsell Missing Product Attributes Single Special Offer ricks_hat Attributes in bold are required size C Small Page UATR The attributes on this page are C Medium controlled in UATR Page tab Product C Large Attribute Template section The rest of the page is controlled with the template code on UATR gt Page tab gt Details section Home AboutUs Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Sitemap 139 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Page OUSM controls the screen where a customer is being offered multiple products All of the content on this screen is controlled by the template code on OUSM gt Page tab gt Details section All Products Account Basket Search Special Offers Page OUSM Offers valid far this order only You may select one or more of the following Buy Code Product Regularly Special Save 6523 Optical Mouse 20 00 15 00 4 00 ticks hat ricks hat 25 00 25 00 0 00 Sit Home About Us Contact Liz Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAG AllProducts Sitemap Notice that on OUSM the user can t select attributes for the upsale products even if they are required The user clicks on the Continue button and goes to the next scre
233. all payment information in all existing orders Archive Shipped Remove payment information from orders marked as shipped Encrypt payment information in all other orders Archive All Remove payment information from all existing orders Archive Older Than Remove payment information in orders placed before the date that you select Encrypt payment information in all other orders Select an option and click Next 434 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MIVA MERCHANT Restart Close Encryption Key Prompt Encryption Key created on 11 13 2013 Passphrase Not shown Existing Orders Migrate All Previous ext Click Next to confirm MIVA MERCHANT Festart Close Encryption Key Created Your new encryption key has been created and any payment data not archived during the process is now encrypted using the new key Press the Close button to exit the wizard Close Click Close Your encryption key has been created The migrate archive options that you selected have been made Regular Archiving in the Manage Orders Screen The Encryption Key Wizard is usually used only once annually to enable encryption or update the encryption key in your store If you d like to archive payment data more often than when you change your encryption key you should use Order Processing To Archive an Order In this section we ll show
234. ame tonts param lhdr font lt B gt Produout lt D gt lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt td align left valign middle bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt 530 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k a Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt item name fonts param lhdr font gt lt b gt Quantity lt b gt c muvrs g bem td td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt Smvt ritem name onts param lhdr Lont gt lt b gt Pr1ce Ea lt b gt mvt item td td align right valign middle bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt lt mvt lt 1tem name tonts param lhdr font lt b gt Total e mvt item lt td gt lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator item array basket items gt LI lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl gt lt input type hidden name Screen value BASK gt lt input type hidden name Action value RPRD gt input Cype hidden name Store Code value amp mvierglobal s5tore Code gt input type hidden name Basket Line value amp mvte ltem line 10 gt td align left valign middle gt lt mvtiitem name tones param body fonti lt mvt item name buttons param Remove gt mvt item lt td gt lt form gt lt td align left valign middle nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt a href
235. amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs All Products Ecommerce Shopping Cart Software by Miva Merchant Global Footer T zmvt if expr l settings seo Settir rulz x div div id miva link za target blank href 2 http bull F User Interface gt Settings Tab gt HEAD Tag Content This tab is used for two purposes modifying the HEAD tag for your store Editing the HEAD Tag for Your On line Store You can customize the contents ofthe lt head gt tag in your store html code using different meta tags keywords title description tracking code script declarations etc by making changes to the HEAD Tag Content field Do not include the lt head gt and lt head gt tags in this field just the information that goes between them If you leave this field blank a simple HEAD tag is automatically created Note that the HEAD tag is not the same as the global header See User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Global Header and Footer 247 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT If you are using the MMUI Framework and you upload a CSS file you must manually reference that file in your HEAD tag For other Frameworks the CSS file call will be placed automatically into your pa ge templates Notes Versions Recall Clear History Please see Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface User Interface Settings Tab
236. an invisible container that was set Savings of 3 00 up when we configured the Price Element field shipping Weight 1 00 pounds Quantity in Basket None Code SHIRT1C Price 19 09 7 00 The Displayed Price field lets us control what we Savings of 3 00 want to show in this container In our example shipping Weight 1 00 pounds we ll set the Displayed Price field to Sale Price Quantity in Basket None the price of the product after discounts are applied NOTE the words Savings of shows on the product page because the price group that is triggering this savings has been configured with the text Savings of in its Basket Description field If the price group was not configured this way the price group s name would be displayed instead 193 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Price Group Super Savings x Name Super Savings Eligibility All Shoppers Type Product Discount Discount 3 00 Fixed Apply Discount To Lowest Priced Line Item Maximum Item Discount Quantity 0 Maximum Cumulative Discount 0 00 Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Weight Restrict to Basket Subtotal Restrict to Basket Quantity Restrict to Basket Weight Basket Description 0 unlimited 0 unlimited 0 00 10 00 0 no upper limit 0 lo 0 no upper limit
237. an shirt 20 retail e The customer buys 2 hats The Ist hat is full price The 2nd hat 1s free The customer buys 1 hat and 1 shirt The shirt 1s full price The hat 1s free because it was the lower priced item Example 2 More complicated 105 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Apply To same Product Bu 1 or Mare Get 1 at Discounted Price Discount Percent 4100 Apply Discount To Lowest Priced Line Item Maximum Discount Quantity 0 0 na lirit e Our Price Group is set up for Buy 1 Get 1 Free The discount applies to Same Product We ll put 1 item on the Discounted Products list for this price group a Hawaiian shirt 20 retail In many cases if you set Apply To to Same Product it doesn t matter what value you select for Apply Discount To If the customer buys 2 of the same shirt they get a discount on the 2nd shirt Both shirts have the same retail price so there is no lower or higher priced item in the basket Howe ver let s say we allowed our price group to be combined with some other price group The other price group gave the customer a 20 discount on a Hawaiian shirt and the customer bought a 2nd Hawaiian shirt to qualify for the Buy 1 Get 1 Free offer The customer now has 2 identical shirts in their basket but one of the shirts has already been discounted 2096 down to 18 In
238. and have clickable links so that customers can easily go back to previous pages along that path Smart Breadcrumbs are only supported for CSSUI stores All Products About Us Computer d Monitor LED 23 inch Smart Breadcrumbs Components in your on line store Computer Kits Network Accessories JA Quantity 1 Code 0523 Price 100 00 Quantity in Basket None Smart Breadcrumbs In this section you can directly edit the code that will affect how breadcrumbs are displayed throughout your store Max Category Name The default is 0 which means that the category name will be fully displayed no Length matter how long it is If you set the max category name limit to 10 and you have a category name that is 15 letters the category name will be truncated to 10 letters Max Product Name The default is O which means that the product name will be fully displayed no Length matter how long it is If you set the max product name limit to 10 and you have a product name that is 15 letters the product name will be truncated to 10 letters Max Number of Link This setting only affects you if your store has sub categories sub sub Levels to Display categories etc The default is 0 which means that entire breadcrumb path will be displayed no matter how long it 1s However if you set the max link levels to 3 and the breadcrumb has 5 levels only the first level and the last 2 levels will be shown to the customer Breadcrumb contains 5 lev
239. ange The total shipping charge 1s weight of order x shipping charge per unit weight or base charge whichever is greater Weight Table Shipping In Weight Table Based Shipping you create a set of ranges based on the weight of the customer s total order Each weight range can have a different shipping charge For example Range 1 0 5 pounds charge 4 00 to ship the entire order Range 2 6 10 pounds charge 6 00 to ship the entire order Appendix 4 Hosting Your Store In most cases it is easier and more reliable to have your store hosted by Miva Merchant e We have in house expertise on installing configuring and maintaining stores e Weknow exactly what hardware and software works best for Miva Merchant stores and we already have those resources available and ready to go Its been our experience that customers experience MANY fewer problems when they let us host and install their store Howe ver for the intrepid spirit there are two other options e Youcan host your store on your own server but hire us to install and configure your store See http www mivamerchant conyproducts MIV A SUPPT VM INSTALL http www mivamerchant conyproducts MIV A SUPPT MERC INSTALL e Youcan host your store on your own server and do the installation and configuration yourself 441 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT General Requirement
240. ap checkbox then click Update The page SMAP will now be visible in the admin interface and a Sitemap link will appear in your on line store Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Network Accessories Cool Gear Computer Kits Computer Components Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Sitemap Sitemap link in your on line store UPS Branding and Disclosures Section e Item Code ups e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see User Interface Edit Page INVC Page tab UPS Branding and Disclosures Section The ups item only appears if you have gt Shipping gt UPS Online Tools installed By default the UPS logo and trademark text will appear on the Checkout Shipping Payment Selection OSEL and Invoice INVC pages but you can add the UPS Item to any other page You can modify or remove the UPS content although that could violate your contract with UPS Please contact UPS support for more information Note that you can easily change the size of the UPS icon The file name of the UPS icon is in the third line of the default template code lt img style float right margin 0 31px 0 31px src amp mvt ups lo go_dir LOGO_L gif 226 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Re
241. ar on the same page This canbe a disadvantage if the category has a lot of products in it and the customer has a slow internet connection If you enable pagination you can select the initial number of products that will appear on the page If the category has more than one page of products Next and Previous buttons will appear at the bottom of the screen so that customers can scroll through the pages Note that if you also enable the Items Per Page Filter see below a drop down list will appear at the top of the screen that allows your customer to 207 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT choose how many products appear on each page The customer setting overrides what you select here Page Numbers If you select Do not show page count no page numbers will appear on a category page just the Next and Previous buttons If you enable page numbers clickable page numbers will appear at the top of the screen In the sample figure below display of page numbers was set to 2 Home Computer Components Computer Components Pagers 127 uw lil Monitar LCD 23 inch Optical Mouse Code 5527 Code 6523 Price 100 00 Price 20 00 iauantity in Basket none Guantity in Basket none EE JI Buy Now Add To Basket JI Buy Now Items Per Page Filter If you enable the Items Per Page filter a View drop down list w
242. as an option in the Shipping Payment Selection screen Shipping Method Rules Module Flat Rate Shipping Shipping Method Free Shipping Priority Display As empty use default Rate Adjustment Mone fo oo Restrict to Order Subtotal 50 4BO0D 0 na upper limit Restrict to Item Quantity fo afi LU no upper limit Restrict to Total Weight 0 00 AU UU 0 na upper limit Geographic Restrictions Restrict to These States Restrict to These Countries Aland let Shipping gt Boxes Tab e Use this tab to let Miva Merchant know what size boxes you use Click on the New Box button and enter a description and box dimensions 315 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Ifyou selected Pack by Quantity in the gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Packaging Rules section you will be prompted to enter the max number of items that the box can hold e If you selected Pack by Weight in the gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Packaging Rules section you will be prompted to enter the max weight that the box can hold e Checking the Enabled box makes your box available to the system If you uncheck this box your box settings can be saved but the box won t be used by Miva Merchant when a customer places an order Add Box Description Shipping Dimensions 0 00 Jop J0 00 CIM LH Max Z of Items
243. as to purchase before they qualify for the discount If you set Buy to 0 the customer will get a discount on the Ist product that they buy If you set Buy to 1 the customer pays full price for the 1st product and gets the discount on the 2nd product Get The Get field determines how many items will be discounted Example 1 1 or Mare Get 1 at Discounted Price Discount Percent GU 104 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT There s a Hawauan hat on our Discounted Products list The customer will pay e Full price for the Ist hat e 1 2 price for the 2nd hat e Full price for the 3rd hat Example 2 Buy 1 or Mare Get J at Discounted Price Discount Percent GU There s a Hawauan hat on our Discounted Products list The customer will pay e Full price for the Ist hat e 1 2 price for the 2nd hat e 1 2 price for the 3rd hat e Full price for the 4th hat The amount you want to discount the items Apply Discount To e Ifthe customer has more than one item in their basket that could qualify for a discount you can use this field to apply the discount to the higher priced item or the lower priced item Example 1 Simple e Our Price Group is set up for Buy 1 Get 1 Free The discount applies to all eligible products We ll put 2 items on our Discounted Products list a Hawaiian Hat 10 retail and a Hawaii
244. ass item total gt lt Mvt 1 expr settings option subtotal base price OR l settings option subtotal gt mvLi lf expr Ll settingss option subtotal base price NE l serttringssoptron suDtiObal span style text decoration line through amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt span gt SINGLE amp mvt optronsformatted subtotal lt mvt else gt 475 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e rette lt td gt E tE lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator charge array basket charges gt lt tr class basket charges gt lt td colspan 2 gt lt td gt lt td class charge description gt amp mvt charge descrip lt td gt td class formatted charge amp mvt charge formatted disp amt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt tr id basket totals gt lt td golspan 2 2 SUE td class total prompt Total td td class formatted total amp mvt basket formatted total lt td gt EE lt table gt lt div class clear gt lt div gt CSSUI Edit Page OPAY gt Page gt Basket Contents There are numerous changes sprinkled throughout this file If you have not made custom changes to this template you should regenerate the template code by clicking update while in point and click mode otherwise compare the differences between the new version a
245. at and t shirt e The attributes are shown in green e The master product watch has no attributes e The master product hat has one attribute size e The master product t shirt has two attributes size and color e The variants are shown in gold e The hat is available in sizes small and large e The t shirt is available in small green small blue large green large blue Notice that although there are only four different t shirts there are eight rows for the t shirt variants in the spreadsheet In Miva Merchant when you create a variant every attribute has to have an option code and an option prompt Since our example has two attributes size and color it takes two rows to capture this information for each variant 271 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Master Product Part Product Code Attribute Code Option Code Option Prompt t shirt small green ATTRIBUTE PRICE ATTRIBUTE COST ATTRIBUTE WEIGHT ATTRIBUTE REQUIRED ATTRIBUTE IMAGE OPTION CODE OPTION PROMPT lu 1 Een s 1 En 1 L Ex 1 UN lk small small green Green small small blue Blue large Large green Green large Large blue Blue Figure 5 A sample product variant template with data rows Q W Let s say our t shirt had three attributes and two options for each attribute e Size Small Large 212 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publ
246. ation Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Basket Shipping Selection a Address Book hii Tom Thompson 45 Big Apple Way New York NY 10016 United States product1 p1 Economy 5 00 This is the second custom Amazon Payments screen Amazon Payments OS EL The customer selects a shipping method and clicks the Continue button 359 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Basket Payment Information Q Address Book mer Tom Thompson 45 Big Apple Way New York N Y 10016 United States Item producti pi Q Payment Method ir visa Visa 1111 w Visa 21111 VISA MasterCard 5444 American Express 0005 E Discover 9424 JCB 0000 Showing All Payment Methods This is the next custom Amazon Payments screen Amazon Payments OPA Y The screen shows the customer all of the pay ment methods that are enabled in their Amazon account The customer selects a payment method and clicks the Continue button The order is now complete The status of the order will show up as Pending in the Miva Merchant admin interface until Amazon authorizes the transaction 360 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Basket
247. atted price lt span gt lt div gt lt mvt 1 expr l settings product inv active gt mvt product inv long lt br gt lt mvt if gt div Glass product quantity Quantity in Basket 461 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT New File lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt EE SE et Ee form Submit gt SEET LE eSxpr ISNULL g 9ort By gt option value disp order selected selected gt Default lt option gt mvt else label for Per Page gt View lt label gt See ec memes smesso rem Pes enchange ERIS formsubmic jy T gt SHVLIIL expre g Per Page HO 10 lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt lt mvt else gt div class product name gt lt a href amp mvte product link gt amp mvt product name lt a gt lt div gt lt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold amp mvt product code span div lt div oclass e produet prrce Price om class bold gt amp mvt product formatted base price lt span gt lt div gt mvt if expre lsettings product inv active amp mvtsproduct inv long lt br gt lt mvt L gt lt div class product quantrity Quantity in Basket CSSUI Edit Page PROD gt Page gt Product Display Layout Original File mvt item name product display imagemachine param body product id
248. atus Billing First Name 1046 Processing lime Ses e 1037 Returned 11 1 2014 5425 a Run Batch Report Batch Report Printable Invoice The payment information for one or more orders is encrypted In order for the report to display payment information You must enter the encryption passphrase s Cancel Run Report 4 The printable invoice will open in a new window 215 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Test Store 5060 Shoreham pl suite 130 San Diego CA 821727 US Bill To Name test test Email Adress testetest com Phone Number 555 555 5555 Fax Company Address test test LIT 82038 Lis Code Product network lat Network Hat Payment Check 124 Customer Information Section e tem Code order customer User Reference Guide DRAFT Order Summary Date 12252011 Order 1038 Order Status Pending Send To Name test test Email Adress test dtest corn Phone Humber 555 555 5555 Fax Company Address test test LIT 92038 LIS Quantity Total 1 12 00 Standard Shipping 10 00 Handling 5 00 sales Tax 0 00 Total 27 00 shipping Shipping Method Unknown e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page INVC gt Page tab gt Customer Information Section By
249. ax weight When your customer places an order the system will select the least number of boxes and the smallest size boxes automatically If you select Pack by Weight it s still a good idea to enter values in the Fallback Package Dimensions fields If you forget to create boxes or if you set the max weight in your boxes to zero having Fallback Package Dimensions guarantees that the system will always have a backup box size Fallback It s a good idea to always enter values in the Fallback Package Dimensions fields Package Even if you are using Pack by Quantity or Pack by Weight an error condition can Dimensions occur if you forget to create boxes or if you accidentally set the max quantity max weight in the boxes to zero By entering values in these fields you guarantee that a box dimension is always available to the system Inventory Variant Handling The settings in this section give you some control over how Miva Merchant calculates the weight of a kit with parts or the weight of a master product that has Variants This can be particularly important when the weight of the master product doesn t match the weight of the parts or variants For example e The weight of a kit master product might be set to 20 pounds but all of the parts in the kit add up to 30 pounds e The weight of a t shirt master product might be set to 2 pounds but a variant of the shirt say size small color blue was set to 1 pound Pack master product Us
250. back to the Boxes tab The box that you created is still there but if you edit the box the Max of Items field has now changed to Max Weight and the value that you entered for max items is permanently deleted Shipping gt Settings Tab Shipping gt Settings Tab gt Shipping Rules Section If shipping rates can t be retrieved from a carrier for whatever reason the Shipping Rules e Prevent some shipping errors from occurring and e Allow you to continue to taking orders When no Shipping e Use Fallback Shipping Method In Miva Merchant builds before PR8 update Methods are 4 certain shipping conditions could generate an error For example if Available shipping for an item was required and no shipping options had been configured or were available for the order the customer would see a system error during checkout Fatal Error Miva Merchant has encountered a fatal error and is unable to continue The following information may assist you in determining the cause of the error Error Code MER SUI MMU 00002 Description Shipping Selection is required and no shipping methods were faund Please contact the administrator directly Other Information 317 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT There are several reason why shipping for an order cannot be calculated e Carrier servers are unavailable e No shipping modu
251. base tables and improves performance In general it should be done once a week but if you have a very active store you may want to click on this link more often If you encounter any kind of server or database error while packing data files please contact support Store Settings Store Settings Store Details Store Settings gt Store Details gt Identification Section Manager Miva Merchant has three types of admin users Administrators Managers and ordinary users Please note that these users exist in the admin interface and are not related to customer accounts in your on line store e Administrators have access to all admin features in all stores e Managers have access to all admin features in the store where the y are the mana ger e Ordinary users have privileges that you can limit by creating a Group and then assigning the user to that group Store Code The store code uniquely identifies a store in the database It will also show up in the URL bar as a parameter when customers visit your on line store amp Store Code whatever you entered gt Store Name The store name appears in the Miva Merchant administration interface to indicate which store you are currently editing If you have more than one store your customers can also see the store name in the store selection screen To Assign a Manager to the New Store You can only assign an existing user to be a manager If you have already created a user that you wan
252. basket Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal See Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Weight Restrict to Basket Subtotal Restrict to Basket Quantity Restrict to Basket Weight Basket Description See Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Not Valid Before See Not Valid Before Not Valid After 4 When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers To Create a Fixed Discount Price Group Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2 Click Add Price Group ES 107 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount Type Selea Fixed Discount Discount Always a dollar value You apply this discount to either a line item or the entire basket Apply Discount To Applies the discount to the lowest or highest priced i
253. be able to just put the template into point and click mode set the preferences to your liking and click update to generate the new template code If you have made alterations specific to your store you should compare the differences between your template code and the provided template code in the New section and make the changes based on that CSSUI Edit Page PROD gt Page gt Attribute Machine Original File SSOIITIDE AtrtributeMachrne proLotype Generate owaten IuncLtroni product codes ateribute option var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the Swatch images var img document crsatenlement img Js TIO sq option image swatch appendChild span swatch appendChild img return swatch E EE New File SC Lp gt Ae re Maceo tor pe Ganorare prScoUumb Conn So So UI var dioc ounte div discount du document createElement div dascounb div anne a ME duecoHnbt descrsp s s asis opio aia pee cy Cais OUR E 453 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 VN F aile Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Pula disco une sue ACTributeMachin e prototype Gcenerate Swatch funecron product code attribute option var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the swatch imag
254. bling the buySAFE log does not create a new tab and their log file does not have any options To Enable the buySAFE Log 1 Goto the gt Logging gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Available Modules tab section 3 Under buySAFE 2 0 click Install System Extension Settings Modules are blocks of code that perform specific functions in the Miva Merchant admin interface If you write a module you can have it show up almost anywhere in the admin interface so that it can be enabled and configured For example logging modules control the creation of log files and show up in the Logging Settings screen The System Extension Settings screen is kind of a catch all for modules that don t belong anywhere else There are three modules that show up in this screen by default but if you install third party modules they may also show up here PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro Please see Payment PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro for instructions on configuring this module PayPal Payments Advanced and or Payflow Gateway Please see Payment PayPal Payments Advanced and or Payflow Gateway for instructions on configuring this module 404 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT buySAFE 2 0 buyS AFE allows your customers to add insurance to their orders during checkout To Enable buySAFE 2 0 1 Goto the gt System Extension
255. cal Item to a Page User Interface gt Items Tab To Add a Local Item to a Page l 2 3 Go to gt User Interface gt Pages Edit a Page and select the Items tab In the Items tab click the slider icon next to the Item you want to add until the icon turns blue You can also click on the column heading to easily see all of the items that are currently assigned to the page you are editing 185 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page About Us Page Items w Assigned Code Module store standard store Fields Assigned navbar Cool Navigation Bar Not assigned 4 Atthis point the Item has been added to your store page but there s one more step The Item has to be called from the Template code on the Page tab 186 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Edit Page Storefront Page Items Details Code SFMT Name Storefro nt Template rout item name html profile gt ztitle amp met store name z title lt base href amp nmvt global basehref zmt item name head param ess list A mt item name head param head tag fo lt body class SFNT lt div 1d site container gt User Reference Guide DRAFT lt div id global header zmvt item name hdft param global 1 lt div id navigation bar cmvt item name navhar
256. ccount Checkout Keyboards 97 available for immediate delivery Quantity 1 Add To B Quantity in Basket None All Products Checkout Basic Keyboard Product page with full sized image motherboard Price 20 00 97 available for immediate delivery Quantity in Basket None Description The Description is what customers see on the product screen in your store The description can be as long as you like and can be entered as plain text to use the default formatting or as HTML code to format the description exactly as you like e Wrap Text Wrap Text only affects the Description field in the Edit Product gt Details section It does not affect how product description text is displayed in your on line store You may want to check this box if you often have long product descriptions Description This is an example of a lengthy pro Wrap Text is unchecked H Wrap Text is product description Some of your checked product descriptions may be even longer if they include HTML Before you can use the Wrap Text field in Edit Product you must set your account default for this field 1 Goto Users and edit your user account 2 Select the Settings tab 3 Check the Wrap Text in Product Description checkbox 25 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Users Add User User Edit User my_admin_account Settings Edi
257. ce gt Edit Page OPAY gt Page tab gt Basket Contents section The Basket Contents is a grid like structure that shows up by default on the following pages BASK OCST OSEL OPAY and INVC The template code in this section controls the display and logic of the Basket Contents grid Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 200 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Basket Contents C T l Se Shopping Basket Computer Kits Network Accessories Item City Item Price Total Price Network Hat network hat 1200 12 00 Total 12 00 The Basket Contents grid is shown here on the Shopping Basket page BASK but this grid appears by default on several other store pages Category Product List Layout Section e Item Code category listing e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page CTGY gt Page tab gt Category Product List Layout Section Product Links Do Not Include Category Code Include Category Code If e Youset this field to Include Category Code and e Acustomer in your on line store is viewing a category page and then clicks on an individual product The URL of the product page will be modified so that it includes the category that the customer clicked on If you
258. ce Guide DRAFT strike amp mvt group formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt lt mvt if gt amp mvtigroup tormatted subtotal lt mt itens lt td gt lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator option array group options gt lt tr gt lt td align left gt td td align left gt mvt ltem name fonts param body Lont gt SMLI EPE JJSeLLLHOSSODLIODIODUIOD 10 SVE optiona Ctr codes amp mvrsopilonrtopt Gode mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data HERE EES alt code EE EE LEE ere SE expr NOI ISNULL lsSetLtiugs oOpLionsdstse long Smvit opLtion atLir code amp amvt opitiont data long lt mvt else gt emy EE EE EE code lt mvt if gt mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display br l semvt discount descrip s amp mvtidilscount formatted discounb i lt mvt if gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt item gt td td align left gt td td align right nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font EMNVESLE OORDI UL SeLLLIHngSTOpLlon bD se price amp mvt option formatted base price lt mvt else gt lt mvt if gt lt mvt item gt td td align right nowrap gt lt MvVtsLvem name ronts param Dody Ionct Smvtirr expre l settings option sSubtotal base price OR l settings option subtotal lt Mvt sit expr l settings option subtotal base price NE lisettings option subtota
259. ce group discounts but does not reflect sales coupons or discounts applied in the basket If you select Base Price the Price Element field will reflect discounts from legacy price groups but not discounts from the new non legacy price groups that were introduced in Version 9 See Price Groups in Version 9 e Sale Price includes legacy price groups and predicted discounts If you select Sale Price the Price Element field will reflect discounts from any price group legacy or non legacy In general you should use the Sale Price option because 1t will reflect discounts from both legacy and non legacy price groups See Pricing Elements and Pricing Displays The Additional Price Element field as a kind of container Generally it is used to show the customer how much the product cost before discounts were applied But you can use the Additional Price Display field to have greater control over what price is shown e None No value will be displayed by the Additional Price Element field 198 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Display Predicted Discounts Swatch Element User Reference Guide DRAFT Code SHIRT10 Choose None The Displayed Price is shown 7 00 price after discount but Shipping Weight 1 00 pounds not the Additional Price price before Quantity in Basket None discount e Retail Price If you select Retail Price the Additional Price
260. ce there is only one pick number for the whole order you can only enter one tracking number Payment customer customer No payments recorded gt a_customer yahoo com a_customer yahoo com Authorized 0 00 111 111 1111 111 111 1111 Captured 0 00 10 Oak St 10 Oak St Refunded 0 00 San Francisco CA 92215 San Francisco CA 92215 Net Captured 0 00 US Us Autharize Code Name Quantity Weight Price Ea Total Status hat hawaiian Hawaiian Hat 1 1 000 10 00 10 00 Picking 1015 20140731 00012 Generate Shipping Label Enter Tracking Number s Shipment Shipped Tracking Link 01015 201 40731 0001 2 O None Endicia FedEx UPS LISPS Cancel e Youcan mark each shipment number pick number as shipped e Entera tracking number e Select a carrier for the tracking number optional e Youcanoptionally enter a shipping cost for each tracking number In the Enter Tracking Number s dialog box click Save 167 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT The tracking number now appears as a clickable link in several places e Inthe gt Order Processing gt Shipments tab e In your on line store in the Order Details screen while the customer is going through checkout e When the customer looks at the Order History screen 4 The customer goes to your on line store At the Storefront screen SENT the cus
261. ch lists only the Miva Merchant pages that match your Edit Page CAMC Change Password search string Edit Page EW Forgot Password E e Youcan search for product names or parts of product names 10 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O Products Categories Edit Category Hats Hats Edit Categor Hats Hats Products Edit Product hat hawaiian Hawaiian Hat E Screen Search Catalog Home gt Catalog gt Products Products Categories Attribute Inventory Templates User Reference Guide DRAFT Notice that for this search the system created three tabs The Places tab shows all results The Products tab shows only matching products and the Categories tab shows only matching categories Image Batch Image C Reset Types Assign Advanced Search Search Products TRUXOF T MM Monitor LED 22 WLIMP SEK Monitor LED Z3 In almost every screen of the admin interface there is a screen search You can use screen searches and advanced screen searches to find specific content on that screen For example if you have a large store with hundreds or thousands of products you can use the screen search to show only products that match a search string Other New Features of the Version 9 Interface Breadcrumbs In Version 9 there are two types of Breadcrumbs Smart Breadcrumbs introduced in PR8 help your customers navigate
262. chant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT td lt td gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt toreachi gt lt table gt New File lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 colors 46707677 border Lox solid e 7ced width 090px SLE lt th style font s1ze Loox color 5bo390 padding Sox 20px Spx 20px vertical align top width 60px text align left gt Code lt th gt lt th stylee rosr 8i2e 16px color 5063907 padding Spx 20px 5px 20px vertical align top text align left Product tb th style ont size 16px color gebuerene padding Spx 20px 5px 20px vertical align top width 60px text align right gt Quantity lt th gt lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator item array return items gt ra cStule t sclenuecunmdecohors prt il ont ewe Lone old lt td style padding px 20px px 20px vertical alian top widen Solver tert align lert I ME dede mi Comer me SEO style padding Spx 20s psp vertical align top text align ett gt amp mvt item name lt td gt sid Stuy le padding ap 0 Sb 20px eT tace m sd em cop wasdths60ps text align Tione emy eitem Guanti te gt myvi torach iLerarcor opio array Lem Op EE SLE ero pd lt td style padding 5px 20px 5px 20px vertical align top text align left gt SNUVISIGI ERPI L Serlanogs Ope lon Optom LU gt amp mvt optronsatLr Code amp mvt option o
263. cific inventory messages See Appendix 7 Inventory Management Track Product Check this box to enable inventory tracking for the current product You must also enable inventory tracking at the store le vel Increase Stock By Use these fields to tell the system what quantity you have of the current product After you enable inventory tracking and you tell the system what your inventory levels are the software tracks purchases and automatically adjusts your inventory levels Decrease Stock By In Stock Message Short Please see Appendix 7 Inventory Management to learn how to use and In Stock Message Long control these messages Low Stock Message S hort 66 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Low Stock Message Long Out of Stock Message S hort Out of Stock Message Long Limited Stock Message Track Low Stock Level Tracking low stock has several effects Low Stock Level e Youcanset up automatic emails so that you are notified when inventory reaches your low stock level see Catalog gt Inventory gt Email Notification Tab e Youcan use the low stock level to create a kind of reserve for your inventory if you want to make sure that you always have a few items on hand For example let s say you have quantity 5 of an item on hand and you set the low stock levelto 3 If you use the default In Stock Message Long J
264. ck on the Upload button Upload File Check Overwrite if you have uploaded overwrite the file before File l FAn2 MivaMkeyboard jpg Choose Upload Cancel This is a file path on your local machine Dane IS 2 In the Upload File dialog box click the browse button and browse to the thumbnail image that you want to associate with the product If you ve uploaded the ima ge before check the Overwrite button to upload the image again 3 After you ve browsed to or manually entered the path ofthe 1mage file that you want click the Upload button 4 Inthe Edit Product screen click Update The thumbnail image is now associated with a product 5 To make the thumbnail appear in a particular page for example the Category page 5 Select gt User Interface gt Pages tab 5 2 Edit the Category Display CTGY page 5 3 Scroll down to the Category Product List Layout area Click on the Ima ge drop down list Select Thumbnail then click the Update button 27 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Category Product List Layout Praduct Links Format Product Fields Custom Fields Do Not Include Category Code Expanded M Product Name Product Code Product SKU M Price weight Description Color FedEx Dry Ice Weight ISBN Iv Add To Basket Iv Buy Now Thumbnail e After you cli
265. ck the Update button thumbnail images will appear in your store s category page Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 23 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Computer Components Category page no thumbnail Components keyboard basic Optical Mouse Code 4423 Code 6523 Price 25 00 Price 20 00 Quantity in Basket none Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket m Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Computer Components Category page with thumbnail Components RER Ne Keyboard basic Optical Mause Code 4423 Code 6523 Price 25 00 Price 20 00 iauantity in Basket none Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket Add To Basket Full sized The process for adding a full sized ima ge to the product page is the same as for adding Image a thumbnail image Follow the steps in the Thumbnail section to attach a full sized image to a product A good size for a full sized image is about 300 x 300 pixels 2 Edita page so that full sized images will appear in that page Many store owners use a full size image m their Product Display PROD page Edit the Pages gt PROD page and select the Product Display Layout tab In the Image drop down list select Full Sized 24 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products A
266. code No Yes Put all uns hipped Items in the Mark this shipment as shipped order in single shipment and mark the order as shipped Saving Import Options User Reference Guide DRAFT Does the order Do nothing have shipments that are ina picking state No Yes Mark all shipments in the order that are in a picking state as shipped When you import your data file you should select the import options that will affect how the data is processed There are two ways to do this Edit the default Import Options 1 1 Goto Data Management Import Settings 1 2 Double click on a template 1 3 In the Import Options dialog box make any changes that you want then click Save Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Data Management Import Export Import Settings Database Tools Double click one of the templates to edit the default Import Options Description Module Add Update Categories from CS Category Import Edit Import Description Add Update Categories from CSV Category Import Y Import Module Add New and Update Existing Categories Categories Custom Fields Retain Existing Data When Imported Data ls Empty Comma Delimiter File Contains a Header Row Fields Determine Sutomatically Using Header Row Manually Assign 2 Cr
267. coptrOonsbaese prioe emvbTODpLLlOnsrormatLed base price lt mvt else gt lt mvt if gt lt I td gt td class order total gt SEET expr l settringssopLtonisubtotal base price OR Strings Option sibtotal gt HNUVLDLLI expr L setCings 0ption subtotal base price NE l settings option subtotal span style text decoration line through amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt span gt EE envEeroption formatted subtotal Smvtielses SE il gt lt td gt lt LI Ci gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt lt tr class order charges gt lt td colspan 4 gt lt td gt td class charge description gt amp mvt charge descrip lt td gt lt td class charge fee gt amp mvt charge formatted disp amt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt Lr olasse LrobLtals td colspan 4 gt lt td gt lt td elass total sprompt gt o Total lt td gt td class formatted total gt mvt order formatted total lt td gt lt UL gt lt table gt 459 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT CSSUI Edit Page SRCH gt Page gt Search Results Layout Original File lt input type hidden name Per Page value amp mvte global Per Page gt lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt SS Neer meme Sole ls MO gr
268. create their own accounts while visiting your on line store Beginning with P R8 update 7 all customer passwords are encrypted 80 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT If your store was created after the release of PR8 Update 7 new customer accounts are created with encrypted passwords If your store was created before PRS Update 7 existing customer passwords will be encrypted when you apply Update 7 See also User Interface Settings Tab Customer Links Store Settings Customer Fields To Create a Customer Account I 2 Aaa HB W Go to gt Customers Click the Add Customer button In the Add Customer screen enter the following information e Login e Email Lost Passwords To e Password e Confirm Password Click the button Select the Shipping Billing Information tab Enter the customer s information in the Ship To and Bill To columns and click the Add button Select the Template Based Emails tab You can use this tab to manually send a template based email to a customer See Order Fulfillment gt Template Based Emails 81 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A AA iva Merchant O Edit Customer a_customer Identification Shipping Billing Information send the Following Emaiksi i fw Backorder Notice E Customer Created Override kromm Override
269. ction Type Store Entire CC Number Avallable Payment Methods Require CVV2 in The URL that Miva Merchant uses to submit requests This field is auto populated You should only change it if you are given a new URL by Miva Merchant or First Data All of these fields are credentials that are created when you set up your account with First Data They are used to securely identify your store during payment transactions The text that you enter in this field will appear in your on line store during checkout when your customer enters their credit card information Merchants usually use this field to describe the purpose of the CV V2 field Automatic Capture If you select this option Authorize and Capture occur when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store Authorize Only Capture Later Authorization occurs when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store To capture funds you must edit the order in Miva Merchant ad min and click on the Capture button Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order For example Setthe Transaction Type to Automatic Capture 2 Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog box select a payment type associated with PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK In the Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture button is greyed out and the funds were
270. cts Purchased M Quantity Purchased ipid disi y des that you select Order Status mi Order Tracking In t e aamin Inter ace Order Total Pagination C Do not paginate orders e Display 10 orders per page Motes versions Original Recall Clear History Advanced Mode Order History fields that show up in your on line store Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Order History List Order History Invoice Order Date Products Quantity Order Status Shipments Order Total 1003 0610312011 1 1 Shipped 127 71WW650398405577 20 00 View Product Fields Works essentially the same way as Product Fields in the Basket Contents tab Pagination Works essentially the same way as Pagination in the Basket Contents tab 221 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Notes See Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface Versions Recall Clear History Product Attribute Template Section Please see Pages Related to Upsale Products Product Display Layout Section e tem Code product display e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see User Interface Edit Page PROD Page tab Product Display Layout Section This tab appears in the PROD page by default It controls everything in the product display page except for a
271. custom field in the category tree template code 240 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Notes Versions Recall Clear History Please see Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface Category Tree Header Category Tree Footer Use the Category Tree Header Footer to add content such as trust marks logos etc above or below the category tree All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Category Tree Header lt div id category tree header gt lt div gt lt div id category tree top imacge lt div id category tree hottom imacdge Content that you add to the header appears above the category tree Computer Components Computer Kits Network Accessories Content that you add to the footer appears below the category tree Category Tree Footer EE lt div gt lt div id cateqory tree footer lt div gt Home About Us ContactUs Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Customer Links Use this screen to modify the HTML for the Customer Login Link and Customer Account Links When customers visit your on line store they can click on the Customer Login Link to sign into their account or to create an account if they don t already have one When customers are logged in Miva Merchant can display any special pricing based on Price Groups or
272. customer to the group 3 Inthe Availability Groups tab click to the left of your new group so that you see a blue icon 3 2 Click Customers 3 3 In the Customers Assigned dialog box click on the Assigned icon next to a customer until it turns blue then click Close The customer that you selected is now part of your Availability Group Assigned Login CIO a_customer t b customer 4 Adda product to the group 4 Inthe Availability Groups tab click to the left of your new group so that you see a blue icon AD Click Products 4 3 In the Products Assigned dialog box click on the Assigned icon next to a product until it turns blue then click Close The product that you selected is now part of your Availability Group Assigned oranges retail pack oranges Wholesale pack 87 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Marketing Marketing gt Price Groups Price Groups are another way to offer discounts in your store Price Groups have been part of Miva Merchant for a number of years but were significantly expanded for Version 9 Price Groups in PR8 In PRS you could use Price Groups to change the price of products based on membership in a group All customers saw the same products but the price would change depending on what group the customer was assigned to World s Best Oranges World s Best Oranges
273. d Edit Product My Shirt Related Inventory Inventory Product Irnages Products Attributes Kit Builder Variants ED Edit Default Variant Add Varianten Delete Selected Edit Inventory Product Add Variant s x size None oelected gt Price Cost Weight fe Controlled by Master Product color None Selected C Specific Values Sum of Parts Code Name Quantity Po fi Add Part 63 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Delete Selected Button User Reference Guide DRAFT The Delete Selected Button is used to delete product variants This button only becomes active after you have created a kit or generated product variants See Generate Variants Button 6 Check the box next to the variant that you want to delete 7 Click Delete Selected Edit Default Variant Add variant s Delete Selected Edit Inventory z Product foo Shirt Size small color blue 1 oo Shirt Small White 1 foo Shirt Size medium color blue 1 Zoo Shirt Size medium color white 1 Edit Inventory Button The Edit Inventory button is only available 1f you have created a kit or 1f you have generated product variants see Generate Variants Button After you create a kit or product variants you can click on the Edit Inventory button to set the inventory for that product variant or the parts in the kit Edit Inventory C
274. d cuetomer itelac ilace fon catteaole ive icem miame customer SLV gt div 1d basket contents class non editable mvt item name basket gt lt telam Tormi mechod posco emir Global secume esame msc ct enm nan tas gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OPAY lt input type hidden name Action value SHIP PSHP CTAX gt lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte global Store Code gt CSSUI Edit Page SRCH gt Page gt Details Original File lt h1l gt Search Results h1 lt div class search again alignright gt lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl Screen SRCH lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code gt lt label for Search class bold gt Search Again lt label gt lt input type text name Search id Search class textfield value amp mvte global Search lt mvt item name buttons param Search gt lt form gt lt div gt 485 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT New File lt Hl gt Search Results lt hl gt lt div class search again alignright gt lt fOrm method post wcoeron smvresgtoba t sessosonuri screen SROCH lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code gt lt label for Search class bold gt Search Again lt label gt
275. d Products Add New and Update Existing Products Custom Fields Retain Existing Data When Imported Data Is Empty Attribute Templates Use Attribute Template Codes Delimiter Comma File Contains a Header Row f Determine Automatically Using Header Row C Manually Assign 27 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT The settings in the Edit Import dialog box are explained fully in section Saving Import Options Please read that section carefully because the options that you choose in this dialog box have a important effect on how data is added to your store and the Import feature has no Undo In our example we re going to use the spreadsheet to Add New Products Only When you have selected the appropriate options click the Save button 6 Go back to the Data Management gt Import Export tab and click on Add Update Products from CSV The Import dialog box appears Browse to the spreadsheet that contains your product data If your browser supports drag and drop you can drag the file from a local folder on your machine into the dashed rectangle Data Management Home gt Data Management gt Import Export Import Export Import Settings Database Tools Import Data Export Data Add Update Categories from CSV Export Attributes to XML File Add Update Products from csv Export Affiliates To Flat File Import
276. d Data Store Settings State Based Sales Tax Use this tab to automatically add sales tax to orders based on the customer s state Please note that by default Miva Merchant can only apply a sales tax rate to an entire state If you need to apply sales tax in a more sophisticated way you must purchase a third party module 299 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k T MI va Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Add State Sales Tax to Orders 1 2 3 4 Click the Add State Tax Rate button In the State drop down list select a state such as California Enter the sales tax rate you want to charge for that state Select Tax Shipping if you want sales tax to be calculated based on Order Total Shipping Costs If you only want to apply sales tax to the order total leave Tax Shipping unassigned Click Save Record B State Rate Tax Shipping X California 08 When a customer places an order from California the sales tax you created for that state will automatically be applied to the order The sales tax will appear in the Payment Information screen and on the invoice Reports Miva Merchant ships with five default reports Best Sellers Recent Best Selling Products Recent Sales Recent Sales Geographic Breakdown Statistics 300 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Refere
277. d as the price cost weight of the kit product Edit Product Basic lower Kit Product Images Related Products Attributes Details Product Code basic tower kit Product Name Basic Tower Kit SKU Das Canonical Category Code LOOK UF Alternate Display Page LOOK UF Price Cost Weight Specific Values You will be prompted to enter price cost weight for the kit Edit Variant Price Cost Weight C Controlled by Master Product Price bo 0 Specific Values Cost 00 AR C Sum of Parts Weight h Quantity f Add Fart Cancel 6l Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Sum of Parts The system will automatically set the price cost weight of the kit to be the sum of all the parts that you add to the kit Add Variant s Button There are two ways to add product variants e Use the Generate Variants Button to generate every possible product variant and then edit and delete the variants as needed e Use the Add Variant s button to manually add product variants one at a time Using the Add Variant s button 1s slower than using Auto Generate but there may be two cases where you would prefer to use it e You want to control the product code field If you use the Generate Variants button to create product variants the software will automatically generate a product code for each one If you wanted to chang
278. d gt lt td class each gt lt td gt td cla ass total gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt mwit rtoreachwrterdbor part array 1eem pares gt SLE lt td class code gt Part amp mvt part code td td class product gt mvt part name lt td gt td class each gt amp mvt part quantity lt td gt td class total amp mvt part total quantity lt td gt tr New File mvt foreach iterator group array ordershipment groups gt tr class highlighted gt lt td elases code omvitoPoup code id lt td classe product gt me group name lt td gt lt td class each gt lt td gt lt td eless total gt met o roup quentiey lt td gt lt j tx SEET IE ra Cor Opon array Group option gt SLES td class code gt lt td gt lt td class product gt lt M st GXDI Il BSGULLHOSTODLIODPTODLt on 2g emet Option datti code MIUVESODUPONSODL code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp mvt optronsattr codes amp mvt option data mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL lsettungsvoption data long amp mvtroptrionsattr code amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt amp mnvttoprtion attr code 510 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT c mvbsdfs lt td gt lt td class each gt lt td gt lt td class Lotal gt lt td gt lt
279. d the Bulk Produce category to the Wholesale Availability Group e The Bulk Produce category is visible to customers who sign in and are a member of the Wholesale group e Customers who do not sign in or are not part of the Wholesale Group cannot see the Bulk Produce cate gory Example 3 Add the Bulk Produce category to both the Wholesale Availability Group and the Retail Availability Group e The Bulk Produce category is now visible to customers who sign in and are a member of either group e Customers who do not sign in or are not part of either group cannot see the Bulk Produce cate gory To Use Availability Groups Create a new Availability Group 1 1 Goto Customers Availability Groups tab 1 2 In the Availability Groups screen click Add Group zz 1 3 Entera name for the new group such as Wholesale X Wholesale 14 Click Save 2 Adda category to the group 2 In the Availability Groups tab click to the left of your new group so that you see a blue icon E Wholesale 2 2 Click Categories 2 3 Inthe Categories Assigned dialog box click on the Assigned icon next to a category until it turns blue then click Close The category that you selected is now part of your Availability Group 86 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Assigned fruit fruit fruit baskets Fruit Baskets 3 Adda
280. dd 5 00 Color blue add 5 00 A large t shirt in blue would cost 15 00 5 00 5 00 25 00 Note that the total price for the product variant won t show up until it is in a customer basket If you wish you can edit the Prompt column when you create attributes and options so that customers understand that the options add to the base price of the product All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Fish T Shirt Lightweight cattan t shirt Code Fi Jhirt bo Quant Basket None Size Small C Medium Add 2 50 The total price of this shirt is Large Add 5 00 actually 25 00 but the customer won t see the total until it is in Color C white the basket You can note the price P Blue Add 5 00 in the Prompt column when you create Attributes and Options Quantity 1 Figure 1 Variant Price is set by the Master Product and its Attributes Variant Price is set by the Inventory Product Use this option if you want to manually set a price for each variant Since the price is not being calculated it will appear in both the product listing and the basket With this option you don t need to have the price of an option appear in the option Prompt 48 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Fish T Shirt Lightweight cattan t shirt Code Fi hirt ER Quan Basket M
281. dding right 10px orderhead font weight bold Font Sizes 13px margin bottom Spx j downloadbtni margin top 4px lt style gt posboOrde er numbert lt b gt mvt order 1d lt br gt lt b gt Placed lt b gt amp mvt order date amp mvt order time lt p gt lt p class dashedline gt lt p gt table width 100 border 0 cellspacing 0 tr valign top gt cellpadding 0 gt lt td width 50 gt lt b class header gt Ship to lt b gt lt br gt EMVLS Order ship thame amp mvterordersship luemersebr amp mvte order ship email lt br gt amp nvtercorder ship phone lt br gt amp mvterorder sbhip LTax lt br gt amp mvte order ship comp lt p gt amp uwLresorder sHhrip addrli lt br gt Snvrerorder sShip addrb2 sDr mvt if expr NOT LSNULE L Settlngs sorder snhrp City J AND NOT ISNULL Ll settings order ship Stare E amp lvLtesorderisHhrp EE 546 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 mvt else amp mvte a v amp mvte amp mvte lt br gt amp mvte lt td gt lt td gt lt b class header gt Bill to amp mvte amp mvte amp mvte amp mvte amp mvte lt p gt amp mvte amp mvte SHEET expr NOT ISNULL L settings order bill city order lI order order order order order order order Order Order order User Reference Gui
282. de DRAFT ship City ship States ship zip Ship ODETYIS D D gt lt bE gt amp mvte order bill fname Dill lname br Se A emscl2 br bill phone lt br gt DILL axs br gt bill comp lt br gt sbi addrl lt br gt DILL addr lt br AND NOT ISNULL ll Settings Order bill State gt aivtesorder bill EES lt mvt else gt amp mvte lt mvt amp mvte amp mvte lt br gt amp mvte td lt tr gt order if gt order order order lt table gt lt p class dashedline gt lt p gt table width 100 td colspan 2 table width 100 pill City RD Stace aL yp ball Cate p gt border 0 cellspacing 0 cellpadding 0 gt tr valigan Lob gt style padding 10px 0px 10px Opx border 0 cellspacing 0 cellpadding 0 gt lt tr valign top gt lt td class e ordercell gt lt td gt td alrigne lerr class ordercell gt lt span class orderhead gt Product Description lt span gt lt td gt lt td lt td lt td lt td lt tr gt lt mvt foreach iterator item align right align right align right align right class orderhead gt Status lt span gt lt td gt class orderhead gt Quantity lt span gt lt td gt class orderhead gt Price Ea lt span gt lt td gt class orderhead gt Total lt span gt lt td gt class ordercell gt lt span class ordercell gt lt span class orderce
283. default customers can enter their Ship To Bill To information in two screens e When the customer creates a new account in your on line store page ACAD Customer Create 216 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e When the customer doesn t have an account and enters their Ship To Bill To information during checkout page OCST Checkout Customer Information You can control the display and format of the Ship To Bill To fields on pages where it is being entered such as ACAD and OCST with the Store Settings Customer Fields Tab But after the customer s shipping information has been entered the customer information can be displayed on other screens such as the Invoice page IN VC You can use the template code on the Customer Information tab to control the appearance of customer information fields on pages like INVC Header amp Footer Section e tem Code hdft e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see User Interface Edit Page ABUS Page tab Header amp Footer Section Use this section to add content such as images html and JavaScript to a page s header and footer Note that this 1s a local header amp footer item Changes that you make to a local header or footer on one page don t affect the local header or footer
284. ders Sending Manual Sending Automatic el Sending Automatic Send When Order W Placed Send Ven Order Placed Backordered Backordered Send When Order Placed Backordered Send When Return Authorized Received Send When Return Authorized Received Send When Return Authorized Received Send When Shipment Created Send ven Shipment Created Send When Shipment Created Shipped Shipped Shipped Send When Customer Created Send When Customer Created Send When Customer Created Note that checking Placed here is only an example The same would be true if you check any event trigger To Edit Email Template Code 1 Goto gt Order Fulfillment gt Template Based Emails tab 2 Select a template based email then click Edit Template 4 Eurer pe Tu Automatic Name o 3 Every template based email has its own Page In our example we edited the template for Backorder Notice so the system took us to Edit Page Backorder Notice If you know the Page name that 1s associated with a template based email you could also edit the template code by going to gt User Interface gt Pages tab gt Edit a page Backorder Notice gt Page tab Backorder Motice 398 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Either way you ll now be able to edit the template code for the email
285. des amp mvLroptions data e amp mvtrelselrt expr NOT ISNUBLL l settrings option data Long gt mvt optioniattr codes mv Opt Lon dara long lt mvt else gt Mvesoptioncattr code lt myts it mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display div class item discount gt mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt S MU CELE gt lt mvt foreach gt lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt lt td gt lt td class item price gt AMVEG LE e xpre l sSertings option base price amp mvt option formatted base price lt mvt else gt lt mvt if gt eq ta class 1tem total gt lt Mvts1t expr l settingssoptrionisubtotal base price OR lsertingsroption subtotal lt MVEELE Gxpr LsettingscopLlonrsubtortal base price NE lserringssoptaronssSubtortal span style text decoration line through amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt span gt lt MUTILE gt amp mvt optrions formatted subtotal mvtielse lt MVEALE gt lt td gt tr lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator coupon array order coupons gt Lie lt td class item name gt lt div class item name gt Coupon lt span class item code gt amp mvt coupon code lt span gt mvt if expr NOT ISNULL l1 settings coupon descrip gt lt div class item discount gt amp mvt coupon descrip lt
286. directly to PayPal As of this writing 08 01 12 this method makes PayPal responsible for compliance with the Payment Card Industry standards for secure transactions Please note that this is subject to change e Payflow Link Payflow Link is a payment gateway that does not include a merchant account Like PayPal Payments Advanced with this method PayPal is currently responsible for PCI compliance with transaction security e Payflow Pro Like Payflow Link this method is a gateway only Unlike the other two methods it does not add an iFrame to your checkout pages for credit card transactions The credit card transaction takes place within your on line store Product Name Includes a Adds aniFrame to Includes a Merchant Account Your Checkout Pages Gateway with Monthly Fee PayPal Payments Advanced Payment Solution Select the PayPal product you are using If you haven t already signed up for one of the products you can click on a Sign Up link to go to PayPal s website Host The URL that Miva Merchant uses to make transaction requests This field 1s auto populated and you should never need to change it Partner The partner is the seller or reseller that gives you access to the payment gateway When you create your PayPal account you will be told the partner information It will generally be either PayPal or Miva Merchant Merchant Login When you sign up for a PayPal product you get a single merchant login and one or more us
287. displayed but invalid down lists selections are greyed out Select one of the following values for Dependency Resolution 195 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Inventory Element Inventory Message User Reference Guide DRAFT e First selected attribute shows all options The option you select in the first drop down list determines the contents of all other drop down lists If the first drop down list is size and you select Medium and the second drop down list is color only the color choices you have for medium shirts will be displayed e Cascade The contents ofa list is modified by selections above but not below Let s say you had three attributes size color and fabric The contents of the second drop down list would be modified by what you selected in the first drop down list but the contents of the second list would not be affected by what was selected in the third list e Most recently selected attribute shows all options Whatever attribute option you select first changes the contents of all other attributes For example if Color is the second attribute and you chose Blue the contents of the first attribute Size would only show sizes that are available in blue The Inventory Element allows the attribute machine to update the product page with real time inventory information If you go to gt User Interface gt Pages gt Edit Page PROD gt
288. div class clear product image margin gt lt div gt lt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold gt 8mvt product code lt span gt lt div gt lt div class produet peliee gt Price lt span Lada price value elass Dold mv bs product o met ted price lt spams duy mvt if expr l settings product weight NE 0 gt div class product weight gt Shipping Weight lt span class bold gt mvt product weight lt span gt amp mvt store wtunits lt div gt mts div class product details 2 462 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl Screen BASK lt div class product description gt amp mvt product descrip lt div gt lt div ids swatches eclass swatrches gt lt div gt lt div class clear gt lt div gt New File mvt item name product display imagemachine param body product id gt div class clear product image margin gt lt div gt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold amp mvt product code span div lt div class product prite gt Price lt span id price value additional style text decoration line through lt span span id price value class bold gt amp mvt product formatted base price lt span gt lt dd gt Sr o scans oS lt div gt lt gt mvt if
289. div gt lt j mys TS 465 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt div gt lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt lt td gt lt td class item price gt lt td gt lt td class item total gt td lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt lt tr class basket charges gt lt td colspan 2 gt lt td gt lt td class charge description gt amp mvt charge descrip lt td gt td class formatted charge amp mvt charge formatted disp amt lt td gt lt ELA lt mvt foreach gt lt tr id basket totals gt td colspan 2 gt lt td gt lt td class total prompt gt Total lt td gt td class formatted total gt mvt order formatted total lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt lt div class clear gt lt div gt CSSUI Edit Page CTGY gt Page gt Category Product List Layout Original File lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt erect Mateo Oh deny OMe Ma pie ees Mine os Cem lt mvt it expr ISNULL g oort By gt Opteron value drsp order selected selected gt Default lt option gt mvt else label for Per Page gt View lt label gt se les Nee eG oca E SNVLTID SXDr g Fer Page EQ 10 lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt 466 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc A
290. downloaded Note that the order of columns doesn t matter so if you have changed the column order but not the column names you can still use this option e Manually Assign Use this option if you have changed the column names in your spreadsheet 1 Click on the Choose File button to load your spreadsheet from your local machine 2 Usethe Import Field drop down list to select a field from the database If you have enabled Basket Inventory you will see the following fields in the import fields drop down list Current Stock Stock 1n Baskets Total Overall Stock You should only enter values for Current Stock which means inventory on hand that is not in a basket The other two fields are calculated by Miva Merchant and should be considered read only See gt Utilities gt Add Remove Modules tab gt Available Modules section gt Basket Inventory i ud You can manually assign columns Fields Determine Automatically Using Header Row in your spreadsheet to fields in e Manually Assign your store database Choose File No file chosen Browse or Drag a File Here To Preview Field Mapping Assign All Remove All Database field Col Import Field J Sample Data Remove n Product Code PRODUCT CODE Spreadsheet column Remove Dz Skip PRODUCT SKU Remove ae WT 219 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Example Crea
291. ds e Discrepancy weight weight of all parts in the kit 100 pounds weight of master part 50 pounds 50 pounds e Part weight as a percent of total weight The combined weight of all parts in this kit is 99 1 100 pounds Partl weighs 99 pounds so Partl 1s 99 of the total weight e Adjusted weight of Part 99 pounds 50 pounds x 99 99 49 5 49 5 pounds Part 2 e Original part weight 1 pound e Discrepancy weight weight of all parts in the kit 100 pounds weight of master part 50 pounds 50 pounds e Part weight as a percent of total weight The combined weight of all parts in this kit is 99 1 100 pounds Part2 weighs 1 pound so Part2 is 1 of the total weight 326 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Adjusted weight of Part2 1 pound 50 pounds x 01 1 5 5 pounds The Inventory Variant Handling Checkboxes Inventory Varlant Handling Pack master product Uses variant weight Pack variant parts using part weights as is ignores variant weight Pack variant parts and adjust part weights to equal variant weight by spreading weight evenly across all parts Pack variant parts and adjust part weights to equal variant weight by spreading weight proportionally across all parts Allow adjustments u These checkboxe s are only Allow adjustments down used if you select the third or All
292. ds or less Basket Description See examples below Display Discount in Basket These two fields work together so that you can give customers more information about the discounts they are getting These fields affect the Shopping Basket and all of the checkout screens Order Details Shipping Payment Selection Payment Information and Invoice Even if you dont use these fields the discount will still show up in the Total Price column of the Shopping Basket and the checkout screens Item Price Total Price 210 00 H S 5 00 100 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Example 1 Both fields unused Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Shopping Basket Item Hawaiian Hat hat hawaiian Example 2 Basket Description only Basket Description Sample Basket Description Display Discountin Basket shopping Basket Item Hawaiian Hat hat hawaiian Example 3 Both fields used Basket Description Sample Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Shopping Basket Item Hawaiian Hat hat hawaiian samole Basset Desorintian 5 00 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 101 User Reference Guide DRAFT We added a Basket Description but without checking Display Discount in Basket it won t show up If you use both fields the text that you entered in the Basket Description field shows up along with the discount
293. dth 60px text align right gt Quantity lt th gt th stvle rtout size l6px color 5063907 padding 5px 20px 5px vertical align top text align center gt Expected In Stock Date lt th gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach iterator item array backorder items gt sep y le T Dack round Color Eq A Eon Mea oa elio bolos y le Paced a P ED pP Vox y riea alan Wubi sob Te t e et EE EE Ee lt td style padding 5pz 20px 5px 20px vertical align text align left gt mvt item name lt td gt lt td style paddle calls albo width C Up text alion es deem gun ad SE Ee EE px ap een cid lona text align center gt SUE a NDS Seto seen das oi Not Specified me else Sis EE Eom peccans el Ibn E bins lt td gt 487 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt mt forca hiter EE EE EE array item oprelilons gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt td gt lt td style padding 5px 20px 5px 20px vertical align top text align left gt SNwLSldr Sxpre l settinogs sopLloDntoptoion d amp mvtrtoptron sdtitr Code amp mvtr option opt code elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp mvbroptrionidttr coder mvtsoption idata elseif expr NOT ISNULL 1 Settings options date long gt cMVESOPELON Tater code amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt amp mvitioptrions sttr code qute td td cols
294. duct gt Related Products Tab Search Results Layout Section Item Code search_results This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page SRCH gt Page tab gt Search Results Layout Section The Search Results Layout tab appears in the SRCH page by default This tab controls all content and formatting of the search results page in your on line store except for image dimensions For information about the fields in this section please see Category Product List Layout Section Sitemap Section Item Code sitemap This 1s a local Item After you add this item to a page 1t will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page SMAP gt Page tab gt Sitemap Section 225 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT The Sitemap section is used by the SMAP page The template code in this section controls the sitemap screen in your on line store However a Sitemap link does not appear in your on line store by default and the SMAP page does not appear in the admin interface by default To enable the Sitemap link in your on line store and add the SMAP page in the admin interface Goto Domain Settings SEO Settings 2 Inthe SEO Settings tab check the Enable Sitem
295. duct with the generated code already existe itwillbe used instead Any products created will be marked as inactive and will nat appear in the runtime shapping interface Product Code Delimiter Pricing may be controlled at the variant level You may specify a default pricing option now If vau wish to assign a specific price ta ane ar mare variants vau may do so after generation D Variant Price is set by the Master Product and its Attributes Variant Price is set by the Inventory Product Depending on the number of variants ta be generated this process may take a long time Once the generation has begun it cannot be aborted Click on the Generate Variants button In the Generate Product Variants dialog box select one of the following pricing options Variant Price is set by the Master Product and its Attributes When you add a product you can set the price for that product and when you create an Attribute such as size you can set the price for the Attribute If you select this option the system will set the default price for each product variant to be variant product price price of master product price of Attribute s 4 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Let s say we created the following product and attributes Basic t shirt product master product 15 00 Medium size add 2 50 Large size a
296. ducts that require assembly bookcases display shelves bed frames etc You include assembly instructions in every order but if a customer loses their instructions you want to be able to send them a replacement document quickly In this case you could put each set of assembly instructions into a separate email template If a customer loses the assembly instructions your service rep can edit the order or the customer s record find the email template that has the assembly instructions and manually send that email template to the customer But see also Example Different Combinations of the Sending and Visible For Fields This 1s not an event trigger If you check this box this email will be sent using Base64 encoding 397 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant O Example Different Combinations of the Sending and Visible For Fields You can use the Sending and Visible For fields in the Add Edit Email dialog box to create different send options Manual Only I never want to send this email automatically I will only send it manually Manual and Automatic I want to send this email automatically and be able to send it manually Automatic Only I only want this email to be sent automatically I will never send it manually Visible For e Customers Visible Far e Customers Visible For Customers Orders Orders Or
297. e css file 3 Goto gt User Interface gt Pages tab 4 Inthe Pages tab select the pages that you want to import then click Import Pages Home Userlnterface Pages User Interface Pages Items Image Types Frameworks Advanced Search faa nj on me wae ABUS About Us Select one or more pages v then click Import Pages S ACAD Custamer Create ACED Customer Edit ALLA Customer Account The store page s will be copied from the import export folder and will overwrite your current store page If you accidentally overwrite one of your store pages you can restore a previous version of the page Please see Versions and Recall User Interface gt Error Messages Tab The error message tab was introduced in Version 9 e The list contains all error messages used by the Miva Merchant software You can customize all of these messages e The Miva Merchant software will automatically add to this list error messages from any third party module You can also customize these error message For example you may notice that the Authorize Net module occasionally generates and displays a message like Error 12 If you know 251 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT that Error 12 actually means card number rejected due to insufficient funds you can replace the Error 12 message in this list with something that is more meaningful
298. e discounted normal retail etc The customer can remove the add on item from their basket whenever they view their basket or during checkout Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2 Click Add Price Group 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Pena Only only customers with a coupon get the Iscount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer 96 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a n 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT must have an account and be signed into their account e All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount Type Select Add on Product Add on Product This is the product that you want to be automatically added to the customer s basket Quantity to Add The quantity for the add on product For example if you enter 3 here then 3 Hawaiian hats will be added to the customer s basket when they add a Hawaiian shirt to their basket Price Each The price you want to charge for each add on item Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity e The customer will receive the discount if the total value of qualifying products in their basket falls within a certain
299. e gt mvt product inv long lt br gt lt mvt if gt lt div class product quantity gt Quantity in Basket 467 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 VN F aile Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT CSSUI Edit Page BASK gt Page gt Basket Contents There are numerous changes sprinkled throughout this file If you have not made custom changes to this template you should regenerate the template code by clicking update while 1n point and click mode otherwise compare the differences between the new version and the version you have in your store New File mvt if expr l settings basket empty Your shopping basket is currently empty p mvt item name cssui links param storefront gt Home lt mvt item gt lt p gt mvt e exlit gt lt mvt if gt lt table gt lt tr class basket heading gt lt td class item remove gt lt td gt lt td class item name gt Item lt td gt lt td class item quantity Qty td lt td class item price gt Item Price lt td gt lt td class item total gt Total Price lt td gt lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator group array basket groups gt ae lt MWESLE expr 1l settings group option Count lt mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 settings group option count 1 lt mvt else gt mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 lt I mti td class item remove rowspan amp mvt ro
300. e there 1s no rollback As a safety precaution you may want to create a backup of all your store pages before you apply the Framework file You can create a backup of your store pages by creating another Frame work file at this point and by making sure that you select all store pages See To Create a Framework File You might want to name this Framework file something like store backup date FAVE FRAMENORE Default Framework essul_default_fw Default CSSUI Framework forthe CSS 7 18 2011 DELETE FRAMEWORK SELECT FRAMEWORK User Interface backup i store backup 08 17 11 Backup of all 094172011 DELETE FRAMEWORK SELECT FRAMEWORK store pages Before you apply new pages to your store you may want to create a backup of the current pages 3 To copy the Framework file from your local machine to the server click Upload Frame work 4 Inthe Upload File dialog box click on the Choose File button Browse to the Framework file on your local machine and click Open then click Upload in the Upload File dialog box 233 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT User Interface Pages Items Image Types Frameworks Settings CD Advanced Search Search Frameworks Eau cssui default fw Look in E Desktop xl heet Ek Mu Recent Documents Desktop File name test pkg Files of type Jal Files Cancel E Open as read on
301. e 351 PAYMEN ME 351 OBSOLETE PAYMENT OPTIONS R 352 ITE CRI Nd Se 332 Cranpesin PERS EE UB RI AAA A E T E E E EEI 353 TYPES OF PAYMENT OPTIONS M 353 PAYMENT gt AMAZON PAYMENT RR T 355 VEND UIDI PO VMET S 355 To Enable Amazon Payments in Miva Merchant 356 Amazon Payments E E 357 PAYMENT gt AUTHORIZE NET PAYMENT SERVICES V3 ccccccssssccccssssecccessssseccessseescessseeeceessseeecccsssasescesssseeeceesseeeeceesauseeseesseeeeeees 361 PAYMENT gt CHASE PAYMENTECH ORBITAL OGATEWAN 365 PAYMENT gt CHECI PAYMENT aotearoa E 366 ASIA O E 367 PAYMENT gt CREDIT CARD PAYMENT WITH SIMPLE NALIDATION cnn cc cnnnanonons 368 Ee 368 PAYMENT gt CYBERSOURCE 369 PAYMENT gt FIRST DATA GLOBAL GATEWAY cccccssssscccssssscccessssceccessssesccesssesescessseeececesseeeccenssueeecesseseeseessaeescessseeeceecsaeeeeeesseeeceees 371 PAYMENT gt INTUIT MERCHANT SERVICES us cialis 372 PAYMENT gt PAYPAL EXPRESS CHECKOUT AND OR PAYMENTS PRO cccccccccsssssssssccseecessssscsssceesessseeessseecesssseesssseeeesssessseeesessees 373 Template Changes jor PayPal Express CREO fabian 373 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved
302. e Calculation module Account Posta ge Shows your Endicia account status Recredit Account Click on the link and enter a dollar amount That amount 1s added to your Endicia account and charged to the credit card that Endicia has on file for you Miva Merchant has no record of your credit card information Shipping gt Price Table Based Shipping Tab Use this module to generate shipping charges based on the order total In the example below we created two price based shipping methods Economy and Overnight Both methods will be shown to customers during checkout For each method we can add A handling charge this is a flat fee that will be added to every order which uses this method A ceiling The ceiling 1s a way of dividing the method into price ranges In our example we created four price ranges in the Overnight shipping method 25 00 50 00 100 00 and over 100 00 We created the O ver 100 00 price range by entering a in the Ceiling field Each price range has a different shipping charge e Ifthe order total is less than or equal to 25 00 the shipping charge is 10 of the order total e Ifthe order total is between 25 00 and 50 00 the shipping charge is 15 of the order total e Ifthe order total is between 50 00 and 100 00 the shipping charge is 20 of the order total e Ifthe order total is over 100 00 the shipping charge is 25 of the order total A charge This is the shipping charge we are going to apply
303. e Configuration tap EXTRAS HELF Timeouts Shipment Tracking Links Upgrade Settings There are currently 2 sessions for 2 users 2 active Mast active was 6 on 08 22 201 4 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT History History new in Version 9 is another fast way to navigate around the admin interface The History menu is always available in the Admin bar and keeps track of the pages that you ve visited 9 History 03 12 PM Order Processing Orders r Click on any line in the History menu to go to that screen 02 56 PM Order Processing Orders 002256 Phi Edit Encryption Key Encryption Key created on 1 02 56 Phil Edit Encryption Key Encryption Key created on 1 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O 5 24 Phi Order Fulfillment Settings Template Based Emails 05 24 Phi Catalog gt Products 04 07 Phi Main History Manager History Manager Advanced search x COM 4 bd Clear Histary 5 Timestamp Title URL User Reference Guide DRAFT At the bottom of the History menu there isa link for the History Manager You can use the History Manager to clear History export History and delete individual items from the list 11 2 2014 3 37 26 PM Order Processing gt Orders https dts2283 mivamer 11 2 2014 3 36 10 Phi Main https
304. e Edit Product gt Images tab e It s a simpler method to upload product images e Youcaneasily add multiple images for the same product e When you use the Images feature the software will automatically create and display thumbnails for each image if you have at least 2 additional images e Images have a Lightbox feature The user can click on a product image and see the largest version of the image that you have uploaded There are several ways to work with Images e Manually add images to one product at a time This is slow but ok if you are only uploading multiple images for a few products e Add images by importing This is the fastest method and is appropriate if you want to add multiple images for hundreds or thousands of products Add Images One Product at a Time This method is appropriate if you want to add multiple images to a few products one product at a time However you might want follow these steps to get a simple introduction to using Images and Image lypes Edita product and select the Images tab 2 Inthe Images tab click Add Images The Add Images dialog box will open 3 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Use the Add Images dialog box select an ima ge that you ve already uploaded or upload an ima ge from your local machine e Click Clear to unselect the current image e Select an image and click De
305. e P P men While they are still in the Basket Contents screen BASK the customer enters their Pay Pal credentials in a popup window and clicks the Log In button Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Basket Contents Categories Shopping Basket Long Pasta may temps rt Price Short Pasta Remove Forgotten Barrell Lot 5150 FB LOT5150 1 10 00 10 00 Egg Pasta PayPal Y 10 00 x Fast Secure buyer072013 normal mivamerchant com Follow Us Ship to Change Buy Guy 1 Main St San Jose CA 95131 Pay with Change Chase Manhattan x 1562 10 00 uso Visa x 8313 backup Continue A Policies Terms Privacy Feedback O 1999 2013 Another popup window opens in front of the Basket Contents screen The customer makes their ship to and pay with selections and clicks the Continue button 380 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Order Details Fast Secure Checkout with PayPal To continue with your PayPal checkout enter any required information below and click on Continue ERRECHEN Forgotten Barrell Lot 5150 FB LOT5150 10 00 10 00 Year 2011 10 00 Bold Required Italic Optional Bill To same as shipping First Name Buy First Name Buy Last Name Gy Last Name Guy Email Address buyer072013_normal mivame Email Address buyer072013_normal miva
306. e Quantity Weight Price Ea Status hat hawaiian Hawaiian Hat 1 1 000 10 00 10 00 RMA Issued 01015 20140810 00001 shirt hawaiian Hawaiian Shirt 1 1 000 20 00 Fending Manage Return s Return Receive 01 01 8 20 40610 00001 E Cancel Close Save To Refund or Void an ltem e Use the Void button after the order has been Authorized but before the funds have been Captured e Use the Refund button if the funds have already been captured You may see that these buttons are greyed out e These buttons will not be visible if the order is encrypted See To Decrypt an Order e Because the Void button is used to cancel the transaction before the funds are captured the Void button is usually only active the day that the order comes in e The Refund button will be greyed out if the customer paid by check or if you are using a credit card payment gateway that does not support refunds To Use the Refund Void Buttons Editanorder 2 Click on the Refund or Void button 3 Inthe dialog box click the Refund or Void button Edit Shipping Tax Other Charges Any time after an order comes in you can use the Edit Shipping Tax Other Charges button When a customer makes a purchase from your on line store shipping taxes and any other charges that you have configured are calculated automatically If a customer phones in their order however you must use this button to add those charges and calculate the order total Before you can use this
307. e The second method is used to edit the content of the item For example if you want to add your store logo to a page you could edit the content of the Global Header and Footer item Method 1 Edit the Item Assign the Item to Multiple Pages Goto gt User Interface gt Items 2 Select or search for an item 3 Click on the edit icon 4 admin or Administrative Order Fields c ltem Tab code Name of the item module The Miva Merchant module name that contains the code you are going to call Pages Tab Use the Pages tab to see and change what pages the item is assigned to Extensions Tab The extensions tab is usually used by tech support to troubleshoot stores and by module developers Method 2 Edit the Item Content e Global items appear as collapsible sections in User Interface Settings tab e Local Items appear as collapsible sections in the User Interface Edit Page Pages tab Example 1 Edit the Global Header amp Footer Content Goto User Interface Settings 2 Click on the collapsible section Global Header amp Footer 188 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Home gt User Interface gt Settings User Interface Pages Items Image lypes Frameworks Misc Colors Fonts Smart Breadcrumbs Global Header amp Footer Example 2 Edit the header and footer for a specific page User Reference Guide DRAFT S
308. e dimension in Packaging Rules gt Boxes Tab When the system tries to calculate the shipping rate it sees that this item must be packaged separately so even if the whole order could fit in one box the software will put the entire order minus this product in one box and then go looking for a box to put this product in If you enter the shipping dimensions for this product as 12 x 12 x 12 and then create a box the same size the software will automatically choose that box since it looks for the smallest box to use See Permitted Shipping Methods This area lists all of the shipping methods that you have enabled on a system wide basis To enable shipping methods you first enable a shipping module then you edit the module to enable specific shipping methods 28 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT If you want to further restrict the shipping options that are available for the current product check the Limit Shipping Methods checkbox and then check the boxes next to the shipping methods that you want to offer for this product Only the options that you ve check will be shown to customers in the Ship Via drop down list in the Shipping Payment Selection screen Item Oty Item Price Total Price Graphic Card 500 graphic Card 5060 1 50 00 50 00 Total 50 00 Ship Via UPS Ground 46 15 m UPS Ground Op 15 LIPS 2nd Day Aing
309. e earned a certain amount of money See Paying Affiliates The referring link that your affiliates add to their website can either appear as a text hyperlink or as an image that customers can click on to reach your store Free Shirt FREE SHIRT 147 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Link Text Terms User Reference Guide DRAFT If you want the referring link to appear as text 1 Enter some text such as Free Shirt in the Link Text field see below Miva Merchant will automatically generate an html HREF similar to this lt a href http test_store coolcommerce net mm5 merchant mvc Scre enzSENT amp Affiliate affiliatel gt alt Free Shirt border 0 gt lt a gt If you want the referring link to appear as an image I In the Link Image text box enter the path to an ima ge that 1s already on your server or use the Upload button to copy an image from your local machine to your server Miva Merchant will automatically generate an html HREF similar to this a href http test coolcommerce net mm5 merchant mvc Screen SF NT amp A ffiliate a ffi lia tel gt lt img src http test coolcommerce net mm5 grap hics 00000001 free_shi rt Jpg alt http test coolcommerce net mm5 merchant mvc Screen AF AD amp Affiliate affiliate1 border 0 gt lt a gt Your affiliate can now go to your on line store and log into their a
310. e ee ese tel mre aos Doe ea om lt MVESLT expr ISNULL g Sort By option value disp order selected selected gt Default lt option gt mvt else label for Per Page gt View lt label gt Welle Neues Lacer omclisacge cina a ola Suomi RE lt MVESLE eSxpr g Per Page EQ HI lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt lt mvt else gt div class product name gt lt a href a amp mvte product link gt amp mvt product name lt a gt lt div gt lt div class product code Code lt span class bold amp mvt product code span div lt div Class product price Price lt span elase Doa tee produces Tornar reed r e psu ds lt MVE LE expr l settings product inv active gt amp mvt product inv long lt br gt lt mvt if gt lt div class product quantity gt Quantity in Basket New File input type hidden name Per Page value amp mvte global Per Page gt lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt elect nene too y E DEUS one hanger has Torm Submit lt mvt 1f expr ISNULL e Sort By Opt on value disp order selected selected gt Default lt option gt mvt else label for Per Page gt View lt label gt selec Meme bem ater eI pcr onchange thno orm submit rT SNVLIIT Sxpr gPer Page EQ 10 gt 460 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Refere
311. e order in the Miva Merchant admin interface the order status will be pending 3 The Miva Merchant software checks with Amazon every 30 minutes or whatever you set the Polling Interval to for an order status update If you select this option the funds will be captured as soon as Amazon marks the transaction as Authorized If you do not select this option you must 1 Wait until the order status is updated to Open 356 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 2 Edit the order in the Miva Merchant admin interface and click the Capture button Before you can use this feature in your Miva Merchant store you must contact Amazon and ask for it to be enabled in your Amazon seller account Server If you select Production Amazon Payments will be enabled in your on line store Select Sandbox if you want to experiment with Amazon Payments in an isolated environment Before you can select the sandbox option here you must have a sandbox setup with your Amazon seller account Your Amazon sandbox will have separate credentials for Merchant ID Access Key and Secret Key which you must also enter in this tab Amazon Payments In line Checkout If you enable Amazon Payments in context checkout the customer can do verification and authorization without leaving your store But see also Enable In Context Checkout for the way that PayPal implements the same f
312. e price amp mvt option formatted base price lt mvt else gt cImuvpsTqTEs epa td class item total gt SUVLIOB expr losettringsropLionisubtotal base price OR l settings option subtotal SNVESIIL expre l settinogsrcoptilon subtoral base price NE l settings option subtotal gt lt span style text decoration line through gt mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt span gt MEL SnvbroOpLtronsrotmatted subtotal mvtielses lt j myo gt lt td gt tr mvt foreach lt mvt foreach gt mvt foreach iterator charge array basket charges gt tr class basket charges gt td colspan 2 gt lt td gt lt td class charge description gt amp mvt charge descrip lt td gt lt td class formatted charge gt amp mvt charge formatted disp amt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt tr id basket totals gt lt td colspan 2 gt lt td gt lt td class total prompt gt Totali lt td gt lt td class formatted total gt amp mvt basket formatted total lt td gt tro table div elass elear gt lt div gt 478 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT CSSUI Edit Page PLST gt Page gt Product List Layout Original File lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt KOSICE Ms me Ome les me eee EE si loa cp des SNVLIII expr ISNULL gort By sopuron VvValue disp order
313. e shipping based on weight The customer pays whichever amount is larger See the example below but see also e Edit Store gt Settings tab gt Weight Unit drop down list to set the unit of weight To Enable Minimum or Weight Shipping 1 Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 2 Click Install under Minimum or Weight Shipping To Configure Minimum or Weight Shipping 1 Inthe Minimum or Weight Shipping tab click Add Method e Enter a name for this shipping method This name will appear in your on line store e Enter an Amount Weight Unit This is the price that you want to charge per weight unit for example the shipping charge per pound e Enter a Minimum Charge This is the least amount that you always want to charge for this shipping method 2 Click Save Method B Example We ll create a Minimum or Weight Shipping rule called Economy We ll charge 1 00 per pound of weight but the minimum that we ever want to charge for shipping is 10 00 Shipping Method Amount Weight Unit Minimum Charge Economy If our customer buys a bag of oranges that weighs 12 pounds the system calculates the shipping charge like this 335 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 1 The shipping charge by weight is 12 pounds x 1 00 per pound 12 00 2 The minimum shipping charge for Economy is 10 00 3
314. e these product codes you would have to manually edit each one blue My Shirt size small color blue 1 white My Shirt size small color white 1 blue hy Shirt zsize medium color blue 1 white hy Shirt size medium color white 1 Examples of automatically generated product code s and names e If you use the Add Variant s button to create your product variants you can set the product code to be anything that you want e Youalready have some product variants in the database and you don t want them to be duplicated by the Generate Variants button To Add Product Variants Manually Create a master product e g a t shirt 2 Create products for the variants one at a time or by importing a product file for example a small white t shirt medium white t shirt large white t shirt etc 62 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Catalog Products Categories Attribute Templates Inventory my shirt My Shirt small white t shirt amall White T Shirt 3 Edit the master product and create Attributes for example size and color When you create the attributes you must check the I column to track inventory Edit the master product and select the Inventory Variants tab 5 Click onthe Add Variant s button In the Edit Variant dialog box select the attributes that you want and add the product code of the variant that you manually create
315. e tracked e Approved Affiliate referrals are enabled and are being tracked by the software e Disabled Affiliate referrals are not enabled or tracked Click Add 5 In the Info tab enter contact information for the affiliate In the Commission tab describe how much the affiliate should be paid for each referral The values that you set here for a specific affiliate will override the default settings in gt Marketing gt Settings tab gt Affiliate Options section 7 The Earnings tab will show a record for every commission that this affiliate has earned However you can also use the Earnings tab to manually adjust their earnings 141 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 7 1 In the earnings tab click Add Adjustment 7 2 In the Transaction screen e Enter an order id to associate the earnings with an order e Enter the order amount e Enter a value for Earned This is what you want to pay your affiliate for the transaction e Void e Void Reason e Adjusted Reason 7 3 When you are done click add To Create an Affiliate Account in Your On line Store Usually your potential affiliates will follow these steps to create their own accounts l 2 3 4 5 Open a browser and connect to your on line store Click on the Affiliate Login link In the Affiliate Login page AFCL click the Create Account button In the Affil
316. e will be displayed Controls what inventory messages 1f any you want to display on category pages in your on line store You can create default versions of these messages e See Catalog gt Inventory gt Inventory Settings Section And you can customize the inventory messages at a product level e See Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory Tab In some pages of your on line store you can show a drop down list that allows your customers to sort the products that are being displayed The pages where you can enable sorting are e CTGY Category Display gt Category Product List Layout section gt Sorting Options control e PLST Product List gt Product List Layout section gt Sorting Options control e SRCH Search gt Search Results Layout section gt Sorting Options control Use the On and Off radio buttons to display or hide the sorting drop down list Use the checkboxes to select what options will appear in the sorting drop down list 205 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Computer Components Computer Components Default Best Selling Lowest Price Highest Price ew Newest Items i o co H Monitor LCD 23 inch Optical Mouse Code 5522 Code 6523 Price 100 00 Price 20 00 Guantity in Basket none Guantity in Basket none Default Sort Method One of the options that appears in the
317. each size and color as a separate product they ll appear that way in your store Options In Miva Merchant Attributes are product features such as size and color Options are individual selections For example 41 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Size Attribute Color 4 Attribute Small Options White Options Medium Blue Large Green To Add an Attribute 1 Edit a product and select the Attributes tab 2 Inthe Attributes tab click Add Attribute 3 Fill out the fields see below for more information then click the Save Product Attribute button Edit Product Zoo Shirt Related Inventory Inventory Product Images Products Attributes Kit Builder Variants CD Advanced Search Search Praduct Attributes pE x Generate variants Add Template Add Attribute Add Option 5 Iz II Code Prompt Image Type Price Cost Weight R To Edit An Attribute e Double click on the Attribute Code or Prompt Prompt 42 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Then click the Delete Product Attribute s button To Add Options to an Attribute Select the Attribute 2 Click the Add Option button Edit Product Zoo Shirt Related Inventory Inventory Product Irnages Products Attributes Kit Builder Variants CD
318. each variant has 1ts own price Master Product Variant Price t shirt t shirt small green 4 00 shin 4 50 t shirt large green 5 00 If you want to import variants with specific prices your spreadsheet must have data in these columns 213 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e MASTER PRODUCT CODE e VARIANT PRICE e VARIANT COST e VARIANT WEIGHT Your spreadsheet would look like this note that we ve hidden some columns that don t have required data B E l K L M N MASTER PRODUCT CODE PART PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT NAME PRICE COST WEIGHT DESCRIPTION TAXABLE ACTIVE t shirt T Shirt 2 2 1 Master Product 1 1 t shirt partl Part 1 t shirt partl Part 1 t shirt part2 Part 2 t shirt part2 Part 2 t shirt part3 Part 3 t shirt part3 Part 3 D sl cmn kn ua NA U wW W X Y Z AA AB ATTRIBUTE CODE ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE PROMPT ATTRIBUTE PRICE ATTRIBUTE COST ATTRIBUTE WEIGHT ATTRIBUTE REQUIRED ATTRIBUTE IMAGE color select Color 0 o 0 0 size select Size 0 0 0 0 color size color size AC AD AE AF AG AH Al A AK OPTION CODE OPTION PROMPT OPTION PRICE OPTION COST OPTION WEIGHT OPTIOM IMAGE VARIANT PRICE VARIANT COST VARIANT WEIGHT green Green 4 2 small Small a 2 green Green 4 5 2 5 medium Medium green Green large Large Notes Import Shipment Information from CSV The Shipment Information template has the following f
319. ear History Point Click Made Advanced mode in the Navigation Bar tab In advanced mode you can change the background color add logos and links and replace the default button images such as Product List or Basket Contents with your own images The height of the bar will expand to accommodate the size of the images you upload For best results the logo and button images should usually be the same height Images of varying heights will be aligned by the bottom edges Remember that file names for images cannot include spaces So prod list gif would be accepted but no image would be displayed If your file names contain spaces rename the files before uploading them in Miva Merchant It is a good habit to check your results by looking at the store screen to be sure the images are appearing as you intended Remember to click Update after uploading new images and refresh the store browser window Notes Versions Recall Clear History Please see Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface User Interface Settings Tab Smart Breadcrumbs Smart Breadcrumbs appear in your on line store not in the Miva Merchant admin interface For information about breadcrumbs in the admin interface please see Breadcrumbs 244 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Smart Breadcrumbs show customers how they navigated to the current store page
320. eate and save your own import options see below To Create and Save Import Options It s important to note that the Add Import dialog box does not create a new spreadsheet template This dialog box only allows you to select some processing options and save those options under a name 1 Goto gt Data Management gt Import Settings 2 Inthe Import Settings tab click New Import 4 3 Inthe Add Import dialog box select the processing options e Description enter a name for the saved options for example Product Import New Products Only e Import Module This is the type of spreadsheet template you will be downloading and using The options are 211 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Category Import Customer Import Product Import AML Provisioning Import Shipping import variant Import Volume Pricing Coupon Import e Categories Customers Products e Add New lt categories customers products gt Only Any cate gories customers products in your spreadsheet that already exist in the database will be ignored during import e Update Existing lt categories customers products gt Only Any cate gories customers products in your spreadsheet that do not already exist in the database will be ignored during import Update will ignore empty columns in your spreadsheet If you have a blank column in your spreadsheet Update will leave t
321. eated a number of custom fields but without groups there s no easy way to sort or organize them Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 411 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Utility Settings Template Based Batch Reports Custom Fields Custom Field Groups CD Reset Advanced Search Search Custam Fields EG M Code Name Group Field Type Type back IO ports Back Io Ports Motherboard Spec Fields Text Field Product expansion slots Expansion Slots Motherboard Spec Fields Text Field Product processor Bus Processor Bus Motherboard Spec Fields Text Field Product tower case mini Mini Tower Case Tower Cases Text Field Product tower case standard standard Tower Case Tower Cases Text Field Product We created two custom field groups Motherboard Spec Fields and Tower Cases and assigned each field to a group Now we can sort the custom fields by clicking on the Group column title 412 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Utility Settings Template Based Batch Reports Custom Fields Custom Field Groups co 1 0 Ja III Code Name Group Field Type Type back IL ports Back IC Parts Motherboard Spec Fields Text Field Product expansion_slots Expansion Slots Motherboard Spec Fields Text Field Product processor Bus Processor Bus Motherboard Spec Fields Text Field Produc
322. eature in a slightly different way Item Price Total Price 2 00 2 00 Total 2 00 In the Basket Contents screen BASK the customer clicks the Pay with Amazon button 357 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant Amazon Sign In Amazon Payments uses information from your Amazon account to place your order My email address is A My password is Create an Amazon account Forgot vour Amazon password A popup window appears on top of the Basket Contents screen The customer enters their Amazon account credentials and clicks the sign in button All Products Basket Order Details Item Qty Item Price Total Price producti p1 1 2 00 2 00 Total 2 00 a Address Book a Tom Thompson Happy Happy Toys 45 Big Apple Way New York NY 10016 United States w Tom T Happy Happy Toys 45 Big Apple Way Jack S 83034 Terry Ave Seattle WA 38121 Jane D 418 King s Road Chelsea London SW Mary J 4409 Main St Topeka KS 66615 Unit Showing All Shipping Addresses The customer is now on a Miva Merchant page only used for Amazon Payments Amazon Pay ments OCST The address book shows all of the addresses in the customer s Amazon account The customer selects a shipping address and clicks the Continue button 358 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Public
323. ebt as paid When a customer reaches your store by clicking on an affiliate link the affiliate information 1s added to the customer s session cookie Its the session cookie that lets Miva Merchant know that the customer made a certain purchase in your store after clicking on an affiliate s link If the customer s basket expires or if the customer deletes their cookies and then buys something from your store your affiliate does not get credit for the purchase To Create an Affiliate Account You can create affiliate accounts in the admin interface but you can also allow potential affiliates to create their own accounts in your on line store To Create an Affiliate Account in the Admin Interface 1 Goto gt Marketing gt Affiliates tab 2 Inthe Affiliates tab click Add Affiliate 3 In the Identification tab e Login This is the affiliate s user name that they will enter to login to their affiliate account in your on line store See Marketing Settings Affiliate Lost Password Email for an example of how affiliates log in e Lost Password Email This is the email address that the affiliate s password will be mailed to if they click the Forgot Password link in your on line store e Password Confirm Password The affiliate s password e Application Status The status that you set here will over ride the store wide value you set in Marketing gt Settings gt Affiliate Options e Pending No referral commissions ar
324. ect Append to File with caution because it can result in duplicate data in the file File Delimiter You can set the field delimiter to a tab or any other character Click the Export button See also Notes Import Shipment Information from CSV Data Management Import Settings Tab If you have enabled Basket Inventory you may see the following fields in some templates e Current Stock e Stock in Baskets e Total Overall Stock You should only enter values for Current Stock which means inventory on hand that 1s not in a basket The other two fields are calculated by Miva Merchant and should be considered read only See gt Utilities gt Add Remove Modules tab gt Available Modules section gt Basket Inventory The Import Export tab is used to Download a template that you can use to import data See The General Process of Importing Edit Import Options You can customize to some extent the way your data is processed during import For example if you are importing Categories you can tell Miva Merchant what delimiter you are using in your import file There 1s an Edit Import dialog box for each template If you double click on Add Update Categories from CSV you ll open the Edit Import dialog box for importing Categories 268 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 WI perl va Merchant O Import Export Description Description Import Module
325. ed The rest of the order is unchanged and or 3 Archive orders Archiving means deleting payment information from existing orders The order stays in your database Only the payment information is deleted To Process Existing Orders with the Encryption Key Wizard Goto Store Settings Encryption Keys tab 2 Inthe Encryption Keys tab click the Add Encry ption Key button ES The Encryption Key Wizard will start MIVA MERCHANT Restart Clase Welcome to the Create Encryption Key Wizard Click Next MIVA MERCHANT Restart Close Encryption Key Prompt Encryption Key created on 11 12 2013 Previous ext Enter a Prompt a descriptive name for the encry ption key and click Next 433 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MIVA MERCHANT Restart Close Passphrase A TT Confirm Passphrase sesesesesesasacecace Presos Next The passphrase must Be at least 16 characters long Contain at least 1 non numeric character such as a punctuation mark Contain at least 1 letter or number Not be the same as the Prompt Enter your passphrase and click Next MIVA MERCHANT Festart Close Existing Orders Te Migrate All Archive Shipped archive Al C Archive Older Than Nov 12 2013 Previous ext In this screen you can migrate orders archive orders or both Migrate All Encrypt
326. ed shipping method is available the current shipping method will not be offered For example if you are editing the UPS Ground shipping method and you set Encluded By D UPS Next Day Aur Then whenever UPS Next Day Air is a valid shipping method UPS Ground would not be offered as a shipping method Example Creating a Free Shipping Option 1 Make sure that you see a gt Shipping gt Flat Rate Shipping tab If you dont see this tab go to gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules and install Flat Rate Shipping 2 Inthe Flat Rate Shipping tab click Add Method ES In the Shipping Method field enter Free Shipping then click Save Shipping Method Mi 314 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Shipping Method Amount AX Free Shipping 3 Goto gt Shipping gt Shipping Method Rules tab The free shipping method that you created now appears in this screen Double click on the Free Shipping method to open the Shipping Method Rules dialog box and edit the options for free shipping e Set the Priority for free shipping to be higher than any other shipping method That will cause the Free Shipping option to be displayed first in the Ship Via drop down list in the Shipping Payment Selection screen e Set Restrict to Order Subtotal to 50 0 and save your changes When a customer s order total is 50 00 or above free shipping will appear
327. edit card information in your database You wont be able to view the credit card information when you edit an order To Enable Encryption in Your Store 1 Goto gt Store Settings gt Encryption Keys tab 2 Inthe Encryption Keys tab click the Add Encryption Key button Home Edit Store Sample Store gt Encryption Keys Edit Store Sample Store Store Customer User Encryption Details States Countries Fields Groups Keys Advanced Search faa Encryption Prompt Created On Reference Count Current 429 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MIVA MERCHANT Pestart Close Welcome to the Create Encryption Key Wizard Click Next MIVA MERCHANT Pestart Close Encryption Key Prompt Encryption Key created on 11 12 2013 Previous ext Enter a Prompt a descriptive name for the encry ption key and click Next MIVA MERCHANT Pestart Close Passphrase ATT TT Confirm Passphrase essesesseseeseaeass Previous Next The passphrase must 1 Be at least 16 characters long 2 Contain at least 1 non numeric character such as a punctuation mark 3 Contain at least 1 letter or number 4 Not be the same as the Prompt Enter your passphrase and click Next 430 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MIVA MERC
328. ee Allows you to set the delivery confirmation requirements for this product What you select here will override the global Default Delivery Confirmation setting Shipping Rules Shipping rules can be set in two places e Youcanset global Shipping Rules for your whole store gt Shipping gt Shipping Method Rules e Youcan use the gt Catalog gt Edit Product gt Product tab gt Shipping Rules section to override some of the global settings This tab was added in PR8 update A Shipping Dimensions Product Always Ships in Separate Packaging Limit Shipping Methods Permitted Shipping Methods Use these fields to describe the smallest box that this product can ship in If you are using Always Use the Fallback Package Dimensions and the fallback dimensions are not the same as the shipping dimensions for this product the shipping rates that you get for this product will be also be inaccurate To get the most accurate shipping quotes for this product Enter the shipping dimensions for this product in these fields 2 Use Pack by Quantity or Pack by Weight 3 Make sure you ve created at least one box that this product can ship in Packaging Rules gt Boxes Tab You might use this field if you have special packaging requirements for a product For example if you sell a hat that ships in a special box you would enter the dimensions of the special box in the Shipping Dimensions field and then create a box with those sam
329. ee during checkout Note that Services shipping methods can also be restricted at the product level Shipping gt Weight Based Shipping Tab In Weight Table Based Shipping you create a set of ranges based on the weight of the customer s total order Each weight range can have a different shipping charge For example Range 1 0 5 pounds charge 4 00 to ship the order Range 2 6 10 pounds charge 6 00 to ship the order Range 3 11 15 pounds charge 8 00 to ship the order See also e Appendix 3 Comparing Weight Based Shipping Modules e Weight Units to set the unit of weight used in your store Shipping gt FedEx Web Services Tab To Enable FedEx Web Services 1 Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 2 Click Install under FedEx Web Services To Configure FedEx Web Services Select the gt Shipping gt FedEx Web Services tab Note that the settings in this section are global and will apply to all FedEx packages that you ship You can over ride some of these settings e At the product level gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt FedEx Web Services e Atthe order level when you want to Generate a Shipping Label FedEx Server Enter the address of a e Test server A FedEx test server that allows you to get rates and print sample labels e Production Server A FedEx production server that allows you to get rates and print real labels that are billed to your account 3
330. ek month or year You can then scroll through the data in the report by that increment See the Sales Report for an example Compare Using Collate report data by gross revenue or units sold See example below Customers In Not In Price groups enable you to offer special pricing to select customers If you Price Group have created a Price Group you can choose to show report data for only those customers in or not in that group Category Enter a product category to limit the report to only products in that category Leave the field blank to include all categories in the report To increase the flexibility of your reports you could create an inactive category assign any products to it that you wish since a product can belong to multiple categories and then use that category for reporting purposes 305 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Display Products on the main screen Number of products that are displayed on your admin home page Products on the expanded chart Number of products that are displayed when you click on the name of the report for example Recent Bestselling Products inthe Reports main screen Products in exported data Number of products that will be in the spreadsheet that you download by clicking on the CSV or XLS link in the Reports main screen Recalculate After Automatically refresh the report data if it is be
331. election when initially setting up your store and then never change it If you select a different way of calculating sales taxes later any changes you have made including customized tax rates or tax settings that vary by product will be lost The standard options are Canadian VAT The Canadian Value Added Tax module enables you to configure the Canadian V AT module to calculate Goods and Services Tax GST and 285 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Currency Formatting User Reference Guide DRAFT Harmonized Sales Tax HST on shipments from a Canadian store to a Canadian Customer Note the Canadian V AT module does not calculate Provincial Sales Tax PS T European VAT The European Value Added Tax module lets you specify the ship to countries where VAT should be charged to specify one or more VAT rates and to assign rates to each product in your store Shopper Selected Sales Tax The Shopper Selected Sales Tax module lets you configure sales tax options that shoppers can select from a drop down list during the checkout process Stale Based Sales Tax State Based Sales Tax enables you to assign tax rates for one or more states If an order 1s being shipped to one of these states then the assigned rate will be applied to the order otherwise no tax will be charged Generic VAT The Generic Value Added Tax VAT module gives you the ability to c
332. els max levels to display is set to 0 245 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Computer Components Sub catl o Sub Cat2 Sub cCat3 o Monitor LED 23 inch Breadcrumb contains 5 levels max levels to display is set to 3 5 Bub Ccat Sub Cats Monitor LED 23 inch Notes Please see Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface Versions Recall Clear History User Interface Settings Tab Global Header and Footer Content that you add such as images links and text to the global header appears at the top of every screen in your on line store Content that you add to the global footer appears at the bottom of every screen The notes and versions See Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface for the global header and global footer are separate You can save and recall each one independently If you make changes to both and then click Update each 1s saved as a new version 246 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Signin Order History Global Header lt form gt lt div gt div id h amp eader links zmmvt item name customerlink Jzdiv id logo zmvrt item name casui links param b di A All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Components Home AboutUs Contact Us Shipping
333. em will ignore any affiliate who has earned less than that e Payee Count The number of affiliates who have earned more than the threshold amount e Payee Amount The total amount that you currently owe all affiliates at the payout threshold 3 Click the Continue button The Payout Details screen displays Home Marketing Affiliate Payouts Add Payout Payout Payout Details Payout Payout Details Affiliate Payout Payout Information Void Information Payout Date 11 11 2014 Current Date 1171172014 Payout Time 16 38 46 PST Current Time 16 39 46 PST Payee Count 1 Vaid Total Payout 25 00 Created Du tech Reason Processed D Voided By e Inthe Payout Details screen you can e Mark a payment as paid 1 Click the Processed checkbox then click Update e Mark a payment as void 2 Click the Void checkbox 3 Enter a Reason for voiding the payment if you wish Your login will automatically be entered in the Voided By field 4 Click Update 143 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 4 Inourexample we ll click the Processed checkbox and then click Update This affiliate is now marked as paid Home gt Marketing Affiliate Payouts Add Payout Payout Payout Details Payout Payout Details Affiliate Payout Payout Information Void Information Payout Date 11 172014 Payout Time 15 38 45
334. emplate you can add the template to a product in your spreadsheet by filling out the Attribute Template Code column e Use Attribute Template Codes This has the same effect as selecting an Attribute Template from the Catalog Edit Product Attributes tab Add Attribute button Type drop down list The attribute will be assigned to the product but to modify the attribute you must change the Attribute Template 278 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Copy Attribute Template Values This has the same effect as selecting the Edit Product gt Attributes tab Add Attribute button Copy checkbox The attribute will be copied from the Attribute Template and applied to the product Changing the Attribute Template will not affect the product The attribute can only be changed by editing it in the Edit Product gt Attributes tab e Delimiter The field delimiter that you are going to use in your spreadsheet e File Contains a Header Row Check this box to have the import process ignore the first row in your spreadsheet e Fields e Determine Automatically Using Header Row If you select this field the import process will examine the column headings in your spreadsheet and figure out what fields in the database they represent This is the appropriate option for most users if you have not changed the column names in the spreadsheet that you
335. emplate fu Order Printable Invoice a Select Shipment Picklist and click shipment shipment Picklist S 8 Edit Template User Interface About Pages and Items In most cases pages in the admin interface correspond to pages in your on line store e Page ABUS in the admin interface corresponds to the About Us page in your on line store e But page ORDER IN VOICE in the admin interface controls a hard copy invoice that you can print for customers and there s no equivalent page in your on line store Items are a way for you to add content or features to your store pages A page in your store contains multiple Items Each Item adds a certain type of content to the page e Some Items add content to a specific location in the page For example there may be a CSSUI Headers and Footers Item so you can add content to a page s header and footer area e Some Items add specific content to a page For example you can add customer information fields to a page with the CSSUI Customer Fields Item e Most Items have a Template field You can add or change template code in the Item to change the way that the Item works Items call Modules If you are familiar with programming concepts Modules are like library files that contain code Items are like function calls into a module You can create multiple items that call into the same module but with different parameters See To Add a Local Item to a Page 182 Copyright 2005 2015 Mi
336. en UATM Page UATM controls the screen where a customer has been offered multiple products and needs to select attributes for those products All of the content on this screen is controlled by the template code on UATM gt Page tab gt Details section Marketing gt Affiliates Tab Affiliate Procedures Content from old Doc An affiliate is someone that you pay for referring customers to your on line store The general process of working with affiliates 1s Create an affiliate account which includes e A special html link to your store It can be a link to any page in your store your store s home page a specific product page etc e A policy of how much you want to pay the affiliate for a referral For example you can pay affiliates a flat rate for each referral or a percentage of the order total 2 Your affiliate adds the link that you created to one of their web pages their blog personal website or on line store When a customer visits your affiliate s webpage and clicks on the link Miva Merchant can track e That the customer reached your store from a specific affiliate e What the customer purchased from your store 140 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 Create the payouts Miva Merchant calculates how much you owe each affiliate 4 Send money to your affiliates using any method that is convenient for you 5 Mark the d
337. en you select at least one order Out of the box Miva Merchant comes with one Batch Report printable invoice However if you are familiar with Miva Merchant coding you can create your own Batch Report to do anything that you want and run it from the Orders screen You can customize the printable invoice Goto gt Utilities gt Template Based Batch Reports 2 Select the Printable Invoice 3 Click Edit Template Home gt Utility Settings gt Template Based Batch Reports Utility Settings Template Based Batch Reports Custom Fields A Edit Template Order Printable Invoice To Run a Batch Report 1 Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 2 Select one or more orders 3 Click Batch Report 4 In the Run Batch Report dialog box select the Batch Report that you want to run and click Run Report 159 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Test Store 5060 Shoreham pl suite 130 san Diego CA 92172 US Bill To Name Email Adress Phone Number Fax Company Address Code Product 6523 Optical Mouse Payment Check 4173 The Miva Merchant printable invoice Create Shipment User Reference Guide DRAFT Order Summary Date 06 08 2011 Order 1008 Order Status Processing Send To Name Juan Evingston Email Adress Phone Number Fax Company Address 515 Greyley Ave Bridgeville DE 19933 Lis Quantity Tota
338. ence Guide DRAFT 2 Enter the credit card name 3 Enter one or more Allowable Prefixes e The prefix describes how a valid card must be gin For example if you enter 34 in this field then all cards of this type must begin with the number 34 or they will be rejected during checkout You can enter as many prefixes as you want for each card separated by commas For example 34 35 36 37 would allow credit card numbers that begin with the numbers 34 35 36 or 37 4 Enter one or more Allo wa ble Lengths e The allowable lengths determine the number of characters the credit card can have For example if you enter 15 in this field all credit cards of this type must have exactly 15 characters or the y will be rejected during checkout You can enter as many allowable lengths as you want for each card separated by commas For example 15 16 17 18 would allow credit card numbers that have a total of 15 16 17 or 18 characters 5 Click Save Credit Card amp Payment gt CyberSource CyberSource is another gateway product similar to Authorize Net Visa owns CyberSource and CyberSource owns Authorize Net In general merchants that do less than 5 million a year in sales use Authorize Net C yberSource is a more expensive gateway and may have more advanced fraud detection features than you would need in a smaller store API Endpoint URL CyberSource ID Transaction Key Currency CVV2 Message Transaction T
339. er BillZip gt Zip Postal Code lt label gt 322 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt input type text name Customer Buaillaip 10d Customer Brillazip value amp mvte global Customer BillZip class textfield gt div lt div eldss smvtiglobal BrillCountry Row gt lt label class required for Customer BillCountry gt Country lt label gt mvt item name countries param Customer BillCountry lt div gt lt div gt lt div gt mvt if expr l settings customer match lt SCrLpt gt mvt if expr l settings customer primaddr EQ shipping gt document get lementByld billing to show checked true mvt elseif expr 1l settings customer primaddr EQ billing gt document getElementByla shipping to show checked true lt mvt if gt lt script gt mvt if SOY D DE sroc amp mvbte globalsclrenitside Url tore Code tmvta rscorce codes ri lename 1099leDetal_l S js amp Primaddr shipping amp Shipping D amp Billing O script Edit Page ACED Customer Fields New File div id fields key gt lt div gt lt span class required gt Bold lt span gt Required lt div gt lt div gt lt span class italic gt Italic lt span gt Optional lt div gt lt mvt Ii expr g brror Message Count lt div gt lt span class red gt Red lt span gt Invalid lt div gt
340. er Reference Guide DRAFT lt input type text mame Customer ShapAddress1 id Customer slhipaddressl valuese amp mvtesglobaltCcustomer Shipadaressi classe textfield gt edge lt div class amp emvte global sShipAddress2 ere lt label elass italic or Customer ohrpAddPressz ek 2 lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipAddress2 id Customer ShipAddress2 value amp mvte global Customer ShipAddress2 alasse tesrtrieid gt div lt div Cclass mvte global ShipCity Row gt label class required for Customer ShipCity gt City lt label gt input type text name Customer ShipCity id Customer ShipCity value amp mvte global Customer ShipCity class textfield gt lt ai gt lt MVELLE expre g sotabes Empty lt div o oclass amvteroclobal sShipstabte Row gt label class required for Customer ShipState gt State Province lt label gt lt input type text name Customer Shipstate d Customer Shipstace value amp mviesglobalsCcustoner ShipState class Ltextilield gt lt div gt lt mvt else gt lt div class emvceesgl bal soni pstate Row gt label class required for Customer ShipStateSelect gt State Province lt label gt mvt item name states param Customer ShipStateSelect lt div gt div class amp mvte global ShipState Row gt label oglass italic tor Customer SBLpState Other State Province lt l
341. er logins The merchant login is like the master login for your account There is only one merchant login and password However you can also create as many user logins as you wish For example you might use your company name as your merchant login and then create user logins for different employees in your company User The user account name that you want to use 391 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 Password Transaction Timeout CVV2 Message Charge Method Store Entire Credit Card Number Available Payment Methods User Reference Guide DRAFT The password for your merchant login Defaults to 30 seconds When your on line store sends a request to a gateway authorize refund void capture Miva Merchant starts a timer If Miva Merchant doesn t get a response from the gateway before the transaction timeout both Miva Merchant and the gateway cancel the request Only applies if you are using Payflow Pro The text that you enter in this field will appear in your on line store during checkout when your customer enters their credit card information Merchants usually use this field to describe the purpose of the CVV2 field Sale Automatic Capture If you select this option authorize and capture will occur when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store PreAuth Authorize Only Capture Later Authorizat
342. er pays by check you might manually use 168 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT the Authorize button after the customer s check has cleared A payment must be marked as Authorized before the payment can be captured Edit an order 2 Inthe edit order screen click Authorize 3 Inthe Authorize dialog box 3 1 Selecta Payment Method from the Payment Method dropdown list box 3 2 Enter an Amount You can authorize payment for all or part of an order 3 3 Click Authorize ship To a customer a customer No payments recorded gt a_customer yahoo com a_customer yahoo com Authorized 0 00 111 111 1111 111 111 1111 Captured 0 00 10 Oak St 10 Oak St Refunded 0 00 San Francisco C4 92215 San Francisco C4 92215 Net Captured 0 00 WS LIS Authorize Code Name Quantity Weight Price Ea Total Status motherboard a212 Motherboard A212 1 7 000 250 00 350 00 Pending Custom Order Add 4 GB af DDR3 memory 1 000 100 00 Sub Total 350 00 Authorize Total 350 00 Delete This Order IM a e E Payment Method 5elect ner Amount 350 00 Cancel Authorize To Capture Payment After payment has been marked as authorized you can capture the payment Captured means that payment has been withdrawn from the customer s account and is en route to you Edit an order 2 In the edit order screen click Capture 3 In
343. er the path to an image that is already on your server in the Title Image text box for example graphics 00000001 hat jop mg e Orclick onthe Upload button and then the Browse button to upload an image from your local machine to the server 3 2 Inthe Category Tree section click the Update button The image that you uploaded will now appear in the Category Tree when the user clicks on the category All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Hats Men s Hats The Category Tree Home About Us Contact Us Shipping 4 Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products 4 Header Footer section This tab is optional You can use it to add any content you wish text images JavaScript HTML CSS etc to the header or footer of the category page 73 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Header amp Footer Header Sample header text sample footer text All Products Account Basket Home Hats Men s Hats Sample header text Hat 1 Code Hat 1 Price 12 00 Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket ff Buy Now Sample footer text User Reference Guide DRAFT Search Checkout Hat 2 Code Hat_2 Price 12 00 Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket Pl Buy Now Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs All Products 5 Meta Tag Settings section Meta tags allow you to embed descriptive words in
344. er will not see any Billing Information fields e Optional Customer will see every Billing Information field but all of the fields will be optional e Use Settings Below Whatever radio buttons you select in the Billing Information field list is what the customer will see for both the Shipping and Billing fields If you set the Primary Address to Shipping and view your on line store gt Account Registration Order Details screen you ll see that the Shipping Information fields are on the left side of the screen See sample figure above 2 Inthe field list set fields that you want to be hidden required or optional 3 Click Update in the Customer Fields screen to save your changes 205 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Store Settings User Groups Use groups to limit the access that your employees have to the Miva Merchant admin interface The Groups feature does not affect your customers or your on line store First you create a group and assign functional areas of the ad min interface to that group then you assign users usually your employees to the group When an employee logs into the ad min interface they only have access to those features In most cases there is a simple correspondence between the Privileges listed in the Add Group screen and a feature in the button For example if you enable the Attributes Templates privile
345. erence Guide DRAFT There are two types of editing in the admin interface quick edit and full edit Some types of records only have quick edit Some types of records have both quick edit and full edit mode To Edit a Product Catalog Products Categories Attribute Templates Inventory 3 hat hawai Hawaiian Hat shirt haw Hawaiian Shirt Move the mouse to the left of the gray bar and click on the Edit icon to open the complete Product record 13 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Quick Edit a Product Catalog Products Categorles Attribute Templates Inventory Y Code Name Double click anywhere in the gray bar to quick di edit the product shirt haw Hawaiian Shirt A hat hawai Hawaiian Hat X hat hawai shirt haw Hawallan Shirt Home Main Landing Page Selecting Home from the Admin Menu takes you to the main landing page This is the same page that you see when you first login to the admin interface 14 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant O Q Search MIVA MERCHANT Bookmarks Menu History Updates WI 1 a t S y ew Miva Merchant PR8 Updates 11 amp 12 are now available E Lg Quicklinks Information Miva Merchant 9 00 BER Zei NOR H Miva Merchan
346. ers ed Jul 09 2014 17 55 31 GHT D 7U0 Pacific Daylight Time Sample Batch 154 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Payment Status Home gt Order Processing gt Orders Order Processing Orders Shipments Payment Status Mo Time Limit Authorized with 0 Captured Authorized with 0 Ca Last Day Authorized with Partial Captured Last 3 Days Captured and Not shipped Last Days shipped and Not Captured Last 14 Days Last 30 Days Last 40 Days Last 180 Day s Last 365 Days Exact Dates Order Status Home gt Order Processing gt Orders Order Processing Orders Shipments Order Status Mo Time Limit lt Select One gt Last Day Fending Last 3 Days Frocessing Last Days shipped Last 14 Days Partially shipped Last 30 Days Cancelled Last 90 Days Backordered Last 150 Days RMA Issued Last 365 Days Returned Exact Dates Every order in Miva Merchant will have a certain order status depending on what actions have been taken Pending An order has been created Either the customer completed checkout or you manually created an order in the admin interface Processing An order has been created and you have created at least one shipment Shipped The entire order has been marked as shipped 155 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9
347. es If you want to change this you must change the CSS If you are using Variants you only have to add swatches to the master product You can use swatches with or without Images To Add Swatches to a Product l Edit the product and select the Attributes tab In our example we ll add two attributes to a t shirt product size and color When we create the color attribute we ll select Swatch Drop Down List from the Type drop down list 45 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home gt Catalog Products gt Add Product gt Product Edit Product Cyber Shirt gt Attributes Edit Product Cyber Shirt Related Inventory Inventory Product Images Products Attributes Kit Builder Variants Categories ED Advanced Search Search Product Attributes a Generate Variants Add Template Add Attribute Add Option 5 Iz I Code Prompt Image Type Price Cost Weight D R l cize Radio Buttons small Small medium Medium color Color Swatch Drop down Lis black Black a blue Blue Image Upload File Lol x E mivarerchantdev cam rmaadmin mwvc Upload File Overwrite File Choose File No file chosen Upload Cancel After we create the color attribute we ll create two color options Black and Blue When we create each color option we ll also upload a swatch image When you are done
348. es var img documentcreateblLement img ks ingeb o option image swatch appendChild span swatch appendChild img return swatch E EE CSSUI Edit Page PATR gt Page gt Attribute Machine Original File SEET TD AttributeMachine prototype GeneraLte Swatch unction produci code attribute option var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the swatch images var img document createElement img LMG SC option image swatch appendChild span swatch appendChild img return swatch lt SOript gt New File o cript Paseo a os Sol a BEER EE ei ceo Um 454 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT vel discoune div discount div document createElement div Giscoune div lannera ME discount descrip e fe discount i ormi teed discount retorn A ccm d chu ALLEL DULeMaCchi ne provotype Generale Swatch function product code attribute option var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the swatch images var img document createEbElement amg J7 MG sq option image swatch appendChild span swatch appendChild img return swatch S Scy CSSUI Edit Page OCST gt Page gt Customer Fields Ori
349. es that will make managing them easy For example if we were going to upload images for hundreds of t shirts we might call the images surfer shirt white front pg surfer shirt white back pg etc Use FTP to upload all ofthe images Make sure that custom fields will appear in the spreadsheet you are going to download This step only has to be done once 3 1 Goto gt Utilities gt Add Remove Modules tab gt Available Modules section 3 2 Inthe box Product Image Custom Fields click the Install button Download a product spreadsheet template 4 1 Select Data Management Import Settings tab 4 2 Click on Add Update Products from CSV 4 3 Click oneither CSV Template or XLS Template Data Management Import Export Import Settings Database Tools Description Module Add Update Categories from ES Category Import Add Update Coupons from Co Coupon Import Add Update Customers from CS Customer Import Add Update Product Variants from Ca variant Import Ca Add Update Products from CSV Product Import 4 4 The file import csv or import xml will download to your local machine and you can open it in a spreadsheet program This file has all of the columns that you need to add new products to your store and associate one or more images with each product AER IMAGE TYPE BACK IMAGE TYPE FRONT The columns in the spreadsheet will look familiar to you if you ve created at least one product in your store Each row
350. es variant weight Select this option to always use the master product weight Always ignore the part attribute weight Example If you have a master t shirt product that weighs 2 pounds regardless of the size or color that the customer orders select this option Pack variant parts using part weights as is Ignores variant weight Select this option to always use the part attribute weight Always ignore the weight of the master product 324 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Kit The weight is calculated as the weight of all of the parts in the kit If the kit has three parts and each part weighs 5 pounds the weight of the kit is calculated as 15 pounds It doesnt matter what the weight of the kit master product was set to e Master product with variants if you had a master t shirt product with variants you would set the weight of each variant The weight of the master product is ignored The product weight depends on which variant the customer orders For example 00 shirt Size small color white 00 shirt Size small color blue Zoo shin Size medium color white Zoo Shirt Size medium color blue Pack variant parts and adjust part weights to equal variant weight by spreading weight evenly across all parts This option adjusts the weight of the parts or variants if they don t match the weight of the master part Let s say the
351. eserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Username Password Confirm Password Account Type Custo mer Number Payment Method Source Postal Code for Calculations Label Size Label Preferences Error Messages Language Development here make sure that you enter your Canada Post development username and password e Select Production when you are ready to start using Canada Post in your Miva Merchant store You will be able to generate real postage labels that will be billed to your Canada Post account If you select Production here make sure that you enter your Canada Post production username and password Enter your e Development username and password or your e Production username and password See Your Canada Post Account and Credentials Select Contract 1f you have a rate contract with Canada Post If you are using standard Canadian postal rates choose Non contract If you have a contract you will also need to print manifests This 1s another credential you get when you set up your account with Canada Post See Your Canada Post Account and Credentials Select the payment method you are using in your Canada Post account This is your Canadian ship from postal code It must be in Canada Canada Post uses your postal code to calculate shipping charges Select the label size that you want to use on your packages The 4 x6 size will work with the Zebra and Zeb
352. essentially the computers that your on line store will live on It is possible although not recommended to host your store on your own servers See Appendix 4 Hosting Your Store You can use Miva Merchant to create very small or very large on line stores whether you sell dozens of different products or thousands It s also extremely customizable Almost everything can be modified so that your on line store looks and feels exactly as you wish The Miva Merchant software also has two main parts e Use the admin interface to create and maintain your store e The admin interface automatically generates the web pages of your on line store where customers can view and purchase your products Search engines like Google also index these pages so when customers use Google to search for products they will see links to your on line store Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT L3 17M EI WIRT allow Tas Gem MIVA MERCHANT What s New fei vi ai ele Quicklinks information Mies Merchant 8 00 Beta 2 ifiji 6 Miva Merrnant Engi m wb AC Database API sat Catal C i Marketing LINA SU ial Sore i age Bassions 2 total 2 otiu E us ti GC Ti o t La here were D falleg loon s35emolts since your last loge EDOLL Maen Mert tary Bos e Use the admin interface to create and maintain your store Sign In Order History All Products Acco
353. etails Settings Section Weight Unit Display Suffix Enter the label to use throughout the store where weight is displayed The default is pounds This is only a label for the convenience of your customers You can use any term you like such as ounces kilos or tons You could also describe your products in some non weight units such as cartons bags or pallets Weight Units Enter the type of weight units that you would like to use in your store for calculation and for submission to shipping carriers You can only use one unit of measurement throughout the store All your product weights will be measured by the same term 284 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Dimension Units Basket Timeout Minutes Legacy Price Group Overlap Resolution Store User Interface Sales Tax Calculation User Reference Guide DRAFT Enter the type of dimension units that you would like to use in your store for calculation and for submission to shipping carriers You can only use one unit of measurement throughout the store All your product dimensions will be measured by the same term Defines the time a shopper s basket can be left without any action store browsing additions remo vals changes of quantity before it expires The default is 60 minutes In builds before PRS update 4 the max Basket Timeout was 1440 minutes 24 hours In builds after PRS update 4 there is no lim
354. ettings l Goto User Interface Pages Edit a Page for example ABUS 2 Inthe Pages tab click on the collapsible section Header amp Footer Home Userlnterface Pages Edit Page AboutUs Page Edit Page About Us Page Items Details Header amp Footer Commonly Used Items Affiliate Fields e tem Code affiliatelink e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page AFAD gt Page tab gt Affiliate Fields section 189 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT The Affiliate Fields tab appears in the AFAD Affiliate Create page by default The template code in this tab controls the fields in the Affiliate Account Registration screen in your on line store To view the Affiliate Account Registration screen in your on line store 1 Goto your on line store and click on the Affiliate Login Link see User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Affiliate Links Section 2 Inthe Affiliate Login screen click the Create Account button The Affiliate Account Registration screen AFAD will appear 190 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Sign In affiliate Login Order History All Products Account Basket Search
355. every admin feature in the store that they manage Assigning these users to a Group wont restrict their access 298 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 6 Click on the Imports tab Click on the import data rights that you want to assign to the Group 7 Your Group is set up and ready to use Store Settings Encryption Keys The main purpose of the Order Encryption screen is to use the Encryption Key Wizard Home Edit Store Sample Store Encryption Keys Edit Store Sample Store store Customer User Encryption Details States Countries Fields Groups Keys Adwanced Search MEN Encryption Prompt Created On Reference Count Current You start the wizard by clicking on the Add Encryption Key button The Encryption Key Wizard is a utility that helps you stay compliant with the PCI DSS standards for storing payment information Use the wizard to e Enable encryption in your store When you enable encryption the payment information on new orders will be encrypted e Encrypt payment information on existing orders migrate e Delete payment information from existing orders archive e Replace your old encryption keys with new ones The PCI DSS standards require you to create new encryption keys every 365 days For complete information on using the Encryption Key Wizard please see Appendix 1 Best Practices for Managing Credit Car
356. ew File SSQTTDL Ee EE RE Purse ou E EDIDI d Om EE val E N els ds sou cs document createElement div discount div LnanerATML discount descrip E GS OIE OM MES O OS OT EC return due count eu AttrriDbuteMachkne prototype cenerate Swatch Ifunctron product code attribute option var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the swatch images var img document oreateblement mg Jj LING EQ option image swatch appendChild span 553 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT swatch appendChild img return swatch lt script gt Edit Page PLST gt Product List Original File mvt if expr NOT ISNULL l settings product thumbnail a href amp mvt global sessionurl Screen PROD amp Store Code amp mvta global Store Code amp Produc E Code emvt produce code eCacegory Code s mvtasglobal Caregory Code gt lt img src amp mvte product thumbnail border 0 gt lt a gt mvt else mvt rtf lt mvbtsqTrenm ise lt td align right valign middle bgoolore amp mvt product bgocolor nowrap gt mvt ltem name fonts param body font Sep cen roma red TONES SE lt mvE Ltem gt lt td gt New File mvt if expr NOT ISNULL l settings product thumbnail lt a href
357. feature you must have configured at least one shipping carrier See gt Shipping gt Shipping Method Rules 172 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Ship To Bill To a customer a customer 90 25 2014 Legacy Capture 10 00 a_customertest corn a_customertest corn authorized 10 00 555 555 5555 555 555 5555 Captured 10 00 1234 Chestnut St 1234 Chestnut St Refunded 0 00 San Francisco CA 32777 San Francisco CA 32777 Net Captured 10 00 LIS LIS Payment Type Check Check 1234 Authorize Code Name Quantity Weight Price Ea Total Status hat hawaian Hawaiian Hat 1 1 00 10 00 10 00 Pending Sub Total 10 00 Total 10 00 Edit Charges Delete This Order Shipping Method UPS Ground 8 78 Y Recalculate te Di Edit Shipping T ax Other Charges Description Amount Tax Exempt 0 00 Add Charge shipping LIPS Ground Eg Remove Sales Tax 0 00 Remove Cancel To Use the Shipping Tax Other Charges Button 1 Edit an order Click Edit S hipping Tax Other Charges 3 Select a Shipping Method The entries in this list box will vary depending on what carriers you have configured in the gt Shipping gt Shipping Method Rules screen The other fields in this dialog box will also change depending on what shipping method that you select Click the Recalculate button Enter an amount for the sales tax
358. ference Guide DRAFT You can change the size of the UPS logo by using either the LOGO_M gif or LOGO_S git files Order Contents Section e tem Code view order e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see User Interface Edit Page ORDS Page tab Order Contents Section This item has gone through some name changes since P R PR8 v9 Item name view_order Item name view_order Tab Name View Order Layout Collapsible Section Name Order Contents The Order Contents section appears in the ORDS Order Status page by default This section controls the logic and content of the Order Status screen in your on line store To view the Order Status screen in your on line store 1 Goto the Order History screen in your on line store 2 Inthe Order History screen click on the View link for an order Home Order History List Order History Invoice Order Date Products Quantity Order Status Shipments Order Total 1003 DPI 35201 1 1 1 Shipped JATT 1550388405577 20 00 3 The Order Status screen will appear 221 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Order Status Order number 1003 Placed 08 03 2011 13 42 52 PST ship To Name Paul Edwards Email Address pedwardsi gqoogle com Phone Humber Fax Humber Company Address 84 Chestnut Grave Birmingham AL 35228 LS
359. ffiliate account As the figure on page 145 shows the html reference to your link image appears in the Commissions gt Image Link HTML section Your affiliate copies the html into the source code of their web page and your image now appears as a button When someone clicks on that image they will be taken to your on line store and your affiliate gets credit for the referral See Link Image field above Use the Terms text box to document how your affiliate program works Affiliates can see your terms when they create an affiliate account or log into an existing affiliate account 148 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Terms Samp le terme Sign In Affiliate Login Order History earch Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Affiliate Create Affiliate Account Registration Bold Required Italic Optional Login Email Lost Passwords To Passwort Address City State Province Outside US sl Other StaterProvince Zip Code Country United States hd Terms sample terms Marketing gt Settings gt Affiliate Lost Password Email Your affiliates can log into their accounts through your on line store mainly to check their commission status If an affiliate forgets their login they can 1 Click onthe Affiliate Login link Note that this link does not appear in your store unless you have checked
360. front and one for the back Home Catalog Products Edit Product Zoo Shirt Images Edit Product Zoo Shirt Product Images Related Products Attributes CD Advanced Search Search Product Images MEN e Add Imadgeds Add Image Typers 5 111 Image Type Width Height graphics 0DDODDO1 white back jpg Front 124 124 graphics D00000001 white front large image jpg Back 570 480 You can use the Edit Display Order button to change the order that the images will appear in your store 6 Now let s look in the store When you use the Images feature 33 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e The system automatically scales your image to fit in the product page This is similar to the old legacy full size image but it really means the biggest image that can fit in the boundary box on the product page Note that you can change the size of this boundary box See User Interface Edit PROD Product Display Layout Image Dimensions section Resize to fit within bounding box e The system automatically creates thumbnails of every additional image that you uploaded starting with the second additional image Thumbnails won t be created if you only have one additional image e The end user can click on the image in the product page and see the Lightbox image In our example we uploaded a picture of the t shirt front that
361. g to Siow type checkbox value 1 class checkbox gt lt MVESLE gt lt label for shipping to show gt same as billing lt label gt lt span gt c h2 lt div Id shipping frields div class amp mvte global ShipPFirstName ROW T gt label class required tor Customer ShipPirstName First Name lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipFirstName id Customer ShiprirstName value smvte global Customer Shi prirstName Glasse rtesrtrrielq f cLgqyv div class amp mvte global ShipLastName Row label class required for Customer ShipbastName Last Name lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipLastName id Customer ShipLastName value amp mvte global Customer ShipLastName cClass textfiield gt lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global ShipEmail Row gt lt label elass regquired tor Cuscomer SnrpEmall mmall Address lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipEmail idg Customer Shupemall value amp mvte global Customer ShipEmail class textfield gt lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global ShipPhone Row gt Label elass required tor Customer ShipPhnone Phone Number lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipPhone rde Gcusctomer Shi pPhone value lt mveet global Customer sohipPhone class lex1 11610 I div div class amp mvte global ShipFax Row label class
362. g charge you can do one of two things NO QN Nr HB W Combine shipping and handling but do not tax either Go to the gt Store Settings gt State Based Sales Tax tab Youcan make sure that no states are applying sales tax or youcan apply sales tax but make sure that Tax Shipping is not selected Go back to the gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Handling Charge section Set Display to Include in Shipping Rate The handling charge is now included with the shipping charge but state sales tax wont be applied to either one Separate shipping and handling Do not tax handling Go to the gt Store Settings gt State Based Sales Tax tab Make sure that you have states that apply sales tax You may or may not want to tax shipping Go back to the gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Handling Charge section Set Display to Separate Line Item Make sure that Separate Line Item is Tax Exempt is checked The handling charge now appears as a separate line item and will not be subject to state sales tax 2322 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Shipping gt Settings Tab gt Packaging Rules Section Packaging Rules Box Packing Pack by weight Fallback Package Dimensions 0 00 0 00 0 00 IM Vc A H Inventory Variant Handling C Pack master product Uses variant weight Pack variant parts using part weights as is
363. ge 2 2 00 per item x 2 items 4 00 The total shipping is 9 00 4 00 13 00 To Enable Quantity Based Shipping Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 2 Click Install under Quantity Based Shipping To Configure Quantity Based Shipping Inthe Quantity Based Shipping tab click on the Add Shipping Method button 342 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Entera name for this shipping method This name will appear in your on line store e Check the Progressive checkbox to use progressive mode Leave the box unchecked to use standard mode X b Save Shipping Method Shipping Method Progressive Floor Ceiling Amount Unit X Economy 2 Click Save Shipping Method e Enter a Floor This is the minimum number of items in this range e Entera Ceiling This is the maximum number of items in this range In the example below we created 4 ranges e 1 3 Items e 4 6 Items e 7 10 Items e Over 10 Items To create this last range we put a in the Ceiling field e Enter an Amount Unit This the shipping charge per item in this range 3 Click Save Shipping Method You can continue to add as many ranges as you wish Shipping Method Progressive Floor Ceiling Amount Unit Economy 343 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O
364. ge in the Add Group screen users in that group will have access to the gt Catalog gt Attributes Templates tab There are a few less obvious privileges that are listed 1n the table below Add Group Group Group Hame Frivileges Je v xe vV de V ve v Affiliate Money Affiliates Attribute Templates Availability Groups Categories Home gt Catalog Attribute Templates Catalog Products Categories Attribute Templates Affiliate Money Marketing Affiliate Payout tab Note that you must also give the user at least view rights to the Affiliates privilege Currency Settings In the gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings section there 1s a drop down list called Currency Formatting 296 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Currency Formatting US Currency Formatting lt select One gt European Currency Formatting Generic Currency Formatting LS Currency Formatting Only an administrator or the store manager can change the currency formatting selection Howe ver e Ifanadmin changes the currency formatting to European Currency Formatting a new tab will appear in gt Store Settings called European Currency Formatting If an admin changes the currency formatting to Generic Currency Formatting a new tab will appear in Store Settings called Generic Currency Formatting You can g
365. ges Use the fields in the gt User Interface gt Settings gt Import Export Settings tab to select your import export folder Go to gt User Interface gt Pages tab 3 Inthe Pages tab select the pages that you want to export then click Export Pages A copy of the store pages you selected will be placed in your import export folder For each store page there will be one more htm files Home Userlnterface Pages User Interface Pages tems Image Types Frameworks Advanced Search earch jes NES x Sel 4 Ht en Rae ee Select one or more pages then click Export Pages I ACAD Customer Create AED Customer Edit ALLA Customer Account 4 Some HTML editors have a built in FTP that will allow you to connect to your store server and edit the exported pages where the y are If your HTML editor does not have built in FTP you can use a stand alone FTP package to download your store pages from the import export directory on the server to your local machine and then edit them 250 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Import Store Pages Usethe fields in the gt User Interface gt Settings gt Import Export Settings tab to select your import export folder 2 Using FTP copy the store pages that you edited from your local machine to your import export folder on the server Remember to copy both the html file and th
366. ginal File SED lt mvt if gt ie Cie 1p ie src amp mvt global clientside url Store Code amp mvta store code amp Filename ToggleDetails ject rimaddr shippinge shipping Decbilling O gt 7 scrip New File lt SCripte gt mvt if lt e ot src amp mvte global clientside url Store Code amp mvta store code amp Filename ToggleDetail s s Primaddr shipping amp shipping D Bbilling 0 gt lt sceript gt 455 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT o CSSUI User Interface gt Settings gt Global Header Original File div id search gt lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl Screen SRCH lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code gt lt input type text name Search id searchfield value amp mvte global Search class textfield gt lt mvt item name buttons param Search gt lt form gt lt div gt New File lt div id search gt lt form method post action amp mvte global sessionurl Screen SRCH gt lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code gt lt input type text name Search id searchfield value amp mvte global Search class textfield gt lt mvt item name buttons param Search gt lt form gt lt div gt CSSUI User Interface gt Settings gt Global Footer
367. gs option data amp uvt opLron attr codes mvtcsoption data amp mvt elself expr NOT ISNULL l settings opLtron data long amp nvLIoOpLLiOn atLr codes amp mvuLsoPLLiODnrdata Long lt mvt else gt SNVLSOpbIoniattr code egit mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts mvt if expr l settings discount display br2 losemvtrdliscounb desorip s mvets discount ormatted discount lt i gt Zvtsifs lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt item gt lt ta gt lt td align left gt td td align right nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font SmwrL lr expr l setiingesoptilon base price 551 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT amp mvt option formatted base price NVLtielse lt Mv lt i gt lt mvt 1tem gt td td align right nowrap gt lt mvt tem name fonts param Dody font SIVESLE GSxpr l settingssoptlonssubbtortal base price OR losettings option subtotal s lt w iL expr lsettinogs optuion subtotal base price NE l settings options subtotal strike amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt mvt if amp uvE OpLlonsitosmatted subtotal mvt else c mvt if gt lt mvte 1tem gt lt a gt Er lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator charge array basket charges gt lt tr gt lt td align righ
368. gure Template Based Emails to be Sent Automatically e Manually You can also configure template based emails so that you can send them manually This has tremendous utility for areas of your business such as customer service For example let s say that you sell a lot of products that come with instruction manuals You could make all of your assembly documents into email templates If a customer contacts you and asks for a copy of a certain set of instructions you could email the instructions at the click of a button See To Configure Template Based Emails to be Sent Manually 394 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Youcan create your own template based emails from scratch but Miva Merchant includes several that you can use right away You can also edit the existing template based emails To Edit a Template Based Email There are two kinds of editing you can perform on a template email e You can edit the email properties The email properties are a set of fields that let you control the From To and Subject fields of the email and other things like what event s will trigger the email to be sent e You can edit the email template code When you edit the email template code you can change the text of the email add custom logo s etc To Edit Email Properties Goto gt Order Fulfillment gt Template Based Emails tab 2 Double click on o
369. hatever you select here but the Frame will only accept American Express Disco ver 392 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 Require CVV2 in Administrative Interface User Reference Guide DRAFT MasterCard and Visa This option only affects you when you are manually creating an order through the Miva Merchant admin interface If you enable this option you must enter a CV V2 number in the Authorize dialog box when you create or edit the order If you do not enable this option the Authorize dialog box will still have a CVV2 field but you can ignore it Payment PayPal Payments Standard PayPal Payments Standard also called PayPal Instant Payment Notification is PayPal s oldest product e Setup is easy and requires only an email address e Does not support voids refunds or delayed capture e No monthly fees e Does not require a merchant account If the customer selects this payment method in your store the y are taken to the PayPal site and can pay with any method they have configured in their account Please note that you should not enable both Payments Standard and PayPal Express Checkout There s very little difference between the two products and 1f you enable both the text PayPal will appear twice in the Pay With drop down list Business Email PayPal URL Currency Prompt Shoppers for Shipping Address on PayPal side
370. have successfully joined the program Solution Providers b API Keys Service Directory Name Key Number username password Status New Passkey namng Development 666661d2ce555555 777777fdb7cba9999a22272 Active Contract Shipping Mon Contract Shipping Tracking Production 10333333b3331b7d 1fbebc1444444acc44444 Active Find a Post Office Deliver to Post Office The three credentials you should make a note of are your e Canada Post customer number e Username e Password At Canada Post your username and password are alphanumeric strings which they also call keys Note that Canada Post gives you a separate username and password for development and production Use the development keys to test Canada Post in your Miva Merchant store Use the production keys in your Miva Merchant store when you are ready to start shipping with Canada Post To Enable the Canada Post Module in Miva Merchant Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules 2 Inthe Available Modules section click on the Install button under Canada Post To Configure the Canada Post Module in Miva Merchant Select the Canada Post tab Note that the settings 1n this section are global and will apply to all packages that you ship by Canada Post Environment e Select Development if you want to test Canada Post in your Miva Merchant store without generating real postage and postal charges to your account If you select 332 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights R
371. he Cancel button removes the item from the order but the item is still shown in the order so that you can see what was removed To Split an Order The Split button only becomes active when you select an item in the order and when the customer has ordered quantity 2 or more of that same item Splitting allows you to break a single item in the order into two separate items You might want to split an item if it is too large to fit in a single box or if you wanted to ship some of the items right away and mark others as back ordered 4 Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 165 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O 5 Edit an order 6 Select an item that has quantity 2 or more 7 Click Split Ship To Bill Ta User Reference Guide DRAFT a customer a_customer yahoo com 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco CA 92215 Ws Delete Create Shipment Code shirt hawaiian Cancel Split Line Item Quantity Jm 4 a customer a customer yahoo com 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco CA 92215 LIS Name Quantity Hawaiian Shirt 5 Payment No payments recorded Authorized 0 00 Captured 0 00 Refunded 0 00 Met Captured 0 00 Authorize Add A a Weight PricefEa Total Status 1 000 0 00 100 00 Pending 8 Inthe Split Line Item dialog box enter the quantity that you want to be in the new
372. he basket record is converted to an order record The basket record along with any custom basket fields are deleted However if you create custom order fields that have the same names as your custom basket fields the values in the custom basket fields are written to the custom order fields with the same name and will be saved with the order record Youcan then view the custom fields by editing the record 424 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Search Payment Information Ship To Bill To Name testtest Name testtest Address test Address test test AK 12345 test AK 12345 US US Item item Price Total Price test test 1 00 1 00 Shipping free shipping 10 00 Sales Tax 0 00 Total 11 00 Payment Method Check Bold Required italic Optional Check Where Did you Hear About Us Google 425 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Section 2 Appendices Appendix 1 Best Practices for Managing Credit Card Data A portion of the PCI DSS standard relates to encrypting your payment data In most cases you are required to meet these standards although they are also considered best practices e Enable encryption in your store After you enable encryption payment information on new orders will be encrypted
373. he discount as long as their basket total is less than 100 Restrict to Basket Quantity The basket quantity is the total number of items in the customer s basket The Restrict to Basket Quantity fields let you decide how many items must be in the customer s basket in order to qualify for the discount Example 1 Restrict ta Basket Quantity 5 U The customer will receive the discount 1f they have at least 5 items 1n their basket Example 2 Restrict ta Basket Quantity O D The customer will receive the discount if they have 5 or less items in their basket Restrict to Basket Weight e The basket weight is the combined weight of all items in the customer s basket 99 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e The Restrict to Basket Weight fields let you offer a discount based on the total weight of items in the customer s basket Example 1 Restrict ta Basket Weight 50 10 00 The customer will receive the discount if their basket items add up to at least 50 pounds Note that in our sample store we are using pounds as the unit of weight The unit of weight in your store might be different and is set in gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings Section gt Weight Units field Example 2 Restrictto Basket Weight 0 00 5 The customer will receive the discount if the weight of items in their basket is 50 poun
374. he existing value for that column in your store database alone e Add New and Update Existing lt categories customers products gt All new and existing data in your spreadsheet will be imported Update will ignore empty columns in your spreadsheet If you have a blank column in your spreadsheet Update will leave the existing value for that column in your store database alone e Replace Existing lt categories customers products gt Only Any new cate gories customers products in your spreadsheet will be ignored during import Replace pays attention to blank columns in your spreadsheet If you have a blank column in your spreadsheet Replace will delete that value from your store database e Add New and Replace Existing lt categories customers products gt All new and existing data in your spreadsheet will be imported Replace pays attention to blank columns in your spreadsheet If you have a blank column in your spreadsheet Replace will delete that value from your store database e Custom Fields The options Retain Existing Data When Imported Data is Empty and Delete Existing Data When Imported Data is Empty only apply to custom fields that you have e Created in your database E gt Utilities gt Custom Fields tab and e Added to your spreadsheet e Attribute Templates Product import only If you are using a Product spreadsheet it will contain a column called attribute template code If you have already created an Attribute t
375. he order and click the Refund button e Ifthe customer paid by check or you are using a payment gateway that does not support refunds you can manually send the customer a refund with a check credit slip PayPal account etc 152 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Order Processing gt Orders Home gt Order Processing gt Orders Order Processing Orders Shipments Filter drop be down list box None D Create Batch Select at least X CSV 4 Bath Repot Archive fij one order to m make these Order Status Date Billing First Name buttons visible Returned 11 1 2014 5425 a 1U3 1033 Pending 10 28 2014 4 16 a 1032 Pending 10 27 2014 4 28 C Standard and Advanced Search Advanced Search su q 65 Ja Billing Last Name Total customer 19 78 customer 15 78 customer 33 27 User Reference Guide DRAFT There are quite a few actions you can take on orders Some things you can do only in the main Orders tab some you can do when you edit an order and some you can do in both places For example e Youcanonly run a Batch Report in the main Orders screen e Youcanonly Authorize funds when you edit an order e Youcan use Back Order in both the main Orders screen and when you edit an order If you run Back Order in the main Orders screen all items in the order are marked as back ordered If you edit the order you can choose which
376. hipCity class textfield gt dre mvt if expr g States Empty lt div Glass emvresglobale5nipState ROW gt lt label class required for Customer ShipState gt State Province lt label gt lt input Eype text name Customer Shipstare 1d Customer Shaip5tate value amp mvtesglobalsCustomer ohipstate class textileld o lt div gt lt mvt else gt lt div class amp mvte global Shipstate Row label class required for Customer ShipStateSelect gt State Province lt label gt mvt item name states param Customer ShipStateSelect div div class amp mvte global ShipState Row gt label Class italic for Customer Shipstave gt Other State Province lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ShipState 1dg Customer Shipetate value amp mvte global Customer Shapotare class rtextrield div SU mV EST lt div oclass amp mvterglobal shipZzip Row gt label class required for Customer ShipZip gt Zip Postal Code lt label gt lt input type text name Customer ship41p d Customef snipZ1p value amp mvte global Customer ShipZip class textfield gt lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global ShipCountry Row gt label class required for Customer ShipCountry gt Country lt label gt mvt item name countries param Customer ShipCountry gt lt div gt 520 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rig
377. hipping Pay ment screen OSEL The customer can edit the information and clicks the Continue button when they are done 388 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home cout sket Search Payment Information Bill To Name Preston Bates Name Preston Bates Email Address buyer07 201 32mivamerchant com Email Address buyer07 201 38mivamerchant com Phone Number 613 555 1212 Phone Number 613 555 1212 Address 210 Sale St Address 210 Sale St San Diego CA 92102 San Diego CA 92102 CONT Flora Velo Original PV 100 00 100 00 Size Large Shipping FedEx 2Day 17 74 Sales Tax 6 25 Total 125 99 Payment Method PayPal Bold Required Italic Optional Please verify your order and click continue to complete it The customer sees the standard Pay ment Information confirmation screen OPA Y The customer clicks the Continue button to confirm that the order is correct Home All Products asket Search Invoice Order 41039 Date 09 18 2013 20 04 13 EDT Thank you for your order Please keep this invoice for your records ship To Bill To Name Preston Bates Name Preston Bates Email Address buyerO07 201 38mivamerchant com Email Address buyerO07 201 38mivamerchant com Phone Number 619 555 1212 Phone Number 619 555 1212 Address 210 Sale St Address 210 Sale St San Diego CA 92102 San Diego CA 92102 NENNEN S Flor
378. hirt prombNA3XBM2J All Shoppers N A N A t shirt promaC4GnusJx All Shoppers N A N A t shirt promaBC12EC9W All Shoppers 131 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Marketing Upsale Upsale refers to products and discounts that you can offer customers during checkout Customers can add the offered product s to their order or decline and continue with their original order The basic process of upselling 1s 1 Add an upsale product This is a bit misleading since you are not creating a product All you are doing is taking one of your existing products and creating an entry that says I want to be able to offer this product to customers during checkout Creating this kind of entry does not alter the product in any way You can also control when customers are offered an item during checkout by selecting Display and Upsale Options 2 Link the upsale product to one or more products For example let s say that you have a shirt product If a customer buys that shirt during checkout you want to offer them the chance to order a matching hat You would 2 Create an upsale entry for the hat 2 2 Link the upsale hat entry to the shirt When a customer buys the shirt they will be offered the hat during checkout re Rick s Shut Z hee 11108 c eT Frgrge 8 The customer adds items to their basket and then clicks the chec
379. ht 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Customer Lost Password Email If a customer forgets their password they can click on a link in your on line store and receive a lost password email In Miva Merchant builds before PR8 Update 7 the customer was sent an email containing their pass word in clear unencrypted text Starting with PRS Update 7 customers receive an email containing a special hyperlink that they can use to reset their password Thecustomer goes to your on line store and clicks on the Sign In link Basket Sign In Affiliate Login Order History All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Fruit and Baskets Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products 2 Atthe login screen LOGN the customer clicks the Forgot Password link Basket Sign In Affiliate Login Order History All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Fruit and Baskets Home Customer Login Create New Account Sign In Email Address Password Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FA All Products 83 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 The Forgot Password screen FPW D appears Basket Sign In Affiliate Login Order History Home All Products Basket Checkout Frui
380. hts Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt div gt lt div gt lt div 2 d bili to gt lt h2 class fields heading gt Ball To lt Span 10 gt oLliling COn rals clase controLs gt SHUVEIIII expr g ACLLOH AND g brLlrng CO show lt input name brirllrng to show rd builling to Show type checkbox value 1 class checkbox checked gt lt mvt else gt lt input name billing to show id billing to show type checkbox value 1 class checkbox e mvtrifo label for billing to show gt same as shipping lt label gt lt span gt S2 Sox S0 bicllingd ctlrelds gt lt div class smvte global BillPirstName Rees Slabel oclasse required IorpsS Customer B1llbricseNamer gt F1 est Name lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BillFirstName ide Customer BIillEirstName values amp mvte globalsCustomer B111FirstName class textfield gt lt Joiv gt lt div class amp mvte global BillLastName Row gt label class required Tor Customer BillLbastName Last Name lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BillLastName id Customer BillLastName value amp mvte global Customer BrillLastName olass rtextrield 7 lt div gt lt div elass mvte global B111Ema11 R ow gt label class required tor Customer Bill Jlemall gt Enatl Address lt label gt lt input type text mname Customer BLLLEMaLL
381. i ate rence tels e selected selected gt Highest Price lt option gt Items option mvt if expr NOT a lt mvt else gt lt option value price desc gt Highest Price lt option gt lt mvi sd E EE option value newest selected selected gt Newest lt mvt else gt lt option value newest gt Newest Items lt option gt c MV EE lt select gt lt noscript gt lt input type submit value go gt lt noscript gt ISNULL l settings product thumbnail href amp mvt global sessionurl Screen PROD amp Store Code amp mvta global Store Code amp Produc E Code amp mvtasproductscode sCabtegory Codes mvta global Category Code img src amp mvte product thumbnail border 0 gt lt a gt mvt else cmwvisrTo lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt td align right valign middle bgcolor mvt product bgcolor nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font UA EE EIE SO ace eme dome lt mt ttem gt lt td gt 559 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015
382. iate Create page AFAD choose a login password and enter your contact information Click the Save button After you click the Save button the Commission column will appear showing the affiliate s account current commission and referral links Paying Affiliates Paying your affiliates is a three step process Add payouts Miva Merchant will calculate how much you owe each affiliate Miva Merchant creates a payout record for each of these affiliates which means that they are ready to be paid Mark the affiliate payout record as paid Send payment to each affiliate You send payment to your affiliates outside of Miva Merchant using check PayPal or any other method To Pay an Affiliate 1 2 Go to gt Marketing gt Affiliate Payouts tab In the Affiliates Payouts tab click Add Payout The Add Payout screen appears 142 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Home gt Marketing Affiliate Payouts Add Payout Payout Add Payout Payout Payout Threshold O Payee Count 1 Payout Amount 25 00 e Payout Threshold This is a dollar value that you set in the Payout Threshold field The threshold tells the system that you don t want to have to pay affiliates until the y ve earned at least a certain amount of money In our example above we set the threshold to 20 00 When we click on the Add Payouts button the syst
383. ication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Color Blue Green e Fabric Cotton Synthetic We would stock six different t shirts 3 attributes x 2 options We would need three rows in the spreadsheet for each variant Our spreadsheet would have a total of eighteen rows for the t shirt variants 3 attributes x 2 options each x 3 rows per variant Here s the data we would need in our spreadsheet for 1 shirt Master Product Part Product Code Attribute Code Option Code Option Prompt shirt small green coton t shirt small green coton Notes on Using the Product Variant Template e Youcannot import Attribute template information in your product variant template e Ifthe master product already exists in your store and you list the master product in your import file the import process will update the master product in your store with the attribute option and variant data in your file If there s a master product in your spreadsheet but not in your store the master product will be created in your store e Youcan get a copy ofthe sample spreadsheet used in the example above at http www mivamerchant con assets DN D Create_ Variants zip Importing Variants with Specific Prices You may have master products where you want to set a customized or specific price for each variant For example you might have a t shirt master product with two attributes e Size Small Medium Large e Color Green and
384. id Before TOM 2 2014 12 00 00 Al d Mot Valid After 10 15 2014 11 58 58 PM Priority Exclusions Exclude for Same Basket Storewide sale Percent Off Everhing Exclude far Same Basket Holiday Sale 25 Percent Off Select Items 2 6 Click Save 3 Create the Coupon 3 1 Goto gt Marketing gt Coupons tab 3 2 Click Add Coupon 125 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Add Coupon Code sample code 1234 Description Coupon 50 Percent Off Eligibility All Shoppers Y Discountto Apply Coupon Price Group 50 Percent Off Y Mot valid Before 107 27201 4 1 2 00 00 AM Not Valid After 10 5 2014 11 58 58 PM Max Use Total 100 0 unlimited Max Use Per Shopper 4 0 unlimited Active Cancel 3 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Coupon dialog box Code Enter an alphanumeric string This 1s the code that your customers will enter in the Coupon field to get their discount Description Enter a description for the coupon as it will appear in the admin interface Eligibility Select the group of customers that you want to receive the discount All of your customers will see the Coupon field during checkout even if you aren t permitting them to get the discount Howe ver a customer who isn t allowed to use the coupon code will always see the message Invalid coupon code no matter what they enter
385. ields e Order the order number e Shipment Code uniquely identifies a shipment If you enter a value in this field the shipment will be marked as shipped in the database See Order Processing Shipments tab Shipment column for examples of shipment codes 274 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Order Processing Orders Shipments Mane dl Order Shipment 01009 20140906 00005 01001 2014052 6 00007 e Tracktype uniquely identifies a carrier The tracktype in Miva Merchant is a string associated with an URL See EDT gt Domain Settings gt Shipment Tracking Links tab When Miva Merchant sends a tracking number to one of these URLs the website such as USPS will return tracking information that 1s displayed in the admin interface In your shipment information spreadsheet you should enter the Type that you have configured in Miva Merchant By default your store comes with four tracktypes e Tracknum the tracking number assigned by the carrier e Cost the shipping cost quoted by the carrier Every row in the template is a ship ment record When you import your data Miva Merchant processes the records in the following way 275 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Does the order have pending Ite ms Does the record have a shipment 9
386. ificate Please see Payment Settings PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials Tab 4 Click Update 5 Select the Payment Settings gt PayPal Express Checkout Tab and make any required changes 6 Click Update To Configure PayPal Payments Pro Before you can complete the instructions in this section you must go to PayPal com and setup a Payments Pro account This is a merchant account that requires an additional monthly fee 1 Goto gt Payment gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules tab 2 Click the Install button under PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro 3 In the PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials tab 3 1 Set the Operation Mode to Production 3 2 Select your Currency 3 3 Select the API Credentials for payments and post checkout operations radio button 3 4 Set the Account Type to PayPal Payments Pro 3 5 Set the API Username API Password API Authentication Method and API Signature Certificate Please see Payment Settings gt PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials Tab 4 Click Update 5 Select the Payment Settings gt PayPal Express Checkout Tab and make any required changes 6 Click Update 7 Select the Payment Settings gt PayPal Payments Pro Tab and make any required changes 8 Click Update Payment Settings PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials Tab Operation Mode Production Select this mode if you are ready
387. ight valign middle bgcolor mvt colors lhdr bg gt SE Len nanes onto peram lhdr ton gt b gt TOtalA D gt lt mMvtes1tem gt lt td gt lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator group array basket groups gt LLE lt td align left valign top nowrap gt lt mvtrLitem name Ponts paranm Dody font amp mvt group code mvt item lt td gt lt td valign top align left valign top width 100 gt mvt ltem name fonts param body Lont gt amp emvt qgroupzirdgme lt mvesit expre l settingssgrouptiupsold Special Offer s m ii gt mvt foreach iterator discount array group discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display bros locemvtidlscOUDnP descrrp rs emvtrdlscountiformatrted driscountze r1 lt mvts1t gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvyt item gt lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font amp mvt group quantity lt myt item gt lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt Ltem name onts param body font EE group tormatted base price lt mv Es Ltem gt td td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt MVE SL expr l settings groupssubtotal base price NE l settings group subtotal gt 539 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Referen
388. ights in the Store Settings privilege If you do not give the user permissions for the Sales Tax Settings privile ge the State Sales Tax tab will not be visible to them Store Encryption Order Encryption Store Utility Settings Removes Utilities from the ELM Upsold Products Gives the group member access to the gt Marketing gt Upsale tab and to the gt Catalog gt Edit Product gt Upsold Products tab Please note that you must also give the group member at least view rights to Product permissions To Create a Group In the Group tab click the Add Group button 2 Inthe Add Group screen enter a Group Name 3 Select one or more privileges and the permissions that you want to allow for that area for example View existing Categories Add Categories Modify Categories Delete Categories Add Group Group rt Group Name Privileges Vi E LIS LES LOS DES E og Affiliate Money Affiliates Attribute Templates Availability Groups Categories When you are done selecting privileges and permissions click the Add button The Users tab will appear Select the users that you want to add to this group The same user can belong to as many groups as you want But note that there is no point to assigning users with Administrator rights or users who are store managers to Groups Users with Administrator rights can access every admin feature in all of your stores Users with Manager rights can access
389. ile padding px 0px ops Op vertical align Cop text align center gt sud ee oe SN IS iS e E Not Specified lt mvt else gt SUE Icono EE Anu o ala EU lt my tes Lores TEE EE EE E array POUND opt Lons gt p Y g p op LLEF lt td gt lt td gt lt td style padding 5px 20px Spx 20px vertical aligas top text align Lert gt lt MVESLE exXDI l setiLinOSrOpLLODtOpLlON 1d amp mvtiopLlonsattf codes amp mvt option opt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data gt amp UVLIODpLLIOn dttr Ccode dmvtioption data lt mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL LegettIingo top tion data Long amp UVLSIODDLO0HSHLbI code i amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt SHvLrOptroniattr Code lt MUESLE gt lt td gt td colspan 2 gt lt td gt SU EP lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt table gt Edit Page EMAIL_ORDERCONF_CUSTOMER gt Page Original File lt div Swyle eleans born gt lt diy Uf Ci 489 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt table styde border collapse collapse border spacing OU tont susze QU Peolor o o border Ip Sol cine widna opc le lt en style font sizes Lopx color 2 0037 paddang pP DUNS pa EE EE EE o bop mice o px t sex alan eto codes E lt cite gt rones ize opu color rm555 o0 padding 9p Diop ee al imn sos ecu Mie O due q East lemi ont ime
390. ill appear at the top of the category page Customers can select from this drop down list the number of products that they want to appear on each page The setting that customers select in this drop down list overrides what you select in Pagination 208 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Computer Components Computer Components 5 Monitar LCD 23 inch Optical Mouse Code 5522 Code 6523 Price 100 00 Price 20 00 auantity in Basket none Guantity in Basket none Notes Please see Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface Versions Recall Clear History Advanced Mode Click on this link to display the product list layout template code This code controls things like the head tag global header and footer html profile JavaScript CSS references leftnav etc Content Section e tem Code content e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example if you add this item to page SENT Storefront the item will show up in User Interface Edit Page SENT Page tab Content Section Content is essentially a region or block that you can place on a page in your on line store The Content region can hold anything that you want text images JavaScript HTML CSS etc You can create multiple Content regions and you can con
391. imiter Comma File Contains a Header Row Fields Determine Sutomatically Using Header Row Manually Assign 4 Upload your data file 4 1 Goto gt Data Management gt Import Export tab 4 2 If you downloaded the Add Update Categories From CS V template and now you want to upload your populated data file click on the Add Update Categories from CSV button 237 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Data Management Import Export Import Settings Database Tools Import Data P Double click on the data type that matches the template you AddiUpdate Categories from CS downloaded Import Choose File Ma file chosen Browse or Drag a File Here To Upload and Begin Importing Data Import AddUpdate Categories from CSV Module Category Import Select a File to Begin Importing Data Date Time Line Log Message Close e If your browser does not support drag and drop you will see a slightly different dialog box File Choose Browse to Upload a File and Begin Importing Data e The Import dialog box does not have Begin Upload button As soon as you browse to the file that you want to upload the system will process the data in that file so be careful to select the correct file 258 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k d Miva Merchant 9
392. in the Coupon field See also Eligibility in Price Groups and Eligibility in Coupons e Specific Customers You must select a list of customers after you create the coupon Only these customers will receive the discount All logged in customers The customer must have a store 126 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT account and be signed into their store account to get the discount e All Shoppers everyone gets the discount Discount to Apply Select the Price Group that you want to use with this coupon Max Use Total Enter the total number of times the coupon code can be used For example if youenter 100 in this field the coupon code can only be entered a total of 100 times Max Use Per Enter the number of times each customer 1s allowed to use the Shopper same coupon code For example if you enter a 1 in this field customers can only use the coupon code one time 3 4 When you are done filling out the field in the Add Coupon dialog box click the Save button 4 Ifyou selected Specific Customers from the Add Coupon gt Eligibility field Eligibility specific Customers Y then you must select a list of customers who are allowed to use your coupon 4 Inthe Coupons tab select the coupon that you just created You ll see a Customers button at the top of the record list 127 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc A
393. ine Tools Module in Production or Test mode In Production mode you can get real time shipping rates and print real shipping labels that will be billed to your UPS account In Test mode you can get real time rates and print free test labels that cannot be used for shipping Rating API This 1s a read only field It will display Active if you have successfully registered Status the UPS Online Tools Module with or without your UPS account number If this field 1s set to active you will be able to get real time UPS shipping rates Shipping API This is a read only field It will display Active if you have entered a valid UPS Status account number If you have not yet entered your UPS account number this field will show Inactive If this field is set to active you will be able to create valid UPS labels that are billed to your account Default UPS You must have a valid UPS account number in order to print shipping labels If you Account dont have a UPS account number you can still use this module to get real time shipping rates UPS Account Select the type of account that you created with UPS Type Billing Method Select Bill configured UPS account or credit card If you select credit card Miva Merchant will prompt you to enter a credit card number every time that you print a 346 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT UPS Rate Code
394. ing Sox 20Dx Spx 20px vertical align top width 60px text align left Codec th th Style ront size lo px color 50603907 padding Sox Dose Spx 20px vertical align top text align left gt Product lt th gt th style font size l 6px color 4 5bo39o padding Spx 20px Spx 20px vertical align top width 00px text align right Quantitys rh lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator item array return items gt lt t rs ty le backorouna co lor Ele hont welght bold gt sed se yle padding 5px 200p Sp 20x vertical alta sop width Molo text align let mu EE td eey le paca oo oa vertical alon Bop text align left gt amp mvt item name lt td gt lt td style EE 5px Dx px 0px rentes EE op wc e eot alan cred ghe e emye een ouan ity La EE smwvicmoresgch alLerartor oOprui nt array teem OpeLons gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt td gt lt td style padding Spx 20px 5px 20px vertical align top text align left gt HERE expr 1 Settingssopti n option Ld gt mvt opreio iart codes amp mvt zoption opt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL Settings option dala gt amp mvtroptronidgttr coder amp mvtroptionidata mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL lgetbi Hgs oOptlonedabta Long SHvLrODLEOHNtisLEf Code amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt SMVETOPLIOn attr Code SEN E 494 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Mer
395. ing and refunding Selecting an entry in the Payment drop down list does not change the order but it refreshes the information that 1s displayed in the Authorized Captured Refunded Net Captured and Payment Type fields 163 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 5 25 2014 Legacy Capture 10 00 Y 6 25 2014 Legacy Authorization 10 00 6 25 2014 Legacy Capture 10 00 Refunded Net Captured Payment Type Check Authorize To Add Items to an Order 1 Goto gt Order Processing gt Orders tab 2 Edit an order 3 Inthe edit order screen click Add Item s 4 In the Add Items dialo g box start typing the code of a product and the system will list all of the product codes that match what you have entered Add Item s Code Mame Quantity Weight Price Ea Taxable be pF bas doi motherb Motherboard 4212 SSE Add Attribute 5 Add an attribute to the item optional The Add Attribute button in the Add Item s dialog box is a bit confusing because there is also an Add Attribute button in the Catalog Edit Product Attributes Tab These two buttons although they have the same name do completely different things e The Add Attribute button in the Edit Product gt Attributes Tab is used to create product Attributes e The Add Attribute button in the Add Item s dialog box can be used to add miscellaneous items and
396. ing displayed in your ad min main page Recent Bestselling Products 02 14 2011 03 12 2011 0291262011 2322 Fe EDT 02 14 2011 00 00 00 EDT E SUP 259 90 ECO 49 35 E We tasas sie ene Gross Y ADV 43995 MEDIA 29 95 Revenue Y SORT 29 9 EGA 0 00 7014 2011 000000 EDT t 0219 01123 52 50 EDT Y SUP 3 JO Units Y Wr 1 WNI S old Y ADV MEDIA 1 Y SORT 1 EGA 1 306 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Sales Report Add Report Description FT Report Module sales Report Date Range C Last Day e e From h coson4 Tera hoaz Group By aa Customers Mm pefPriceroup Category Ir LOOK up Product LOOK UP Display v Gross Sales wv Total Units v Mumber of Orders v Average Order Total wv Sales Tax Shipping Charges ibt available when a pouci or category is speciteg Display on Main Screen Recalculate After ko minutes Description Enter a name to describe the new report Report Module Essentially the report type Date Range Time period co vered by the report Group By Choose a group by increment of hour day week month or year You can then scroll through the data in the report by that increment See below for an example Customers In Not In Price groups enable you to offer special pricing to select customers If you Price Group have created a Price Gr
397. ion occurs when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store To capture funds you must either e Edit the order in Miva Merchant admin and click on the Capture button e Log into your PayPal account and manually capture the funds Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order For example Setthe Charge Method to Sale Automatic Capture 2 Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog box select a payment type associated with PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK 4 Inthe Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture button is greyed out and the funds were automatically captured after authorization e If you are using Payflow Pro and you select this option the customer s entire credit card number is attached to the order You can view the credit card information by editing the order e If vou are using Payflow Pro and you dont select this option only the last four digits of the customer s credit card are attached to the order e fyouare using Payflow Link or Payflow Pro the last four digits of the customer s credit card are always attached to the order regardless of whether you check this box or not If you are using Payflow Pro the payment methods that you choose here will show up in the payments drop down list during checkout If you are using Payflow Link or Payflow Pro the drop down list will show w
398. ipping Rate Any handling charge that is applied is automatically added to the shipping rate The customer 1s not notified that a handling charge has been added e Separate Line Item Any handling charge that is applied appears as a separate line item in the Payment Information screen 320 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Separate Line Item Description Separate Line Item is Tax Exempt Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved User Reference Guide DRAFT Item City Item Price Total Price Graphic Card 500 graphice Card 500 50 00 50 00 Include handling in the shipping rate Shipping Ground 3 72 Sales Tax 0 00 Total 59 72 Item City Item Price Total Price Graphic Card 500 graphic card 500 1 50 00 50 00 Shipping Ground ga 72 Show handing as a separate line item Handling 5 00 Sales Tax 0 00 Total 59 72 Please note that regardless of what option you choose for Display if you are using Google Wallet formerly Google Checkout or Checkout by Amazon the handling charge will always be included in the shipping amount The text that will appear if you are applying a handling charge and you have Display setto Separate Line Item In the sample screen capture above the separate Line Item Description text was set to Handling Miva Merchant allows you to control how state sales tax 1s applied to orders e No state
399. it on the length of the timeout Just like in a brick and mortar store items that are in shopping baskets are removed from your inventory Sometimes customers may leave their baskets without checking out If enough products accumulate in abandoned baskets it can appear that your store has run out of them When the basket expires you can return the items to inventory by deleting the basket see To Delete Expired Shopping Baskets To determine the right time limit for your store consider the impact on your inventory levels of having items left in abandoned baskets and the potential for your customers to be interrupted by a phone call for instance You want to avoid appearing to be out of items that are simply tied up in forgotten baskets and avoid frustrating shoppers by deleting their baskets while they are still browsing in your store Expired baskets should be deleted regularly Note that order numbers are never reused even from expired baskets When you offer special discounts to certain groups of customers using price groups and a customer belongs to more than one price group there can be a conflict between prices Specify whether you want the customer to be offered the highest of the two prices or the lowest Static field that shows which css user interface you are using In most cases this will be CSSUI Specify the sales tax method to use in the store Please use this feature with caution Typically you will make a s
400. item then click Split In our example the customer ordered quantity 5 of the same shirt We are breaking that item into two items The first item will have quantity 2 shirts The second item will contain 3 shirts Ship To a customer a_customer yahoo com 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco CA 92215 Create Shipment Code shit hawaiian FT shirt hawaiian a customer a_customer yahoo com 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco C4 92215 os Back Order Name Quantity Hawatian Shirt 2 Hawaiian Shirt 3 166 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Payment No payments recorded Autharized 0 00 Captured 0 00 Refunded 0 00 Met Captured 0 00 Authorize Add Items Weight PricefEa Total Status 1 000 0 00 40 00 Pending 1 000 20 00 60 00 Pending Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Enter Tracking Number s After you have used the Create S hipment button to generate at least one pick number you can use the Enter Tracking Number s button to associate a tracking number with all or part of the order To use a single tracking number for the entire order 1 Ship To Create Shipment Enter Tracking Number s Back Order Add TES Create a single picking number for the entire order To do this select the order in the Orders screen and click Create Shipment Edit the order and click the Enter Tracking Number s button Sin
401. items should be marked as back ordered This is usually true for any command that is available in both the Orders screen and when you edit the order If you run the command from the main Orders screen it affects every item in the order If you run the same command when you edit the order you can select the items that you want to be affected Working with Orders in the Main Orders Screen Filters In addition to the standard search and advanced search features you can also select orders with the Filter drop down list box 153 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Date Range Order Processing Home Order Processim Orderz Order Processing Home Order Processin Orderz Orders Shipments Orders Shipments Date Range No Time Limit Date Range Exact Dates From Tuesday July 08 2014 12 00 00 AM Last lay To Wednesday July 09 2014 12 00 00 AM Last 3 Days gt ME Or select Exact Dates and then enter your own date range Last 30 Days Last 90 Days Last 180 Days Last 365 Days Exact Dates Select one of the pre defined date ranges Batch You can place a group of orders into a batch and then view only the orders in that batch See below for more information about using Batches Order Processing Home Order Processim Orders Orders Shipments Batch Unbatched Orders Unbatched Ord
402. iva Merchant admin interface If you wish you can upload your own Preview Image This image will be displayed in the main Frameworks screen Click the checkboxes next to the pages that you want to include in the Framework file Click Save Frame work The Framework file has now been saved to your store server Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Save a Framework File to Your Local Machine 1 Follow the instructions in the previous section to create the Framework file It will always be created in a directory path on the server that looks like lt root_directory gt Frameworks subdir package pk g For example mm5 trame works 0000000 1 test pk g 2 Use FTP or SFTP to connect to the server and transfer the file to your local machine To Apply a Framework File to Your Store Applying a Framework file is a two step process first you upload the Framework file to your store server and then you apply the Framework Applying the Framework copies the files from the Framework file into your store 1 Follow the instructions in the previous sections to create the Framework file and save it to your local machine 2 Log into the store where you want to paste the pages from the Framework file and go to User Interface Frameworks tab Please keep in mind that once you apply paste the pages from the Framework file into your stor
403. ive ordinary users someone who is not an admin or a store manager access to these new tabs For example 1 A store administrator changes the gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings section gt Currency Formatting field to European Currency Formatting Go to the Store Settings User Groups tab Create a new group called Currency Settings Give this new group at least View rights to the Store Settings privilege 3 1 Give this new group at least View rights to the Currency Settings privilege 3 2 Inthe Users tab add your user and save your changes When your user logs in to the Miva Merchant admin they will have access to the gt Store Settings gt European Currency Formatting tab Order Processing All of the following Order Processing Orders tab Order Processing Shipments tab Utilities e Legacy Order Processing Note that you can only get to the Legacy Order Processing screen by entering the word Legacy in the Store Search field You can t navigate to Legacy Order Processing from the button Sales Tax Settings Gives the user access to the Edit Store State Based Sales Tax tab 291 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Please note e If you want the user to be able to edit the gt Store Settings gt State Based Sales Tax tab settings you must also give the user modify r
404. k the checkbox the value you enter is applied as a percent of the order total If you don t check the checkbox the value you enter is applied as a flat rate 2 Click Update Shipping gt Quantity Based Shipping Use this module to generate shipping charges based on the number of items in the customer s basket Quantity based shipping has two modes standard and progressive In both modes you create a set of ranges for the number of items in the customer s basket and each range has a shipping charge For example Range 1 1 3 items charge 3 00 shipping per item Range 2 4 6 items charge 2 00 shipping per item Range 3 7 10 items charge 1 00 shipping per item In standard mode the software looks at the total number of items in the customer s basket figures out what range it is in and charges that amount for every item in the basket For example using the ranges above if you had 5 items in your basket the shipping charge in standard mode would be 5 items falls into range 2 so we ll charge 2 00 shipping for every item in the basket 5 items x 2 00 shipping each 10 00 total shipping In progressive mode the software looks at the total number of items in the customer s basket and applies the shipping charges from one or more ranges If you had 5 items in your basket the shipping charge in progressive mode would be The first 3 items fall into range 1 3 00 per item x 3 items 9 00 Items 4 and 5 fall into ran
405. kmarks and the Search field see below Version 9 Tabs and Sections In PR8 almost everything was in a tab at the top of the screen In Version 9 there are tabs at the top of the screen but there are sections ona tab A lot of features that were in a tab in PR8 are now ina section on a tab in Version 9 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Domain Settings Information Registration Site Configuration User Reference Guide DRAFT In PRS almost everything was in a tab Password Settings Upload Settings Launchpad SEO Settings Countries PA D0SS Checklist Mail Settings Cookie Settings Administrative Sessions Displaw Colors Fonts Images Domain Name IP Address License 10 3 28 41 mwdev Partner Version 5 20 test mivamerchantdey corr Miva Merchant Developers Admin Sessions There is currently 1 session for 1 user 1 active Most active was 2 on 10 14 2014 Reset Session Statistics In Version 9 there are tabs and collapsible sections Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Home Domain Settings Domain Details Domain Settings Domain Details SEO Settings Countries Information Domain Name dts mivamerchantdey com IP Address License mevyrdev Partner Miva Merchant Developers Version H UU Licensed Concurrent Users Unlimited Admin Sessions Reset Session Statistics Registration Sit
406. kout button If the order meets your criteria the customer is offered the upsale product s They accept or decline and then go to shipping payment selection If the order does not meet any upsale criteria the customer goes directly to shipping payment selection To Create an Upsold Product 1 Goto gt Marketing gt Upsale tab 2 Click Add Upsale The Add Upsold Product screen appears 132 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit pat sok KEEN Catan Hat neg sale gt Addl oda i C dd Product Hawaiian Hat gesold Product Upsold Product C Reset Product Code hat hawaiian ricis Display Always When order total is greater than or equal to 0 00 When upsold price is less than 0 00 o Pricing Product Price Product Cost Absolute Price 0 00 Percentage of Product s Price J0 00 a Percentage of Product s Cost 0 00 Es 3 Inthe Add Upsold Product screen e Enter a product code or click the Look Up button to find one This is the product that you want to offer customers during checkout e Display these options control when your upsale product will be offered e Pricing these options control the price of your upsale product Most of the pricing options are obvious For example if you select the Product Price radio button the upsale product will be offered to your customers at the price you entered in gt Cata
407. l strike amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt lt mvt if gt amp mvt option formatted subtotal lt mvt else gt lt mvt if gt mvt item tado lt gt mvt foreach 540 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach iterator 2 charge array basket charges gt lt tr gt lt td align right valign top colspan 3 gt lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt SHwvb ltem name ronts paran body tone gt i amp mvt charge descrip i MVE LEem gt td td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt tem name ronts param bo00dy Lont gt mvt charge tormatted disp amt lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt tr gt lt td align right valign top colspan gt td td align right valign top bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg gt amp NVLLILem n me tontes param lDdr Iont gt po Totalre bo c mvbsqtem td td align right valign top bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg nowrap gt mvti ltem name fonts partam lhdr font lt b gt mvt basket formatted total lt b gt AImvbE itenm lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt Edit Page OCST gt Customer Fields Original File lt b gt Email Address lt b gt lt mvt else gt lt font color red g
408. l 2 20 00 Total 40 00 Shipping Shipping Method Unknown The Create Shipment button is used to generate a picking number and place all or part of an order in one or more boxes e To place an entire order in one box with a single pick number for the entire order select the order in the Manage Orders screen and click Create Shipment Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 160 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home gt Order Processing gt Orders Order Processing Orders Shipments Advanced Search Search Orders F Create Batch Create Back S Batch Report shipment Order Archive II Order Status 1037 Pending 1033 Pending Billing First Name Billing Last Name Total EL PULL fla al rider um customer 10 28 2014 4 16 customer e To create separate pick numbers for different items in the order Edit the order 2 Select one item and click Create Shipment 3 Repeat with the other items that you are ready to ship Note that after you use Create Shipment to assign a pick number to an item you can no longer edit that item EE a customer a_customer yahoo com 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco CA 92215 Bill To a customer a custameri amp wyahao cam 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco CA 92215 Uus Payment No payments recorded Authorized 0 00 Captured 0 00 Refunded 0 00 Met Captured 0 00
409. l GT 0 gt lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OUSL gt lt mvCrelseii expr g oLorXerreg trship gt lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR gt lt input type hidden name Screen value OSEL gt lt mvt else gt lt input type hidden name Action value ORDR SHIP CTAX AUTH gt lt input type hidden name Screen value INVC gt lt mvt if gt lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code lt tr gt lt td align left valign top width 100 gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt mvt item name customer gt 514 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td aLign right gt mvt item name fonts param body font mvt item name buttons param Continue lt MES TEemnm gt lt JEG gt lt EE gt lt form gt lt tr gt lt td align left valign bottom gt mvt item name hdft param footer gt etd trf table mvt item name hdft param global footer gt lt mvt item gt lt html gt MMUI Edit Page ORDL gt Page gt Details Original File lt Er gt lt ta colLspan 2 gt SE Om method post action mv global secure sesslionuel autocomplete off gt IU E CVSS mop memsue sors E
410. l be slightly different depending on whether you have existing orders with credit card data in them e You don t have an encryption key e Youdont have an encryption key e You have an encryption key but you don t e You have an encryption key and you have at 426 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O have any orders with credit card data The wizard will only prompt you to create a new encryption key Passphrase 9 99999990909999099229 Confirm Passphrase jesessesesseseeeccese Previous l Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 427 User Reference Guide DRAFT least one order with credit card data The wizard will prompt you to create a new encryption key and then allow you to Migrate orders encrypt them and or Archive orders strip payment info Passphrase 99999999400999990909229 Confirm Passphrase eeeessesesseseeeccsse Existing Orders Migrate All Archive Shipped Archive All Archive Older Than Nav D n 12013 Newt Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT About Encrypting Payment Information 10 26 2014 Authorization Capture 19 70 D ad 19 78 10 26 2014 Authorization Capture 19 78 al Caplured 13 78 Refunded 0 00 Authorized 19 78 Net Captured 19 78 Captured 19 78 Payment Type Authorize Met Refunded 0 00 Mamad r Net Captured
411. lState value mvte globelsCustomer B1llSstate class textiield gt lt div gt mvt else div class amp mvte global BillState Row label class required for Customer B11l1S5tateselect gt State Province lt label gt mvt item name states param Customer BillStateSelect gt lt SS AIV lt div oclass amp mvte global BillState RoOw label oclass itallo Lor Customer Billotate OLBDeT State Province lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BillState Ld Cuscomer BilLlsStaecte welues amp uvtesqgLobalrCustomer BLllstate class Lexciield gt lt div gt lt mvt 1f gt div class amp mvte global BillZip Row gt label class required for Customer BillZip gt Zip Postal Code lt label gt 527 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt input typo Lesi name Customer Bulla 10 Customer Billazrp value amp mvte global Customer BillZip class textfield gt div lt div oeldss smvtiglobal BrillCountry Row gt lt label class required for Customer BillCountry gt Country lt label gt lt mvt item name countries param Customer BillCountry gt lt div gt lt div gt lt div gt mvt if expr l settings customer match lt SCrLpt gt mvt if expr l settings customer primaddr EQ shipping gt document get lementByld billing to
412. lable or perform as described Without limiting the foregoing Miva Inc is not responsible or liable for any malicious code delays inaccuracies errors or omissions arising out of your use of the document As between you and Miva Inc you are assuming the entire risk as to the quality accuracy performance timeliness adequacy completeness correctness authenticity security and validity of any and all features and functions of the document The Miva Merchant logo all product names all custom graphics page headers button icons trademarks service marks and logos appearing in this document unless otherwise noted are trademarks service marks and or trade dress of Miva Inc the Marks All other trademarks company names product names logos service marks and or trade dress displayed mentioned or otherwise indicated on the Web Site are the property of their respective owners These Marks shall not be displayed or used by you or anyone else in any manner without the prior written permission of Miva Inc You agree not to display or use trademarks company names product names logos service marks and or trade dress of other owners without the prior written permission of such owners The use or misuse of the Marks or other trademarks co mpany names product names logos service marks and or trade dress or any other materials contained herein except as what shall be permitted herein is expressly prohibited Copyright 2005 201
413. lasse code 5 amp mvt item code td td class product gt mvt item name lt td gt lt td Class quankity emvbsyitem quantity lt td lt va elass total mve gt teem tormatted subtotal lt dd gt e a mwtt boreachruebdtor opuron cwray rbemrUopbsons ete wd Cllass code sd suc class produce gt MA lea Soc SSE EUIS O LOM SOE Lom Mele gt 507 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT A on SUBEN GIO S SIN EIOS OD OPE code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL Settings option data gt Sime Opib OI di Code SMV ote wv one ee te mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL desee opero dau aom SNA O IE MOM SETA GITE emye op on d Emo lt mvt else gt SMV stop OS divin Ode O Sel ower stood css sunu M lt ea Secus EE e SIE expr h settings option Subtotal SNE O E ONE Or a ee e eoa SUE EE el y 18 gt a7 Nive oec E lt mvt EE lt tr class hignlioghted suc cOlcpan T essc spams mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt See MemeGen des crio br gt lt mt foreach loys BSc ed lt lt Go elias Ss rts OW eb E amen gt lt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt uan aare sone ut Usi wed uO E Sheet Ets S mae dou eomm esso ps Ses SU qe Sep Le div class purple box gt lt div class sub box lefrt 508 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc A
414. lder e f you want to duplicate the way that older versions of Miva Merchant behaved select this option and check all 3 checkboxes at the bottom of the Packaging Rules screen Inventory Varlant Handling Pack master product Uses variant weight Pack variant parts using part weights as is d anares variant weight Pack variant parts and adjust part weights ta equal variant weight by spreading weight evenly across all parts Pack variant parts and adjust part weights ta equal variant weight by spreading weight proportionally across all parts Allow adjustments up Allow adjustments down Allow negative adjusted weights Figure 6 These settings will duplicate the way versions before PR8 Update 8 behaved Pack variant parts and adjust part weights to equal variant weight by spreading weight proportionally across all parts Like the option above this option also adjusts the weight of parts or variants if they don t match the weight of the master part but it uses a different formula Let s use the same example as above e You have a kit where the kit master product weight is set to 50 pounds e The kit has two parts One part weighs 99 pounds The other part weighs 1 pound The parts in the kit weigh a total of 100 pounds but the master product weight is only 50 pounds Adjusted part weight Original part weight Discrepancy weight x Part weight as a percent of total weight Part 1 e Original part weight 2 99 poun
415. lder TE C Reset Edit Inventory Generate Variants Prompt Product Quantity Product CPU epu 6400 CPU 6400 Optical Mouse 2 Button Basic Keyboard Monitor LCD 20 EnvyTech Graphics Card Mv Tech Intel 754 Coolerator Cool Tower 4 bay CPU 6400 cpu 6600 CPU 6800 Optical Mouse 2 Button Basic Keyboard Monitor LCD 20 EnvyTech Graphics Card Mv Tech Intel 754 Coolerator Cool Tower 4 bay CPU 6800 A ik kA FA kA kA Fb Fb kA kA kA ki kA Auto Generate Product Variants This product kit configuration will generate 2 product variants Any existing product variants will be discarded Pricing may be controlled at the variant level You may specify a default pricing option now If you wish to assign a specific price to one or more variants you may do so after generation variant Price is set by the Master Product and its Attributes Variant Price is the sum of its Parts Depending on the number of variants to be generated this process may take a long time Once the generation has begun it cannot be aborted Cancel Generate 9 After you select one of the pricing options click Generate The kit is now available in your store 57 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Basic Tower Kit Keyboards motherboard Code basic_tower_kit CPU Ge CRU 6400
416. le msont suzecc14d 6pm Color robe oC a padding 5p IPs DU Dp ereccion cop atar ops text align sei Giles Qum e ch lt th sty le Tont suze lop Color moss ec padding 5px E apa y erre lolo boo Elek x DIETO mvt foreach iterator item array order items gt dup style T backar ound olor 70 li ny pembswesmet eoldest Kee ost y lle padding eR 20px p 20px uei decre l aliga cop widen opi Eee len twee Pemeeodess wd eese padding 50x 20x sox px vea oo align top text align lert gt amve item name lt td gt duele sake neu oO lt 4 o O pa esed alan oton ei so Up Bes Ela emo ome teem ecu 7 ca lt td style padding px 20px 5PX 20px vertical aliga top Anida EE Scene lane rigat e E tem formatted suo to ual lt 7 ca IEI lt MVErchLoueach iterator T option arry icem options T SEE dea lt tdistyle padding e px 2 0px p 20px vertical align EE texb alaga lerr gt ca Spa AS Sia So alo nop Eo Seo pon eee oder SAME Opie On Ope Code lt mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL os E US o uuo data SINE ROVE WONT STE ETC ESA mvt option data mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL PS eee lise pue ae c op Seo clone oe e Sun Opodo dara long lt mvt else gt SEO ton SUE E TR CTOXO SS STEE UE ud as bo sy llo padding pas pP Ie vertical alrigi Top wards 00px ext edi ms cra cher t gt 492 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O
417. le footer text Account Basket Search Checkout Home Fruit and Baskets World s Best Oranges sample header text World s Best Oranges Guantity 1 Add To Basket World s Best Oranges Frice 25 00 5 grant diu ima sample footer text Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs All Products META Tag Settings Use the META Tag Settings tab to add special content words to your product pages Search engines like Google index your store pages and adding META words can make it easier for customers to find your products For example if you sell a Hawaiian shirt you might add key words to the product page like shirt Hawaiian hibiscus flower cotton When a customer does a Google search on Hawaiian flower shirt a link to your product page will appear in the Google result list For a complete discussion on how to create and use META tags in Miva Merchant please see User Interface Meta Tag Settings Tab 27 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT UPS Options This section will only appear if you have enabled the UPS R Online Tools Module Product Requires Additional Handling Delivery Confirmation Check this box if the product meets the UPS requirements for an additional handling fee See http www ups com content ca en shipping cost additional html Additio nal Hand lin o F
418. le on one or more store pages When you create a coupon you also create a coupon code Customers redeem the coupon and get their discount by entering the coupon code in a special field during checkout You can add the Coupon field to one or more of the following pages e BASK Basket Contents e OCST Checkout Customer Information e OSEL Checkout Shipping Payment Selection e OPAY Checkout Payment Information 122 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Checkout Order Details Item n Item Price Total Price Hawaiian Hat hat hawaiian 10 00 10 00 Coupon O Redeem Total 10 00 Ship To First Name a Last Name customer Customers redeem the coupon by entering your coupon code in a special field and clicking the Redeem button l l Goto User Interface Pages tab 1 2 Edit the page where you want to add the Coupon field In our example we ll add the coupon field to the Order Details screen Note that in the admin interface the Order Details screen 1s called OCST Checkout Customer Information 1 3 In the Edit Page screen select the Page tab 4 Scroll down to the Basket Contents section 1 5 Click Allow Coupons to be Applied 1 6 Click Update 123 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit
419. les or methods have been enabled e Some shipping methods have been enabled but none are valid for the current order Starting with PR8 update 4 if there is any reason that shipping cannot be calculated you can still take the order without causing a system generated error e Select the Use Fallback Shipping Method radio button e Enter some text in the Fallback Shipping Method Description text box For example if you can t calculate a shipping rate you could enter Standard Shipping in this field If shipping cannot be calculated your text will appear in the Shipping Selections screen Item Cty Item Price Total Price Graphic Card 500 graphic card 500 50 00 50 00 Total 50 00 1 2 oo eos WE Ship V a Standard Shipping 10 00 No valid shipping methods are avallable for your You will be contacted regarding shipping when your order is processed Pay With Check E 1 The text that you entered in the Fallback Shipping Method Description field 2 The price that you entered in the Fallback Shipping Method Price field 3 The default error message e If youare able to estimate what the shipping charges should be enter a value in the Fallback Shipping Method Price field If you have no way of determining the shipping charges it s better to leave Fallback Shipping Method Price blank You can enter a fixed price for shipping or you can have shipping calculated as a percentage of the o
420. lete that s already been uploaded to the server e Click Upload to find an image on your local machine e Add Image Type See Image Types e Show Selected S how All This button will only appear if you select an image in the Image Uploads area Home Catalog Products Edit Product Zoo Shirt Images Edit Product Zoo Shirt Product Irnages Related Products Attributes CD Advanced Search e Add Image Type s Ja II Upload The Add Images dialog box select 1 Image The Image list is the list of all images that you ve uploaded to your server Image Uploads are the images that you ve uploaded while the Add Image dialog box has been open 3 If youclick on an image that you ve uploaded you ll see a blue circle with a checkmark Next to the checkmark is a black triangle If you click on the black triangle you can assign the image to an Image Type This is an optional step but in our example we ve already created images types of Front Back and Side 02 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Image Type none graphics 00000001 Mwhite_frontjpg 1098130 px 4 Inthe Add Images dialog box click the Select 1 Image button 5 You ll return to the Edit Product gt Images tab You can see that the image you selected is now assigned to your product In our example we selected two images for our shirt one for the
421. lete the payment information associated with one or more orders Archiving is most commonly used with credit card orders so that you can comply with PCI DSS regulations that limit how long you can store customer credit card information When you archive an order the order details remain in the database but the payment information such as the credit card number is deleted e To learn more about the PCI DSS standards for credit card security please see Appendix 1 Best Practices for Managing Credit Card Data e To learn more about the Archive button see Regular Archiving in the Manage Orders Screen 162 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Working with Orders in the Edit Orders Screen Order Emails Order 1048 2 10 2015 4 19 55 PM Order Emails Order Fulfillment Madules Order Emails send the Following Email s Order Confirmation Customer Order Confirmation Merchant M Backorder Notice Override From Override ReplyTo Override To Override CE Override ACC Override Subject Cancel Use the Order Emails link and dialog box to manually send emails to customers while you are editing an order For complete details please see Order Fulfillment gt Template Based Emails Payment The Payment drop down list displays a history of all payment related activities for the order such as authorization capture void
422. ll gt lt span class ordercell gt lt span array order groups gt lt tr valign top gt td valign top class ordercell nowrap width 75 gt mvt if expr l settings item reorder EQ 1 gt lt a target blank href amp mvt global sessionurl Store Code amp mvta store code amp Screen BASK amp ACtion ADPR amp P Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 547 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT roduct Code amp mvta item code amp Quantity 1 gt lt img src graphics en US mmui buymore gif width 64 height 19 class downloadbtn border 0 gt lt a gt lt mvt else gt lt mvt if gt lt td gt lt td valign top class ordercell width 50 nowrap gt amp mvt item name mvt if expr l settings item upsold Special Offer Se E mvt foreach iterator discount array item discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display SorosloemviidliscOuNnLtsocescrrip mvesa1s count tormatr d discount lt gt lt MvESLE gt lt mvt foreach gt lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell nowrap amp mvt item order status lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell gt amp mvt item quantity lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell gt amp mvt item formatted base price lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell gt HE EE EXPr L Set
423. ll Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt else div class product name a href amp mvte product link amp mvt product name a div div class product code gt Code lt span class bold amp mvt product code span div lt div class product pruce Price lt span eliass bola gt emy amp produce LOrmauLed price lt spen dawv mvt if expr l settings product inv active amp mvt product inv long lt br gt lt mvt if gt lt div class product quantity Quantity in Basket New File label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt solera ne DE ML EE E oncheange this form sub lt mvt 1f e xpr ISNULL g 5ort By lt option wvalue Tdrsp order selected selected gt Default lt option gt mvt else label for Per Page gt View lt label gt seller meme ber sage ea per Bages er chemgee t usc eo subnet MUELLE expr q Per Page EO I0 lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt lt mvt else gt lt div class product name gt lt a href smvte product link gt 8mvt product name lt a gt lt div gt lt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold gt amp mvt product code lt span gt lt div gt lt div Class Product Ee Price lt span class bold gt amp mvt product formatted base price lt span gt d lt mvt 1 expr l settings product inv activ
424. ll Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 4 2 4 3 Price Groups Customers Customers Not Valid Before sample code 1234 specific Customers N A 15 percent aff All Shoppers N A Customers Assigned lo sample code 1254 Advanced Search EH Assigned Password Recovery Email a Customer a customerncitest com D customer D customertatest com c customer c customenc test com Click on the Customers button In the Customers Assigned to coupon dialog box assign one or more customers then click Close You can also click on the Price Groups button to associate your coupon with more than one Price Group Your coupon is ready to use Eligibility in Price Groups and Eligibility in Coupons Eligibility lets you control whether everyone gets a discount or whether only some customers get a discount You set the eligibility when you create a price group Add Price Group dialog box but there is also an eligibility field in the Add Coupon dialog box 128 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT In the Add Price Group dialog box In the Add Coupon dialog box Eligibility Coupon Only Eligibility Specific Customers cpecific Customers All Laqqed in Customers All Logged n Customers All Shoppers All Shoppers This can be a little confusing because when you associa
425. ll Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT New File lt head gt lt title gt mvte page name lt title gt base href amp mvt global basehref gt lt style type text css gt lt mvt item name inline css gt lt style gt lt head gt lt div gt lt div gt o oO EE lt div class purple box gt lt div class sub box lett gt Edit Page Shipment Picklist gt Page gt Details Original File mvt foreach iterator item array ordershipment items gt tr class highlighted gt td classe code 5 amp mvt item code td td class product gt amp mvt item name lt td gt lt td class each gt lt td gt td class total gt mvt item quantity lt td gt pp mvt rtoreaoch rterator optron arrfay 1tem options gt SEE td class code gt lt td gt td oclass producrt lt My LE expre l settings opUtlODioOpLlon d amp mvti optionsattr codge amp mvtroption opt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data gt gmvtioptioniatti code amp mvt option data mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL lserttrngssoptrionsdata Long amp mvtiopLtion oattr code amp mvt option data long 509 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt mvt else gt amp mvt option attr code lt j mvt si f gt lt t
426. lo Enabled Add Box Description Shipping Dimensions oo Jop 0 00 CIM LH Max Weight fo Enabled If you chose Pack by Quantity in the Packaging Rules tab you are prompted to enter the max number of items that can fit in the box If you chose Pack by Weight in the Packaging Rules tab you are prompted to enter the max weight that the box can hold Youcan lose some of your box settings by initially setting Box Packing to Pack by Quantity and then later changing the setting to Pack by Weight or the reverse For example Inthe gt Shipping gt Settings tab gt Packaging Rules section set Box Packing to Pack by Quantity and click the Update button Select the Boxes tab and click Ne w Box In the Add Box dialog box create a new box Along with the other fields you will be prompted to enter the max number of items that can fit in the box Save your changes Go back to the Packaging Rules section and change Box Packing to Pack by Weight and click the Update button You will see a warning 316 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT message AAA http tech coolcormmerce met Installation of the selected modules will Force removal of the Following madulers Configuration settings For these modules will be discarded Pack by Quantity Cancel 5 Click Ok and go
427. log gt Edit Product gt Product tab gt Details section gt Price field Absolute Price lets you offer the upsale product to customers at any price that you want unrelated to Price field or the Cost field For example let s say that you have a hat product You set the product price to 20 and the cost to 10 If you want to offer the upsale product to your customers for 18 you could select the Absolute Price radio button and enter 18 4 When you are done click the Add button A new tab will appear Required Products 5 Select the Required Products tab and click the assigned icon next to one or more products until the icon turns blue Our upsold product Hawaiian hat shirt hawairian Hawaiian Shirt Red Will be offered to customers who buy the Hawaiian shirt Zoo Shirt Zoo Shirt If a customer has the required product in their basket they may be offered the upsale product during checkout depending on what Display and Upsale Options you selected In our example e We created an upsale product entry for hat Hawaiian e The required product is shirt Hawaiian 133 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT If the customer adds the Hawaiian shirt to their basket they will be offered the Hawaiian hat during checkout 6 The upsale item has now been created and linked to a required product However there s another way you can ve
428. lselt expr g ALLIlriateOptions lchk text gt tr td align left valign top nowrap mvt item name fonts param body font lt b gt Link Text lt b gt lt mv Ltem gt lt td gt lt td align left valign top gt mvt iltem name fonts param body font lt a lois sins ee En Ee E Ed er r e Ee tao O E A e code amp mvte global AffiliateOptions link text lt a gt lt br gt lt mvts1tem gt eltdse TLE gt New File b Link URL Db lt MES Leen lt ta gt lt tde align left valign top gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt input type text size 40 readonly Vibe iy re Global Donal nmi itl oreo elon a re clea Global qiue code SA See items lt td gt lt tr gt lt MVESLL expr g AffilriateOptions link image lt tr gt lt td align left valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt b gt Image Link HTML lt b gt lt MWESLESM gt lt td gt lt td align left valign top gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt input type text size 40 readonly value lt a href amp mvte global Domain mm url Screen SFNT amp Affiliate amp mvta global Affiliate code gt lt img sSro imvtesgloboliAttrlrsgte Full Image Path alt amp mvte global AffiliateOptions link text border 0 gt lt a gt gt lt br gt 529 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miv
429. lt mvt 1 gt lt td gt lt td class item total gt STEE eOxpr l settingsroption subtortal base price OR l settings option subtotal SUVLLLI ekp l 0eLLrHngse opLlonssuDtoLalL base price NE lserrtingstODUtriON suDbLiOLal lt span style text decoration line through gt mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt span gt Smp SmvtSODLLIOnSLOEBmNQaLEed subtotal mvtrelses lt j yn lt td gt ftr lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt mvt foreach iterator 2 charge array basket charges gt tr class basket charges gt td colspan 2 gt lt td gt lt td class charge description gt mvt charge descrip lt td gt td class formatted charge amp mvt charge formatted disp amt lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach gt lt tr id basket totals gt td colspa 2 gt lt td gt td class total prompt gt Total lt td gt td class formatted total amp mvt basket formatted total lt td gt ENS lt table gt lt div class clear gt lt div gt 473 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT CSSUI Edit Page OSEL gt Page gt Basket Contents There are numerous changes sprinkled throughout this file If you have not made custom changes to this template you should regenerate the template code by clicking update while in point and click mode otherwise compare the difference
430. lt input type hidden name Screen value OSEL lt mvt else gt lt input o pe hidden names TA ction Pvaliue ORDR SHIP TAX RUDI lt input type hidden name Screen value INVC gt ME lt input type hidden name Store Code value amp mvte store code gt div 1d basket contents class non editable gt lt mvt item name basket gt Turis IE Sooo I SSI ING S Messe ess eT ON WIS CODE gt lt div class error message gt NIL FOMSACN LECTECOLSYereor erie SS E A messages gt amp mvt error lt mvt foreach gt diy E gt UNE edm egomet I SSeS e NES SIS ETSI ENER div class information message gt SE Homes Cla r E eue ies sales sees Eten Ie S SIS gt UNE TIS SESS lt mvt foreach gt lt div gt NA E lt div id customer fields class editable gt lt mvt item name eustomer gt lt div gt div class continue button gt lt mvt item name buttons param Continue LosT diN lt form gt New File lt hl gt 0rder D rtallsSe hl 482 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT div 1d basket contents class non editable gt lt mvt item name basket gt lt ens Sd Ecos es ess ages error mes age vo ED lt div class error message gt IN ao MS a MSIE O re e e ES me Mes a es amp mvt error lt mvt foreach gt lt div gt emu eo vw god qc E DIE essc ges DEI
431. ly 5 After you ve uploaded the Frameworks file the screen will look something like this User Interface Pages Items Image Types Frameworks Settings Advanced Search Search Frameworks a E Description Preview Image essul default fw Default Casll Frame Default Framework To custom pages Custom pages we ar 6 When you are ready to apply the pages in the Framework file that you uploaded select the Framework file and click Open im 234 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant User Reference Guide DRAFT Description essul default fw Default Call Frame Default Framework fn test custom pages Custom pages we ar 235 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Apply Framework Select Framework Framework Preview Code test Title custom pages I review Description Custom pages we are copying from another store unavailable Author Created sample Store 091 4201 4 16 35 40 POT Framework Pages Framework Components Storefront SFMT Category Display CTO CSSUIHTML Prafile cmp Cesut bt CSS HEAD Tag Content CSS rcmp cssul head Search SRCH Product List FLST Product Display PROD Mot Found MTF Missing Product Attributes FATRY Basket Contents BASKI Checkout Basket Empty BSIKE Order Customer Login oer S a y
432. ly You may selectone ofthe following Buy Code Product Regularly Special Save Hati Hat 1 12 00 10 00 2 00 IT Hat 2 Hat 2 12 00 10 00 200 Hat 3 Hat 3 12 00 10 00 2 00 E Pages Related to Upsale Products Upsale products are controlled by four pages in the admin interface OUS1 OUSM UATR and UATM Page OUS1 controls the screen where a customer is being offered a single Upsale product The content of this page is controlled by the template code on OUS1 gt Page tab gt Details section If the upsale product has Attributes they are controlled by the OUS gt Page tab gt Product Attribute Template section 138 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Special Offer Save 0 00 Offer valid for this order only Page OUS1 Attribute s if any on this page ricks hat are controlled by the OUS1 gt Page tab gt Regular Price 25 00 Product Attribute Template section The rest aa of the screen is controlled by the template __ code on OUS1 gt Page tab gt Details section amall Medium Large Add To Order Do Not Add To Order Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Sitemap If e The customer clicks on one of the buttons Add to Order or Do Not Add to Order at the bottom of OUSI AND e The attributes of the ups
433. maddr EQ billing gt input type text name Customer LoginEmail Ld Customer Logrnbmall value amp mvte global Customer LoginEmail class textfield autocomplete off onblur if document getElementById Customer BillEmail amp amp document getElementById Customer BillEmail value t J y document getblementByld Customer BillEmail value this value mut lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global Password Row label for Customer Password class required gt Password lt label gt lt input type password name Customer Password id Customer Password class textfield autocomplete off lt div gt lt div class amp mvte global VerifyPassword Row lt label for Customer VerityPassword class reg ired gt Coni irm Password lt label gt lt input type password name Customer VerifyPassword id Customer VerifyPassword class textfield autocomplete off gt lt div gt lt div gt lt div rde ship to lt h2 class fields heading gt Chip Tos Lapan Lg shlpplng controls Glass controls SCHEER E expr g Actron AND g Shipping to show 518 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt inpue namee shrzppuing to Show 2dsS shipping to show type checkbox value 1 class checkbox checked lt mvt else gt lt input nane shipping to Show 10d Sshippin
434. made of the Items tab for the original PROD page or your exported CSV list In the Items tab of the new page select the same items then click the Assign Record s button Select all of the items that were used by the original x CSV j PROD page then click Assign Record s view order CSSUI View Order d upsell attr m CSSUI Upsell Multiple Product Attributes Your new product page now has the same template code and items used by the original PROD page Now you can customize the new product page in any way that you wish 3 Associate the new template with a product 4 In our example we ll edit one of our t shirt products In the Catalog Products Edit Product product name Product tab Alternate Display Page field enter PROD T SHIRT or click on the Look Up button then click the Update button When the customer reaches the product page for the t shirt that we edited the page will be displayed with our customized product template instead the standard PROD template A Note that you can use the same process to create multiple templates for your categories Create a custom category page CTGY T SHIRTS for example 2 Edita category and enter CTGY T SHIRTS in the Catalog gt Categories gt Edit Category category name gt Category tab gt Alternate Display Page field Enter the Price for the product This is the price that will normally appear in the store Discounts may be ap
435. me Phone Number 619 555 1212 Phone Number 619 555 1212 Address 1MainSt Address 1 Main St City SanJose t City San Jose State Province California State Province California Zip Postal Code 95131 Zip Postal Code 95131 Country United States Country United States The customer returns to the Order Details screen OCST in your store The Ship To information that the customer selected from their Pay Pal account is populated into this screen an can be edited The customer clicks the Continue button when they are done 381 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Shipping Payment Selection Ship To Bill To Name Buy Guy Name Buy Guy Email Address buyerO72013_normal mivamerchant com Email Address buyer072013_normal mivamerchant com Phone Number 619 555 1212 Phone Number 619 555 1212 Address 1 Main St Address 1 Main St San Jose CA 95131 San Jose CA 95131 us us Edit Address EREECHEN Forgotten Barrell Lot 5150 FB LOT5150 10 00 10 00 10 00 Ship Via FedEx 2Day 518 94 Pay With PayPal The payment information that the customer selected from their PayPal account is populated into the Shipping Pay ment screen OSEL The customer can edit the information and clicks the Continue button when they are done All Products c l Search Payment Information ship To Bill T
436. mer will see a shipping charge of 10 50 for this shipping method You can adjust the rate downward by entering a negative percentage in the field 5 00 The Shipping Method Rules dialog box has five types of restrictions e Restrict to Order Subtotal e Restrict to Item Quantity e Restrict to Total Weight e Geographic Restrictions e Restrict to Zip Codes These restrictions let you control when a particular shipping method will appear or be remo ved from the Ship Via drop down list in the Shipping Payment Selection screen For example you could make sure that UPS Standard shipping only appears as a choice in the Shipping Payment Selection screen when the order total is 10 00 or less Restrict to Order Subtotal 0 00 AU DU 0 no upper limit Or you could remove UPS Standard shipping for orders that weigh more than 500 pounds Restrict to Total Weight 0 00 A 0 no upper limit But see also Example Creating a Free Shipping Option The exclusions feature has two purposes e UPS as a business rule does not allow their shipping methods and rates to be displayed in the same screen with shipping methods from other carriers This is a UPS requirement that Miva Merchant must comply with For example 1f you have both the UPS Online Tools module and the USPS shipping module enabled when you edit the UPS shipping method UPS Standard you might see an exclusions list like this 313 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva
437. n is greyed out and the funds were automatically captured after authorization This feature is available to you if you have a merchant account with Wells Fargo and they sell you an Authorize Net account Please contact Wells Fargo customer support to see 1f this option is the right choice for your account If you enable this option when your on line store sends a request to Authorize Net your Login ID from Authorize Net is replace with a credential from Wells Fargo If you select this option the customer s entire credit card number is attached to the order If you do not select this option only the last four digits of the customer s credit card are attached to the order Enable this option if you want to run test credit card transactions Check this box to enable test mode in Miva Merchant 2 Login to your Authorize Net account and set your account to test mode This feature has been superseded by the Duplicate Window Duration setting If you are using Discard Failed Order ID it will still work but it is no longer needed If you enable this option and the customer s credit card fails to authorize e The customer stays at the Payment Information screen OPA Y Any failure message that was generated by the gateway is displayed on this screen e A new number is created for the order e The customer must wait two minutes to resubmit the order The delay is needed to force Authorize Net to discard their order number so that the
438. n t be eligible for a discount See Priority for an example Same Product The customer gets the discount if the item is on the Discounted Products list and the customer purchases multiples of the same product Let s say our Price Group is set up for Buy 1 Get 1 Free We have 2 items on our Discounted Products list a Hawaiian hat and a Hawaiian shirt We ve set this field to Same Product e Example 1 Different products These products don t have variants The customer buys hat and shirt The customer bought 2 products from the Discounted Products list but the 2nd item isnt the same as the 1st so there 1s no discount Example 2 Same master product different variants The customer buys 1 Hawaiian shirt in color red and a 2nd Hawaiian shirt in color blue The customer gets the 2nd shirt for free because both shirts are variants of the same master product Same Product Variant The customer gets the discount if the item is on the Discounted Products list and they buy more than 1 of the same variant For example e There is a Hawaiian shirt on the discounted products list The shirt has 2 variants color red and color blue Ifthe Price Group is set up for Buy 1 Get 1 Free and the customer buys 1 red Hawaiian shirt and 1 blue Hawaiian shirt they would not get the discount since they havent purchased 2 of the same variant Buy The Buy field determines how many products on the Discounted Product list the customer h
439. n your products you must also enable inventory tracking at the product level e Ifthe product has no attributes see Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory Tab e Ifthe product has attributes see Catalog gt Edit Product gt Attributes Tab Create store wide default inventory messages optional Inventory messages appear in different pages in your store and give customers information about product availability You can also create product specific inventory messages see Appendix 7 Inventory Management If you create product specific inventory messages they will take precedence over the storewide defaults Set up automated emails so you are notified when stock 1s low or out 78 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Catalog gt Inventory gt Inventory Settings Section Track Inventory Track Low Stock Level Low Stock Level Track Out of Stock Level Hide Out of Stock Products Out of Stock Level Check this box to enable the basic system for inventory tracking in your store You must also enable inventory tracking at either the product level If the product has no attributes see Catalog gt Edit Product gt Inventory Tab If the product has attributes see Catalog gt Edit Product gt Attributes Tab Tracking low stock has several effects You can set up automatic emails so that you are notified when inventory re
440. nce Guide DRAFT lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt lt mvt else gt div class product name a href amp mvte product link gt amp mvt product name lt a gt lt div gt lt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold amp mvt product code span div lt div lassse producb prrosUt Price lt span class bold gt cmve gt producer formatted base price lt span gt x Gay gt mvt if exppe l settingstproductilnv active amp mvttiproduct linv long br mvtsiro lt div class product quantity Quantity in Basket CSSUI Edit Page PROD gt Page gt Related Product List Layout Original File lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt Ss leo Meis SON Iw OM cin c MS OM SUL E lt MVE3L expre roNUBL g Sort By lt option value disp Order selected selected gt Default lt option gt lt mvt else gt label for Per Page gt View lt label gt SSE GCE Mese e Kage omnes acge Tenis Te Outre Suma gm SINDILP OSXDI gPer Page EQ 10 lt option value 10 selected selected gt 10 lt option gt lt mvt else gt lt div class product name a href amp mvte product link gt amp mvt product name lt a gt lt div gt lt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold gt 8mvt product code lt span gt lt div gt lt diy Class DProduct price gt Price lt span class bold gt amp mvt product form
441. nce Guide DRAFT Reports Click to display the report on the admin interface Reports Home page Description Module Date Range Dis slay on Main Screen Best sellers statistics Display All Dates L Recent Bestselling Products Product sales Report Last 90 Days e Recent Sales vales Report Last 90 Days e Recent Sales Geographic Bre Geographic Sales Re Last 90 Days e statistics statistics Display All Dates e The Best Sellers and Statistics reports were developed in earlier versions of Miva Merchant These two reports display only on your Miva Merchant home page and cannot be edited The other three reports Recent Best Selling Products Recent Sales and Recent Sales Geographic Breakdown can be edited but you cannot change the Reporting Module essentially the report type Of course you can also create new reports of any type To Run a Report Goto Reports 2 Inthe Reports tab select a report click once then click Run Report X Settings Run Report COM Description Module otatistics statistics Display Recent sales Geographic Bre Ceographic Sales Re 301 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 The report will open in a new window Recent Sales 12 30 2010 03 29 2011 Move the mouse over a section of the chart to see report numbers for that section Drag the handles to zoom and pan fede 01
442. nd create another product C Reset e Reload the page and discards unsaved changes Details Product Code The product code uniquely identifies the product in the store database e The product code must be unique It can be up to 50 characters long but shorter codes will make some screens and reports easier to read Customers may be able to see the product code depending on your store settings e The product code is not case sensitive so CANDY Candy cAnDy candy would be considered duplicates and only one would be allowed e Product codes can contain letters upper and lowercase numbers dashes and underscores For example RULER 121n or Pen Black 3pk would be allowed e Product codes cannot contain spaces decimal points quotation marks or slashes For example RULER 12 or 17 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Product Name SKU Canonical Category Code Pen Black 3pk would not be allowed e Youcan sort products by code either ascending or descending to determine the order on the product list screen and within categories The strategy described below under Product Name can be used with product codes to determine the display order when sorted The name of the product that customers will see in your store The product name is a descriptive label It appears in many areas of the store including
443. nd the version you have in your store New File mvt if expr l settings basket empty Your shopping basket is currently empty lt p gt lt mvt item name cssui links param storefront gt Home lt mvt item gt lt p gt lt MUEN XIE gt lt mvyt if gt lt table gt lt tr class basket heading gt td class item name gt Item lt td gt td class item quantity gt Oty lt td gt td class item price gt Item Price lt td gt lt td class item total gt Total Price lt td gt lt tr gt mvt foreach iterator group array basket groups gt SI lt MVULILE expr l settings rgroupioption ecountc 476 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt assign name 1 settings rowspan value 1 settings group option count 1 lt mvt else gt mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 gt lt mvt if gt td class item name gt div class special offer gt lt mvt if expr l settings group upsold Special Offer lt mvt if gt lt div gt lt div class item name amp mvt group name lt span class item code gt amp mvt group code mvt foreach iterator discount array group discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display div class item discount amp mvtirdisSconnt desoripr GHvEtIdLSoountitormactred di scount lt div gt cst erE lt mvt foreach gt lt span gt lt
444. ne box ofthe same size The box size and the weight of the order are sent to the carrier to get real time rate information This is the least accurate method of getting real time rate information because it is unlikely that all of your orders will fit in one box of the same size If you select this option you should enter the size of the box that you are always going to use or the size of the box that you are going to use to estimate shipping charges in the Fallback Package Dimensions fields e Pack by Quantity most commonly used by companies that sell a lot of products that are the same size For example if you sell mostly DVDs you could create a set of boxes that will hold 1 5 DVDs 6 10 DVDs etc When your customer 323 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT places an order the system will select the least number of boxes and the smallest size boxes automatically If you select Pack by Quantity when you create boxes you will set the max number of items that can fit in each box However it s still a good idea to enter values in the Fallback Package Dimensions fields If you forget to create boxes or if you set the max items in your boxes to zero having Fallback Package Dimensions guarantees that the system will always have a backup box size e Pack by Weight If you select this option you create boxes below that will hold a certain m
445. ne of the email templates Automatic Name Backorder Notice i 3 Edit the fields in the Edit Email dialog box 395 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Email Code Hame From Reply To To CE BCE Subject Mime Type Visible Far Sending Send When Order Send When Return send When Shipment Send When Customer Code Name Mime Type Visible For BACKORDER MOTICE Backorder Notice amp mvtstore email amp mvtstore email amp mvtorderbill email Backorder Notice text html charset 8 mwtstore charset Customers Orders Manual Placed e Backordered Authorized Received Created Shipped Created Send Baseb4 Encoded Uniquely identifies an email template in the database Descriptive name for the email template The Name of the email template is displayed in the admin interface Most customers will never need to edit this field You could change the Mime Type to configure the email that is sent for example to e Allow only text in the email e Force the email to be formatted in HTML e Change the character set used in the email In many cases customer emails are sent automatically when triggered by an event For example if you check the Send When Order gt Placed checkbox in the Add Email dialog box your customer automaticall
446. news for people who have used previous versions of Miva Merchant is that finding things is a lot easier now thanks to Search History and Bookmarks The Admin Bar Menu History Bookmarks Sample Store Search MIVA MERCHANT The Admin Bar is always at the top of your screen no matter where you are in the admin interface It has the most important navigation methods that help you quickly find a specific feature 4 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Menu Button Global Settings Add Store Wizard Domain Settings Horne eg Users Add bed Catalog Pack Data Files About Miva Merch ant fs Customers Miva Merchant Links D Marketing The Version 9 Menu Button The left navigation pane leftnav in PR8 and older releases The Version Menu button is similar to the left navigation pane used in PR8 and previous releases The Version 9 Menu button has top level headings that contain one or more tabs For example if you click on Catalog in the Menu button you ll go to the Catalog screen which has a number of tabs Home Catalog Products Catalog Products Categories Attribute Templates Inventory In PR8 and earlier releases Products and Categories were shown in the leftnav but if you can t remember where something is located in Version 9 there are a number of ways to find out including History Boo
447. nformation to a gateway company which can verify a transaction for any of the major credit cards and return a pass or fail Most of the Miva Merchant payment modules are real time gate ways e You must use a real time payment gateway to use the 3 digit Card Verification Code CVV2 on the back of the customer s credit card e You must have a merchant account with a bank or ISO Independent Sales Organization to use a real time gateway A merchant account is like a bank account but it doesn t contain any funds It is used as a holding location for the transfer of funds There are additional fees associated with having a merchant account e Unlike third party checkout modules with a real time gateway the customer completes the entire checkout in your on line store If you are running analytic software like Google Analytics it can track the entire checkout process e Allreal time payment gateways support authorization capture refunds and voiding Off line pay me nt Payment information is collected during checkout but the payment is not processed in real time Checks COD and credit card with simple validation are examples of off line payments Third party checkout 8 The customer starts the checkout process in your on line store 9 When the customer submits the Payment Information page OPAY they are taken to the third party website to make their payment 10 When the customer finishes paying they return to your on line store
448. ng a Zebra or Zebra compatible printer A Zebra compatible printer can be used with Endicia FedEx UPS and Canada Post but currently not with the USPS module Requirements e Your browser must have Java enabled See http java com en do wnload help enable browser xml e You must have a Zebra or Zebra compatible printer that can print zpl e Your store must be running PRS Update 8 or later For some shipping destinations Endicia is not able to create a label that is compatible with a Zebra printer If you enable the Use Zebra Thermal Printing checkbox you also should select a value from the Non ZPL Label Image Type usually PDF The Miva Merchant software automatically examines the label from Endicia If the label we receive from Endicia is zpl compatible it will print on your Zebra printer If it isn t zpl compatible it will print to the backup method you select in the Non ZPL Label Image Type dropdown Use this field to select the type of USPS labels that you want to print with Endicia For example if you uncheck USPS Domestic First Class Mail you will not be able to print USPS domestic first class labels This field does not change the U S P S shipping methods that you offer to customers during checkout To choose the USPS shipping methods that are offered to your customers during checkout please see the U S P S Online 339 Publication Date 02 28 2015 k 4 iva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Rat
449. nk gt 8mvt product name lt a gt lt div gt lt div class product code gt Code lt span class bold amp mvt product code span div lt div elasse product prrice Price span class bold amp mvt product tormatted base price lt span gt c Cus emissa expr l settings product inv active amp mvt product inv long lt br gt lt mvt if gt lt div class product quantity Quantity in Basket CSSUI Edit Page BASK gt Page Details Original File lt h1 gt Shopping Basket lt h1 gt lt div id basket contents class editable gt lt mvt item name basket gt lt div gt lt div class checkout button gt lt input type button value Checkout onclick window location amp mvtesglobalesecure sSessionurl S5creen OINF amp Store Code smvtaistore code class button gt lt div gt New File lt h1 gt Shopping Basket lt h1 gt IES SS Ss e cusa HAM Mes sage coli lt div class error message gt oe E E A ME SS E cq Ie e S SIS SOU Im IDE xmvtsetoreach s d Nn A epu I cU gg i moral LOM mls EE lt div clas information messager gt SE EE Meca Wes See ente senes scio cO EE Noe Ne SS Ene S e ENS Sader lt Mvts toresech OE Amp 480 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt div Tdges baskert contents elass editable gt lt mvwt 1tem name basket gt lt d
450. nless PayPal has specifically instructed you otherwise This 1s the method that PayPal uses to authenticate your store s shopping cart to prevent someone spoofing or otherwise tampering with a cart or payment See API Username Payment Settings gt PayPal Express Checkout Tab Transaction Mode Immediate Sale Select this option to have capture occur immediately Note that this field is greyed out and selected by default if you selected E mail address to receive PayPal Payment radio button in the PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials tab Authorization with Delayed Capture If you select this option authorization will happen immediately but the funds will not be captured until you manually edit the order in the Miva Merchant admin and click the Capture button Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order 376 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT For example Setthe Transaction Mode to Immediate Sale 2 Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog box select a payment type associated with PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK In the Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture button is greyed out and the funds were automatically captured after authorization Enable In Context PayPal s in context checkout is similar to
451. ns from any price groups e Base Price includes any legacy price group discounts but does not reflect sales coupons or discounts applied in the basket this option will show in category pages only those discounts that come from legacy price groups This option is mainly kept around for grandfathering since this option was added in PR8 e Sale Price includes legacy price groups and predicted discounts this item will display discounts from any type of price group legacy or otherwise In a category page this page can be used to show the original price and the discounted price e None e Retail Price see above e Base Price includes any legacy price group discounts but does not reflect sales coupons or discounts applied in the basket see above 204 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Buttons Image Inventory Level Message Sorting Options User Reference Guide DRAFT e Display Predicted Discounts Use these checkboxes to display or remove the Add To Basket and Buy Now buttons from the category display page This list box shows all of the Image Types that you ve created and the option None For example if you ve created Image Types of Front Back and Side the list box will look like this None If you choose None no image is displayed If you choose one of the Image Types images that you assigned to that Image Typ
452. ns 188 Melnod 2 Baitine lem COMET PEE a a R 188 COMMONLY USED MT tico 189 AET E 6 a e el ERRE 189 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT III MACINEC SECCO M 191 PUR d E EE 200 Category Product List Layout Aection 201 o TORVT P 209 COMPE MIME SEO ces 214 Customer Information Section eese esee esee eene enne nennen ense n nnne tnis sets s RN RR RRNN RR seins esses essa senes sensns sisse siis s sees snis s sein ss eras 216 Header deu 217 SEN Pico hri 0 T papis 216 OTF CDCI P io PP e o e A E E E 219 Order TUSOV LIST La VOUT S CONO A A is 220 Producer AUNDIE Template ui NN io 222 Product Display Layout Section eese eese sees eene nennen nnns nn RR Dn NR sens sinet senes RR nn N RR neis siens siens et ets sess esee een s sse s enean nn 2242 Product Display Layout Image Machine Section eee eese esee nennen n nan nn cnn nn nenne t nnns en rnn sensns enne sinet seen n enn nn nn 222 Product Display Layout Image Dimensions Aechton eee sees esee nennen enne nennen nn sinet se nennen essen nnns e nens enn n sn nnn nn 224 Related Product List Layout Section eee eee esee eene iae a aaa a sese A serine seins stains aaae 223 Search RESUS LOVON
453. nt gt Template Based Emails tab 2 Click on the slider icon to enable the template based email Automatic Name backorder Notice 3 Now double click on the template based email to open the Edit Email dialog box 4 Inthe Visible For field check the Customers and or the Orders checkbox Visible For M Customers Orders e Ifyou check the Customers checkbox you ll be able to send this email to customers while you edit a customer account record See below e Ifyou check the Orders checkbox you ll be able to send this email to customers while you edit an order See below 5 Save your changes in the Edit Email dialog box See also Example Different Combinations of the Sending and Visible For Fields To Send a Template Based Email Manually While Editing a Customer Account Record Make sure that you ve followed the steps to configure the email to be sent manually 2 Goto Customers Edit a customer account record Template Based Emails tab 3 Inthe Template Based Emails tab 3 1 Click the checkbox next to the email s that you want to send to the customer In our example we re going to send the Backorder Notice 3 2 Fill out at least the Override To field 3 3 Click Update 400 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Customer a_customer Shipping Billing Template Identification Information Based Emails send
454. nt ona shipping method in the price group the text that you enter here will be appended to the shipping method name in the Payment Selection checkout screen gt Ship Via list box Example d Reflect Discountin Shipping Method List Append with 5 discount to Shipping Method Name We set a discount in the price group on UPS Next Day Air and UPS 2nd Day Air We checked the Reflect Discount option We put some text in the Append field When the customer chooses a shipping method in the S hipping Payment Selection screen the text that we entered in the Append field shows up for those two shipping methods Ship Via Canada Past Expedited Parcel USA 20 71 Canada Post Expedited Parcel USA 20 71 LPS Next Day Aing with 5 discount 25 25 UPS 2nd Day Aine with 5 discount 13 55 UPS Ground 9 78 UPS 3 Day Select 412 43 Replace Shipping Method Name with lt gt Use this field with caution The text that you enter in this field will replace EVERY shipping method that you discounted in the price group Example Reflect Discount in Shipping Method List Replace Shipping Method Name with Standard Shipping e We set a discount in the price group on UPS Ground only e We checked the Reflect Discount option 110 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e We put some text in the Replace Shipping Method Name field
455. ntenance To Take Your Store Offline l Click the Offline At radio button and enter a time when you want your store to go off line Ifa customer has some items in their basket when your store goes off line If the customer has submitted payment for the order before your store goes off line the order will be processed If the customer has not submitted payment for the order before your store goes off line the order will be cancelled and the customer s basket will be emptied Enter a time value in the No New Customers text box For example if you enter 30 minutes in this text box a trigger will go off 30 minutes before your store goes offline 289 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Customers who had a session cookie before the trigger went off can still browse your store add products to their baskets and complete their orders e Customers who visit your store after this trigger goes off cannot browse your store or add products to their basket until your store goes back online 3 If your store uses PRS Update 4 or later you can enter one or more IP addresses in the Allowed IP address es field Normally once your store goes off line no one including administrators can browse the store If you enter your IP address in this field when the store goes off line you will still be able to browse and access your on line store for tes
456. ntity Weight PricefEa Total Status IT 4425 Keyboard basic 25 00 50 00 Shipped 12771we 503972068783 View Print Shipping Label raphic Car Ickina S00 E hic Card 500 0 00 20 00 Pick 000 201 01530 00002 view Print Shipping Label Sub Total 75 00 Total 75 00 Delete This Order Edit Shipping Tani Other Charges This order has two separate shipments so we could void the label s in the first shipment without changing the labels in the second shipment However if shipment 1 Keyboard basic contained two packages you would have to void the labels for both packages 1 Edit an Order and click on the View Print Shipping Label link In the View Print Label screen click the Void All button 3 Inthe confirmation message box click the OK button Decrypt an Order If you have set up your store to use Order Encryption all orders will be encrypted If you are editing an order you will not be able to perform certain tasks unless you decrypt the order 178 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Decrypt an Order 1 Edit the order If the order is encrypted you will see a lock icon next to the Payment drop down list 2 Click on the lock icon The Passphrase Required dialog box will appear Enter the Passphrase that you created when you configured Order Encryption and click the Continue button 3 When you are back in the edi
457. nts Checkout by Amazon was discontinued in PR8 Update 11 and replaced with Amazon Payments You can continue to use Checkout by Amazon if you wish but it will not be maintained in new releases of Miva Merchant Amazon Payments is a third party checkout similar to PayPal Express Checkout There are a few differences between Amazon Payments and the old module Checkout by Amazon Amazon Payments In line verification During checkout the customer uses a popup window to log into their Amazon account and does not leave your store In line authorization During checkout the customer uses a JavaScript widget to select payment and shipping options from their Amazon account and does not leave your store Supports your store Coupons Shipping method is always selected from your Miva Merchant store Supports use of Miva Merchant shipping rules Checkout by Amazon Standard verification During checkout customers are redirected to an Amazon web page to log into their Amazon account Standard authorization After logging into their Amazon account the customer uses Amazon web pages to select payment and shipping options After the customer selects their payment and shipping options they are redirected back to normal checkout in your store Analytic tools like Google Analytics cant track the user while they are not on your store pages Did not support your store coupons Checkout by Amazon maintained its own list of shipping me
458. o Name Buy Guy Name Buy Guy Email Address buyerO 72013_normal mivamerchant com Email Address buyer072013 normalt mivamerchant com Phone Number 613 555 1212 Phone Number 613 555 1212 Address 1 Main St Address 1 Main St San Jose CA 95131 San Jose CA 35131 CONTI Forgotten Barrell Lot 5150 FB LOT5150 10 00 10 00 Shipping FedEx 2Day 18 94 Sales Tax 0 82 Total 29 76 Payment Method PayPal Contin Please verify your order and click continue to complete it The customer sees the standard Payment Information confirmation screen OPA Y The customer clicks the Continue button to confirm that the order is correct 382 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Mia Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products COUN i Search Invoice Order 1038 Date 09 18 2013 19 53 22 EDT Thank you for your order Please keep this invoice for your records Ship To Bill To Name Buy Guy Name Buy Guy Email Address buyer072013 normal amp mivamerchant com Email Address buyer072013 normal amp mivamerchant com Phone Number 613 555 1212 Phone Number 613 555 1212 Address 1 Main St Address 1 Main St San Jose CA 95131 San Jose CA 95131 EREECHEN Forgotten Barrell Lot 5150 FB LOT5150 10 00 10 00 Shipping FedEx 2Day Sales Tax Total The customer sees your invoice screen INVC PayPal Express Credit PayPal Credit in Miva Merchant currently
459. o Created UST o Web TOIS ACCOUN ET RR 336 To Configure U S P S Online Rate Colculoaton 337 SHIPPING gt ENDICIA SHIPPING LABELS TAB atinada EE RNS 338 TO Ena Dl Me CLG MOUNE PA 336 To Configure the Endicia Module 339 SHIPPING gt PRICE TABLE BASED SHIPPING TAB iieri cioe oo epe rae nano inem Ga Le ko aer an aAA EESOSA RYE na ea PRESE UR Lap as ea sacacasa 340 Lo Enable Price Table BOSCO EEN 341 To Configure Price Table Based Shipping eee esses eese eene eene enhn nennen nennt se nasse nina e ness e nnns enn se nens inns inris 342 SHIPPING gt QUANTIFY BASED SHIPPING avi m 342 TO Enable UT Tov Based E 342 To Configure Quantity Based Shipping eese sees seen non nn nn nn nennen nnne rns nn RR stris seen insere sen ee sse e isses enses resin nass s nns 342 SHIPPING gt UPS ONLINE TOOLS TAB EE 344 To Enable TPS ONNE TO OIG cesta 344 To Register the UPS Online Tools Module cccccccccccccsccccssscesscessssceessceessesssscesssseeceseeessssesseecessseseaeeeseecesueessusesssaeeseaeeesaeessaeeeseas 344 To Conticurethe UPS Online Tools MouUulea dido 346 SHIPPING gt WEIGHT BASED SHIPPING NR tci onc rii b Feb aveo EY incaico sane iii 348 SHIPPING gt FEDEX WEB SERVICES AB EE 348 To Enable FedEx VEO SCI ICC c M 348 To Configure FedEx WoD E 348 SHIPPING ADD REMOVE MODULES gees 351 VE B TITRE Ce EE eege 351 To Remove SHIP IMO MOC UES eegene o ER e
460. o tp mame as lt EG style paddung ippo pas vertical alig ie DIS width Iss equ align rigate omy E GPS ENEE d Eder lt myt forcach iterator EE S array EE lt tr gt td td Ltd style padding 5px 20px 5px Z20px vertical align top text align left gt SUN LIBI oGexpDr l sSeLLIHNgOTODpLLIODTODLE ron zd amp mvtiropLion iattr code amp NVvESODELIONTODpLi code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL lsertrringseoptaionedaeta 496 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT amp mvitsoptionsattr code mvt option idata lt mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settingssoptxzonsdata Long amp eHvLTIODLIONnSSELI codes amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt SE e e Code lt mvti if gt lt td gt lt td gt lt td gt L lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt table gt New File lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 color 46767067 border 1px solid aere Te width 690px 5 Sp th SsStyle font size 16px color 5063907 padding 5px 20px Spx vertical align top width 60px text align left gt Code lt th gt Lh sryles tont sizet l 6px color 5b6259c0 padding Spx 20px 5px vertical align top text alligu left Prod uct th th sryle tont size l6px color 4 5bo39c0 padding 5px 20px Spx vertical align top widthi 600px text align right
461. ode 199 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Invalid Attribute Combination Message Missing Text Field Value Message Missing Radio Selection Message Head Template Notes Versions Recall Clear History User Reference Guide DRAFT There is a HTML div element in the default template div id swatches gt If you want swatches to change attributes based on the swatch selection the Swatch Element field must match that div The customer will see this message 1f they select an invalid combination of attributes and try to submit the page The customer will see this message if e Youconfigured Attributes to use a text field and e The attribute is required and e The customer left the attribute text field blank when they submitted the page The customer will see this message if e Youconfigured Attributes to use radio buttons and e The attribute is required and e The customer did not select a radio button option when they submitted the page This field can be used to modify the attribute machine performance and behavior It should only be changed by advanced users Please see Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface Basket Contents Section e Item Code basket e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interfa
462. ode Name zoo shirt small w oo Shirt small White zoo shirt small bl oo Shirt Size small color blue zoo shirt mriedium oo Shirt Size medium color blue zoo shirt medium Zon Shirt Size mediurm coloryhite Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 64 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Catalog gt Edit Product gt Categories Tab Use the Edit Product gt Categories tab to add your products to existing categories and to create new ones You can also do both of these activities from the gt Categories screen Edit Product Fish T Shirt Related Inventory Inventory Product Images Products Attributes Kit Builder Variants Advanced Search E Assigned Code v Show All Show Assigned Show Unassigned Use the Show Records menu to see all categories in your store To Add Your Product to an Existing Category The Categories tab shows all of your current categories Click the Assigned icon next to a category to make it turn blue The product you are editing will be listed in that category in your on line store To Create a New Category See To Create a New Category Catalog Edit Product Upsold Products Tab Everything you would ever want to know about upsold products is in the Marketing gt Upsale section Upsold products are products that you can offer customers during checkout The two main ideas of upsold products are e The upsold product thi
463. oduct thumbnail a hrer amp mvt gloDbal sessionurl Scoreen PRODSSLore Code amvtarglobal otore Code sProdue t QodecsmvLa producL code eCaLsedgory Code amviasglobal Calegory Code gt lt img src amp mvte product thumbnail border 0 gt lt a gt mvt else lt mvt if gt eAmveb asbem td td align right valign middle bgcolor 2 amp mvt product bgcolor nowrap gt mvt rtem name tonts param body tont gt Sime DOC Cc inodo Price lt myt item gt lt td gt New File MVE LE expr NOT ISNULL l settings product rtbumbnaail lt a href amp mvt global sessionurl Screen PROD amp Store Code amp mvta global Store Code amp Produc t Code mvuvtasproductscode seCabtegory Code smvtatglobal sCategory Code img src amp mvte product thumbnail border 0 gt lt a gt mvt else lt mvt if gt lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt td align right valign middle bgcolor amp mvt product bgcolor nowrap gt lt mvt tem name fonts param body font cv et productii ormatie base pesce sm muvtsqten td 557 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 A Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page SRCH gt Search Results Layout Original File lt label for Sort By gt Sort By lt label gt select Names Lort By Oncuange this Lorem Submit gt gt lt select gt lt noscript gt lt input
464. oinv_instock available for immediate delivery customers will see the message World s Best Oranges Price 25 00 2 available for immediate delivery Guantity in Basket None Because the inv_instock token is calculated as current stock low stock level e Low stock level e Default Uses the low stock level that is set at the store level e Other If you set a low stock level for a product it supersedes the store default low stock level Track Out of Stock Level Tracking out of stock has several effects Hide Out of Stock Products e Youcanset up automatic emails so that you are notified when inventory reaches your out of stock level see Catalog gt Inventory Out of Stock Level Email Notification Tab e You can use the out of stock level to create a kind of reserve for your inventory if you want to make sure that you always have a 67 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT few items on hand For example let s say you have quantity 5 of an item on hand and you set the out of stock level to 3 When your inventory level reaches quantity 3 on an item customers will see the out of stock message If you have Hide Out of Stock Products enabled the product will not be displayed in your on line store e Ifyou set Track Out of Stock Level Hide Out of Stock Products or Out of Stock Level to default the store
465. omer got charged a certain price for an item Price eroups can affect each other in a number of ways including e Priority e Exclusions e Activation dates See Not Valid Before See Priority for an example of how price groups can interact Price Group Types To Create a Legacy Price Group The Legacy Price Group lets you duplicate the same kind of price group discounts that were available in PRS and previous releases Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2 Click Add Price Group 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box 02 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount Type Pricing Retail Customers in this group will see the normal retail price This is the price that you set in the gt Catalog gt Products tab gt Edit Product gt Product tab gt Price field Cost Customers in this group will see whatever you entered in the gt Catalog gt Products tab gt Edit Product gt Prod
466. on screen OSEL they choose Electronic Debit from the Pay With drop down list You can change this text by editing the code in OPAY Page tab Template field Pay With Electronic Debit In the Payment Information screen OPAY the customer enters their checking account information Payment Method Electronic Debit Bold Required Italic Optional First Name on Account Last Name on Account Bank Name Account Number Account Type Checking 9 Digit Routing Number This option only affects you when you are manually creating an order through the Miva Merchant admin interface If you enable this option you must enter a CV V2 number in the Authorize dialog box when you create or edit the order If you do not enable this option the Authorize dialog box will still have a CVV2 field but you can ignore it 364 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Payment CHASE Paymentech Orbital Gateway Chase Paymentech is a gateway product but they require you to have a merchant account with them Server The URL that Miva Merchant uses to submit requests This field 1s auto populated You should only change it if you are given a new URL by Miva Merchant or Chase Industry Type The value that you select here should match the industry type of your Chase merchant account Platform Select Sale m or PNS also called Tampa
467. on some other page For example hdft is used on pages ABUS About Us and ACAD Customer Create l Goto User Interface Edit Page ABUS Page tab Header amp Footer Section 2 Add your store logo to the header section 3 Goto your on line store You ll see that your logo shows up on the About Us page but doesn t show up on the Customer Create screen If you wanted your store logo to show up on every page in your on line store you could use the Ert User Interface Settings tab Global Header amp Footer section 217 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 iva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Header 8 Footer Header lt img sre graphics OOO00001 we got caps jpg N Motes Versions Original Recall Clear History Footer zimg src graphics n0000001 we got caps jpg Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Ix 0 Page header region Home o About Us About Us We are a small family owned clothing store e Page footer region Home AboutUs Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products HTTP Headers Section e tem Code http headers e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a tab when you edit the page For example see EI User Interface Edit Page ABUS Page tab HTTP Headers tab 218 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved
468. on t be maintained in future releases of Miva Merc hant e Ifthe vendor has discontinued the payment option it is marked as Discontinued in Miva Merchant Vendors usually discontinue a payment option when they replace it with something else and there s usually a grace period to give you time to switch over You can continue to use discontinued payment options for as long as the vendor allows but they won t be maintained in future releases of Miva Merchant Changes in PR8 Update 7 Beginning in PR8 Update 7 the following payment options have been removed and are no longer supported 352 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A AA va Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Amazon Simple Pay Innovative Gateway Solutions Payflow Link Legacy Payflow Pro Le gac y If you are already using one of these options you can continue to use it after you install PR8 Update 7 But if you create a new store with PR8 Update 7 the options will not appear in the admin interface Changes in PR8 Update 11 Checkout by Amazon was discontinued in PR8 Update 11 and replaced with Amazon Payments You can continue to use Checkout by Amazon if your store is at PR8 or earlier but Checkout by Amazon is not supported in Miva Merchant Version 9 Types of Payment Options Payment options fall into three general categories Real time payment gateway During checkout Miva Merchant will send the payment i
469. one size Small C Medium With the Inventory Product option Large the total price product options RE appears in the product listing and Color White the basket Customers can see the Blue price change in real time by selecting different options auantity 1 Add To Basket Figure 2 Variant Price is set by the Inventory Product After you select one of the pricing options go to the Edit Product gt Inventory Variants tab You ll see that the system will generate all of the possible variants Edit Product Fish T Shirt Related Inventory Inventory Product Images Products Attributes Kit Builder Variants CD Edit Default Variant Add variant s Delete Selected Edit Inventory Fish T Shirt size small color blue Fish T Shirt size small color white Fish T Shirt size medium color blue Fish T Shirt size medium color white e Youcan delte individual variants by selecting a variant and clicking Delete Selected e Youcanedit the price and other product fields of a variant l Goto gt Catalog gt Products tab 2 In the Products tab set Show Products to All 3 Edit the variant 4 fish shirt small white Fish T Shirt size small color white i 49 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant Q Active vs Inactive Variants You can view the variants that you just created Goto Catalog Products tab
470. onfigure tax rates on a per product basis You can add a tax rate to as many products as you wish You can also specify tax rates at any time from the product screen Third party modules supporting other tax methods may be available If one of these is installed in your store that option will be available along with those above After you have selected a tax module that module name will appear as a link in the top section of the Edit Store screen Select the appropriate currency formatting option from the drop down list The choices are European generic and U S currency formatting European Currency Formatting Select this option to use one country s currency and also to display the converted value in Euros When you select this option a new tab European Currency Formatting 286 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT is added at the top section of the Edit Store screen Click that link and configure the following settings there Currency Symbol Enter the symbol or abbreviation to use for the country s currency For instance DEM FRF Before Amount or After Amount Specify where the currency symbol should be located relative to the value Thousands Separator Enter the symbol that will appear between groups of digits in large numbers For instance the digit grouping symbol here is a comma 2 646 200 00 Decimal Symbol
471. options are more expensive than others and the option that you select will change the shipping cost that 1s shown to the customer Note that the most restrictive signature requirement for any product in an order becomes the signature requirement for the entire order For example if the customer orders a package of cheese which requires no signature and a bottle of wine which requires an adult signature then the shipping rate for the entire order will be priced at requires adult signature e Adult the package can be signed for by anyone over 21 e Direct the package must be signed for by the person it is addressed to e Indirect the package can be signed for by anyone at the receiving address e No signature required e Service default Businesses that ship an enormous number of packages using FedEx may have a kind of account default for the signature option For example a company might want every package to have at least Indirect signature If an employee forgets to set the signature option on a package the signature option will automatically be set to Indirect However this kind of account default is very rare For the vast majority of companies that ship with FedEx setting the signature option to Service Default means that no signature will be required 349 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Drop Off Type SmartPost Hub ID
472. ore To capture funds you must edit the order in Miva Merchant admin and click on the Capture button Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order For example Ser the Transaction Type to Automatic Capture 2 Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog 365 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Store Entire CC Number Avallable Payment Methods Require CVV2 in Administrative Interface User Reference Guide DRAFT box select a payment type associated with PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK In the Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture button is greyed out and the funds were automatically captured after authorization If you select this option the customer s entire credit card number is attached to the order If you do not select this option only the last four digits of the customer s credit card number are attached to the order You can view the credit card information by editing the order The payment methods that you choose here will show up in the payments drop down list during checkout This option only affects you when you are manually creating an order through the Miva Merchant admin interface If you enable this option you must enter a CV V2 number in the Authorize dialog box when you create or edit the order If you do not enable this option the Auth
473. ore must have the same modules 231 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 O e Once you copy a Framework file to another store and apply those pages to the second store the Framework file is no longer needed You may delete it or keep it but it is not actively used for anything To Create a Framework File 1 Inthe Frameworks tab click on Save Frame work B Save Framework Save Framework Fral Fral nework Name Recommended Size 2D00pxx150p Preview Image Framework Description M X X A XS J Storefront SFMT Category Display CTO Search SRCH Product List PLST Product Display PROM 2 Inthe Save Framework screen 2L 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 User Reference Guide DRAFT m UPLOAD de v d CGGU HTML Profile Help d Standard Validation Errornfarmational Messanae t sg Attribute Marbie Enter a Framework code The code is used to create the Framework filename For example if you enter test as the code the Framework file path on the server will be something like mm5 frame works 00000003 test pk g Note that the 00000003 is the store number If you only have one store this will always be 00000001 but 1f you are in doubt as to your store number you can sftp ftp to the server and search for the filename test pkg Enter a Framework name The name is used to identify the Framework file in the M
474. orize dialog box will still have a CVV2 field but you can ignore it Payment Check Payment The Check Payment module has no settings and enabling it does not create a tab Many merchants use it for testing purposes or for select business to business customers from whom they will accept checks or purchase orders Check Payment is an off line module which means that payment is received well after the order is created The workflow typically looks like this Enable Check Payment as a payment module You can alter the template code in OPAY and OSEL so that the Pay With drop down list shows Purchase Order instead of Check 2 The customer purchases something in your store and selects Check in the Shipping Payment Selection screen OSEL Pay With drop down list The order is created with a status of Authorized 3 When you receive payment you manually edit the order and mark the funds as Captured There is a simple method you can use to track payments that were made by check l Goto Order Processing Orders tab 366 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 2 Set the filter fields to Payment Status and Authorized with 0 captured Home gt Order Processing gt Orders Order Processing Orders Shipments Payment Status Mo Time Limit Authorized with 0 Captured With this filter you can see check purcha
475. ory Code Name z n shirt small white oo Shirt small White zoo shirt small blue 400 Shirt Size small color blue zoo shirt medium blue 00 Shirt Size medium color blue zoo_shit_medium_white 00 Shirt Size medium calarwhite Close To Enable Inventory Tracking for Products with No Attributes Enable inventory tracking at the store level 1 1 Goto gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt Inventory Settings tab 1 2 Check the Track Inventory checkbox You may also want to enable these other checkboxes e Track Low Stock Level e Track Out of Stock Level e Hide Out of Stock Products 2 Enable inventory tracking at the product level and set the inventory level 2 Goto Catalog Products 2 2 Edita product and select the Inventory tab e Check the Track Product checkbox e Enter the initial inventory you have in the Increase Stock By field For example if you currently have 100 vases on hand set this field to 100 Basket Inventory Basket Inventory keeps track of how many products your customers currently have in baskets See gt Utilities gt Add Remove Modules tab gt Available Modules section gt Basket Inventory Inventory Messages Inventory messages appear next to products on different pages in your store and give customers information about product availability For example you can have the text In Stock or Out of Stock appear next to a product 447 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc
476. otal Price Item Oty Item Price test test 1 1 00 1 00 Total 1 00 Ship Via free shipping 10 00 PayWith Check v How did you hear about us Choose an option Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products ommerce Shopping Cart Sofbwar by Miva Merchant 5 The template code that we added displays a drop down list on the OSEL page Now we ll capture the customer s selection from the drop down list and display it on the next checkout page OPAY Checkout Payment Information 5 1 Goto gt User Interface gt Pages tab gt edit page OPAY gt Page tab gt Header and Footer section 5 2 Add the code shown in the figure below 423 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Header amp Footer Header Motes Versions Original Recall Clear History Footer e The call to Write Basket creates a new custom basket field called hear about us and gives it the value of g add1 We used the add1 variable to store the customer s selection from the drop down list box in the previous step The call to Write Basket saves the value of g addl for as long as the basket persists e The call to Read Basket reads the value in the variable in hear about us and prints it to the screen using amp mvt customfields When the customer gets to the Invoice screen INVC t
477. otton t shirt Color C Black T Color 7 Brack C Blue Black Blue Quantity 1 AddToBaskel Quantity 1 Add To Basket Quantity Lightweight cotton t shirt Lightweight cotton t shirt Lightweight cotton t shirt Quantity 1 Add To Basket Color Tae LT mb F v j e m Sp m Quantity Quantity Text Field Text Area Swatch Drop Down List Price Enter a retail price for this attribute if any Note that this will be added to base price of the product For example if you entered 10 00 as the price when you created the t shirt product and you enter 5 00 as the attribute price monogramming for example then the price of the t shirt with this attribute will be 15 00 Cost Enter the wholesale cost of this attribute if any Weight Enter a weight for the attribute if any Note that this weight will be added to the weight that you entered for the product D Default option This checkbox only applies to attribute options This 1s the option that will be selected by default when customers view this product in your store R Required Applies only to the attribute If you check this box customers must select one of the options in this attribute before they can click the Add to Basket button I Enables inventory tracking at the attribute level If you enable inventory at the attribute level the system will automatically check to see if inventory is in stock for the variants that you have created 44 Copyright 200
478. ou are using the import process introduced in PR8 See Data Management gt Import Export Tab e Legacy Import Customers From Flat File Choose this format if you are using the import process that existed before PR8 Delimiter Choose a Delimiter for the file Click the Export button Export Orders To Flat File 1 2 Go to gt Data Management gt Import Export tab Click Export Orders to Flat File The Export Orders to Flat File screen will appear Export Orders lo Flat File Destination Export Format Export Orders to File orders dat Delimiter e Tap If File Exists Append To File Other Replace File Expart Field Mames as Header Email File To Do Mat Email dhayes1U0m yahoo com Export Settings s Export All Unbatched Orders Export Orders To File Enter a filename for the exported file If File Exists Choose whether you want to append to or replace an existing file You should select Append to File with caution because it can result in duplicate data in the file Email File To 264 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Do Not Email The file will be created on your server You can use FTP to transfer the file to your local machine e Enter an email address the file will be created and automatically emailed to you 6 Batch to Ex
479. oup 5 3 1 Click on the Discounted Products button Discounted Products for Holiday Sale Advanced Search Assigned hat haw Hawaiian Hat shirt spo Lakers Shirt These are ihe products we are shirt spa Clipper s Shirt discounting 5 3 2 Assign one or more products to this price group then click Close 5 4 Customers If you selected Specific Customers as the Eligibility when you created the price group use the Customers button to select the customers who can get the discount 5 4 1 Click onthe Customers button 9 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Customers Assigned lo Holiday Sale Advanced Search o Assigned Login Password Recovery Email a customer a customera test carn D customer D custamerncotest cam B gt e These are the customers who will c customer rc custormencotest cor get the discount from this price group 5 4 2 Assign one or more customers to this price group then click Close Done With the exception of a coupon your price group is read y to go The steps shown above are a general description for creating a price group Details on every type of price group are included later in this section Price Groups Can Affect Each Other Price groups have the ability to interact and affect each other If you create a lot of price groups you may have trouble figuring out exactly how a cust
480. oup you can choose to show report data for only those customers in or not in that group 307 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Category Enter a product category to limit the report to only products in that category gor y p gor y p yp Leave the field blank to include all categories in the report To increase the flexibility of your reports you could create an inactive category assign any products to it that you wish since a product can belong to multiple categories and then use that category for reporting purposes Product Enter a product to limit the report to only that product Leave the field blank to include all products in the report Display Check the box next to the data that you want to see in the report Recalculate After Automatically refresh the report data if it is being displayed in your admin main page Drag the handles to zoom and pan Drag the handles to zoom and pan O 12 01 2010 03 00 00 EDT 12 01 2010 03 00 00 EDT mM LL ux Hi 12 05 2010 10 00 00 EDT T ll Y Gross Sales 29 95 ebebce Y Number of Orders 1 Y Sales Tax 0 00 12 06 2010 00 00 00 EDT am MO V Gross Sales 280 90 M WM Y Number of Orders 6 v Sales Tax 0 00 Group by day use the Group by hour use the mouse to scroll over data mouse to scroll over data one day at a time one hour at a time 308
481. ove e Information is taken from the customer s 377 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M va hA e f p h 3 2 O and can be edited Display PayPal Credit Button Use Customer s PayPal Shipping Address for Miva Merchant Orders Send Order Details Order Description Order Review Message Locale Page Style Header Image URL User Reference Guide DRAFT Amazon account placed in a custom Miva Merchant page Amazon Payments OCST in this example and cannot be edited PayPal Credit is a credit product from PayPal If you enable this feature a PayPal Credit Button will appear in the Basket Contents screen BASK asa payment option P PayPal CREDIT The PayPal Credit feature currently does not support in context verification or in context authorization If the customer selects PayPal Credit they 1 Are redirected to a PayPal page where they login to their PayPal account 2 Make their shipping and payment selections 3 Return to your store to complete checkout Select this option if you want to use the customer s PayPal shipping address as the destination address If you select this option all items quantities and prices in the order are sent to PayPal If you do not select this option only the order total is sent to PayPal Whatever you enter in this field will show up in the customer s PayPal account as a note for the transaction When the customer
482. ow negative adjusted weights fourth radio buttons e Allow adjustments up e Ifthe kit master part weight is heavier than the sum of the part weights the weight of the parts is adjusted up e Ifthe kit master part is lighter than the sum of the part weights the system assumes that the part weight total is correct and uses that weight to get a shipping quote e Allow adjustments down e Ifthe kit master part weight is heavier than the sum of the part weights the system assumes that the part weight total is correct and uses that weight to get a shipping quote e Ifthe kit master part weight is lighter than the parts the software will adjust the part weights down Allow negative adjusted weights We don t recommend that you select this checkbox because it s possible that you can end up with a negative part weight This option is only included for backward compatibility with previous releases of Miva Merchant e Ifyou check this box you will allow the system to send a negative part weight to a carrier Unless you have a specific reason for wanting to allow negative weights to be sent to the carrier for a shipping quote you should leave this option unchecked e If you leave this box unchecked negative part weights will be adjusted up to 0 Shipping Settings Tab Price Table Based Shipping Options Section See Priced Based Table Shipping 321 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015
483. p 2 Add customers categories and products to the group When customers in that group visit your on line store and sign in they will see the categories and products that you selected e Youcan add the same customers categories and products to multiple groups e lfacategory or product is not assigned to a group it is visible to everyone all groups and all customers who are not signed in Once you assign a category or product to a group it is only visible to customers who sign in and are a member of that group You can assign a product or category to as many groups as you want Examples Create a store category called Bulk Produce and two Availability Groups Retail and Wholesale We ll add one customer to each group but no categories or products yet When a customer reaches your store they will be either e Not signed in e Signed in and a member of the Retail group e Signed in and a member of the Wholesale group Technically the customer could be a member of both the Retail and Wholesale groups but for this example we ll assume that the y are in one or the other 85 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Example 1 Ifthe category Bulk Produce is not assigned to any Availability Group it will be visible to everyone members of any group and customers who visit your store and are not signed in Example 2 Now we ll ad
484. p close Code used by the image machine It contains JavaScript that displays 223 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Notes Versions Recall Clear History User Reference Guide DRAFT additional images See Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface Product Display Layout Image Dimensions Section e Item Code product display imagemachine e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page PROD gt Page tab gt Product Display Layout Image Dimensions Section Main Ima ge Closeup No Constraints The image will be displayed in the main image bounding box at whatever size was uploaded Resize to fit within bounding box An invisible bounding box is drawn in the product Main Image page Images larger than the bounding box are scaled down Images smaller than the bounding box are untouched Home All Products Account Cool T Fo 4n Us EI Pa lic Components ME Main Image bounding box Enable click to closeup If you enable this option when the user clicks on the product image a pop up window will appear on screen containing a larger bounding box you can set the dimensions of this larger bounding box below See Lightbox image for an example Images larger than the bounding box are scaled down Images smaller than the bounding box are untouched No constraints
485. pan 2 gt lt td gt lt EE lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt table gt New File lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 color 676767 border lpx solid c7c8d7 width 690px SII th style tont siz2e l opx color 4506390 padding Spx 20px 5px 20px vertical align top width 60px text align left gt Code lt th gt Lh seyle tont size Loox Color 5b639c padding Sox 200x Spx 20px vertical align top text align left gt Product lt th gt th style font size Loox color 5bo390 padding Sox 20px Spx 20px vertical align top width 60px text align right gt Ouantity lt th gt th stvle rontesize Lopes colors 306390 padding 5px 200x Spx 20px vertical align top text align center gt Expected In Stock Date lt th gt E hab mvteroregonh sterdstor oroup array backorder qroups v cpu Cty le backaround cOolors dede tontewerghrps bold tw std suyle padding Spx Z20px Spx 20px vertical alian Top width 0px 2 tert aligi etr emvt group code tud bg style padding 9px 0px op 200 vertical align top tect olion dert mn ee orouc nane tds 488 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt td style padding psc aspx 0px vertical align Top widen Up text alton Tione em e group Quantity lt td gt lt td st y
486. pdate 8 or later This address and the customer s ship to address are used to calculate shipping charges This address will appear on your shipping labels The value you select here for delivery confirmation will be the default for every product that you ship using UPS However you can over ride the store wide default setting at the product level Please note that the most restrictive delivery confirmation setting for any item in the order gets precedence for the entire order For example if one item in the order requires an adult signature and the other items in the order only require delivery confirmation the order as a whole will be marked as requiring adult signature Declared value is the order total If you check this box the order total will be sent to UPS and UPS will automatically insure the order based on its value The shipping charge will go up because it includes the insurance If you don t check this box the order total is not sent to UPS and insurance is not automatically added This field cannot be over ridden at the product level See also http www ups com content us en s hipping time service value_added declared_value html 347 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Declared Value Select the currency that you use to describe the order total Currency Available Select the UPS shipping options that customers will s
487. ping Rules Header amp Footer META Tag Settings Version 9 Same feature just called Images Home Catalog Products Add Product Product gt Edit Product Surfer Shin gt Images Edit Product Surfer Shirt Product Related Products Attributes The old PR7 one thumbnail one full size legacy image features are still available in Version 9 Catalog Products Edit Product Product tab Legacy Images section See Thumbnail Image Using Images in Version 9 You can add a legacy style thumbnail or full sized image to a product page in your store by editing the product and using the Thumbnail Image and Full sized Image controls in the edit product page 30 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Product Hawatan Shirt Red Home Cataloc Products Edit Product Hawanan Shirt Red Product Product Additional Images Related Products Attribut Details Product Code shirt hawaiian red Product Name Hawaiian shirt Red SEU 007 Canonical Category Code IMVCOOL Look up Alternate Display Page fo Look ur Price son Cost aon Weight TS Thumbnail Image Ea UFLORD ee UPLOAD Full sized Image This is an older way of uploading product images It is still supported and is described in the section Thumbnail Image However a better way to add product images to your store is with th
488. plete payment When they ve finished paying they will automatically return to the INVC Invoice page in your on line store Instructions These instructions describe how to configure your PayPal Payments Standard account so that an order 1s correctly created in your Miva Merchant store If you dont configure your PayPal account correctly you will receive payment from your customer but the order might not be created in your on line store or it might not be created correctly You will receive payment but you might not have enough information to fulfill the order Payment gt Add Remove Modules To Add Payment Modules 1 Go to the gt Payment gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Available Modules section 3 Click on the Install button for the payment module that you want to add To Remove Payment Modules 1 Goto the gt Payment gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Installed Modules section 3 Click on the Remove button for the payment module that you want to remove Order Fulfillment Order Fulfillment Template Based Emails Template based emails are emails that you can send automatically or manually to a customer e Automatically You can configure template based emails so that a customer receives the email when some event occurs For example when you mark an order as shipped in the ad min interface you can automatically have an email sent to the customer letting them know that their order has shipped See To Confi
489. plied based on this price when the product is offered to customers who are members of a price group or when the product 1s offered as an upsale product Enter the Price for the product This is the price that will normally appear in the store 21 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k Weight Thumbnail Image Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Discounts may be applied based on this price when the product is offered to customers who are members of a price group or when the product is offered as an upsale product Shipping charges are usually based on the combined weight of the products ordered The Weight you enter here should be the shipping weight of the item including any required packaging For instance a 40 pound blown glass art piece might require a wooden crate and cushioning materials weighing an additional 20 pounds so the shipping weight would be 60 pounds for that item Weight values are always specified in the Units of Measurement Weight field on the Edit Store Settings screen There is one unit of measurement that is used for all weights throughout the store Thumbnail images are small images usually about 150 x 150 pixels that can appear in different pages in your store The example below shows how to add a thumbnail image to a product and then have the thumbnail image appear in the Category page 1 In the edit product screen gt Product tab cli
490. port e All Orders e All Unbatched Orders only export those orders that are not part ofa Batch 7 Delimiter Choose a Delimiter for the file 8 Click the Export button Export Products To Flat File Goto Data Management Import Export tab 2 Click Export Products to Flat File The Export Products to Flat File screen will appear 265 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Export Products lo Flat File Destination Export Products to File products csy If File Exists Append To File Replace File Do Not Email dhayes1D00 c yahoo com Email File To Product Settings Products To Export e au 1 Export Fields check all uncheck all Standard Fields Nama cell d Alternate Display Page Price Weight d Description Shipping Rules Fields Height Length limit amp hinninn Kdathade META Description META Keywords Product Footer Product Header MOS AdArtiarnal Hareli r ra Custom Fields User Reference Guide DRAFT Export Format File Format Product Import File Delimiter Tab Other d Export Field Names as Header Category Settings LOOK UF Export Only Products In Category Include Category List ignore Categories d Canonical Category Cost d Full sized Image Thumbnail Image Taxable d Active Select Deselect Select Deselect 3 Export Products To File Enter a filename
491. pt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data gt emv Es OPEL NS aler coder amp mvbcrtoptronsdaba mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL lsettazngstoPrionsdata Long amp mvt option isattr code amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt 495 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT amp mvti option attr code lt mvt if gt lt td gt lt td gt lt td gt aj or lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt lt table gt Edit Page EMAIL_RMA_ISSUED gt Page Original File lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size 100 colors 67607072 border 1px solid g07808d width 690p gt SLE rh style Tont size 16px color 45506390 padding Spx 20px Spx 20px vertical align top width 60px text align left gt Code lt th gt th style font size l opx color 45506390 padding 5px 20px Spx 20px vertical align top text align left gt Product lt th gt Lh style e tont size 16px color 45b629c0 padding Spx 20px 5px 20px vertical align top width 60px text align right Quantityc th lt tr gt lt mt foreach it rator group darray return groupe EE Ee a o a e a scum aa a ood gt EE EE EE pia ope Up vel tical EE Wilts op text align left T anat group code td poese y leo paddimg Spx 210 9 09 Pp Op y rrea alon Eo py text align semp mt Or
492. quantity lt a lt td class item price gt amp mvt group formatted base price lt td gt td class item total gt lt MvwtsL expr l settings group subtotal base price NE l settings group subtotal span style text decoration line through amp mvt group formatted subtotal base price lt span gt lt MU 14 gt amp mvt igroup formatted subtotal lt td gt trf mvt foreach iterator option array group options gt tr class item options gt td class item name gt SNE EL expre l settingssoptionioption 1d gt EUvETSODLLIOnSaLLP codes amp nvLioODLLIONntoDpt codes mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp mvt optlon attr codes amp mvLtroptilon datag lt mvtselselt expr NOT ISNULL lsettzinogs optronsdata long gt amp mvt option attr code amp mvt option data long lt mvt else gt amp mvt option attr code eZmvtilf mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts mvt if expr l settings discount display div class item discount amp mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt 472 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e eh Ree mvt foreach S cae td class item quantity gt lt td gt lt td class item price gt SUVESLEUSXDICULISOeLEIDOgSTODLIOHDase price gt amp mvt option formatted base price lt mvt else gt
493. r Deselect 4 3 In the Page tab click Update 5 Now let s look at a product page in our on line store 417 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Search Checkout Home Seashell Necklace Seashell Necklace Quantity 1 Price 10 00 Shipping Weight 1 00 pounds MSRP 25 00 Quantity in Basket None Our custom field now shows up in product pages in our on line store In our example the custom product field automatically showed up in our on line store because we had not modified our product page template code If you have modified your product page template code you must 6 Example Select the custom field in the gt User Interface gt Pages tab gt edit page PROD gt Page tab gt Product Display Layout section In the Product Display Layout section click on the Advanced Mode link to view the Product Display Template code Manually add the code that will display the custom field Adding a Custom Field with Image Upload In this example we ll show how to use the Image Upload field type to add content to your store pages that customers can download Make sure that the file type that you want to use is supported by the admin interface For example if you want to add a PDF to a store page that your customers can download 1 1 Goto gt Domain Settings gt Domain Details
494. r Ee eet Name lt label gt lt input type text mame Customer Bill PirstName id Customer B2llbPrrstName value amp mviescglobal tHsSLtomer BPillFirstNane class textfield gt div div class amp mvte global BillLastName Row lt label elass regquirsd for Custoner BillbastName Last Name lt label gt lt input type text name Customer BillLastName id Customer BillLastName value amp mvte global Customer BillLastName class textfield gt div div class amp mvte global BillEmail Row lt label class required Lor Cuscomer Bill mail Ematl Address lt label gt lt input Types itext mame Customer Bullemazil lde ocustomer Bxllkmalil values emvtes global Cuscomer Brillbmall class Lextrield ZS lt div gt lt div oclass smvbesgloDbaslBLLLEPhone Row T gt label class required for Customer B111P hone gt Phone Number lt label gt lt input Type text mame Customer Bullbrone Ld Cuscomer BXLIPhoue v lue amp umvteceglobaliCusLomer B11L hones olass Lextirelg gt lt div gt div class smvte global BillFax Row gt label class italic for Customer BillFax Fax Number lt label gt lt input Eype text name Customer BillPax 1d Customer BIILFax value amp mvte global Customer BillFax class textfield gt lt div gt div class amp mvte global BillCompany Row 526 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva
495. r Macintosh and go to this address HEtpi localHost 651 4 If you are prompted to enable the CUPS Web Portal enter the same username and password that you use to logon to your Macintosh Select the Administration tab and click Add Printer Enter any name for the ZPL printer and the port that you found by running the Ipinfo command Press the Continue button Select Raw for Make and press Continue Make sure that Raw Queue is selected for Model and click the Add Printer button O o N Ch tA Your ZPL printer is now configured and will appear in the Miva Merchant printer drop down list More detailed instructions with screenshots may be found in the JZebra Raw Printer setup instructions Appendix 7 Inventory Management In Miva Merchant inventory management refers to a set of tasks that are completed in different parts of the ad min interface This section gives you a bird s eye view of these tasks e Inventory Tracking e Basket Inventory e Inventory Messages Each of these tasks is optional You don t have to use the Miva Merchant inventory mana ge ment features at all You can use inventory mana ge ment without the basket inventory feature You can use the basket inventory without customizing your inventory messages 444 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Inventory Tracking Inventory tracking lets Miva Merchant do inventory math
496. r account 3 U S P S production server When you first register with U S P S your account is linked to a test server Ask the U S P S representative to switch your account to a production server If they ask what application you are using say Miva Merchant Miva Merchant is already an approved U S P S rate application 32 U S P S shipping labels If you want to print U S P S shipping labels without U S P S postage ask the representative to enable your account for the delivery confirmation API You don t have to do this step if you are going to use Endicia to print U S P S shipping labels with postage To Configure U S P S Online Rate Calculation 1 Follow the steps above to create a U S P S web tools account 2 Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 3 Click Install under U S P S Online Rate Calculation Domestic amp International 4 Chckonthe U S P S Online Rate Calculation Domestic amp International tab USPS User ID Enter your U S P S username URL to USPS WebTools Miva Merchant uses both this URL and the secure URL below to get Server rate information Both fields are populated automatically and almost 337 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Secure URL to USPS WebTools Server Source Zip Code for Calculations Label Option Default Label Image Type Default Display Online Rates to Cu
497. r chooses to pay with PayPal Header Back ground Enter a 6 digit hex number That color will be used as the header back ground Color color in the PayPal login screen when your customer chooses to pay with PayPal Page Background Color Enter a 6 digit hex number That color will be used as the page background color in the PayPal login screen when your customer chooses to pay with PayPal PayPal Express In context Checkout If you enable the PayPal Express in context checkout the checkout screens in your store will look slightly different to the customer All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Basket Contents Categories Shopping Basket Long Pasta a temes Total Price Short Pasta Remove Forgotten Barrell Lot 5150 FB LOT5150 4 10 00 10 00 Egg Pasta 99 Total 10 00 Fast Secure Checkout with PayPal A PayPal CREDIT Follow Us In the Basket Contents screen BASK the customer clicks the Checkout with PayPal button 379 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Basket Contents Categories Shopping Basket Long Pasta E Cty tom Price Total Price geng Mente Remove Forgotien Barreli Lot 5150 pi 10 00 10 00 Egg Pasta Follow Us Log m to Pay Pa buyer 720013 norme Gers armarchart com Parera Dont tarea an account Sue up A Hass ara
498. r the passphrase and click the Continue button The Edit Order screen will refresh and will openly display the credit card information In Legacy Order Processing 1 In the Store Search field enter legacy then select Legacy Order Processing from the results Note that Legacy Order Processing can only be reached from the Store Search field You can t find it in the button Q legacy Miva Merchant In the Order Processing main screen edit an order that has encrypted credit card information In the Edit Order screen enter the passphrase and click Update 437 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 4 After you enter the passphrase that was used to create the encryption key you ll be able to select any of the order tabs 438 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface This section lists a number of fields that you can find in many screens ofthe Miva Merchant Admin Interface Notes Versions Recall Clear History Color Selector MEI Custom Fields Use the Notes field to identify versions of a file such as a template or a store page See Versions Sena 09 15 2011 16 48 27 PDT sl Allows you to create multiple copies of a file and to switch between them To create a
499. ra compatible printers that Miva Merchant supports e Show Packing Instructions e Show Postage Rate e Show Insured Value All three of these are information that comes back from Canada Post with your shipping charges If you check the box next to one of the items that information will be printed on your label Select a language for error messages that are returned by the Canada Post API These messages only show up in the admin interface 1f something goes wrong when you are generating Canada Post labels They are not displayed to your custo mers 333 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Currency Available Services Generate Shipping Label From To Jonathan Flint Fred Stone jburch mivamerchant com efor mivamerchant com An exam pl e ofa 855 362 5922 7615228878 Canada Post error 5060 Shoreham Place Suite 330 5554 tumbleweed way San Diego QC H2T 156 CA oceanside CA 92057 message that can show up in the Miva Merchant admin Mark Shipment as Shipped interface PANNE Required 19 Year Old DU Pe HO Canada Post Priority Worldwide Envelope Packaging The page at dev test says Weight Ka The P419 option is invalid for the selected Service Please E Hem change the options or select another service 1 item 1 Use this field to select the currency for declared value on international shipments If you set thi
500. ray basket charges gt lt tr gt lt td align right valign top colspan 3 gt lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font i amp mvt charge descrip i mvt item td td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt amp mvbschergestofrmdtted disp amb mvt item d busbod Essa mvt foreach lt tr gt lt td align right valign top colspan gt 3 gt lt td gt std alodgae9 rright oyaliogne top bogcolor imvtr eolorsslhdr bg mvt item name fonts param lhdr font lt D gt Total lt b gt lt myt it m gt lt td gt lt td align right valign top bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param lhdr font b amp mvt basket formatted total lt b gt Zmvts item lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt 545 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Edit Page ORDS gt Order Contents New File style type text css gt pl margin top 6px margin bottom 10PX td divi User Reference Guide DRAFT font family Verdana Arial Helvetica sans serif font size 1px line height 15px header lont srgzo l15px font weight bold dashedline border bottom lpx dashed 999999 z indexs 05 margin top 20px matgin bottom 20psx ordercell pa
501. rc amp mvte product thumbnail alt amp mvte product name border 0 gt lt a gt lt mvt else gt mvbrlf lt td gt lt tdr aligi err Essi gn uoot colspan 2 mvt item name fonts param body font a href amp mvt global sessionurl 5creen PRODeStore Code amvta store code amp ProducLt Code amp mvta product code amp Category Code amp mvta category code amp mvt product name a br Code b amp mvt product code b br AS omui produci formattediprice D r VLE GSXDI Ll seLtLIDgs producurinv SoOblve amp mvt product inv long br New File mvt if expr NOT ISNULL l settings product thumbnail a bref amp mvt global sessionurl ocreen PROD amp SLore Code amp mvia store code 6Product Code amp nvta pEoducut code jsCabegory Code smvta cabtegoryricode img src e amp mvte product thumbnail alt amp mvte product name border 0 gt lt a gt lt mvt else gt cmwviscf lt ta ta align left velien tep colspan 2 gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt a href s mvt global sessionurl sSereen sPRODesStore Code 8 mvta store code Product Code amp mvta product code amp Category Code amp mvta category code amp mvt product name a br Code lt b gt amp mvt product code lt b gt lt br gt 534 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT
502. rchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT tens le nacieron d color nhl ivi gt good spese sy le paddlinda E 2Z0px ER vertical align Dotcom itext aligu rignt gt mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt mvt charge descrip br gt lt Mit oreach gt Ms Ele tones ze l pr EC Olor 751990 Nemore omo Total ime lt lt eer lt td style padding 9px 920p po 2 Up verciecal alagn bottom Crer lien Tright S mvt foreach iterator charge array order charges gt Sac gt lease He EE Eet sue ens 7 Mv horeadem lt 2 esr le Ttone cizes 6px Colors 56 3c margin Qo SS ts order ormai ted total lt 12 gt b IE lt elo le e Lo see dau UL exo gt o New File lt div style clear both gt lt div gt y o Ee Sus Sm eine ese eom dee om esas s lt div gt lt div gt lt body gt lt html gt Edit Page EMAIL_ORDERCONF_MERCHANT gt Page Original File 491 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt div gt lt table style border collapse collapse border spacing 0 font size Um lo wero Oo border lo Sola e oo aa SUP pda gt patea le ron stes dom Ee EE EE me pps 20 DOs 12 exe Vereteal align bep widens CUD wexe align tere Coder lt the sty le fontesime EE EE color Vt So6s Ic pea ge qp 2p pep vertical alion top texts alan Mere Product Ene tho
503. rder subtotal e You can modify the error message that appears in the Shipping Selections screen above The message 1s in gt User Interface gt Edit Page OSEL Checkout Shipping Payment 318 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Skip Shipping Payment Selection for Free Orders Fallback Shipping Method Description Fallback Shipping Method Price User Reference Guide DRAFT Selection gt Page tab gt Details Section gt Template field e Youcan easily review the orders for which shipping charges could not be calculated By default a Miva Merchant administrator receives an email about each order You can search your order emails for the text that you entered in the Fallback Shipping Method Description text box and then contact the customer to find the shipping method that they prefer e Display Error Message and Redirect Shopper to Page e Display Error Message and Redirect Shopper to Page Not Found sl If you choose this option and shipping cannot be calculated the customer will be automatically redirected to the page that you select in the drop down list You can even create a custom page and re direct the customer to it If you create a custom page to handle this situation it will show up in this drop down list An error message will appear on the page that you selected This error message cannot be modified All Products Account Basket
504. re Code valde Ssmvte globaltotore Couse MMUI Edit Page POUT gt Page gt Details Original File mvti ltem name fonts param body ront Smet Global Error E lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl gt 516 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 LE IM LA Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt input type hidden name Screen value amp mvte global Screen gt GUMNCMIE twee nel Tenes Sexe Cos value amp mvte store code gt EE Valve E global Producti Code T lt input type hidden name Current Product Code Value umvteigloDalsCUrrent Product Code gt yews dE ISEOIOlSm omes EE Wel bea Samen oe dieere dee Ce wee ues e Oe e d lt input tye hidden mame Orrser value amp mvte global Offset lt input type hidden name Search value Emvte global Search gt lt mvt item name buttons param Back gt lt ToOrm lt mvt item gt New File mvt item name fonts param body font Se locas Messages lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl gt lt input type hidden name Screen value amp mvte global Screen gt A PE slc EE value amp mvte store code gt Pe pe unde ance RON DOC Velle snvbe global Product Code gt lt input type hidden name Current Product Code value Smvte globalscuerent Product Code gt SUSU Eee d quo oleo a
505. re was a data entry error that caused the following situation e You have a kit where the kit master product weight is set to 50 pounds e The kit has two parts One part weighs 99 pounds The other part weighs 1 pound The parts in the kit weigh a total of 100 pounds but the master product weight is only 50 pounds The Miva Merchant software knows that the parts weigh 50 pounds more than the master product That is the discrepancy weight weight of all parts weight of master product The software will adjust the weight of each part using this formula Adjusted part weight Original weight of part Discrepancy weight number of parts Part 1 Adjusted part weight 99 pounds 50 pounds 2 74 pounds Part 2 Adjusted part weight 1 pound 50 pounds 2 24 pounds Notes e Fromthe above example you can see that using this option can result in a part weight being adjusted down to a negative weight When this weight is sent to a carrier for a rate quote the carrier will send back an error However the part weight can also be adjusted up if the master product weight was lower than the part weights If a part weight is adjusted up over 150 pounds that can also cause the carrier to return an error 325 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e This is the default setting if you ve updated your store from PR8 Update 8 or o
506. require you to create a new encryption key every 365 days About Deleting Payment Information e In Miva Merchant deleting payment information is called Archiving Archiving doesn t remo ve orders from your store database The only purpose of archiving is to strip payment information from orders 428 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Youcanremove payment from orders in batch or from one order at a time But once you remove payment information from an order it is permanently deleted Enabling Encryption in Your Store You enable encryption in your store by creating an encryption key As soon as you create the key credit card data on new orders will be encrypted You create the key with the Encryption Key Wizard Follow the steps in this section if you want to enable encryption in your store and you do not have existing orders with credit card information But see also Processing Existing Orders with the Encryption Key Wizard Notes e In this section we ve simplified the screens to make them easier to read e It s important that you make a note of your encryption key passphrase and store it in a secure location If you lose your passphrase it cannot be recovered You will either have to e Remove payment information from all of the orders whose credit card information was encrypted archiving or e Leave the orders with encrypted cr
507. returns to your on line store after paying with PayPal they see a confirmation page right before the invoice page which will show whatever text you enter in this field Until the customer clicks the OK button in the confirmation page in your on line store they haven t authorized payment The authorization in the customer s PayPal account just authorizes your on line store to complete a transaction with the customers PayPal account It doesn t authorize the fund transfer Select the country where your account with PayPal was created If you were in the United States when you created your PayPal account select United States This field and the fields below give you some minor control over the PayPal login screen that the customer will first see if they select PayPal Express as the payment method Whatever page style template you selected in your merchant s PayPal account you should enter here Enter a server path to an image or use the upload button to upload an image to your store server The image that you reference here will show up at the 378 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT top of the PayPal login screen when your customer chooses to pay with PayPal The max image size is 750x90 pixels Header Border Color Enter a 6 digit hex number That color will be used as the header border color in the PayPal login screen when your custome
508. rface User Reference Guide DRAFT store Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order For example Setthe Transaction Type to Automatic Capture 2 Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog box select a payment type associated with PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK In the Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture button is greyed out and the funds were automatically captured after authorization CyberSource has a product called Decision Manager It examines payment transactions and makes a decision as to whether the transaction is legitimate or fraudulent If the software determines that the transaction is fraudulent it can mark the transaction with a soft decline The order is created in Miva Merchant and the customer s card is charged but the order has a pending status at CyberSource This setting affects soft declines that occurred because the shipping address on the order did not match the registered address of the card e Ifyou enable this option and CyberSource generates a soft decline because of an address mismatch the status of the order in Miva Merchant is set to Captured e If youdo not enable this option and C yberSource generates a soft decline because of an address mismatch the order is created and the status in Miva Merchant is set to Authorized You can manually Capture funds using the Miva Merchant admin
509. rface gt Settings Tab gt Smart Breadcrumbs seu tetti eto astu tet degt Eegenen 244 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Global Header and Footer esee eese eene eene nennen rennen nnne nennen nnn 246 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt HEAD Tag Content 247 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt HTML Profile eese seen eene nennen nnns entn serit se nensi nenas tris nan rra rnnt nn nen 246 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Shopping Interface Settings eese eene eene enne nennen nennen enses senes 246 User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Template Import Export Settings eese sees 249 USERJNTBREACB gt ERROR MESSAGES TAB sia 251 To TROL ACC GI EVV OF MICS E n EE 294 USER INTERFACE gt STYLE RESOURCES TAB ccsccssssccsessccocossisaccseatastoosssvascccessssssooncasescacecesacccnssescgaccecesesdetacsaoscasadensssssasstososacsbosnotanssees 252 LEES A e e o ESE O O A 292 USER INTERFACE gt META TAG SETTINGS TAB usina obesas 253 TO Die MELIA EE 254 DATA MANAGEMENT ura iaa 255 DATA MANAGEMENT gt IMPORT EXPORT Iap 235 The General Process of Importing eese eee esee ene ense nensi tnns sens stein sen en seien ss nNR ss ains seins seins esee n seins senis nenatis sens 239 The EI Process OF EXPDORIAS id Aa 239 Eechen 259 cnc musco 260 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Ivv Miva Merchan
510. rify this 6 1 Goto gt Catalog gt Products 6 2 Edit the required product In our example the required product is shirt_Hawanan 6 3 Select Edit Product Hawaiian Shirt Red gt Upsold Products tab You can see that the Hawaiian shirt is now associated with the upsale hat Edit Product Hawatan Shut Red Home gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product Hawanan Shirt Red gt Upsold Products Product Additional Images Related Products Attributes EI Product Code Display Upsold Price hat hawaian Always 12 00 134 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT When the customer purchases Hawaiian Shirt Red they will be offered the Hawanian hat during checkout If the customer is only being offered one upsale product the screen looks like this by default see gt User Interface gt Pages gt OUS1 All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Special Offer Save 2 00 Offer walid for this order only hat havraiian Regular Price 10 00 Special Price 8 00 You Save 2 00 Size ona C Medium C Large Add To Order Do Mot Add To Order Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQE All Producte Sitemap 135 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Ifthe customer is being offered multiple
511. rmation while a customer is shopping in your store and save that information to your store database For example you might want to capture the customer s IP address and save it with the order record In releases before PR8 Update 9 you could capture the information but to save it to the database you had to use a third party module PR Update 9 added 16 new read write template functions that let you attach information that you ve captured to different types of records You can use these functions to save and display a wide variety of data e Agent string fields e The customer s IP address e The referrer page e Any information about the customer s basket items costs etc 42 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT In this example we ll show how to put a drop down list on the OSEL page Checkout Shipping Payment Selection and save the customer s selection to the basket record e Write Basket creates a custom basket field and writes a value to it e Read Basket reads the value from a custom basket field Normally the custom fields that you attach to a basket record are lost when the basket 1s deleted However there is a way to convert the information and permanently save it in the database with the customer s order Baskets are deleted when e They expire See Basket Timeout e The customer completes the checkout process 1 Make s
512. s If a customer jumps to a product page without navigating the category that you enter in the canonical field will be highlighted in the category tree Cool Gear If you entered Cool Gear in the Canonical field and the customer jumps directly to a ziii product page Cool Gear will be highlighted in the category tree Computer Kits Network Accessories Alternate Allows you to use multiple templates for products For example you could use one Display Page product display template for DVDs that you sell and another product display template for t shirts Example Creating and using multiple product te mplates Goto gt User Interface The Pages main screen is selected by default 2 Create a duplicate PROD Product Display page 19 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 2l User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit the original PROD page In the Page tab select all of the template code and paste it temporarily into a text file Edit Page euere spy Home gt Llser Interface gt Pages Page Page Items Update C Reset Details A Code PROD Name Product Display Template ret item name html profile gt LI zxrtitle amp mt store name amp mvte praduct name c title chase href amp nvt global basehref gt zmvt item name prodcetgy meta param prod i gt zmvt item name head param css list gt zmvt item name head param
513. s amp mvtiglobal sessionurl Soreen PBOD amp SLtore Code smvta global Store Coder amp Produc t Code 4 mvta produet code Category Code amvtatgloDalsiCategory Codes ss Dmg src e amp mvte product thumbnail border 0 gt lt a gt mvt else lt mvt if gt lt mvt item gt lt td gt td align right valign middle bgcolor 2 amp mvt product bgcolor nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param body font 554 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 VN F IINE Miva Merchant Q User Reference Guide DRAFT ce cuc a r a e a a a a E c mwbsdqben td Edit Page PROD gt Attribute Machine Original File script AttriDuLteMaonlnesprototypes Generate owaLboh function produce code SELPLIDUES option var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the swatch images var img document createElement img TIG SEO option image swatch appendChild span swatch appendChild img return swatch lt SCripU gt New File lt SCELpE gt Aero temas IS proto per Generar DiscouUne a var dapes Entes uolo document createElement div da scomlbdgwslnnterpbHrPML 4discount lt cescrip cb ter eB dips coU Ote SO Hells C OUI ecu ale Cue cl 555 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 VN F aile
514. s gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Available Modules tab section 3 Under buySAFE 2 0 click Install 4 Select the buySAFE tab 4 Check the I accept the buySAFE End User License Agreement checkbox 4 2 Click the register now button to go to the buySAFE website and create an account 4 3 Enable buyS AFE Bonding Adding buySAFE to your store requires changes to some template code e Ifyou have modified your store s template code click on the documentation link to follow the instructions for manually adding the buyS AFE template code e Ifyou have not made any changes to your store s template code you can check the Enable the automatic te mplate changes checkbox 5 Enter the authentication data provided by buyS AFE You are given these credentials when you create your buySAFE account 6 Generate and place buySAFE Seal Specify store terms of sale More information about these items is shown on screen after you create your buySAFE account 7 Click Update Utilities Utilities gt Template Based Batch Reports By default Miva Merchant has two template based batch reports e The Printable Invoice appears in the Order Processing Orders tab Run Batch Report dialog box e The Shipment Picklist appears in the Order Processing Shipments Run Batch Report dialog box You can also create your own batch reports for either managing orders or shipments To Enable the Default Reports Goto gt Utilities
515. s small medium and large 3 Create the second t shirt product Create an attribute Size with options small medium and large 4 Repeat for all of your shirts Obviously this is not very efficient and a faster method is to create the attribute Size as part ofa template and then apply the template to all of your t shirts Templates can also contain more than one attribute For example you could create a template that included the attributes Size Color and Fabric 75 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Create An Attribute Template The instructions in this section describe the general process of creating and using an attribute template If you have never created attributes and options before or for detailed information on all of the attribute and option fields please see Catalog gt Edit Product gt Attributes Tab You might find it easier to practice manually creating an attribute in the Attributes tab and then return to this section to create a template Goto Catalog Attribute Templates tab In the Attribute Templates tab click Add Template 3 Inthe Add Attribute Template screen 3 1 Enter an Attribute Template Code The code identifies the attribute in the admin interface 3 2 Enter an Attribute Template Prompt This is the name you will see when you apply your template to a product See To Apply an
516. s Attributes Hit Bilder TE C Reset Edit Inventory Generate Variants Product Prompt Product Quantity CPU CPU 6400 Mone Configured CPU 6800 None Configured 6 Click on the first option cpu_6400 to open the Edit Parts dialog box In the Edit Parts dialog box enter the product code for the first part that you want to add to the kit then click Add Part in the Edit Parts dialog box In our example we ll add the mouse to the kit first 54 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Home gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product Basie Tower Kit gt Inventory Kit Builder Additional Related Inventory Edit Inventory Generate Variants Prompt Product Quantity CPU CPU 6400 None Configured Edit Parts Code Hame mouse maize Mouse Cancel You can use the Quantity column to set how many of that part are included in the kit For example we could set the mouse quantity to 2 so that each kit would include 2 mice Add all of the products that you want to include in the kit and click Save in the Edit Parts dialog box Our first kit is configured a group of computer components with a 6400 CPU Edit Product Basic Tower Kit Home gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product Basic Tower Kit gt Inventory Kit Builder Additional Related Inventory Images Products Attributes Kit Builder
517. s Wie liste corey Cercle valtle unes loba Categor Code lt input type nirdden wname Oorrseg value 6mvte global Offset gt lt input type hidden name Search value amp mvte global Search gt lt mvt item name buttons param Back gt lt form gt lt mvt item gt 517 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MMUI Edit Page ACAD gt Customer Fields New File div id fields key gt lt div gt lt span class required gt Bold lt span gt Required lt div gt lt div gt lt span class italic gt Italic lt span gt Optional lt div gt lt IVESLE expr gq brror Message KEE TS lt div gt lt span class red gt Red lt span gt Invalid lt div gt SUNL LES lt div gt div id login details gt div class amp mvte global LoginEmail Row gt label for Customer LoginEmail class required gt Email Address lt label gt mvt if expr l settings customer primaddr EQ shipping gt lt input type text name Customer LoginEmail id Customer LoginEmail value 2 amp mvte global Customer LoginEmail class textfield autocomplete off onblur if document getElementById Customer ShipEmail amp amp document getElementById Customer ShipEmail value TY document getblementBbyld Customer shipEmall jvalue this value mvt elseif expr l settings customer pri
518. s a sub category in your store For example if you had already created a category called Hats and you are now creating a sub category called Men s Hats you could enter 70 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Catalog Categories Add Category Category Add Category Details A Category Code mens_h ats Category Name Men Hate Parent Category Hats LOOK UP Alternate Display Page PO Look UP M Active All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Men s Hats Pants Home AboutUs Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products 1 4 Alternate Display Page By default the content and appearance of all category pages in your on line store are controlled by the CTGY page in the admin interface E gt User Interface gt Pages gt Edit CTG Y However you can create additional category display pages and use a different one for each category For example 1f you sell clothing and DVDs you might want the clothing category pages to have one format and the DVD category pages to use another You can also create multiple product display pages and the steps are nearly identical If you don t want the format of this category to be controlled by the CTGY pa ge enter the name of a different page in this field 1 5 Active Check the Active checkbox to have the category appear in your on line s
519. s and Process for Hosting Your Store If you are going to host your own store you should contact Miva Merchant support for detailed instructions but here s a overview of what 1s involved Hardware You need at least one server where you have root access The hardware specs of the server and speed of the internet connection must be appropriate for the amount of traffic that you expect your store to receive Operating system We strongly recommended Linux or FreeBSD Windows is supported but not recommended If you use Windows you must have a server version that will support IIS 6 or older Database We strongly recommended MySQL which is required for PCI compliance In the past other databases have been supported but beginning in PR9 MySQL will be required for new stores Application Server For Linux and FreeBSD you must have Apache OpenSSL On a Windows server you must use IIS 6 and OpenSSL Install and configure Empresa Empresa is a virtual environment from Miva Merchant Empresa also installs CGI on top of Apache Verify your environment Miva Merchant has a script called diag that will examine your server for readiness Install Miva Merchant Download the Miva Merchant store package Run the setup script to install and add your license key Appendix 5 Default HTTP HTTPS Pages The table below shows the way that pages in your store use SSL by default You can change any page in your store to use or not use SSL but this is way
520. s as Header Export Fields rr check all uncheck all Standard Fields 4 Login d Password d Pass Recovery Email gd Ship First Name Ship Last Name Ship Email ship Phone ship Fax Chin Mor 3 Export Customers to File Enter a filename for the exported file The default filename 1s customers cs v 4 If File Exists Choose whether you want to append or replace an existing file You should select Append to File with caution because it can result in duplicate data in the file 5 Email File To e Do Not Email The file will be created on your server You can use FTP to transfer the file to your local machine 262 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Enter an email address the file will be created and automatically emailed to you Standard Fields Select the customer fields that you want to export 7 File Format e Customer Import This is the default import process Choose this format if you are using the import process introduced in PR8 See Data Management gt Import Export Tab e Legacy Import Customers From Flat File Choose this format if you are using the import process that existed before PR8 Delimiter Choose a Delimiter for the file 9 Click the Export button Export Categories To Flat File 1 Goto gt Data Management gt Import Export tab 2 Click Export Categories to Flat File The Export Ca
521. s at Rate Shipping ads Mode Production Click here to launch the UPS Developer Kit Registration Wizard and enable the UPS Rating and Shipping APIs UPS THE UPS SHIELD TRADEMARK THE UPS READY MARK THE UPS DEVELOPER EIT MARK AMD THE COLOR BROWN ARE TRADEMARKS OF UNITED PARCEL SERVICE OF AMERICA INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2 3 The first screen of the registration wizard will appear Click Next 344 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MIVA MERCHANT Restart Close UPS Developer Kit License and Registration Wizard This wizard will assist you in completing the necessary licensing and registration requirements to activate and use the UPS Developer Kit fram Miva Merchant If you do not wish to use any of the functions that utilise the UPS Developer Kit click the Cancel button and those functions will not be enabled If at a later time you wish to use the UPS Developer Kit return to this wizard and complete the UPS Developer Kit licensing and registration process Cancel ext 2 4 The end user license EULA screen will appear Scroll to the bottom of the agreement check the agreement box and click Next MIVA MERCHANT Restart Close UPS TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT Version UTA U0s3 07z 05 PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AMD CONDITIONS OF THIS UPS TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT BY INDIC
522. s between the new version and the version you have in your store New File mvt if expr l settings basket empty Your shopping basket is currently empty p mvt item name cssui links param storefront gt Home lt mvt item gt lt p gt mvt e exlit gt lt mvt if gt lt table gt tr class basket heading gt lt td class item name gt Item lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt Qty lt td gt lt td class item price gt Item Price lt td gt lt td class item total gt Total Price lt td gt tr mvt foreach iterator group array basket groups gt Sli lt MWES LE 6xpr l settingesgroupioption count gt mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 settings group option count 1 lt mvt else gt mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 lt MVE LE gt lt td class item name gt lt div class special offer gt lt mvt if expr l settings group upsold Special Offer lt mvt if gt lt div gt lt div class item name amp mvt group name lt span class item code gt amp mvt group code mvt foreach iterator discount array group discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display lt Civ class rten discount gt amp mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount lt div gt lt MUCELE gt mvt foreach lt span gt EE td td class item quantity gt amp mvt group quantity td td class item price gt 474
523. s field to anything other than Canadian dollar another field will appear asking you to enter a currency conversion rate between Canadian dollars and the currency that you selected Currency United States dollar Currency Conversion Rate 0 000 Whate ver shipping methods that you select here will be offered to your customers during checkout and will appear in the admin interface when you are printing Canada Post labels Shipping gt Flat Rate Shipping Tab To Enable Flat Rate Shipping l Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 2 Click Install under Flat Rate Shipping To Configure Flat Rate Shipping 1 In the Flat Rate Shipping tab click on the Add Method button e Entera name for this shipping method This name will appear in your on line store 334 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e Enter an Amount that you want to charge for this shipping method This is the total shipping charge that will be applied to the order regardless of the order size or weight 2 Click Update Shipping gt Minimum or Weight Shipping Tab Minimum or Weight Shipping is similar to Base Weight shipping e n Base Weight shipping you calculate shipping based on the weight then add a base charge e In Minimum or Weight shipping you set the minimum that you want to charge for shipping then you calculat
524. s had the Max Discount Quantity set to 1 which means that the discount from each price group can only be used once per basket The customer already got two discounts on their basket one from each price group Our customer bought quantity 3 of our men s golf shirt e They received a 5 discount on the first shirt e They received a 20 discount on the second shirt e They will pay full price for the third shirt 94 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Exclusions User Reference Guide DRAFT It s important to remember that price groups have variables such as Priority Exclusions Max Discount Quantity and others that can change the way that the price groups are applied and combined Exclusions let you decide if the price group discount you are creating can be combined with other existing price groups When you create a new price group every other price group that you ve created will show up in the Add Edit Price Group dialog box Exclusions Allow Combination 20 Percent Off Coupon Storewide sale 7 Percent Off Exclude for Same Basket Everything Holiday Sale 25 Percent Off Select Items LIPS Discount Tor Preferred Customers Exclude for Same ltem Group v Exclude for Same Item Y You should think carefully when you allow discounts to be combined There are many variables that can affect discounts Priority Maximum Discounts Allowed restrictions
525. s is the product that you want to offer customers during checkout e The required product this is the product that must be in the customer s basket to trigger the special offer For example your customer purchases a Hawaiian shirt the required product During checkout you offer them a matching hat the upsold product 65 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT The required product must be in the customer s ba sket to qualify for the upsale offer s In this example the Hawaiian Shirt is the required product Home Catalog Products Edit Product Hawaiian Shit gt Upsold Products Edit Product Hawallan Shirt Product Images Related Products Attributes Advanced search Code Name Display Upsold Price hat hawaiian Always 10 00 The Upsale Product is what we are going to offer customers during checkout If the customer buysa Hawaiian Shirt we ll offer them a Hawaiian Hat Catalog Edit Product Inventory Tab This tab will only appear if you have enabled Track Inventory at the store level Use the Edit Product gt Inventory tab to e Enable inventory tracking at the product level if the product does not have Attributes To enable inventory tracking for products that do have attributes see Catalog Edit Product Attributes Tab e Set inventory levels for products that do not have attributes e Create product spe
526. s that you enable The different types of custom fields are used for different purposes for example META Tags can be used to help search engines like Google find products in your store When you see a list of custom fields next to a field containing template code for example in the Edit Store gt Category Tree Template tab checking the box next to a custom field makes that custom field available to the template code If you wanted to reference a custom field in the template code you check the box next to the custom field click the Update button and then you can add code to the template to refer to the custom field This is done to improve speed and efficiency Only the custom fields that you enable are loaded into memory and made available to the template code 440 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Appendix 3 Comparing Weight Based Shipping Modules Miva Merchant has three shipping modules based on weight See Shipping Base Weight Shipping Create as many shipping methods as you want Economy under 5 pounds Economy 6 10 pounds etc Each shipping method has 1 weight range The total shipping charge is weight of order x shipping charge per unit weight base charge Minimum or Weight Shipping Create as many shipping methods as you want Economy under 5 pounds Economy 6 10 pounds etc Each shipping method has 1 weight r
527. s the Additional Price Element It s the original price of the product before any discounts are applied You might want to show this price to customers so that they can see in the product page that they are getting a discount e The 7 00 is the Price Element It s the price of the product after discounts are applied 197 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Displayed Price Additional Price Display User Reference Guide DRAFT e The 3 00 is the Discount Element It s the dollar value of the savings If you go to gt User Interface gt Pages gt Edit Page PROD gt Product Display Layout section gt Advanced Mode There is an HTML tag in the default template div id product discount gt If you want the attribute machine to update the Discount Element based on the attributes that the customer selects the Discount Element field must match that element see Pricing Elements and Pricing Displays The Price Element field as a kind of container Generally it is used to show the customer how much a product will cost after discounts have been applied But you can use the Displayed Price field to have some additional control over what price customers see in a product page e Retail Price If you select Retail Price the Price Element field will display whatever you put in the Cost field when you created the product e Base Price includes any legacy pri
528. s the order that the shipping methods will appear in the Ship Via drop down list in the Shipping Payment Selection screen User Interface Edit Page OS EL Initially all of the shipping methods that you have enabled will show up in 311 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Display As Rate Adjustment this screen with priority 0 You can use any integer as the priority but shipping methods with higher numbers will appear first in the drop down list Many companies set the priority so that the shipping methods are listed from least expensive to most expensive Method Priority UPS Ground The priority that you set for the shipping UPS 2nd Day Aine methods UPS Next Day Aire Item Qty ItemPrice Total Price determines their order in the Ship Via drop Graphic Card 500 qraphic Card 50 1 50 00 50 00 down list In the i 50 00 Shipping Payment Selection screen OSEL Ship Via UPS Grauncda 6 15 m UPS Ground Op 15 UPS And Day Aine 14 37 WPS Next Day Aine 522 40 Continue Set the text that will appear in the Ship Via drop down list in the Shipping Payment Selection screen for the shipping method see figure above If you leave this field empty the system will show the default shipping method name For example the default Shipping Method name might UPS Ground but you could
529. s to generate the shipping label Generate a shipping label and ship To Process Returns and Refunds Returns are a special workflow in order processing All storeowners have slightly different return policies and procedures but in Miva Merchant the general process looks like this I 2 The customer contacts you and asks to return something Edit the order select the item s and click the Create Return button e The Create Return button creates an RMA number for the item s that you selected e Youcanconfigure an email that will automatically be sent to the customer with your return instructions and the RMA number The customer returns the item s When you receive a returned item you can find the order by searching on the customer s name but you can also create a filter for orders that have RMA items 151 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k ad D j ESI 4 5 a Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home gt Order Processing gt Orders Order Processing Orders Shipments RMAlsued F Edit the order Select the returned item s and click the Manage Return s button In the Manage Return s dialog box check the Received checkbox then click Save Manage Return s Return Received 01 01 3 201 4081 2 O0005 Iv lose Issue a refund e Ifthe customer paid with a credit card and you are using a payment gateway that supports refunds you can edit t
530. s transaction has been approved Authorization Code 000000 Authorization Date Time 10 25 2014 15 40 08 PDT Authorize Before archiving After archiving 436 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To View Encrypted Credit Card Information If the credit card information on an order has been encrypted you cant view the credit card data unless you know the encryption key passphrase There are several ways to view encrypted credit card information In the Order Encryption Screen 1 2 3 4 5 Go to gt Store Settings gt Encryption Keys tab In the Encryption Keys tab edit an encryption key In the Edit Encryption Key screen select the Orders tab In the Orders tab edit an order In the Edit Order screen click on the padlock icon at the top of the Payment display H d a m rrt f ci ra At ET D A wir Aa e 10 26 2014 Authorization Capture 19 76 amp A dialog box will open and ask you to enter the passphrase After you enter the passphrase that was used to create the encryption key and click Continue you ll be able to view the credit card data In the Orders Screen Go to gt Order Processing gt Orders tab In the Orders tab edit an order that has credit card information that was encrypted with the current key In the Edit Order screen click on the padlock icon Ente
531. sale Options Marketing gt Settings gt Affiliate Options Activate Affiliate Program Default Application Status Default Commission Per Referral hit Default Commission Percent of Order Default Commission Flat Fee Per Order Payout Threshold Link Image Enables Miva Merchant to begin tracking affiliates referrals and adds the Affiliate Login link to your on line store There are two ways to create affiliate accounts e Withthe Add Affiliate button in the Affiliates tab When you manually create an affiliate account this way you can set the account status e A potential affiliate goes to your on line store clicks on the Affiliate Login link and then clicks the Create Account button Use the Default Application Status field to set the default status of affiliate accounts that are created in your on line store e Pending No commissions are tracked e Approved Affiliate referrals are enabled and are being tracked by the software e Disabled Affiliate referrals are not enabled or tracked The affiliate gets a commission when a customer clicks on the link to your store No purchase is necessary The affiliates commission is a percentage of the customer s order total The affiliates receives a flat fee for every customer referral that results in a purchase The size of the order doesn t matter The payout threshold is a way of telling the system that you don t want to pay your affiliates until they v
532. se orders that were created but which have not been marked as Captured Filtering orders this way 1s also useful for any other payment method that uses automatic authorization and manual capture Payment gt COD Like a check COD payments are received some time after the order is created If you enable this module the string COD appears in the Pay With drop down list in the Shipping Payment Selection OS EL screen When a customer selects COD as the payment method the order status is set to authorized but you have to manually capture funds by editing the order and clicking on the Capture button Char ge The COD charge that you want added to the order The value you enter here will show up as a line item in the Payment Information OPAY screen Message The text that you enter in this field appears in the Payment Information screen You can use this field to give the customer any special instructions for COD orders 367 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Payment Information Ship To Name Bill Srnith Email Address bsmithigmahano carm Phone Humber 555 555 5555 Fax Humber Company Address 121 vv 61st Mew York PN 03128 LIS Item World s Best Oranges best oranges Payment Method COD Bold Required Italic Optional COD Message User Reference Guide DRAFT Bill To Name Bill Smith Email Address bsrmith vahoo com Phone Humber 555 55
533. searches for the word hat a link to your store page can be displayed in the Google result list To use Meta Tags you have to create e The name ofthe Meta Tag list keywords description etc e The content of the list hat cool engineer etc 253 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT For example List name List content By default Miva Merchant is configured with two META tags keywords and descriptions In the META Tag Settings tab you can edit or delete these and create your own META tags To Use META Tag Settings This section shows how to create a META tag and then add a word list to it by editing a product You can also use meta tags in category pages Goto User Interface Meta Tag Settings tab 2 Inthe META Tag tab click Add Text Field Y Text Field e The META name field is the exact name that will show up in the HTML of your product pages The name can be anything that you want but in general you should make this one word or several words connected with the underscore character keywords or product keywords e The Prompt field is what will show up in the Miva Merchant admin interface see example below e The Type field allows you to enter your word list in either a text box or text field In current versions of Miva Merchant there s not much difference between them You can enter an
534. seup Ima ge Element Closeup Close Element Head Template Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved In order for the Image Machine to provide the features associated with Additional Images e This checkbox must be enabled e The Image Machine must be assigned to a page for example Edit Page Product Display gt Items tab gt product_display_imagemachine checkbox If you select this option then all of the Additional Images associated witha product thumbnails scaled images and lightbox images are loaded when the page loads This means the page takes longer to load but there is a faster response time when the customer clicks on one of the Additional Images If you don t enable this option only the first additional image and the thumbnails will load when the page loads This makes the page load faster but the customer will have to wait if they click on one of the other Additional Ima ges The list of tokens you can use in the element fields Image Element Thumbnail Container etc This 1s in the template code for product display layout It s a placeholder for the main product image on a product page img id main image A placeholder for the thumbnail image s on the product page ul idz thumbnails A placeholder for the lightbox window div id closeup_div A placeholder for the lightbox image img id closeup image A placeholder for the close button in the lightbox window id closeu
535. show customers three deeply discounted products but only allow the customer to purchase one of them 136 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Example 1 Based on the Display criteria the customer qualifies for three upsale products We ll set both of the Upsale options show and select to unlimited Upsale Options Show the customer all of the Upsold Products ta Show f Unlimited upsale products that they ve qualified for Max Number of Upsold Products to Select Allow the customer to purcha se any all of them All Products Account Basket Search Special Offers Offers valid far this order only You may select one or more of the following Buy Coide Product Regularly Special Save Hati Hat 1 12 00 10 00 2 00 IT Hat 2 Hat 2 12 00 10 00 2 00 IT Hat 3 Hat 3 12 00 10 00 2 00 137 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Example 2 Based on the Display criteria the customer qualifies for three upsale products We ll set show to unlimited and select to 1 Upsale Options Show the customer all Upsold Products to Show f Unlimited of the upsale products that they ve qualified for Allow the customer to purcha se only one Home All Products Account Basket Search Special Offers Offers valid far this order on
536. ssage What the Message Means Page in Your Store Where Customers Can See this Message In Stock Stock on hand quantity in baskets Low Stock Level CTGY Category Display The low stock level can be set for your store Inventory PLST Product List link in leftnav or for individual products Edit Product PROD Product Display nventory tab SRCH S h earc Low Stock Stock on hand quantity in baskets Low Stock Level PROD Product Display CTGY Category Display SRCH Search PLST Product List Out of Stock Stock on hand quantity in customer baskets 0 PROD Product Display CTGY Category Display SRCH Search PLST Product List Limited The customer has tried to purchase a quantity greater BASK Basket Contents Stock than your current inventory For example you have 5 vases of a certain type and the customer tries to purchase quantity 6 of that vase Appendix 8 The Sales Tax Calculation Field The Sales Tax Calculation field in the gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings section has a significant effect on both the admin interface and your on line store Selecting a value from the Sales Tax Calculation drop down list Adds one or more tabs to the Store Settings tab list The new tab s will vary depending on what you selected as the Sales Tax Calculation Adds one or more tabs to the Edit Product tab list 3 Will change the taxes that customers see during the checkout process
537. ssing Orders Shipments Mane Filter menu Filters in Order Processing work the same as they do in the Orders screen Please see Order Processing Orders tab Filters Batch Report The Batch Report button becomes active when you select at least one order or when you are viewing a Batch of orders that you have created Miva Merchant comes with one shipment batch report Shipment Picklist 180 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT To Run a Shipments Batch Report Goto gt Order Processing gt Shipments 2 Select one or more orders and click Batch Report Order 1006 Order Date 06 08 2011 shipment 01 006 20110608 00001 send To shipping Name Juan Evingston Shipping Method Unknown Email Adress Phone Number Fax Company Address 515 Greyley Ave Bridgeville DE 19933 His Product Optical Mouse The Miva Merchant Shipment Picklist To Customize the Shipment Picklist Report l Goto gt Utilities gt Template Based Batch Reports 2 Select the Shipment Picklist report and click Edit Template You can also create your own Batch Reports 181 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home Utility Settings Template Based Batch Reports Utility Settings Template Based Batch Reports Add Remove Modules y A Edit T
538. stomers When Available Enable Label Generation Available Shipping Methods User Reference Guide DRAFT never need to be changed See above The zip code where rate calculation assumes you are shipping from This field assumes you are printing U S P S address labels without postage If you want to print U S P S address labels with postage please use the Endicia module e Delivery Confirmation Mailing Address The label contains address information plus a U S P S barcode that 1s scanned to prove delivery confirmation e Delivery Confirmation Only The label contains only the U S P S barcode that is used to prove delivery confirmation The file type of the label that is retrieved from U S P S U S P S has a standard shipping rate that you would be quoted if you physically went to a post office and a slightly discounted rate that you can get if you buy postage online See https www usps com ship service chart htm If you check this box your customers will see the discounted online rate if it s available If the online rate isn t available or if you don t check this box your customers will see the standard U S P S rate Check this box if you want to print U S P S labels with address information but no postage Leave this box unchecked if you are using Endicia to print labels with both address information and postage The U S P S shipping methods that you want to offer customers in the checkout screens
539. sts Append To File Replace File Fields to Export Affiliates Affiliate Earnings Affiliate Payouts 3 Export Affiliates to File Enter a filename for the exported file The default filename is affiliates dat 4 If File Exists Choose whether you want to append or replace an existing file You should select Append to File with caution because it can result in duplicate data in the file 5 Fields to Export Select the affiliate fields that you want to export Delimiter Youcan set the field delimiter to a tab or any other character 261 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 7 Click the Export button Export Customers to a Flat File In builds before PRS the customer password field was exported in clear text In builds after PR8 the customer pass word field is encrypted in the exported file Goto Data Management Import Export tab 2 Click Export Customers to Flat File The Export Customers to Flat File screen will appear Export Customers o Flat File LDiestinatiarmn Expart Farmat Export Customers to File customars csv File Format Customer Import If File Exists Apnend Ta File Delimiter Tah Replace File Other Email File To Do Nat Email dhayes 100G yahoo com Export Field Name
540. t But since we assigned each custom field to a group we can enter the name ofa group in the search field and view only the fields in that group To Create a Custom Field Group 1 Goto gt Utilities gt Custom Field Groups tab 2 Click Add Group e Enter a Code the code uniquely identified the group in your store e Enter a Name the name is a more user friendly description of the group 3 Click Save Group DI To Assign a Custom Field to a Group l Goto gt Utilities gt Custom Fields tab 2 Edita custom field 3 Inthe Edit Custom Field dialog box select your group from the Group list box and click Save 413 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Custom Field Type Product Field Code back O pots Hame lBacklOPots Field Type TextField y Group Tower Cases Y Additional Information Example Adding and Using a Custom Category Field In this example we ll create a custom category field that allows us to display or hide cate gories in the Category Tree l Goto gt Utilities gt Custom Fields tab 2 Create a custom field of type Category Add Custom Field Type category Field y Code display Hame Display 0 0 Field Type TextField y Group Default T Additional Information 3 Edit the value of the custom field 3 1 Goto gt Catalog gt Categories tab
541. t lt b gt Email Address lt b gt lt font gt Amvbtr lf lt mvt item gt td td align left valign middle gt mvt ritem name fonts param body tont gt lt input type text name ShipEmail size 25 value amp mvte global ShipEmail gt lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt 541 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT lt b gt Email Address lt b gt lt font gt mvt ifo ewwersqbem td td align left valign middle gt lt me Litem name rIonbs paran Dody font lt input type text name BillEmail size 25 value amp mvte global BillEmail gt mvt item lt a CA gt lt Tr gt New File lt b gt Email Address lt b gt lt font gt cmvtierrt cCmvEsq Lem td td align left valign middle gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt lt input type text name ShipEmail id ShipEmail size 25 value amp mvte global ShipEmail gt lt mvt item gt cgo EPS lt b gt Email Address lt b gt lt TOnE gt SU quist lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt td align left valign middle gt lt mvt tem name ronts param body tont gt lt input type text name BillEmail id 2 BillEmail size 25 Veluwe EE EE T lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt 542 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication
542. t Edit Product gt Categories Tab 65 Catalog Edi Product gt ER E rese E E E E AE 65 Catalogs e nn e eo eeaeneene 66 CATALOG gt CATEGORIES LAB n E A 68 LO STE a IN ENS CULO 69 CATALOG gt ATTRIBUTE TEMPLATES TAB isos cocssceovsinssnastacanutabiacnesenttioasnsusncdasenendoedavessgenssetnesenidgesoinanesticsicaaegans iaasousoncassbesacsnabadeletevaveotes 75 To Create An Attribute Template eese eese eene nennen nnn nentes e RR RR tette RN RR RR RR RnnN RR RR inse sensere sese inse sisse sisse sess ness erra nin 76 To Apply an Attribute Template 10 a Produtos 77 EXTALOG OR REI SM LAP EE 78 Catalog gt Inventory gt Inventory Settings Section seen nennen nnne enn nennt nono nn nnnnn nano nn non inst nn rra nn nann rn cnn nnnannnno 79 Catalogs gt Inventory gt EMail NOU CON OW TADA sa SU CUSTOMVIERS micras adi 80 CUSTOMERS gt CUSTOMERS UAB EE 80 To Os ep MOH 02 500777 T rrr 81 CUSTOMERS gt CUSTOMER SETTINGS iii td lisis 82 To Set Password Security for Customer ACCOUNTS eae enen E EEO EENE E EAEEREN E OKEANE AEE AA SARO Ea 82 Customer Lost Password Md RT SS n X 83 CO TOMER AVAILABILITY CIR OU E 84 SP o E cinnee 85 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT
543. t Image drop down list e PROD Product Display gt Product Display Layout tab gt Image drop down list e PROD Product Display gt Related Product List Layout tab gt Image drop down list e PLST Product List gt Product List Layout tab gt Image drop down list e SRCH Search gt Search Results Layout tab gt Image drop down list Example Use an Image Type in the Search Page 1 Inour example we ll create an Image Type called Front 2 Next we ll edit a t shirt product and upload a picture of the front of the t shirt When we upload the picture we ll assign it to the image type of Front 3 Now we ll edit the Search page so that images of type Front show up during a search Select gt User Interface gt Pages gt Edit SRCH gt Search Results Layout gt Ima ge drop down list Select Front from the Image drop down list and click Update 229 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 4 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Search Results Layout Format Expanded Product Fields Iv Product Name M Product Code FT Product sku M Price weight Descriptian Custom Fields Color FedEx Alcohol Shipment FedEx Dry Ice Shipment FedEx Dry Ice Weight FedEx Mon Standard Container FedEx Signature Options ISBN LACT A Mae eebe Iv Add To Basket Iv Buy Now In our store we ll run a search for shirts The product image that we uploaded appears in the
544. t Orders Order Processing Orders Shipments None Advanced Search Create Batch Order Status Billing First Name Billing Last Name Batch Report Archive OH t 111 Returned 11412014 Dain 3 customer 18 78 Pending 10 28 2014 4 16 a customer 13 78 customer Create Batch Batch Mame Coptionals Cancel Create Batch To View the Orders in a Batch 1 Inthe Orders tab select Batch in the filter drop down list box 2 Select a Batch 3 Allofthe orders in that Batch will display Hatch sat Jul 12 2014 18 26 52 GM T U 7 UU Pacitic Daylight Time sample batch 1 2 To Transfer Orders from One Batch to Another View the orders in a batch see above 2 Select one or more orders and click the Create Batch button 3 The orders will be removed from the old batch and placed in the new batch To Delete a Batch Please note that deleting a Batch also deletes the orders in that Batch If this is not what you intend you must transfer the orders to a new Batch then delete the old Batch 157 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 4 Inthe Store Search field enter Legacy Order Processing then click on the link when it appears in the results list sample Store je Legacy Order Processing M IVa Marc ha all Q Legacy Order Processing Places Legacy Order
545. t valign top colspan 3 gt lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt i amp mvt charge descrip i mvt item td td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt item name fonts param body font gt amp mvbschergestofrmdtted disp amb mvt item d busbod Essa lt mvt foreach gt lt tr gt lt td align right valign top colspan gt 3 gt lt td gt lt td aliga r1ght valign top bogcolor imvtr eolorsslhdr bg gt mvt item name fonts param lhdr font lt D gt Total lt b gt lt myt it m gt td td align right valign top bgcolor amp mvt colors lhdr bg nowrap gt mvt item name fonts param lhdr font b amp mvt basket formatted total lt b gt Zmvts item lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt 232 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page PATR gt Attribute Machine Original File lt SCELPL gt AttributeMaocnine prototypeCcenerate Swatch Tu ecioni procuct code a LECIDULS option var swatch document createElement li var span document createElement span to vertically center the swatch images var img document createEblement Ing 1mg src option image swatch appendChild span swatch appendChild img return swatch lt script gt N
546. t 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e ATTE TO TA 261 PXDOMACUSTOMerstO qu Ot E 262 Export Categories To Flat File 263 lcge qx SMS 264 TOES OPE I 101717 SR REP PS am cc S T A 265 Export Shipment Information to Flat File 267 DATAMANAGEMENI gt IMPORT SETTINGS LAB rope tka tta poti rie decae 268 Notes Add Update Product Vari anis TOMOS Vai 270 Notes Import Shipment Information from CAM 274 o E EM MIO ODE III 276 To Create Gnd S aye Import OP HON Sc iii iuc ee essi deus Es 2 7 Example Create and Save Two Product Import Settings esee esee esee nennen nennen nen nnns nnns tens senes ennt n snnt 280 DATA MANAGEMENT gt DATABASE TOOLS TAB iiic isseseesxtbre tasse rior eco iconoclasta 282 Data Management gt Database Tools Tab gt Delete Shopping Baskets eese eene nennen enne enne nnns 282 To Delete Expired Shopping BASK ee 282 Data Management gt Database Tools Tab gt Pack Data File 2835 STORE SETTINGS m M 283 STORE SETTINGS gt STORE D c4 NN TEE 283 Store Settings gt Store Details gt Identification Section eese seen eene nenne nennen sen nn innen sinn se nnns een nnnnnn anos 2835 Store Settings gt Store Details gt Owner Section eese nennen nono nn non nn serene entes stesse nin se nensi nenas sens inen senes stern 2
547. t Engine v5 19 Database API mysql Catalog Customers Marketing Order User Data Store Processing Interface Management Settings Sessions 1 total 1 active All m m 71 es L user E Ge Th O failed logi TM ere were O failed login Reports Shipping Payment Order Logging System Utilities attempts since your ate login Fulfillment Extensions About Miva Merchant yy TE 9 e 5 EBEN dese E Domain Modules Users Request View Store Log Out Settings Support SUpport Support Tickets Agang hasart Calme The fastest and easiest way to statistics Recent Sales get problems solved Orders 14430 90 Days Total New Ticket ERE SVO d 1179825 07 Gross Sales 0 00 Products Sold 19048 Total Units 1 Miva Forums Eech Get information and solutions Hits 1438 Number of Orders i 1 from Miva staff dexalipers and Visits 159 Average Order Total 0 00 STE Sales Tax 0 00 Eum Shipping Charges 0 00 Last Reset on 04 21 2014 Support In Version 9 there are two ways to create a support ticket Method 1 Home Page 1 Click gt Home 2 Onthe Home page click New Ticket 15 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved T Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT MIVA MERCHANT Menu 9 History A Bookmarks a Search Sample Store Updates Miva Merchant PRS Updates 11 amp 12 are now available Learn More amp update P 05000 Information gt Miva Merchant 9 00 Beta 2 Miv
548. t Modules I 2 Go to the Order Fulfillment Add Remove Modules tab Select the Available Modules section 402 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 Click on the Install button for the Order Fulfillment module that you want to add To Remove Order Fulfillment Modules 1 Goto the gt Order Fulfillment gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Installed Modules section 3 Click on the Remove button for the Order Fulfillment module that you want to remove Logging Some modules have the ability to create their own log files usually for troubleshooting Use the Logging Settings screen to turn log file creation on or off for any module By default there are three modules in your Miva Merchant store that can create log files Ho we ver if you purchase a third party module it may also have a log file feature and will show up in the Logging Settings screen Log files have the potential to use up a lot of space on your server If you enable a log file you might want to keep an eye on how much disk space it uses over time e Urchin Log Urchin was purchased by Google and became Google Analytics Urchin is no longer a supported product although it still works If you use Urchin you have to enable the e urchin log To Enable the e Urchin Log 1 Go to the gt Logging gt Add Remove Modules tab 2 Select the Available Modules tab section
549. t User my admin account Liser Settings Preferences ltems per Page List Pagination Automatic Iv Display Hover Effect an Batch Edit Lists Iv Wrap Text in Product Description 4 Now youcan go back to Catalog Edit Product Product tab gt Details section and check the Wrap Text checkbox The Wrap Text checkbox in your user account sets the default for your admin account The Wrap Text checkbox in Edit Product turns the setting on or off for a specific product e Taxable Select Taxable if this product is subject to tax Whether a product is taxable or not depends on your location and jurisdiction Some things such as services certain food products or some books are not taxed Check with your accountant or tax attorney for specific up to date information e Active Select Active if you want the product to appear in the store Clear the Active check box to hide the product This is convenient for seasonal or occasional products Rather than deleting them and all the information that goes with them set them to inactive until you want to make them available in your store again Header amp Footer Add content such as trust marks logos etc above or below the product content on a product PROD page 26 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Header amp Footer Header Sample header text Footer Samp
550. t and Baskets Home Forgot Password Forgot Password Enter the email address assaciated with vaur accaunt If vau no langer use the email address associated with your account please contact customer support Email Address Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products The customer enters their email address clicks the Submit button and will automatically receive the lost password email which contains a hyperlink The customer can click on the link and visit a page to reset their password Customers gt Availability Groups Availability Groups allow you to control what categories and products your customers see in your store based on their membership in a group For example you could use Availability Groups to offer different products or packaging to retail and wholesale customers 84 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT World s Best Oranges World s Best Oranges Code best_oranges Code best_oranges Price 25 00 Price 150 00 Shipping Weight 12 00 pounds Shipping Weight 100 pounds 1 available for immediate delivery 1 available for immediate delivery Guantity in Basket None Quantity in Basket None Customer A is a member of the Customer B 1s a member of the Retail Availability Group Wholesale Availability Group The general process is Createan Availability Grou
551. t and or Payments Pro API Credentials tab 3 Setthe Operation Mode to Production 3 2 Select your Currency 3 3 Select the E mail address to receive PayPal Pay ment radio button Enter the email address associated with your PayPal account Click Update Select the Payment Settings PayPal Express Checkout Tab and make any required changes Click Update To Configure PayPal Express Checkout with API Credentials Before you can complete the instructions in this section you must l Have a standard free account with PayPal Your PayPal account must be upgraded to use API access My Account es Overview Acid Money Withoraw r siory Saterera Hesolution Ca My Profile My personal m o ebay 10 Setting anime My money My settings My selling tools Go to gt Payment gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules tab 2 Click the Install button under PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro 3 In the PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro API Credentials tab 374 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 1 922 D 3 4 EA Set the Operation Mode to Production Select your Currency Select the API Credentials for payments and post checkout operations radio button Set the Account Type to Express Checkout Set the API Username API Password API Authentication Method and API Signature Cert
552. t displays a list such as a product list search result list etc Similar changes to a CSSUI store are made in the cssui css file 297 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT A List Header o a na Background in a Hat AGG Line Io ask Puy Leg mo i product list page Hate Hats List Alternate Background Ecommerce Shopping Cart Software by Miva Merchant List Alternate Background See figure above Pages in your on line store that display lists have rows in white and another alternating color You can specify that color here User Interface gt Settings Tab gt Fonts Use the font settings to change the typeface size and color of fonts throughout your store Note that the fields in this tab do not work with CSSUI only with the older MMUI Similar changes to a CSSUI store are made in the cssui css file User Interface Settings Tab Affiliate Links Section If you have enabled the Affiliate Links Program Activate Affiliate Program checkbox a new link will appear at the top of your on line store sign In Superstar Login Order History All Produci s Account Basket Search Checkout Computer This is the Affiliate Login Link It will OPUS only appear in your on line store if you ve enabled the Affiliate Program Network Accessories checkbox Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs
553. t is by entering a coupon code during checkout e Price Group Only The customer gets the discount as soon as they add selected items to their basket e Coupon Price Group The customer gets the discount when the y enter a coupon code during checkout 121 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant lets you create two types of coupon codes e Generated coupon codes You tell the system how many coupon codes you want to create The system generates that number of codes and each code is unique You can control the total number of times each coupon code can be used and the number of times it can be used by the same customer e Everyone gets the same discount but everyone enters a unique coupon code e Single coupon codes You create one coupon code You can control the total number of times the coupon code can be used and the number of times it can be used by the same customer e Everyone gets the same discount and everyone enters the same coupon code Depending on how you distribute and track coupon use there may not be much difference in whether you generate a set of unique coupon codes for a discount or give all of your customers the same coupon code If you were selling coupons as gift certificates though you might want to generate unique coupon codes To Create a Coupon with a Single Code Make the coupon code field visib
554. t mvt item name fonts param body font gt amp mvts ltemelormatted base price lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt td align right valign top nowrap gt lt mvt 1tem name fonts param body font 536 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT EZDNILILEP expr l settings tem subtotal base price NE Lesettingsiitemisubtoral gt strike amp mvt item formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt SS ek amp mvt item formatted subtotal c mvbsqbcenbe lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach iterator option array item options gt lt tr gt lt td align left gt td td align left gt mvt riLtem name fonts param body font SUVLILPL expro UlilgetrLingscoOpLLloBseoptlon ud amp mvt optlon attr codes mvt option opt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data SeUVLLODLIONSHLLP code o AMLO COn data mnvbt elself expr NOT ISNULL l 9e6ttlngstopLhlonsdata long amp mvt option attr code amp mvit option data long lt mvt else gt EE EE EE EE code SE E mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts mvt if expr l settings discount display br i amp mvt discount descrip amp mvt discount formatted discount i lt MVvES1T gt lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt item gt lt ta gt lt td align left gt td td align right nowrap gt mvt item name
555. t order screen you ll see that the lock icon is now open and information from the order is now displayed Payment 3 7 2011 Authorization Capture 5 600 00 Authorized 5 600 00 Captured 5 600 00 Refunded 0 00 Net Captured 5 600 00 Payment Type Innovative Gateway Solutions Approval Code Transaction 1D AVS Response CVV Response Client IP Name On Card Method Card Number Expiration Date Authorize Capture Refund Order Emails Tab Order Processing Shipments The Shipments screen is very similar to the Orders screen Orders do not show up in the Shipments screen until at least one item in the order has a picking number see Create Shipment 179 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Order Processing Orders Shipments Mone Advanced Search Create Hatch Enter Tracking Generate Shipping 5 I ill Batch Feport Numberisi Label H Order Shipment Shipping First Name Shipping Last Name Method Cost Status 1008 01005 20 customer Unknown 0 00 Picking 1000 01000 20 customer Unknown 0 00 Picking 1001 01001 20 customer UPS Ground 0 00 Picking Select at least one order to make the buttons visible Most of the features of the Manage Shipments screen are described in the Manage Orders section e Enter Tracking Number s e Generate Shipping Labels e Batches Filters Order Proce
556. t the Pricing Method field to Progressive so if the customer buys 15 items e tems 1 5 get a 5 discount e tems 6 10 get a 10 discount e tems 11 15 get a 15 discount Let s say in your discounted products list the products that will receive a discount you have a 10 t shirt a 50 jacket and a 300 briefcase Which item do you want to get the 5 discount and which item should get the 15 discount That s what the Progressive Mode field lets you control If you set this field to Higher Priced Items then the 300 briefcase will get the 596 discount The 50 jacket will get a 1096 discount and the 10 t shirt will get the 1546 discount If you set this field to Lower Priced Items the order of discounts will be reversed and the 300 briefcase will get the 15 discount Pricing Table Quantity Type Amount 5 Percent E fio Percent fio ha Percent 15 The Pricing Table lets you set one or more volume discounts The Quantity column refers to items on your discounted products list that are in the customer s basket For example after you create the price group you click on the Discounted Products button in the Price Groups tab and select the items that you want to discount 117 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Discounted Products for Sample Volume Discount Advanced search EN Assigned Code Name hat haw
557. t to assign as the manager you can enter the user name in the Manager field or you can click the Look Up button Note that if you assign an administrator as the store manager that person will still have access to all of your stores Manager bbunny LOOK UF 283 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT If you ha vent already created your mana ger account and you only want this person to have admin rights in one store Goto Users Users tab 2 Create a new user Make sure that you do not check the Administrator checkbox in the Add User screen Add User Settings Password Confirm Password administrator Leave unchecked User May Create Additional Users Force Password Change at Mest Login Account Expires on Oct 22 2014 v ati 1 T05 v 5 45 F 3 Go back to Store Settings Store Details Identification section and enter the user name that you just created Store Settings Store Details Owner Section This tab contains contact information that Miva Merchant uses for the store manager as default shipping information and as registration information for certain payment options Some of the fields in this tab are turned into tokens that are used throughout the admin interface The fields in this tab are prepopulated with whatever was entered when the initial store setup 1s done Store Settings Store D
558. t to whatever the customer selected during the checkout process although you can change it here 3 After you select a Shipping Method a number of other fields will appear that are specific to the carrier Fill out these fields and click the Generate button Note that fields in the Generate Shipping Label dialog box can change depending on what shipping method you select 174 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Generate Shipping Label d From Ta Test Store Owner a customer Shipping Method LPS Ground i Mark Shipment as Shipped Saturday Delivery Ship Packagers COD COD Amount 10 00 United States dollar v Card Type American Express v Card Humber Expiration Date Mb Security Code ere 5060 Shoreharn Place Ste 130 Zip Postal Code 92125 OUT United States Mi Package 1 of 1 Remove woe io Package Requires Additional Handling Declared Value Delivery Confirmation Mane Zz item 1 Hawaiian Hat Cancel 175 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Shipping Usually this field will default to the shipping method that the customer selected in Method your on line store However if you are offering an option that isn t tied to a specific method such as free shipping
559. tab This tab will show you the order number of all the orders whose credit card information was encrypted with the current key Before you can delete an encryption key you must either delete these orders or archive them which removes the credit card information There are several ways to do this but you can archive and delete orders from the Order Processing Orders tab After you have deleted all of the orders that were encrypted with the current key go back to the Emm gt Store Settings gt Encryption Keys tab You ll see that the Reference Count for the encryption key is now 0 To delete the encryption key select it and click the Trash button Encryption Prompt Encryption Key created an 10 25 2014 Encryption is now turned off in your store Credit card information on ne w orders will not be encrypted Processing Existing Orders with the Encryption Key Wizard Follow the steps in this section if you want to enable encryption in your store and you have existing orders with credit card information You ll be able to I Create a new encry ption key Creating an encryption key enables order encryption in your store 432 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT 2 Migrate orders Migrating means encrypting the payment information in existing orders with the newly created encryption key Only the payment information is encrypt
560. te a coupon with a Price Group you use both fields e Price Group Eligibility Keep in mind that the discount from a Price Group is applied to a customer s basket As soon as the customer s basket qualifies for the discount froma Price Group the discount is automatically applied Price Group eligibility lets you control which customers qualify for the basket discount For example if you set the Price Group eligibility to Specific Customers a customer who is not on the list doesn t get the discount regardless of what is in their basket e Coupon Eligibility The discount from a coupon is applied when the customer enters a coupon code during checkout Coupon eligibility lets you control who 1s allowed to enter the coupon code For example if you set the coupon eligibility to Specific Customers a customer who is not on the list doesn t get the discount even if they enter a valid coupon code We ll go through a few examples so youcan see how youcan combine these fields to achieve different effects Example 1 You can only get the discount from the price group by using a coupon The coupon code is available to everyone In the Add Price Group dialog box In the Add Coupon dialog box Eligibility AMO Eligibility Add de Example 2 A specific list of customers will get the discount automatically based on the contents of their baskets Another list of customers can get the same discount but only by entering a coupon code during checkout
561. te and Save Two Product Import Settings Let s say you have a very busy store and you would like to routinely upload two spreadsheets e New products only e Changes to existing products only Goto Data Management Import Settings 2 Click Add Import 3 Use the Add Import dialog box to create and save the following two settings Edit Import Description Product Import New Products Only Import Module Product Import T Products Add Mew Products Only Custom Fields Retain Existing Data When Imported Data ls Empty Attribute Templates Lise Attribute Template Codes Delimiter Tab Y File Contains a Header Five Determine Automatically Using Header Rows Manually Assign 280 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Edit Import Description Import Module Products Custom Fields Attribute Templates Delimiter User Reference Guide DRAFT Product Import Update Products Only Product Import Update Existing Products Only Retain Existing Data When Imported Data ls Empty Lise Attribute Template Codes v Tab File Contains a Header Raw Determine Automatically Using Header Row Manually Assign 4 After you create and save them both you ll see them in the Import Settings tab Data Management Import Export w Import Settings Database Tools Description Module Product Import Mew Produc
562. tegories to Flat File screen will appear Export Categories o Flat File Destination 4 r Export Format Export Categories to File Categories Cu File Format Category Import Replace File Other A Do Not Email gd Export Field Names as Header dhayesIUUG yahoo cam Fields ta Export Standard Fields Code gi Name d Active Parent Category Code d Alternate Display Page Custom Fields Category Footer Category Header Category Title Image Select gt Category Tree Image META Description Deselect META Keywords 3 Export Categories To File Enter a filename for the exported file 263 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A Kai 4 va Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT If File Exists Choose whether you want to append to or replace an existing file You should select Append to File with caution because it can result in duplicate data in the file Email File To e Do Not Email The file will be created on your server You can use FTP to transfer the file to your local machine e Enter an email address the file will be created and automatically emailed to you Standard Fields Custom Fields Choose the list of fields that you want to include in the export file File Format e Customer Import This is the default import process Choose this format if y
563. tem in the basket See Apply Discount To under Buy X Get Y Price Group Maximum Item Discount See Maximum Discount Quantity Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal See Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Weight Restrict to Basket Subtotal Restrict to Basket Quantity Restrict to Basket Weight Basket Description See Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Not Valid Before See Not Valid Before Not Valid After 4 When you ve filled out all of the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box click Save 5 Select Qualifying Products Discounted Products and Customers 108 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Create a Shipping Discount Entire Order Price Group Goto Marketing Price Groups tab 2 Click Add Price Group 3 Fill out the fields in the Add Price Group dialog box The name of the Price Group as it appears in the admin interface Eligibility Coupon Only only customers with a coupon get the discount Specific Customers Only a specific list of customers will get the discount You ll create this list later on All Logged In Customers To get the discount a customer must have an account and be signed into their account All Customers Everyone who visits your store gets the discount Type Select Shipping Discount Entire Order
564. tensions Assigned Code e ABUS About Us ACAD Customer Create 6 Now edit the page where you added the item In our example we added the item to the ABUS page so we ll go o E gt User Interface gt Pages gt Edit Page ABUS gt Page tab You can also just click on the Edit Page icon Assigned TCode About Us 7 Inthe Details collapsible section we ll add a call to the item then click Update 212 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt item name my content gt e Note that where you place the Miva code in the template field will determine where the content ultimately shows up in your on line store page In our example we put the Miva code just under the hl tag Edit Page About Us Details Code ABUS Name About Lis Template lt td id left navigation zmmwt item name categor ztd id main content div id page header zmvt item name hd lt div id breadcrumbs zmvt item name hr lt hl gt bout Usc hil lt div id page tfooter zmvt item name hd lt td gt lt tr gt Motes Versions 12 07 2014 16 46 32 PST Recall Clear History Header amp Footer v Content my content This was added in our custom content section Uu 8 Notice that page ABUS now has a collapsible section called Content my content In the Content my content section we ll
565. th PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK In the Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture button is greyed out and the funds were automatically captured after authorization Select the payment methods that you want to offer your customers during checkout This option only affects you when you are manually creating an order through the Miva Merchant admin interface If you enable this option you must enter a CV V2 number in the Authorize dialog box when you create or edit the order If you do not enable this option the Authorize dialog box will still have a CVV2 field but you can ignore it Whatever you enter in this field will show up in the customer s PayPal account as a note for the transaction Payment gt PayPal Payments Advanced and or Payflow Gateway Use this module to configure one of three PayPal products 390 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e PayPal Payments Advanced PayPal Payments Advanced combines a merchant account with a monthly fee and a gateway in one product Unlike PayPal Payments Pro with this method you cannot store the customer s credit card information along with their order This product uses a hosted checkout which places an iFrame in your checkout pages From the customer s perspective they are entering their credit card information in your on line store however the information is being sent
566. the Capture dialog box enter the amount that you want to capture 4 Click Capture 169 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O To Create a Return ship Ta a customer a customertmayahoo com 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco CA 92215 LIS Code motherboard aziz Delete This Order a customer a customer yahoo cam 111 111 1111 10 Oak St San Francisco CA 92215 LIS Mame Quantity Motherboard 4212 1 Custom Order Add 4 GB of DDR3 memory Capture User Reference Guide DRAFT 60 10 2014 Legacy Authorization 350 00 Authorized Captured Refunded Met Captured Payment Type Check Authorize Weight Price Ea 7 000 50 00 1 000 100 00 Capture Amount 350 00 max 350 00 Cancel Capture 350 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Check 1234 Add Item z Total Status 350 00 Pending Sub Total 350 00 Total 350 00 ng Tax Other Charges Use the Create Return button to generate an RMA number for all or part of an order Before you can create a return at least one item in the order must have payment authorized captured and the status set to shipped See Enter Tracking Number s 1 2 3 Edit an order Select an item with a status of shipped and click the Create Return button The status of the item or the order if you select all items will change to RMA Issue auto generated RMA number
567. the Update at the bottom of the screen 239 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Text You can change the wording of each button in the store The button size will be adjusted to correctly display the text that you enter Show Code Click on the Show Code button to view the HTML for each button You can change the text image alt text or action of the button directly User Interface Settings Tab Category Tree Template View and edit the code that controls the category tree in your on line store Sign ln Order History All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Components The Category Tree Computer Kits Network Accessories Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGE All Products Template Code Note that the category tree template code can be edited in different places in the Miva Merchant admin interface for example gt User Interface gt Pages tab gt Edit SFNT Storefront It doesn t matter which screen you use in the admin interface to edit the category template code Editing the category tree template code in one location changes it in all locations Custom Fields If you have created Custom Fields and you would like to reference a custom field in the category tree template code Check the box next to a custom field 2 Click the Update button You can now reference the
568. the in line checkout used by Checkout Amazon Payments If you enable this feature customers can log into their PayPal accounts and make shipping and payment selections without leaving your store If you do not enable this feature the customer is redirected to a PayPal web page to login and select shipping and payment Tracking tools such as Google Analytics cannot track your customers when they are on a PayPal page PayPal s in context checkout is a little different from Amazon s T Mame ee Ascot f amet Sesh Checo Datars Order Details Peet futura Crest oft Pept et hen a Address Booh Tam Thomgs cn Happy ri ts Toya 45 fug Anite vir wy ta 51 ames Lasa Mata Tom T Jech S LACH Terry Ave Santis WA 2072 Mary J 4409 Ma Pn Topeka KA IIR Live When you use the PayPal in context feature When you use the Amazon Payments in line e The customer does not leave your store during feature authorization or checkout e The customer does not leave your store during e The customer logs into their PayPal account authorization or checkout with a popup window that appears on top your e Your store page has a widget a type of store page control built into it These page widgets let your customer log into their Amazon account and select shipping and payment information e Information is taken from the customer s PayPal account placed into a standard Miva Merchant page OCST in the example ab
569. the major heading for the product details screen The name can be up to 100 characters long alphanumeric and can be changed at any time Upper and lower case letters along with numbers spaces and symbols can be used in the product name Product display order can be determined by name This can be either ascending or descending on the product list screen and within categories Some businesses choose to name products so the ordering naturally clusters certain items or brand names together To do this establish a naming convention in your store where the more general information comes first followed by the more specific information For example e Pants Fred eg e Pants Straight let e Scarf Silk e Scarf Wool e Skirt Blue e Skirt Red Compare the order above with e Blue Skirt e Flared leg Pants e Red Skirt e Silk Scarf e Straight leg Pants e WoolScarf Stock Keeping Unit An internal identifier you may have for your products Canonical Category Code If you want to assign a product to one or more categories see Catalog gt Edit Product gt Categories Tab Use the Canonical Category Code for the following reasons e Default Breadcrumb category CSSUI Stores only Use the Canonical Category Code field to create a default category for products 1f you are using 18 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Smart Breadcr
570. this option a flag is written to the export file When you re import the attribute data new attribute will be added to your store but existing attributes will not be over written by the file e Replace All Mode if you select this option a flag is written to the export file When you re import the attribute data all existing attributes in your store will be over written by the file 7 Click the Export button 260 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Example e Ifwe create a product called t shirt with an attribute called Size the XML would look like this ProductAttribute Add Template product_code t shirt gt Attribute Temp lateCode gt S ize Attribute Temp lateCode gt ProductAttribute Add Template e f we opened the XML file in Excel it would look like this B tshirt Size A Please note that the Inventory flag was not exported in releases before PR7 Update 10 Export Affiliates To Flat File 1 Goto gt Data Management gt Import Export tab 2 Click Export Affiliates to Flat File The Export Affiliates to Flat File screen will appear Export Affiliates To Flat File File Affiliates Earnings Payouts Destination Export Format Export Affiliates to File affiliates dat Delimiter Tap Other If File Exi
571. this tab you can control what will go into the content region 210 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page Storefront ES E E ES Page Items Details sample Content Al Products Account Basket Search Checkout Metwork Accessories sample Content Computer Hits Computer Components Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs All Products Sitemap To Create Custom Content Items 1 2 3 Go to gt User Interface gt Items tab In the Items tab click Add Item In the Add Item screen 3 1 Give the new item any code name that you want 3 2 Inthe Module field enter cmp mv content 3 3 Click the Add button 211 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home User Interface Items gt Add ltem Item Add ltem Item Code The item code name is important We ll use itin a e LOOK UF Module cmp mv cantent took uF few steps when we modify the template code Notice that there are now two new tabs Pages and Extensions Click on the Pages tab In the Pages tab select the page s where you want the custom content to appear then click Update In our example we ll select page ABUS About Us Edit Item my_content Item Pages Ex
572. thods which did not always match the list of shipping methods supported in your Miva Merchant store Did not allow Miva Merchant shipping rules to be used But see also Enable In Context Checkout for the way that PayPal implements the same feature in a slightly different way To Register for Amazon Payments You must register for the Amazon Payment service before you can use it in your Miva Merchant store Goto https sellercentral amazon com 2 Use your existing Checkout by Amazon account and the Amazon Payments service will be added Your Checkout by Amazon account and the Amazon Payments service use the same Access Key and Secret Key Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved 355 Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Enable Amazon Payments in Miva Merchant After you register for the Amazon Payments service you can enable the feature in your Miva Merchant store Goto Payments Add Remo ve Modules tab Available Modules section 2 Click Install under Amazon Payments Merchant Id Access Key Secret Key Confirm Secret Key Currency Code Transaction Timeout Polling Interval Instantly Capture Payment requires prior approval from Amazon Each of these fields is a credential that is created when you set up your Amazon Seller Account Select the currency code that you want to pass to Amazon Usually this matches the currency yo
573. tica Trebuchet MS Arial sans serif color ooo 503 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT table d border collapse collapse border spacing 9s GC foal Size lp Color oopa Margin Q7 i In De Ge les M p Color malo Vee margin O n3 font size 1 1lem Font weight dedo margin se clear t clears both 1 hr Backo ound color Pored color 7c ced7 height 1px border DX display block position relative th font weight bold order EE de mes Wacol uo SS poles 200 page break after always title box left width 200px dot Tert dai play Dook title box right width DES Id op gek e ese align cuc 504 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 dicpliy ES purple box poekground colobps tTtvTfY wa dbEmerg050pors Loue Ad margin 20px D 20px 5 padding 0m clear both Sub box left widen SD ELOGE ders text alig h Vere an spia DI OG 810D DOX rLghE width 200px ie dq Tign iere EH o SEE display block SUbD box lelt th ssSu ub box right TA table table table padding right JPX Vertical align top Jproductermto border dps solid e esa width 69 01 gt product into thy table pr duct 1nLo td padding 5px 0px px 0px vertical align top
574. ting purposes Separate multiple IP addresses with commas You can also use XX to enter a range of IP addresses using CIDR notation See http en wikipedia org wiki CIDR notation 4 Enter some text in the Warning Message text box The Warning Message will be displayed at the top of your store pages as soon as youclick the Update button in the Store Details tab and continues to be displayed until your store goes off line For this reason you may not want to set the Offline At time to more than one hour in advance For example if it s currently 11 00 pm and you set the Offline At time to midnight tonight the warning message will be displayed in your store from 11 00 pm to Midnight Test Store will be closing in 4 minutes for maintenance Please complete your selection and proceed to the checkout All abandoned baskets will be emptied Sign In Order History All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Components The store warning message 5 Enter some text in the Maintenance Message text box When your store goes offline the Warning Message is removed and the Maintenance Message is displayed This message is displayed and your store remains off line until you manually go back to the Maintenance Mode screen and click the Store Online radio button and then click Update 290 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Signin Order
575. tings Lem subtotal base price NE losetLbrugsesrtemisubLboLtal strike amp mvt item formatted subtotal base price lt strike gt lt MvEz1E gt Mvt LLem tormaticd subtotal lt td gt UI mvt foreach iterator option array item options gt Lr valign top gt td class ordercell nowrap lt td gt lt td valign middle width 50 class ordercell nowrap gt SNvt lr expr 2 l settings optionsoption 1d gt amp NuVLIODLIONUISHLLE codes amp nvLIOpLIOD oOpLt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp mvtsoptioniattr codes mvtroptionsdata lt mvt elselt expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data Lenertz EE EE codes amp mvrpiopllonsdata long lt mvt else gt amp mvt option attr code lt Mvbs1t gt mvt foreach iterator discount array option discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display prosrosmvtidn5coUuntidescrlp s SmvtrdlscoouHntiforndbtuted dusco unbtre Al1 lt mvt if gt lt mvt foreach gt lt td gt 548 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT td valign top align right class ordercell lt td gt td valign top align right class ordercell lt td gt lt td valign top align right class ordercell gt SE expe L settings options base price gt mvt options tormatted base price lt mvt else gt lt mvtz if gt
576. tion with Adda Charge Showing the Discount Amount Description shipping Discount Payment Information Ship To Name a customer Address 1234 Chestnut St San Francisco CA 92777 Item Oty Item Price Total Price Hawaiian Hat 10 00 10 00 Shipping UPS Ground 9 78 Shipping Discount 4 99 Sales Tax 0 00 Total 14 89 Method Discounts For every shipping method that you have enabled in your store you will see two Method Discounts fields one for the value of the discount and one for the type fixed or percent Example 1 5 Fixed UPS Ground Give 5 00 off UPS Ground shipping Note that in our sample store we are using US dollars as the currency The currency setting in your store might be different and is set in gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings Section gt Currency Formatting field Example 2 5 Percent UPS Ground Give 5 off UPS Ground shipping Restrict to Qualifying See Restrict to Qualifying Subtotal 114 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Subtotal Restrict to Qualifying Quantity Restrict to Qualifying Weight Restrict to Basket Subtotal Restrict to Basket Quantity Restrict to Basket Weight Basket Description See Basket Description Display Discount in Basket Not Valid Before See Not Valid Before Not Valid After See Priority 4
577. to gt Catalog gt Inventory tab 1 2 Check the Track Inventory checkbox You may also want to enable these other checkboxes 445 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT e Track Low Stock Level e Track Out of Stock Level e Hide Out of Stock Products 2 Enable inventory tracking at the attribute level 2 l Goto Catalog Products 2 2 Edit a product and select the Attributes tab If the I column for the attribute has a checkmark inventory tracking 1s enabled Code Prompt Image Type Weight S ZE S ZE Radio Buttons N A small amall 0 00 medium Medium 0 00 color Color Radio Buttons A blue Blue 0 00 white White 0 00 If the attribute was added as an Attribute Template you have to edit the attribute template and check the Inventory checkbox 3 Generate Variants if you havent already done so 4 Set the inventory level for each variant A variant t shirt in size small and color blue is a product so you have to tell the system how many you have on hand 4 1 Goto gt Catalog gt Products gt Edit Product gt Inventory Variants tab 4 2 Click onthe Edit Inventory button In the Edit Inventory dialog box tell the system what inventory you have for each variant 446 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Invent
578. to the order In our example we set the shipping charge as a percent of the order total but it can also be a flat fee Our sample customer has an order total of 25 00 They selected O vernight shipping which has a 5 00 handling fee The software looks at the customer s order total It s less than or equal to 25 00 so it applies a shipping charge of 10 which comes out to 2 50 The total shipping is 7 50 340 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Shipping Method Handling Ceiling Economy Overnight All Products Account Basket Search Shipping Payment Selection ship To Bill To Name A Smith Name 25 00 Email Address tectet Total Ship Via Economy OD DA Pay With Overnight 7 50 To Enable Price Table Based Shipping Goto gt Shipping gt Add Remove Modules gt Available Modules section 2 Click Install under Price Table Based Shipping 341 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT To Configure Price Table Based Shipping 1 In the Price Table Based Shipping tab click on the Add Shipping Method button e Enter a Shipping Method name e Enter a Handling charge then click Update e Enter a Ceiling for this price range e Use a to indicate and up from the previous ceiling e Entera Charge If you chec
579. to use one of the PayPal methods in your store 375 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 O Currency E mail address to receive PayPal Payment Account Type API Username API Password API Authentication Method API Signature Certificate User Reference Guide DRAFT Sandbox Generally you would only select this mode if you are a developer and you want to test one or more of the PayPal payment methods Before you can use sandbox mode you must go to developer paypal com and sign up for a Sandbox account Select the currency for payments that you receive Usually this matches the currency you have set for your store see Edit Store gt Settings gt Currency Formatting drop down list Select this option if you want to enable only PayPal Express Checkout Enter the email address associated with your PayPal account Express Checkout Select this option if you want to use Express Checkout with API Credentials Pay Pal Payments Pro Select this option if you want to use PayPal Payments Pro The API credentials username password authentication method and signature certificate are used by PayPal to authenticate your online store and your shopping carts You create these credentials when you either e Update your standard PayPal account for API Access e Create a PayPal Payments Pro account See API Username Select Signature u
580. tomer clicks on the Sign In link and enters their username and password 5 In the Customer Account screen ACLN the customer clicks on the Customer Order History link 6 The Order History screen displays ORDH The customer can click on the tracking number Shipments column and be taken automatically to the carrier website Welcome back Affiliate Login Order History Sear i Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Order History List Order History Invoice Order Date Products Quantity Order Status Shipments Order Total 1002 05412012 1 1 Processing Las 25 00 Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products To assign different tracking numbers to different items in the order Editanorder 2 Select one item in the order and click Create Shipment There is now a pick number for that individual item Select the same item again and click Enter Tracking Number s In the Enter Tracking Number s dialog box enter a tracking number See above for more details In the Enter Tracking Number s dialog box click Save QN nr d W Repeat these steps for other items in the order To Authorize Payment Authorize means that you or someone else has approved that the customer s payment method is valid for the purchase amount and that a hold has been placed on that amount In the case of a credit card the approval might come from a credit card gateway If a custom
581. tore You can leave this checkbox unchecked if you want to create the category but not have it appear in your store 2 Category Title section This section is optional and is only used if you want to have a graphic at the top of your category page 71 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Category Title Title Image Enter a server file path here EE Upload File Overwrite File Dpload Cancel E 2 1 Inthe Category Title section you can e Enter the path to an image that is already on your server in the Title Image text box for example graphics 00000001 hat_top jp g e Orclick on the Upload button and then the Browse button to upload an image from your local machine to the server 2 2 In the Category Title section click the Update button The image that you uploaded will now appear when the user clicks on the category All Products Account Basket Search Checkout gt Hats Men s Hats Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGs All Products 3 Category Tree section This section is optional and is only used if you want to have an image in the category tree instead of text T2 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 3 1 In the Category Tree section you can e Ent
582. total gt lt MvEs1t expr lisettings option subtotal base price NE l settings option subtotal gt lt span style text decoration line through amp mvt option formatted subtotal base price lt span gt lt mvytiif gt amp mvt option formatted subtotal lt mvt else gt lt mvt if gt lt td gt lt tr gt 470 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt mvt foreach gt lt mvt foreach gt mvt foreach iterator charge array basket charges gt tr class basket charges gt td colspan 3 gt lt td gt lt td class charge description gt mvt charge descrip lt td gt td class formatted charge amp mvt charge formatted disp amt lt td gt lt Bice lt mvt foreach gt lt tr id basket totals gt lt td colspan 3 gt lt td gt lt td class total prompt gt Total lt td gt td class formatted total gt amp mvt basket formatted total lt td gt SU EE table div class clear gt lt div gt CSSUI Edit Page OCST gt Page gt Basket Contents There are numerous changes sprinkled throughout this file If you have not made custom changes to this template you should regenerate the template code by clicking update while 1n point and click mode otherwise compare the differences between the new version and the version you have in your store New File mvt if expr l se
583. trol such as radio buttons Price 70 00 Quantt m Basket none E DITS Home Abou Us Conte Us nn A Fears Proc Pokey FAQs Al Products If all of the variants are marked active they would appear in your store as separate products Howe ver there are other situations where you would want the variants to be active for example if you have a kit where the parts in the kit can also be purchased separately Catalog Products Categorles worlds best fruit basket worlds best oranges worlds best pears w rlds best apples Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc Attribute Templates Inventory Active World s Best Fruit Basket World s Best Oranges World s Best Pears World s Best Apples 51 All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT In this example we created a fruit basket kit The basket is the master product and we manually added variants apples pears and oranges as the parts But in this case we made the variants active because we also sell apples pears and oranges separately We want customers to find product pages for those parts as individual products All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Fruit and Baskets Fruit and Baskets World s Best Fruit Basket World s Best Apples Price 60 00 Price 25 00 Quantity in Basket none Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket World s Best Pears World s Best Oranges Price
584. trol where they appear on a particular page To Use the Default Content Region Goto gt User Interface gt Edit Page SFNT gt Page tab and look at the Details section gt Template field 209 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Edit Page Storefront Page Items Details Code SFNT Name Storefro nt Template zmvt item name html profile gt ztitle amp mvt store name c title base href a amp mvt global basehrerf gt imvt item name head param ecss list i gt xmvt item name head param head tag lt body class SFHT lt div id site containsr diy id global header zmvt item name hdft param global header lt div id navigation bar czmvt item name navbar gt lt div gt lt table id content container lt tr gt lt td id left navigation zmvt item name category t lt td id main content lt div id page header zmvt item name hdrt diy id page footer izmvt item name hdrt e Use the Details section template code to control where the content region appears in the page Wherever you place the line lt mvt item mme content gt is where that region will appear in the store page e The item name must match the collapsible section name If you have a content section called Content the mvt item name must also be content 2 Now go to the Content section In
585. ts you could upload the PDF once and then add the server file path of the PDF to a product import spreadsheet see Data Management Import Export Tab 6 Goto gt User Interface gt Pages tab gt edit page PROD gt Page tab gt Product Display Layout section 7 Add the custom field to the page 7 1 Click on the custom field 7 2 Click Select 7 3 Click Update 420 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Product Display Layout Product Fields M ProductName Product Code Productsku M Price E Weight Iv Description Custom Fields Product Footer Product Header Standard Tower Case Total Inventory UPS Additional Handling UPS Delivery Confirmation User Manual 01 z Dezelect 8 Modify the template code to reference the custom field 8 1 Ifyou haven t already click on the Advanced Mode link so that you can see the template code 8 2 Look for the template code and change it to 9 Click Update 10 If we go to our online store and select the product page for the Basic Tower Kit we ll see that our user manual shows up as a hyperlink If the customer clicks on the link their browser will either open the PDF in a new browser window or ask the user to save the PDF depending on how their browser is configured Example Custom Basket Fields There are times when you might want to capture info
586. ts Only Product Import Product Import Update Products Only Product Import Both of these will download the same Product template But when you import your data the import options will be different depending on the one that you select 281 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Data Management gt Database Tools Tab Data Management gt Database Tools Tab gt Delete Shopping Baskets Just like in a brick and mortar store items that are in shopping baskets are removed from your inventory It s fairly common however for customers to add products to their baskets but never complete the purchase For example a customer visits your store adds products to their basket then changes their minds and closes their browser The products in that basket cant be purchased by anyone else If enough products accumulate in abandoned baskets it can appear that your store has run out of those items You can prevent this from happening by e Setting the Store Settings Edit Store Store Details tab Settings section Basket Timeout Minutes field The Basket Timeout sets an idle time When a customer hasn t purchased or changed the contents of their basket for that time the basket 1s automatically expired The items in their basket are still remo ved from your inventory but an expired basket can t be used by a customer and is ready to be
587. ttings basket empty Your shopping basket is currently empty lt p gt lt mvt item name cssui links param storefront gt Home lt mvt item gt lt p gt lt mvtiexte gt lt mvt if gt lt table gt lt tr class basket heading gt td class item name gt Item lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt Qty lt td gt lt td class item price gt Item Price lt td gt td class item total gt Total Price lt td gt lt tr gt lt mvt foreach iterator group array basket groups gt L CES lt MVESLE eXpr l 5ettlingsogroHupsoptron cour mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 settings group option count 1 mvt else 471 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT mvt assign name l settings rowspan value 1 lt MvE 1 gt td class item name gt lt div class special offer gt lt mvt if expr l settings group upsold Special Offer lt mvt if gt lt div gt lt div class item name amp mvt group name lt span class item code gt amp mvt group code mvt foreach iterator discount array group discounts mvt lf expre l settings discount display div class item discount smvtrsdiscountidesorip amp nvtidiscountiformJdtted discouHLt div lt MVESLE gt lt mvt foreach gt lt span gt lt div gt lt td gt lt td class item quantity gt amp mvtigroupi
588. ttributes You can access the template code by clicking on the Advanced Mode link at the bottom Product Fields Check the boxes next to the fields that you would like customers to see on Custom Fields product pages Displayed Price See Displayed Price Additional Price See Additional Price Display Display Inventory Level Choose whether you want to display short inventory messages or long Message inventory messages for products that do not have Attributes To set the message length for products that have attributes see Inventory Message in the Attribute Machine section Notes See Appendix 2 Common Fields in the Admin Interface Versions Recall Clear History Product Display Layout Image Machine Section e Item Code product display imagemachine 222 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT e This is a local Item After you add this item to a page it will show up as a collapsible section when you edit the page For example see gt User Interface gt Edit Page PROD gt Page tab gt Product Display Layout Image Machine Section The Image Machine is JavaScript code that helps to implement features such as Images and associated features such as automatically generated thumbnails and close ups Lightbox image Enabled Preload Images Available Tokens Image Element Thumbnail Container Closeup Container Clo
589. u are using PR8 Update 9 or later you can import e Attributes e Options and e Variants To Import Product Variants 1 Goto gt Data Management gt Import Settings tab 2 Inthe Import Settings tab double click Add Update Product Variants from CSV Double click to open Ce Add lodate Product variants from CSV variant Import the Import Options dialog box The Edit Import dialog box opens You can use this dialog box to change the way your data will be processed when it is imported See Saving Import Options for more information When you are done with your changes to the Edit Import dialog box click Save 3 In the Import Settings tab single click Add Update Product Variants from CSV and click either the CSV Template button or XLS Template button to download the template 270 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT cp CSV Template CP XLS Template Description Module Single click on the Add Update Product Variants fram Cos Variant Import template then select either CSV or XLS 4 Add your product variant data to the template 5 Use the standard process to import your data See The General Process of Importing PRODUCT SKU PRICE COST DESCRIPTION WEIGHT TAXABLE ACTIVE Figure 3 A sample product variant template with data rows A J In this sample variant template e The master products are shown in blue watch h
590. u have set for your store see Currency Formatting After your customer completes checkout using Amazon Payments Amazon gives you a certain amount of time to change the order For example after completing checkout in your store the customer might call you and want to drop an item add an item or change the shipping or payment information As a store manager or admin you can log into the Miva Merchant admin interface edit the customer s order and make any necessary changes The transaction timeout is a the amount of time after checkout that you will allow an order placed using Amazon payments to be edited If you set the transaction timeout to 30 minutes and the customer calls you 1 hour after they complete checkout to change the order you wont be able to resubmit the order to Amazon In that case you would have to cancel the order and ask the customer to start over The max timeout you can enter in this field is 1 440 minutes 24 hours which is the max allowed by Amazon Amazon does some fraud processing before they authorize a transaction The Polling Interval determines how often you want Miva Merchant software to contact Amazon to check on the transaction status For example if you set the Polling Interval to 30 minutes Miva Merchant will contact Amazon every 30 minutes to get a status update on the order For example 1 The customer completes checkout in real time but the transaction is not yet authorized 2 Ifyou edit th
591. ually capture the funds when you edit an order Pay Pal Pay ments Pro To use this option you must set up a PayPal Payments Pro account a merchant account with PayPal which requires an additional monthly fee e Includes PayPal Express Checkout e Supports refunds and voids e Can be configured for immediate or delayed capture e Gives your on line store direct access to credit card transactions When your customers go through checkout they will see the PayPal Express Checkout option but will also see options for Visa MasterCard Discover and American Express Template Changes for PayPal Express Checkout PayPal Express Checkout in Miva Merchant changed in PR8 Update 11 If you did not use PayPal Express Checkout before PR8 Update 11 you don t have to do anything All the changes that you need are included in PRS Update 11 If you were using PayPal Express Checkout in your store before PRS Update 11 you have to make the template changes in the PR8 Update 11 Template Changes To Configure PayPal Express Checkout Before you can complete the instructions in this section you must have a standard free account with PayPal I Go to Payment Add Remove Modules Available Modules tab 373 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Click the Install button under PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro In the PayPal Express Checkou
592. uct tab gt Cost field Discount From Retail Use this field to give customers a discount percent from the gt Catalog gt Products tab gt Edit Product gt Product tab gt Price field For example 1f you set the Price field ofa product to 30 00 and you enter 50 in the Discount from Retail field customers in this group will only pay 15 00 for that product Markup From Cost Use this field to give customers a discount percent from the gt Catalog gt Products tab gt Edit Product gt Product tab gt Cost field For example 1f you set the Cost field ofa product to 10 00 and you enter 50 in the Markup from Cost field customers in this group will pay 15 00 for that product Not Valid Before See Not Valid Before Not Valid After Priority If multiple discounts are being applied to the order the higher priority discount is applied first A priority 100 discount is applied before a priority 97 discount If you set the Priority to O it means apply this discount last If you set the Priority of every price group to 0 the price groups will be applied in the order in which they were created You might use the Priority field if you think multiple discounts will be applied to the same basket Example Priority affects the price of an item We ll create two price groups 93 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M Wi Al e f h a 2 t O User Reference Guide DRA
593. umbs Normally breadcrumbs that appear in your online store are created as the customer navigates to a product For example the customer starts on your store s home page clicks on one of your store categories and then selects a product in that category The breadcrumb might look like this Home Computer Components Monitor LED 23 inch Howe ver there are cases where the customer can go directly to a product page without navigating for example if your customer reaches a product page from a Google search or from search results in your store In this case Miva Merchant software doesn t know how to create a breadcrumb Miva Merchant handles this case with the Canonical Category Code If the customer jumps directly to a product page the breadcrumb will show the category that you entered in this field If you leave this field empty and the customer jumps directly to a product page the software will use the first category in the category tree to which the product is assigned as the breadcrumb default Cool Gear If e The Canonical field is blank and SH e The user jumps directly to a product page and omponents The current product is assigned to both of Computer Kits these categories for example Network Accessories The breadcrumb would use Cool Gear as the default category since it contains the current product and comes first in the Category Tree e Default highlighted category in category tree CSSUI and MMUI store
594. und to Authorize Net Miva Merchant starts a timer If an identical request same credit card number order number and order total is sent to Authorize Net in the duration you set in this field the first request is kept and the other requests are considered duplicates and are ignored The text that you enter in this field will appear in your on line store during checkout when your customer enters their credit card information Merchants usually use this field to describe the purpose of the CV V2 field Online Automatic Capture Authorize and Capture happen right away Offline Authorize Only Capture Later Authorization occurs when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store To capture funds you must edit the order in Miva Merchant admin and click on the Capture button Note that these settings also affect you when you manually create an order For example 362 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 Use Secure Source Validation Store Entire CC Number Test Mode Discard Failed Order ID User Reference Guide DRAFT Set the Charge Method to Sale Automatic Capture Manually create an order 3 Edit the order and click the Authorize button In the Authorize dialog box select a payment type associated with PayPal Payments Advanced and click OK In the Edit Order screen you can see that the Capture butto
595. unt Basket Search Checkout The admin interface automatically generates the web pages for your on line store Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Ecommerce Shopping Cart Software by Miva herchant Customer Workflow in Your Store Customers can take many actions in your on line store but the general customer workflow looks like this Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Customers browse through your store La EIEIO EI ES Ps oduct Liat All Products nu ett Hyg ian A AA eg Quant in Bachet 00 00 CIC IS User Reference Guide DRAFT add products to their basket Account Basket Search Checkout Home Basket Contents Shopping Basket Item Oty item Price Total Price Hawaiian Hat 1 10 00 10 00 Total 10 00 and then go through checkout Order Details Item ty Item Price Total Price Hawaiian Hat 10 00 10 00 Total 10 00 Ship To First Name a Last Name customer Email Address a_customerttest cam page OPAY Payment Information Ship To First Name a Last Name customer Item Oty Item Price Total Price Hawaiian Hat 1 10 00 10 00 Total 10 00 Payment Method Check Check 2 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved page OSEL Shipping Payment Selection Ship To First Name a Last Name customer Item
596. ur on line store Home Catalog Categories E Catalog Products Categories Attribute Templates Inventory Reset Advanced Search Search Categories a Ka La Add Category Add Child Category E E 5 IS Hl Code Name shits The order that you assign here controls the order of Categories in Hats your on line store Fants Home mp Account Basket Search Checkout Home AboutUs Contact Us shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAGS All Products Refresh the screen DI Show or hide columns in the admin interface To Create a New Category You can create and edit categories in the categories main screen GA gt Catalog gt Categories or when you are editing a product 69 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT gt Catalog gt Edit Product gt Categories tab Home Catalog Categories Add Category Category Add Category Category Details Category Code Category Name Farent Category LOOK UF Alternate Display Page PO Look UP IY Active 1 Click onthe Add Categories button 1 1 Category Code The Category Code uniquely identifies the category in the admin interface 1 2 Category Name The Category Name will be displayed in your on line store 1 3 Parent Category If you enter a parent category in this field the category that you are creating will appear a
597. ur on line store 2 Entera Base Charge The base charge is like a flat rate that you are always going to charge for this type of shipping The base charge is added to the calculated weight charge 1 3 Enter an Amount Weight Unit This is the price that you want to charge per weight unit usually pounds or kilograms of the order You can set the weight unit in the gt Store Settings gt Store Details tab gt Settings section gt Weight Units drop down list 2 Click Save Method nl 328 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant O Shipping Method Base Charge Amount Weight Unit Economy Overnight In our example we created two shipping methods Economy and Overnight Let s say our customer selects Economy shipping which has a base charge of 5 00 and a shipping charge of 1 00 per pound If our customer buys a bag oforanges that weighs 12 pounds the shipping charge is Base Charge Amount Weight Unit x Weight of Order Home All Products Shipping Payment Selection ship To Hame Smith Email Address test test com Phone Number 555 555 5555 Address 101 Walnut Walnut Creek CA 12345 LIS Item World s Best Oranges best aranges Ship Via Economi 517 00 Pay With Check gt Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Account 1 00 per pound x 12 pounds 12 00 Basket Search
598. ure that you have enabled custom fields See To Enable Custom Fields Custom fields are added to a page with the customfields item The customfields item is alread y enabled on every default page in your store every page in an out of the box store If you want to use custom fields on a new page that you ve created you have to add the custo mfields item manually See Editing Items 2 Goto gt User Interface gt Pages tab gt edit page OSEL gt Page tab gt Details section We ll add some code to create a drop down list box on the OSEL Our code goes right above the lt form gt tag Details Code OSEL Name Checkout shipping Payment Selection Template lt select name Payme UI cnmet foreach array lt option val z mt foareach lt select gt lt div gt lt div gt lt form gt lt div id page tfooter cmvt item nam lt td gt A 422 3 Click Update to save your changes Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT 4 Here s how the template code looks in our store All Products Shipping Payment Selection OSEL Ship To Bill To Name test test Email Address test test com Phone Number 555 555 5555 Fax Number Company Address test test AK 12345 US Name test test Email Address test te st com Phone Number 555 555 5555 Fax Number Company Address test test AK 12345 US T
599. ured on a store by store basis Store Settings Countries Use this screen to select the list of countries that are available in your on line store The list of countries affects any screen in your store where you are displaying an address account creation checkout etc There are two places where you can select the list of countries that are displayed in your on line store e Use gt Domain Settings gt Countries tab To set the country list for all of your stores You can add additional countries in this tab e Use gt Store Settings gt Countries tab To set the country list for the store you are currently editing You cannot add countries 1n this tab Store Settings gt Customer Fields Use the Customer Fields tab to select the Ship To Bill To fields that you want your customers to see and fill out in your on line store e Inthe Account Registration screen ACAD Customer Create if the customer is creating a new account e Inthe Order Details screen OCST Checkout Customer Information if the customer does not have an account and is going through Express Checkout 203 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT When the customer doesn t have an account and enters their Ship To Bill To information during checkout OCST Checkout Customer Information All Products Account Basket Search Order Details Item Oty
600. ustomer s entire credit card number is attached to the order If you do not select this option only the last four digits of the customer s credit card are attached to the order 212 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A AA iva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Available Payment Select the payment options you want to offer your customers in the OPAY Methods screen Require CVV2 in This option only affects you when you are manually creating an order Administrative Interface through the Miva Merchant admin interface If you enable this option you must enter a CV V2 number in the Authorize dialog box when you create or edit the order If you do not enable this option the Authorize dialog box will still have a CVV2 field but you can ignore it Payment PayPal Express Checkout and or Payments Pro Use this module to enable any of the following PayPal services Pay Pal Express Checkout This is the simplest PayPal payment method You only need to have a standard PayPal account Orders are Authorized and Captured immediately You cannot do refunds or voids PayPal Express supports in context checkout Express Checkout with API Credentials Also requires only a standard PayPal account This option permits refunds and voids and can be configured for immediate or delayed capture With delayed capture the funds are authorized when the customer completes the order but you have to man
601. v class item discount amp mvtidiscounb descrip e mvtidisoount formatted driscount s div MEDI LE gt lt mvt foreach gt lt span gt lt div gt SE td class item quantity gt mvt if expr l settings group upsold amp mvt group quantity lt mvt else gt lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl Screen BASK gt value 0TYG name Store Coge lt input type hidden name Action lt input type hidden global Store Code gt lt input type hidden Group sgroup 03 Je value amp mvte name Basket Group value amp mvte input type hidden name Old Screen value BASK lt input type hidden name Offset value 2 amp mvte global Offset gt lt input type hidden name AllOffset value 2 amp mvte global AllOffset gt value amp mvte value amp mvte value amp mvte input small Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved lt input type hidden global CatListingOffset lt input type hidden global RelatedOffset gt lt input type hidden name CatListingOffset gt name RelatedOffset name SearchOffset global SearchOffset input type text name Quantity value 8mvt group quantity gt mvt item name buttons param Update lt form gt imvtilfo class textfield basket qty I gt lt td gt td class item price gt amp mvt group formatted base price
602. va Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A d Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home ser Interface Items User Interface Fages Items Image Types Frameworks Module inline css Content content Lontent These are two different items but they call into the same module Global Items and Page Specific Local Items Global items are used by default on almost every page in your on line store Global Items appear as collapsible sections in EEN User Interface Settings tab When you change a global item the change is made on every page that uses the global item For example if you add your store logo to the Global Header amp Footer that logo will show up on almost every screen in your on line store When you edit a local item it only affects one page at a time For example both ABUS About Us and BASK Basket have a local header and footer item If you add your store logo to the Header amp Footer item on page ABUS your logo doesn t show up on the Basket page in your on line store 183 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home gt User Interface gt Settings User Interface Pages Items Image Types Frameworks Settings Misc Colors Fonts Affiliate Links Global Items show up as collapsible sections in the Settings tab e Local Items are added to collapsible section in the
603. variant the y ve selected ome All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Books AAA Home Shirts Ten Ten Size XSmall A NEN A Quantity 1 0 T 1 Code SHIRT10 Price 19 00 7 00 Savings of 3 00 Shipping Weight 1 00 pounds Quantity in Basket None The attribute machine can update the product page in real time with accurate price and inventory information based on the customer s selections 192 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Pricing Elements and Pricing Displays The attribute machine can display several real time prices For example let s say you have a t shirt variant Size XSmall The regular price for this particular t shirt is 10 00 There is a price group which gives customers 30 off the regular price The product page can display three price values Price 10 00 Additional Price Element Additional Price Display In our example we set the Additional Price Display to the sale price 7 00 Price Element Displaye d Price In our example we set the Displayed Price to the sale price Savings of 3 00 Discount Element Display Predicted Discounts In our example we checked the Display Predicted Discounts checkbox The Element fields are like containers The Display fields give you control over what is displayed in that container Code SHIRT Price 19 00 This is sort of
604. ve a PayPal Credit account they are taken to a page to apply for one 385 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Test Store Review your information Your order summary Descriptions Amount Shipping address 7 Change Preston Bates 100 00 210 Sale St WR PRENDE T3 San Diego CA 92102 Item price 100 00 e Quantity 1 United States Note to seller Add Item total 100 00 Payment methods 4 Change Total 100 00 USD Bill Me Later a PayPal service See Terms PayPal gift card certificate reward or other discount Redeem View PayPal policies and your payment method rights Contact information buyer072013 mivamerchant com You re almost done You will confirm your paymenton Test Store Cancel and return to alex fred s Test Store Site Feedback our User Agreement and Privacy Policy At a PayPal page the customer selects their billing and pay ment options and clicks the Continue button 386 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home All Products c Search Order Details Fast Secure Checkout with PayPal To continue with your PayPal checkout enter any required information below and click on Continue ERRECHEN Flora Velo Original Fv1 100 00 100 00 Size Large 100 00 Bold Required Italic Optional Bill
605. very product that you have in your store 2 Click on the Assigned icon next to any product so that it turns blue When a customer clicks on the product in your on line store they will see the related products that you selected Edit Product World s Best Oranges Product Irnages Related Products Attributes Assigned 200 shirt 00 shirt worlds best pears World s Best Pears Marked as Related Products worlds best apples World s Best Apples 39 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Home Fruitand Baskets World s Best Oranges World s Best Oranges Quantity 1 World s Best Oranges Price 25 00 Quantity in Basket none Add To Basket ff Buy Now Related Item s World s Best Apples World s Best Pears Price 25 00 Price 15 00 Quantity in Basket none Quantity in Basket none Home About Us Contact Us Shipping amp Returns Privacy Policy FAQs All Products Catalog Edit Product Attributes Tab Attributes are features or properties of a product For example if you sell t shirts you might create attributes like Size and Color Product Name Zoo T Shirt Zoo T Shirt Zoo T Shir Zoo T Shir 40 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Each row in the
606. vt item formatted price mvt item td td align right valign middle nowrap gt mvt ltem name fonts param body font amp mvt item formatted subtotal lt mvt item gt lt J Ed SITI mvt foreach iterator option array item options gt SII td align left gt lt td gt lt td align left gt lt td gt lt td align left gt mvt item name fonts param body font ENVESLE OSXDI UL SOLLIDnOSTODLIOn2ODLSOD 1d amp mvt optrion attr Cc de amp mvtioption opt code mvt elseif expr NOT ISNULL l settings option data amp mvit optron attr code amp mvt option data mvitvrelserlt expr NOT ISNULL lesett Lagot Opr Lon ata Longs amp mvtsoptionsattr code smy ioptL on data long lt mvt else gt amp NvLIOpLEIonsabtbte code lt mvCsit gt lt MvEz Ltem gt td td align left gt td td align right nowrap gt mvtsitenm name onts params body font mvt if expr l settings option price gt amp mvt option formatted price lt mvt else gt mvbruto 532 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT lt x myt item gt td td align right nowrap gt mvt item name fonts params body font mvt if expr l settings option price amp mvt option formatted subtotal lt mvt else gt ZAmnvbtrlf lt mvt item gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt
607. waiian Hat 1 1 00 10 00 10 00 Shipped 943999071 2345612345675 View Print Shipping Label 176 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Void All IRSE ee ee a ET E 1 9499907123455123455781 v endicia com om Lied FakeDevicelD PRIORITY MAIL 2 DAY Test Store Owner Address Line 1 VOID DO NOT MAIL Mail Rata o lt a a 2 w d x e Ka S wm d A z Eu g os 5 vr merciaBaesePrice uy Ci C4 o a mw E c T m 1 i Pnority GE Sex VI Fake Confirmation Services 9499 9071 2345 6123 4567 81 SAN FRANCISCO CA 94108 1018 VOID DO NOT MAIL SHIP customer TO 1234 Chestnut St SAN DIEGO CA 92125 If you are printing multiple labels use the Label Package drop down list to view and print each one If you enabled a Zebra printer in the UPS FedEx or Endicia modules see Shipping Settings please note e The label you view in this screen is not WYSIWYG What you see is what you get and may not look exactly the same when you print it When Miva Merchant receives label information for a Zebra compatible printer it s in the form of raw data In this screen we show a representation of that data but it may not be perfect Even if the label has some on screen errors you should still try printing it because those errors may not show up in the printed version e Zebra labels
608. was 500 pixels x 500 pixels But the product page by default 1s only going to show that at about 200 pixels x 250 pixels If the customer clicks on that image in the product page a pop up window will appear which displays the image in its actual dimensions 500 x 500 When customers click on the Close button at the bottom of the Lightbox they return to the regular product page images 34 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O User Reference Guide DRAFT Home All Products Account Basket Search Checkout Surfer Shirt Surfer shirt description color pue C white S f f C small C medium Customer can Quantity T click on image to see a System automatically scales Lightbox your image to fit in the image A product page gt 4 System automatically creates thumbnails Price 20 00 Quantity in Basket None Lightbox image main image and thumbnails Add Images Import Feature This is the most efficient method to add multiple images to hundreds or thousands of products However you can only use mages with the Import Feature if you also create mage Types 35 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 k A AA va Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Create your Image Types For this example we created Image Types of Front and Back Give your product images nam
609. were modifying the template code of your product pages and you wanted to know what category the customer had clicked on to reach the product page you would be able to extract the category from the product page URL 201 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 User Reference Guide DRAFT Homs beis Sor By 14 H ira 10 D The customer is viewing a category page in your store and clicks on a product Cvher ar Yn nit Pnce 20 00 Prce 10 00 Quanttv in Basket Done Quanity in Basket none LEITET ENTE ESA DCH Homs Shirts Cyber Shirt Cyber Shirt Price 20 00 Quantity in Basket nono Examples Do Not Include Cate gory Code Short Links not enabled Category Page URL http mivamerchantde v co m mm5 merchant mvc St ore Codez001 amp Screen CTG Y amp Category Code Sh irts Product Page URL http mivamerchantde v com mm5 merchant mvc St ore Code2z001 amp Include Category Code Short Links not enabled Category Page URL http mivamerchantde v co m mm5 merchant mvc St ore Codez001 amp Screen CTG Y amp Category Code Sh rts 202 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant 9 Format Product Fields User Reference Guide DRAFT Product Page URL http mivamerchantde v com mm5 merchant mvc St ore_Code 0014 Controls the formatting of products in the category page
610. wspan gt lt form method post action amp mvt global sessionurl Screen BASK lt input type hidden name Action value RGRP gt lt input type hidden name Store Code value mvte global Store Code lt input type hidden name Basket Group value amp mvte group group id lt input type hidden name Offset value 2 amp mvte global Offset gt lt input type hidden name AllOffset value amp mvte global AllOffset gt lt input type hidden name CatListingOffset value amp mvte global CatListingOffset lt input type hidden name RelatedOffset value amp mvte global RelatedOffset lt input type hidden name SearchOffset value amp mvte global SearchOffset lt mvt item name buttons param Remove gt 468 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 User Reference Guide DRAFT Miva Merchant 9 form lt td gt lt td class item name gt lt div expr l settings group EENS span class item code gt class special offer gt lt mvt 1f upsold gt Special Offer mvt if div class item name amp mvt group name a href amp mvt global sessionurl Screen PROD amp Store Code amp mvta global Store Code amp Produc t Code amp mvta group code amp mvt group code a mvt foreach iterator discount array group discounts gt mvt if expr l settings discount display di
611. y receives an email when their order is placed However you can also use the Visible For feature to configure your email so 396 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 Miva Merchant O Sending Send Base64 Encoded User Reference Guide DRAFT that 1t can be sent manually Customers If you check this box you will be able to send this email manually when you edit a customer account See To Create a Customer Account Orders If you check this box you will be able to send this email manually when you edit an order See gt Order Processing gt edit an order gt Order Emails link Automatic Select Automatic and one or more ofthe trigger conditions to have this email automatically sent when that event occurs For example if you want this email to be automatically sent when an item 1s on backorder e Select Sending gt Automatic e Click the Backordered checkbox Sending Automatic Send When Order Placed M Backordered Manual If you select this option you must also select one of the Visible For options above In this case you don t want the email to be sent automatically when some event occurs By selecting one of the Visible For options you ll be able to send this email manually when you edit a customer record and or edit an order Manual emails are a very powerful feature and can be used in different ways For example lets say that you sell a number of pro
612. ype The URL that Miva Merchant uses to submit requests This field 1s auto populated You should only change it if you are given a new URL by Miva Merchant or CyberSource These fields are credentials that are created when you set up your account with C yberSource They are used to securely identify your store during payment transactions Select the currency for payments that you receive Usually this matches the currency you have set for your store see Edit Store Settings Currency Formatting drop down list The text that you enter in this field will appear in your on line store during checkout when your customer enters their credit card information Merchants usually use this field to describe the purpose of the CV V2 field Authorize Only Capture Later Authorization occurs when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line store To capture funds you must edit the order in Miva Merchant ad min and click on the Capture button Automatic Capture If you select this option Authorize and Capture occur when the user clicks the Submit button in the Payments page in your on line 369 Copyright 2005 2015 Miva Inc All Rights Reserved Publication Date 02 28 2015 M i Wi 2 ul e f h a 2 9 Perform Automatic Capture on AVS Soft Decline Perform Automatic Capture on CVV2 Soft Decline Store Entire Credit Card Number Available Payment Methods Require CVV2 in Administrative Inte

USER REFERENCE GUIDE

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents